CATALOGUE 2012
PHYSICS
Research & Development
In order to ensure product quality we
make use of brand-new ideas and strong
technical strength to carry out strict
modern management, production and
processing, quality control, marketing and
after sale service etc.
About ARCO
With an experience of more than 50 years, ARCO started as a manufacturing unit of scientific
equipments and labware. Since then, we have grown as a manufacturing and export unit, expanding
internationally, in more than 93 countries employing over 350 people. The foundation of our work is
built on the pillars of our values and commitments. With innovation, dedication and currency in
technology, we meet customer expectations. On time delivery with complete focus on quality has
always been the motto of ARCO.
Our Vision
Being a market-focused, process-centered organization, we strive and commit for excellence, superior
customer service, innovation and quality.
ARCO ONLINE
New and improved website over
5000 of products available 24/7
ARCO website provides online information on the complete product
range. All you have to do is visit www.arihantlab.com and register your
interest. Once login, registered users will have access to
Online Product Catalogue
Product search via any criteria
View product specification
View product pictures
Add to your order
Improved Navigation
Manage Your Account
New Products & Special Online Offers
Order Anytime 24/7
News And Events
Email Subscription For Newsletters
Free Downloadable Catalogue
For more information on e-business and e-procurement please visit
www.arihantlab.com; email: arco@arihantlab.com or
Phone +91 171 2698165, 265, 365 and ask for our e-business team.
CATALOGUE ON CD
EASY TO START
Simply run the CD, no need to install and
search the products by name or
bycatalogue number & placing orders
straight away.
VIEW THE ENTIRE 2012 ARCO RANGE
Complete range with specifications and photograph is
available for easy ordering
NOW AVAILABLE ON CD
We have enclosed a copy of our Complete catalague on
CD in your hard copy of catalogue pack. If you require
further copies simply email your request to
sale@arihantlab.com
DOWN LOAD ONLINE
Please visit our website for free downloading for Manuals,
Experiments,Specifications, Catalogues from
www.arihantlab.com
CATALOGUE ICONS
Highly Demanded Products
Range of new products
which are introduced in
this catalogue
ARCO AT YOUR SERVICE
F Customized service
F Timely delivery
F Wide selection
F The best price
PHYSICS
Welcome to 2012 Catalogue
Trust ARCO for all your science
requirements.
ARCO is one of the leading manufacturer and
international supplier of scientific and laboratory
equipments. It is a one stop solution provider of all
scientific resources. Our efforts are geared towards
the continuous improvement of our products and
services, to meet the demands of Indian and
international markets. Our objective is to set for
ourselves new standards and bench marks and
deliver the widest range of
equipment and
apparatus in alignment with the Indian and
international curriculum.
We also believe in giving a best value for money
proposition to our clients by customizing the
products as per their specifications and
requirements. Accuracy and timeliness are our key
strengths. Our research and development team
continuously innovate, improvise the tools and
techniques to broaden the spectrum of our product
line.
HOW TO ORDER...
FOR EASE OF ORDERING
PLEASE USE CORRECT
CATALOGUE NUMBERS
Telephone
+91 171 2698165
/ 265 / 365 / 465
Fax:
+ 91 171 2699835, 836
E-mail:
arco@arihantlab.com
Post:
Arihant Industries
40, HSIIDC, Industrial Estate
Ambala Cantt. 133 001
Haryana (INDIA)
www.arihantlab.com
Please ensure that your orders contain the following
information
Your order number, contact name and telephone number.
If your are following up an order placed by telephone or fax then
please clearly mark this order “CONFIRMATION”
If you are placing an order on the basis of specific quotation. please
advise us of our “Quotation Reference Number” and Catalogue
number.
Contents
1
Property of Matter
02-08
Solid
2
Property of Matter
08-23
Fluids
3
Mechanics
23-55
4
Elasticity of Materials
55-59
5
Motion Energy &
59-68
Power Transmission
6
Heat
69-80
7
Magnetism &
81-95
Electromagnetism
8
Electrostatics
9
Electricity & Electrical
96-103
104-130
Circuits
10
Electronics
130-151
11
Optics
152-173
12
Sound, Waves &
174-186
Oscillations
13
Modern Physics
186-189
14
Meteorology, Earth
189-209
Science & Solar System
15
Primary-Education
209-221
New Products
COLLISION KIT
Plastic cart with circular bumper on their front to demonstrate elastic and inlastic collisions. An
aluminium track of approx. length 1.2 meter having two rails to run plastic carts, graduated
with 1 meter scale at their center. Kit is useful to investigate conservation of momentum and to
determine change in velocity how an elastic bumper affects crashes between a heavy cart and a
light cart.
1031245
Collision Kit
BALLISTIC PENDULUM APPARATUS
Combination of the ballistic pendulum and
gun to launch a steel ball into the catcher of
the ballistic pendulum and analyze the
resulting swinging motion. Equipped with
rotary motion sensor. Reliable, easy to use
and to understand. For the study of collision,
conservation of momentum, conservation of
energy applied to the ballistic pendulum.
Repeatable and consistent results.
1030830/1 Ballistic Pendulum Apparatus
TORSION APPARATUS
Torsion apparatus having one circular disc
with bearings and chunk, one pointer, one
counter bearing the chunk. Specially
designed for determining the torsion
coefficient of metal wire with static and
dynamic means. Whole assembly is mounted
on a metallic heavy base with leveling screw.
CENTRIPETAL FORCE APPARATUS
Metal frame attached to stand and table top.
A cylindrical bob suspended from a cross arm.
Cross arm supported by an axle. Centripetal
force is provided by the spring support on the
axle. Study of circular motion involves
relationship between centripetal force,
velocity, radius and mass. A pulley is fitted
on the extreme and to suspend hanging
weight on the cylindrical bob.
1031470
Centripetal Force Apparatus
We specialize in
product development
as per customized
requirements and designs meeting
international quality standards with
shortest delivery periods.
1040210
Torsion Apparatus
FIELD OSCILLATION AND
RESONANCE DEMONSTRATOR
Apparatus consists of two weights and two
cams, four springs. The apparatus is driven by
the DC supply. Can demonstrate the
resonance point of two weights with
different frequencies.
1050050
Field Oscillation and Resonance
Demonstrator
LEE'S THERMAL APPARATUS
Apparatus made of brass mounted on a stand.
Suspended with three strings attached to the
lower plate from stout angular ring. Ring held
on a heavy retort stand. Provision for
inserting thermometer. Apparatus is used to
determine relative conductivity of the poor
conductors.
1060115
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Lee's Thermal Apparatus
New Products
ii
VARIABLE MAGNETIC FIELD COIL
An acrylic transparent tube is wound with
enameled copper wire with moveable
extreme ends. 4mm safety sockets are used
to apply the current across the coil. A hole is
provided at the center of the tube to insert
magnetic sensor. Coil dia. 90 mm approx.
1070825
Variable Magnetic Field Coil
VARIABLE INDUCTOR
Dimensions of inductor are (230 x 150 x 130)
mm. The Coil mounted on a support, a
cylindrical, laminated iron core. Variable
inductor offers truly continuous variation in
inductance throughout its range.
Using
variable inductor, one can obtain any
inductance between 0 and maximum with a
precise working resolution.
Resistance of the coil is 11ohms – direct
current
Number of turns 3000
Inductance 0.15 to 1.4 Henry
Maximum operating voltage
DC 60V
AC 30V
Constant Current is 2A maximum
1091085
THREE STEP INDUCTOR
Arco three step inductor is a heavy duty fixed
inductor, which is available via. 4 mm safety
terminals. In this inductor, copper enameled
wire is wound over an insulated spool and
covered with two plastic side covers. The
side covers of the inductor are made of Acrylo
Nitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) material. The
front plates are made of milky white acrylic
sheet. There is facility in the side cover to
easily carry it. One can easily change the
inductor value of the instrument on just
inserting a soft iron core of diameter 30 mm
inside the bobbin. The coil consists of 4 layers
of 200 turns each. This produces 4 coils with
coils numbering. The output inductors are
available in the following pattern.
No. of turns
200
400
800
1091095
Inductor
0.3mH
1.2mH
5mH
RAY BOX
Standard light source for ray optics
experiments. Strong plastic construction, to
produce parallel rays of light. Also for the
study of behavior of light with lenses and
refraction blocks, where parallel ray of lights
are required. Three slit plates with one, two,
three and four slits and a wide slit. Operating
voltage 12 volt 2 ampere DC. Easy to handle,
easy to use and durable.
1110690
Ray Box
Resistance
0.6?
1.2 ?
2.6 ?
Three Step Inductor
Variable Inductor
Check out our
website, where you
can find the latest
information on our product
range, new additions and special
offers. we also provide online
ordering of your requirements.
Simply print your order form with
the desired items along with
their quantities and FAX it to us.
www.arihantlab.com
SUPER SLINKY STAND
WIND GENERATOR
A very low inertia electric motor with plastic
impeller fitted on a sheet metal stand.
Connection is made via. 4mm socket fitted
just below the impeller. A output voltage can
be monitored with LED or multimeter when
impeller is driven by a blower or high speed
wind.
Super Slinky spring ideal for wave
demonstrations in the gymnasium or hallway
for super wave demonstration and allows
students more time to observe wave
behavior, pulses behavior and standing wave.
A wooden stand helps to prevent tangles
during uses as well as in storage. Spring size
of 200 x 75mm
1120035
1100055
Wind Generator
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Super Slinky Stand
iii
New Products
HELMHOLTZ COIL
A pair of precisely moveable coils with 440
turns of copper enameled wire wound on a
circular plastic molded bobbins. Rail to move
the bobbins is made of aluminum extrusion
channel marked with approx. 26 cm scale.
Max. current rating 7A.
1070835
Helmholtz Coil
RAY BOX MULTI SLIT
A Plastic moulded ray box featuring ventilated metal lamp housing. One single slit and two triple
slits provided with ray box can be used simultaneously. A 12V 2 amp. bulb with a vertical filament
is used as a light source.
1110730
Ray Box Multi Slit
MAGNETISING CHARGER
Charger for and horseshoe magnet. No
electricity required
1070015
Magnetising Charger
VENTURI TUBE
CIRCULAR COIL
BEAM SPLITTER
An aluminum construction comprises of a
specially arranged pair of mirror to split out a
light beam into two equal intensity of beams.
A tapered mirror is fitted on a horizontal
moveable attachment and another semi
silvered mirror on a circular moveable
attachment. A brass rod is fitted with beam
splitter assembly to mount is on an optical
bench.
1110835
Beam Splitter
Circular Coil is designed to show the students
that how a magnetic field is generated across
a current caring conductor. A circular coil
fitted on a plastic moulded rectangular base
and a transparent acrylic plate for is passing
through the coil to place a magnetic compass
. the 4mm socket are provided to apply the
operating voltage across the coil
1070855
Circular Coil
This apparatus consists of a water reservoir
and a Venturi tube with manometers. The
pressure is measured at three points along
the tube. Rubber pipes are attached at the
two ends. The ends of tube are kept high
enough so that the water will not flow to
show that the level is the same in all the
manometers under static conditions.
1020430
Venturi Tube
We supply a
comprehensive range of
educational and school
lab apparatus, covering
more than 5000 items. If you are
unable to find the product you are
looking for in this catalog, please
contact us with your query and we will
be happy to assist you.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
New Products
iv
KIT HORIZONTAL MOTION
A simple device for the study of the path of a horizontally launched
projectile and its landing position. This device is used to measure the
launch velocity of the ball to check the horizontal velocity and the
vertical velocity. The device consists of a curved aluminium track with
an adjustable metallic support. A plumb bob is attached to the target
to provide height of collision point from the ground. This apparatus is
supplied with a cup to catch the ball, one steel ball, a glass ball, a golf
ball, a wooden ball, stop watch, C clamp and calipers.
TICKER TAPE WITH HOLDER SUPERIOR
1030650/1 Kit Horizontal Motion
But In this the tickertape timer is bigger in size More Robust in
construction.
ACCELERATED MOTION KIT
A simple inclined plane made of aluminium with the
supporting stand, a tennis ball, meter scale, metric tape,
white tape,
and other accessories. This kit is used
p , stopwatch
p
to study the uniform acceleration of an object rolling down
an inclined plane and also the time for an object to roll down
an inclined plane and then the acceleration
1030975
1031450
1031451
Ticker Tape with Holder Superior
Ticker Tape Stand
Accelerated Motion Kit
TICKER TAPE TIMER WITH HOLDER
This Ticker Tape timer is in plastic moulded case
with Ticker Tape Stand. As the stand of Ticker Tape
is specially designed to hold rolls easily and when
the timer with work. The
e timer operate on 12Volt
V
A.C. & produce 50-60 Dotss second.
1031445
Ticker Tape Timer
imer with Holder
COLOUR MIXING BOX
This device consists of a double ended metal For performing the colour
mixing experiments, the side apertures are provided. When the side
apertures are not in use then the blanking plates are there. This
apparatus is utilized for performing the reflection, refraction and
colour mixing experiments. A light source (12V, 24W lamp) is also
provided with the apparatus. Apertures are provided with the
adjustable mirrors.
1110765
Colour Mixing Box
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
v
New Products
REFLECTION & REFRACTION
BLOCK
It consists of an acrylic block and the
supporting base. The simple diode laser is
provided with the apparatus to perform the
experiments of reflection and refraction by
simply shining a laser pointer towards the
acrylic block.
1110805
REFLECTION OF LIGHT KIT
This kit comprises plane mirror, cylindrical mirror, mirror holders, support stands, matches,
candles, ruler, protractor, laser and other required accessories for performing the reflection
experiments. This kit is useful for the study of the path of a light ray as it reflects off of plane and
curved mirrors.
1110835/1 Reflection of Light Kit
Reflection & Refraction Block
REFLECTION & REFRACTION
APPARATUS
Reflection & Refraction Instruments with the
help of this instruments student can easily
study the 2 wave properties. The Rotating
Disk will give a high. Accuracy of degree and
help to change Angles of Measurement
without disturbing the object or light source.
Semi circle Acrylic also can be fit the Rotating
Disk for measuring the index of Refraction.
Also this product come with Source which is
having single, Double, Triple & wide slits as
well as 2 metal shields for blocking light. The
light source has in built acrylic lens for
focusing the beam of light.
REFRACTION OF LIGHT KIT
This kit comprises of laser light, acrylic prism set, wax pencil, protector, ruler, magnifier acrylic
candle, match box and paper clip. Other required accessories for performing the refraction
experiments. This kit is useful for the study of the path of a light ray.
1110835/2 Refraction of Light Kit
REFLECTION AND
REFRACTION TANK
POWER SUPPLY OF REFLECTION &
REFRACTION APPARATUS
This apparatus consists of an acrylic
water tank with a clear front. It has a
white back with a printed protractor.
A simple diode laser with a built-in
beam spreader is also provided with
the apparatus to perform the
reflection and refraction
experiments. The total internal
reflection experiment can also be
performed using this apparatus.
Student can use Snell's Can to determine the
critical of fluid. This light source require
power source which law of reflection etc.
1110815
Tank
1110810
Re f l e c t i o n
Apparatus
&
Re f r a c t i o n
1110810/1 Power Supply of Reflection &
Refraction Apparatus
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Reflection and Refraction
New Products
HARTLE'S OPTICAL MAGNETIC
WITH LIGHT SOURCE
WORKING OF A TRANSFORMER
This apparatus is designed to Demonstrate
the Law of Reflection & Refraction in optics
Dia 300mm with 360º graduated scale an
metal Base. Which holes magnetic light
source and change the angle of light in
complete with slits and optical components.
Same as above 1110840/1
Simple way to demonstrate that how a transformer works as an step up and step down stages. On
applying alternating voltage across one coil then output voltage is generate across another coil
due to mutual induction of magnetic coil.
Coil 140turns/5 tapping
2
U and I core
1
Step down AC power supply 2-12V
1
Two way switch double pole
1
Rheostat 10? / 8.5A
1
Digital Multi-meter
3
Connecting Cords 50cm (Black)
6
Connecting Cords 50cm (Red)
5
Connecting Cords 100cm
1
1110825
1090150
Hartle's Optical Magnetic with
light source
Working of a Transformer
RECTIFIER CIRCUIT CHARACTERISTICS
Conversion of alternating signal into direct signal can be visualized by this experiment. In which
bridge type rectifier is used. AC supplies in circuit before filter and after filter can be visually
checked on the DSO (Digital Storage Oscilloscope)
IN 4007 Diodes on base
1
Electrolytic capacitor 470μF/ 35V
1
Electrolytic capacitor 10μF/ 35V
4
Electrolytic capacitor 2200μF/ 35V
1
Electrolytic capacitor 1000μF/ 35V
1
Resistance 470? /1W
1
Resistance 47? /2W
1
AC Power Supply 2-12V
1
Oscilloscope 25 MHZ
1
Digital Multi-meter
3
Rheostat 365? /1A
1
Connecting Cords 1mtr (Red)
2
Connecting Cords 1mtr (Black)
2
Connecting Cords 50 cm (Black)
3
Connecting Cords 50cm (Red)
4
1100130/3 Rectifier Circuit Characteristics
SPECTRUM TUBE HOLDER
Newly designed economy version of spectrum
Tube Holder fitted with 4mm safety socket.
This Holder is having Boss head as well to
allow its clamping on retort Rod. This Tube
Holder do not come with Stand .Ask for
separate Stand.
Optical Bench Sliding with light Source with
radius New design light in easy to assembled
& dismantle
1130095
Spectrum Tube Holder
REMEMBER! We supply a comprehensive range of educational
and school lab apparatus, covering more than 5000 items. If you
are unable to find the product you are looking for in this
catalog, please contact us with your query and we will be happy to assist you.
100% SATISFACTION GUARANTEED! All our products carry unconditional
guarantee for a period of 12 months. If for any reason, any of our product is
not up to your satisfaction, we will send you a replacement as per your needs
OR a refund or credit for the same.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
vi
vii
New Products
See Page 16 For More Details
1020970
MEASUREMENT OF LOW RESISTANCE
To find out the Resistances of various conductors by determining the voltage and current across
the conductors and on applying Ohm's Law.
Copper Rod
1
Aluminum Rod
1
Universal Measuring Amplifies
1
Digital Multi-meter
2
Power Supply 0-12V/6A
1
Connecting Cords 50 cm
7
1070765
Measurement of Low Resistance
See Page 28 For More Details
1030400
See Page 33 For More Details
1030630
MEASUREMENT OF BASIC CONSTANT
Different measuring instruments Vernier caliper gauges, micrometer and spherometer for
accurate measurement of length, thickness, curvature and diameter of different lens & glass
plates etc. A physical balance is used to compare the weight of different materials .One can
know that how the different measuring instrument can be used for different parameters of a
material.
Vernier caliper
1
Micro-meter
1
Spherometer
1
Physical Balance 2 Pans 500gm
1
Weight Set
1
Brass Ball 25mm/20mm each
1
M.S. Cylinder 35mm
1
Iron Wire dia.=1mm, L=10mtr.
1
Aluminum Foil
1
Watch glass 80mm/100mm/125mm each 1
Glass tubes straight 80mm, 10
1
Glass tube dia. = 24/21mm, L=100mm
1
Cube set of 8
1
Measuring tape 2mtr.
1
1010350
Measurement of Basic Constant
See Page 41 For More Details
1030950
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Products at a Glance
See Page 70 For More Details
1060130
See Page 95 For More Details
1070940
See Page 100 For More Details
1080620
See Page 106 For More Details
1090160/1
See Page 120 For More Details
1091250
See Page 121 For More Details
1091270
See Page 130 For More Details
8575
See Page 151 For More Details
4740
See Page 157 For More Details
1110610
See Page 160 For More Details
1110740
See Page 162 For More Details
1110850
See Page 171For More Details
1111540
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
01
02
Property of Matter - Solid
BEST
SELLER
7
3
2
1
6
CUBE SET OF 10
5
CUBES, METAL/NON METAL
MATERIALS BLOCKS
Material blocks for density investigations. Set
of cube shaped blocks in variety of assorted
materials.
1010020/1 Materials Blocks Set of 12:
Comprising two cubes each of
brass, iron, aluminum, copper,
zinc and lead, with masses
varying from approx. 12 to 25g.
1010020/2 Materials Blocks Set of 16:
Comprising two cubes each of
brass, iron, aluminum, copper,
zinc, lead, wood and plastic. 1
1010020/3 Cubes Set Of 12 Set of 12 cubes
of size 20mm arranged in well
designed plastic tray with a
transparent cover of any one
material out of 1010020/2 2
Cubes for Density investigation. Available in
different materials. Sizes available:
1010060 10mm 5 1010080 20mm
1 Brass
2 Lead
3 Iron
4 Copper 5 Aluminum
6 Zinc
7 Tin
8 Wood
9 Plastic (PVC)
10 Plastic (Clear Acrylic)
6
CUBES SET,METAL
Available in other materials and sizes on specific request.
11
7
10
SET OF SPRINGS
1010100/1 Cubes, Metal, Size 10mm
1010100/2 Cubes, Metal, Size 20mm
10
Suitable for experiments / demonstrations
related to the study of elastic properties,
mechanics, oscillations etc. Collection of
springs of different diameters, but having
same length of about 100mm. Hooks
provided on both sides for suspension.
9
METAL PLATES SET
CUBES, METAL, WITH HOOKS
Set of plates of size 75 x 35 mm of different
materials-one each of brass, iron, aluminium
& copper. Supplied in box. Other sizes also
available as per requirement.
For mass-density investigations. Cubes of
size 20mm available in different materials.
With hook to facilitate suspension.
REMEMBER!
We supply a
comprehensive range of
educational and school lab apparatus,
covering more than 5000 items. If you
are unable to find the product you are
looking for in this catalog, please
contact us with your query and we will
be happy to assist you.
Any one material
10 different material
Set of 6 cubes comprising 1 each of brass,
lead, iron, copper, aluminium & Zinc.
Supplied in wooden / plastic case.
8
1010040/1 Metal plates set of 4 3
1010040/2 Metal plates set of 12 arranged in
a plastic tray with transparent
cover, of size 50 x 25 mm. 4
1010060/11
1010060/12
Available in other materials and sizes on specific request.
BEST
SELLER
4
Set of 10 cubes of size 10mm arranged in a
plastic tray with a transparent cover of any
one material out of 1010120/8
8
1010120/1 Brass
1010120/2 Lead
1010120/3 Copper
1010120/4 Iron
1010120/5 Aluminium
1010120/6 Zinc
1010120/7 Tin
1010120/8 Set of 7, comprising one each of
Brass, Lead, Copper, Iron,
Aluminium, Zinc, Tin 9
1010120/9 Set of 12 cubes of size 20mm
arranged in well designed plastic
tray with a transparent cover of
any one material out of
1010120/8
1010140/1 Set of 4 springs – 1 each of
diameter approx. 6, 9, 12 and
20mm
1010140/2 Set of 6 springs – 1 each of
diameter approx. 6, 9, 12, 15, 18
and 20mm
1010140/3 Set of 12 springs – 1 each of
diameter approx. 4, 6, 8, 10, 12,
15, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26 and 28mm
SPRINGS
11
Individual springs of diameters ranging from
about 1 to 30mm & length from 100 to 300mm
approx. Sizes as per the customized
requirements can be supplied.
1010160
Set available in various other metal combinations and sizes
on specific request.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Springs
Property of Matter - Solid
03
1
2
DECIMETER CUBE
ELASTIC MATERIALS KIT
For studying the elastic behavior of different materials. The kit comprising of following
components
Expandable steel springs 25 Nos.
Wide steel springs of about 114mm Length x 75mm diameter 2 Nos.
Soft latex foam blocks 2 Nos.
Copper Wire reel 32 SWG, 50g 1 No.
Copper Wire reel 26 SWG, 50g 2Nos.
Valve latex tube 1 Length of 50Cm
Cord with ring at both ends 4 Nos.
Soft erasers for twisting 4 Nos.
1010180
Elastic Materials Kit
Wooden cube of size 10cm, made of hard
wood, precisely cut and finished, having a
total volume of 1dm3 or 1000cm3 or 1 liter.
Each face of the cube has a square grid of
10x10, total 100 squares of 1cm each. 1st row
and 1st column of grid on each face marked 1
to 10.
1010220
Decimeter Cube
1
DECIMETER CUBE
Demonstrate the 1dm3 /3 1000cm3/ 1L Using
easily inter-connectable 10 flat plates of
dimensions (10x10x1) Cm3
arranged in a
tower shape in respect of volume
relationship. 10 strip of dimensions
(10x10x1) Cm3 to show how a single flat
plate is developed. The smallest block to
decimeter cube is (1x1x1) Cm3 . Durable
plastic set will stand up to repeated student
use.
1010225
Decimeter Cube
2
BEST
SELLER
CUBES
CUBES, WOODEN
Wooden cubes, made of hard wood precisely
cut and finished. Sizes available are:
1010200/1 1cm
1010200/3 5cm
1010200/2 2cm
1010200/4 10cm
MATERIAL KIT, SOLID
DICE
A set of six dices, each dice have six faces and
marked with 1 to 6 dots.
1010210
Dice
Useful for study of physical properties such as density etc. of different materials and their intercomparison. Kit consists of 2 blocks each of 17 different types.
Blocks, Size 50x40x30mm: Softwood, Hardwood, Paraffin wax, Aluminium, Iron & Polystyrene.
Blocks, Size 20x20x100mm: Perspex, Glass, Slate, Aluminium, Softwood, Marble.
Blocks:
Lead, 50 x 50 x 20mm
Aluminum, 50 x 50 x80mm
Hardwood, 50 x 50 x 200mm
Brass, 20 x 20 x 50mm; and
Iron, 40 x 40 x 20mm
1010240
Materials Kit, Solid
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
04
Property of Matter - Solid
BEST
SELLER
3
1
8
4
7
2
CYLINDERS SET, METAL
PYRAMID
1
Set of six cylinders, comprising one each of
brass, lead, iron, copper, aluminum and zinc.
Supplied in wooden block with recessed holes
for storing the cylinders. Sizes available
(Height x Diameter)
1010260/1 30 x 10mm
1010260/2 40 x 10mm
1010300
CYLINDERS, METAL
Pyramid
2
Cylinders of different metal of size 30 x
10mm(height x diameter) available
individually.
1010280/1 Brass
1010280/2 Lead
1010280/3 Iron
3
Useful tool for students to understand the
concepts of mensuration in regard to a
pyramid geometry. A wire pyramid having
square base of side about 205mm and total
height of about 320mm. Each side of square
base further divided in two equal portions to
get 4 above to indicate various proportions of
the pyramid dimensions.
1010280/4 Cooper
1010280/5 Aluminium
1010280/6 Zinc
DISSECTIBLE CONE
4
Made of hardwood nicely painted and
dissectible in total 5 parts representing
different sections – circle, ellipse, parabola
and hyperbola. All parts are accurately
machined for precise fitting and held
together by a pin. All parts can be
conveniently disassembled and assembled
for easy demonstration. Size approximately
15x25cm (Height x base diameter)
1010320
Dissectible Cone
ABACUS
A simple device useful for counting and
among the first calculating devices ever used
consists of a wooden board mounted base,
over which 'U' shaped brass wires are
mounted so that the arms of wires are on
each side of board. Each wire has 20 beads
(10 each of two colour), which assists in
counting and calculations. Available in
different configurations (number of rows of
brass wire)
1010400/1 2 Rows
1010400/2 3 Rows
1010400/3 4 Rows
1010400/4 5 Rows
1010400/5 6 Rows
7
8
GEOMETRICAL MODELS SET
Useful for demonstrating the concept of
volumes and surface areas of different 3D
shapes. Consists of various 3D geometrical
models and figure, made of hardwood.
Comes nicely packed in wooden or plastic
case, as required.
1010340/1 Set of 16pcs.
Set of 19pcs.
1010340/2 Se
BEST
SELLER
6
PYRAMID ACRYLIC
A hollow pyramid, made of pieces clear
acrylic sheet joined to form a pyramid on
square base. Gives an idea of the geometry,
surface are and volume of the shape.
1010310
5
Pyramid, Acrylic
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
5
6
Property of Matter - Solid
05
BEST
SELLER
ABACUS
Similar to 1010400 but having 10 beads in
each row total No of rows five
1010410
Abacus
CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIAL
Activities those can be performed with this kit.
1. Characteristics of material.
2. Find out the strongest fabric.
3. Material used to build cloths.
4. Investigating hardness of material.
5. Factors affecting for bouncing a ball.
6. Characteristics of paper for absorbing water.
Find out flammable materials.
1010370
FRENCH CURVE
Comprises a set of four quadrant arcs, hinged
together so as to open them into a complete
circle. Also shows the different shapes that
can be formed from this geometry.
Characteristics of Material
1010420/1 French Curve, Wooden
1010420/2 French Curve, Plastic
SET OF CIRCLES
Comprises nine sets of circles useful for
explaning students the concept of fractions
and multiples. Each of 9 Sets have sectors in
the form of fraction arranged to complete
one complete circle, showing fractions from
one complete circle (unit) to 1/10th of a
circle (unit)
1010380
Set of Circles
FRENCH CURVE, PLASTIC, STENCIL
100%
SATISFACTION
GUARANTEED!
All our products carry unconditional
guarantee for a period of 12 months. If
for any reason, any of our product is
not up to your satisfaction, we will
send you a replacement as per your
needs OR a refund or credit for the
same.
ABACUS ECONOMICAL
Six metallic rods mounted on a wooden base
with 30 beads (15 each of black and white)
which assists in counting and calculation.
1010405
Abacus Economical
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Set of three templates providing sufficient
variety of curves to be used for nearly any
situation, which prove to be quite valuable
for making smooth, neat, curved portions of
drawings, or for a precision curve fitting of
plotted data on graphs. All templates made
of clear plastic with smooth edges.
1010440
French Curve, Plastic, Stencil
06
Property of Matter - Solid
ACRYLIC MODELS
A unique collection of 3-dimensional
different geometrical elements made of
clear acrylic. Useful for studying the volumes
and surface areas of the various figures and
their inter-relationship. Each elements is
about 10cm in height and can be filled with
water or sand (not supplied) for studying its
volume. Different geometrical elements
available are
1010460/1 Sphere
1010460/2 Cylinder
1010460/3 Cube
1010460/4 Cuboid
1010460/5 Square Pyramid
1010460/6 Cone
1010460/7 Set of Models comprising one
each – Sphere, Cylinder, Cube,
Cuboid, Square Pyramid and
cone.
SOLIDS & LIQUIDS
Activity those can be performed with this kit.
1. Comparison between solids and liquids.
2. When some solids behave like a liquid?
3. On heating a solids what happens to it.
4. Process to separate out mixture of solids.
5. Dissolving property of different material. 6. Mixing different solids with water.
7. Basic difference between melting and dissolving.
8. Which material can be used as best filter?
1020035
Solids & liquids
SPECIFIC GRAVITY BLOCKS SET
This kit contains an Aluminium displacement
Vessel and an Aluminium overflow bucket,
also include is a spring balance and three
metal cubes of different density. An ldeal kit
for carrying out specific gravity experiments
such as determining the density of different
metals.
1020030
Specific Gravity Blocks Set
SPECIFIC GRAVITY ACTIVITY SET
For exploring the concept of specific gravity and demonstration of the Archimedes' principal.
The Set contains Hydrostatic Balance, a Spring Balance, weight box with masses from 1mg to
100mg, Bucket and cylinder , overflow can, catch bucket and 3 metal cubes of different
densities- one each of brass, aluminium and steel.
1020020
Specific Gravity Activity Set
BUCKET AND CYLINDER ACRYLIC
Clear acrylic tube with cylinder provides a
facility to see the movement of the cylinder
inside the tube.
1020025
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Bucket and Cylinder Acrylic
Property of Matter - Solid
3
2
1
BUCKET AND CYLINDER
Suitable for the classroom demonstration of
Archimedes' principal or individual use
Comprising a chrome-plated solid brass
cylinder with a suspension hook at its one end
in cylinder is exactly same as that of inner
volume of the bucket.
1020040/1 Bucket and cylinder, Small,
Chrome plated Bucked 2
1020040/2 Bucket and Cylinder, Small,
Painted Bucket 1
1020040/3 Bucket and Cylinder, Big, Painted
Bucket 3
DISSOLVING AND CHANGES
AActivity those can be performed with this kit.
1. Steps to purify water.
2. Evaporation of water.
3. What makes a solids dissolve more quicky? 4. Mixing of materials.
5. Separating of materials.
6. On mixing a material what changes occur.
7. States changing of material.
8. How does the dissolving of a material depends upon the temperature of water?
1020050
Dissolving and Changes
THE ORIGINAL CLEVER CATCH FOR THE MATH CLASSROOM
These colorful 24” inflatable vinyl balls provide an excellent way
for children to build their math skills. The Math Clever Catch Balls
feature various problems, facts, and illustrations to reinforce math
concepts in a fun way. Kids won’t mind practicing their math lesson,
from basic arithmetic to Trigonometry, when they can play ball.
Basic play involves two or more players who toss the latex-free ball
to each other and answer the question found under their left
thumb. Directions and variations of play are included, along with a
question and answer sheet. Pencil and paper may be required for
several subjects.
ARCHIMEDES' PRINCIPLE KIT
A complete self contained kit for exploring
the concepts related to buoyancy and
Archimedes' principal, both qualitatively and
quantitatively. Comprises a regular shaped
metallic solid (whose volume can be
computed from its external dimensions).
Irregular shaped solid beaker to collect
displacement liquid. Newton meter and
displacement vessel.
1020060
SR-1390
SR-1402
SR-1403
SR-1404
SR-1406
SR-1407
SR-1410
SR-1411
SR-1412
SR-1416
SR-1417
SR-1419
SR-1420
SR-1421
SR-1436
SR-1463
SR-1467
SR-1468
SR-1568
Calculus (9-12) New!
Multiplication (3-8)
Fractions/Decimals/Percents (4-9)
Pre-Algebra with Integers (5-8)
Time (2-6)
Money (2-6)
Addition (1-3)
Subtraction (1-4)
Division (3-7)
Algebra (7-12)
Geometry (8-12)
Numbers 0-25 (K-1)
Measurements (4-6)
Shapes (2-6)
Metric System (6-9)
Mental Math (4-6)
Probability & Statistics (9-12)
Blank (All)
Trigonometry (8-12)
Archimedes' Principal Kit
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
07
08
Property of Matter - Solid / Fluids
DISPLACEMENT VESSEL, TIN SHEET
Similar to Cat No. 1020080, but made of tin
sheet, well painted, seamless. Sizes (Height
× Diameter) available are:
1020100/1 100 × 50mm
1020100/2 115 × 90mm
1020100/3 225 × 125mm
YELLOW PLASTIC GEOBOARD
Supper sturdy pins make this 8” double-sided
plastic board ideal for students of all ages.
5x5 pin array on one side, 12 pin circular
pattern on the other.
SR-0600
SR-0658
Single Plastic Geoboard
Rubber bands
DISPLACEMENT VESSEL,
ALUMINIUM
Similar to Cat No. 1020080, but vessel spun
from aluminium sheet. Sizes (Height ×
Diameter) available are:
1020120/1 100 × 50mm
1020120/2 115 × 90mm
1020120/3 225 × 125mm
DISPLACEMENT VESSEL
(OVERFLOW CAN), PLASTIC
Useful for experiments in density or specific
gravity investigations by knowing the volume
of the liquid displaced. Comprises a plastic
vessel of about 500mL capacity with a spout.
1020150/1 250 mL
1020150/3 1000mL
OVERHEAD GEOBOARD
Engineered to resist breakage, this
transparent 7” geoboard is perfect for your
overhead projector. 5x5 pin array.
SR-0615
SR-0658
Overhead Geoboard
Rubber bands
1020150/2 500 mL
1020150/4 2000 mL
DISPLACEMENT VESSEL
SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE, NOT
CALIBRATED, BOROSILICATE GLASS
Similar to Cat No. 1020080,, but made of
borosilicate glass, with angled spout.
Capacities available are :
Made of borosilicate glass, spherical pattern,
with perforated stopper. Not Calibrated
Capacities available are:
1020140/1 250ml, graduated
1020140/2 500ml, graduated
1020140/3 250ml, without graduation
1020140/4 500ml, without graduation
1020180/1 10ml
1020180/3 50ml
1020180/2 25ml
SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE,
CALIBRATED, NEUTRAL GLASS
Similar to Cat No. 1020160, but made of
neutral glass. Capacities available are:
1020200/1 10ml
1020200/3 50ml
DISPLACEMENT VESSEL, COPPER
For experiments in density, specific gravity
and Archimedes' principle etc., where
volumetric displacement of liquids is
involved. Seamless fabrication with flared
top edge, complete nickel plated body and
angled spout for convenient overflow and
collection of liquids. Sizes (Height ×
Diameter) available are:
1020080/1 100 × 50mm
1020080/2 115 × 90mm
SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE,
CALIBRATED, BOROSILICATE
GLASS
Made of borosilicate glass, spherical pattern,
flat bottom with perforated stopper. Volume
of each bottle is accurately calibrated and
adjusted at 20ºC to the value indicated on it.
Capacities available are:
1020160/1 10ml
1020160/3 50ml
1020160/2 25ml
1020200/2 25ml
SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE, NOT
CALIBRATED, NEUTRAL GLASS
Similar to Cat No. 1020180but made of
neutral glass. Capacities available are:
1020220/1 10ml
1020220/3 50ml
1020220/2 25ml
We specialize in product
development as per
customized requirements
and designs meeting
international quality standards with
shortest delivery periods.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Property of Matter - Fluids
09
BEST
SELLER
1
2
SPOUTING CYLINDER,
ECONOMICAL
SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE
Calibrated, volume of each bottle is
accurately calibrated and adjusted at 20°C
to the value indicated on it. Made of
borosilicate glass with wide top for solids.
Capacities available are:
1020230/1 25ml
1020230/3 100ml
For demonstrating the increase in pressure of
liquid with the increase in depth or liquid
column. Made of stout tin sheet, well
painted, having three orifices of the same
size but at different heights down one side.
1020260
1020230/2 50ml
Spouting Cylinder, Painted Blue
Acrylic 1
SPOUTING CYLINDER
Non-calibrated, made of borosilicate glass
with wide top for solids. Capacities available
are:
Similar to Cat No. 1020260 but with better
quality. Sturdy sheet metal construction with
heavy base having scratch-resistant epoxy
coating. All orifices made of brass pipe fitted
in the cylinder with leak-proof joints.
1020235
1020280
SPECIFIC GRAVITY BOTTLE
Non-calibrated
Spouting Cylinders
EQUALITY OF PRESSURE IN
LIQUIDS (PASCAL'S LAW SYRINGE),
GLASS
To demonstrate that the liquid transmits
equal pressure in all directions. The
apparatus comprising a glass cylinder
provided with a piston plunger on one end
and terminating in a spherical glass bulb on
the other end. The bulb has small holes
around its surface. Pushing the plunger inside
with the apparatus filled with water, water is
ejected with equal force from all the holes.
1020340
Equality of Pressure in Liquid
(Pascal's Law Syringe), Glas
2
COMMUNICATING VESSEL ON
STAND
Comprises four glass tubes, each of different
cross-sectional size and shape, connected
together at the bottom through a common
horizontal glass tube, sealed to a manifold
and mounted on stand. Demonstrates that
the liquid level in communicating vessels
remains same irrespective of the shapes and
sizes of the vessels.
DENSITY SPHERE
Demonstrates the dependence of density of a
liquid on the temperature. Comprises a
hollow sphere, with a sealed mouth,
carefully adjusted to float in cold water and
sink in the hot water.
1020240
1020300/1 Communicating Vessel, on
Wooden Stand 3
1020300/2 Communicating Vessel, on
Painted Metal Stand 4
1020300/3 Communicating Vessel, Glass
Part only
Density Sphere
LIQUID LEVELAPPARATUS ON BASE
Economical version. Similar to Cat No.
1020300, but mounted vertically on a base.
3
4
5
1020320/1 Liquid Level Apparatus, on
Plastic Base 5
1020320/2 Liquid Level Apparatus, Glass
Part only
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
EQUALITY OF PRESSURE IN
LIQUIDS (PASCAL'S LAW SYRINGE),
ALL METAL
All metal construction provides rigidity,
sturdiness and durability to the apparatus.
Comprises a removable spherical metal bulb
mounted at one end of the cylindrical barrel
with piston plunger at the other end. The
spherical bulb has a number of holes on its
surface with small brass nozzles projecting
out. All metal parts either well painted or
plated. When filled with water, pushing in
the plunger makes water to eject from all the
nozzles with equal force.
1020360
Equality Of Pressure In Liquids
(Pascal's Law Syringe), All Metal
10
Property of Matter - Fluids
MANOMETER TUBE
BERNOULLI'S TUBE APPARATUS
PASCAL'S LAW APPARATUS
A simple apparatus to demonstrate the
Pascal's Law that pressure exerted by a liquid
in an enclosed space is equal in all directions.
Comprises a spherical glass bulb with its neck
supported horizontally and is connected to a
vertically mounted 50mL plastic syringe
through a flexible rubber tubing. The holes in
the glass bulb allow liquid filled in the syringe
to be ejected with equal force from each of
them on pushing down the plunger of syringe.
Complete apparatus mounted on a stable
plastic base.
1020370
To demonstrate the effect of Bernoulli's
theorem by studying variation in the pressure
and speed of flow of an incompressible fluid
through a tube with respect to the tube bore
or cross-section. Comprises a Bernoulli's
tube, with central constricted portion, a
constant bore gradient tube, 6 lengths glass
tubing, 2 swan necked outlets tubes and 8
small pieces of rubber connecting tubing for
joining various glass tubings as and when
needed. The two flow tubes, each 500×13mm
(L×OD) have three sealed-in short side tubes
of length 25mm each with interspacing of
about 150mm for connection to glass tubing
lengths for use as manometers. The middle
short side tube in Bernoulli's tube stem out
from the central constricted portion for
studying the effect of constriction.
1020400
For use at moderate pressures, made from
glass tubing of about 6mm bore, bend in the
form of U. It is open at both ends and is
supplied unfilled. Dimensions (approx):
250mm long, 32mm wide (75mm wide
including side arm).
1020440
Manometer Tube
BEST
SELLER
Bernoulli's Tubes Apparatus
Pascal's Law Apparatus
VENTURI TUBE DEMONSTRATOR
Demonstrates that the pressure of liquids
varies with the depth of liquid column and is
independent of the shape or size of the
vessel. Comprising a base with aperture on
the underside and on top of which may be
attached any one of the set of 4 glass vases
having different shapes/sizes but identical
bottom openings. A lever arm pivoted to the
vertical support rod has a pressure disc on
one end to close the aperture and a
counterpoise pan. A vertically adjustable
index pointer provided for adjusting liquid
level in the vases. Complete apparatus
mounted on a stable base.
A simple device for the demonstration of
Bernoulli's Law. Similar devices fine
extensive application in everything from
carburetors of IC engines to aircraft airspeed
indicators. Comprising of a horizontal glass
tube having three cross sections along its
length – wide, narrow and wide respectively,
with wide cross-sections having same size.
One short, side tube projects from each of
the three cross-sections for connecting to the
manometric tubes. Also included is a threelegged manometric tube joined to a common
horizontal tube. When gas is flowing through
the venturi tube with manometer filled with
colored water, the relative pressure at the
three points of the tube is evident from the
water level in manometers.
1020380
1020420
PASCAL'S LAW APPARATUS
(WEINHOLD'S)
Pa s c a l ' s L a w
(Weinhold's)
Apparatus
Venturi Tube Demonstrator
MANOMETER, GLASS, ON STAND
Glass manometer tube, U-shaped, with
stopcock near the end of one arm, mounted
on a stand with back plate. Scale having
graduations 80-0-80 with 2mm subdivisions.
Size of back plate about 40×8cm (Height ×
Width).
1020460/1 Manometer, Glass, on Wooden
Stand
1020460/2 Manometer, Glass, on Acrylic
Stand
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Property of Matter - Fluids
11
1
2
U TUBE MANOMETER
U-shaped glass tube mounted on wooden
stand for use as a manometer, with a scale 050cm fixed between the two arms of tube for
reading the level difference between both
the arms.
1020500/1 U Tube Manometer 1
1020500/2 U-Tube, Glass, Unmounted
U-TUBE MANOMETER, DELUXE
Comprises a transparent flexible plastic
tubing, bent in the form of U, mounted in a
sturdy metal section with 20-0-20 scale,
graduated in millimeters, at the front. A
clear front cover provides safety to the
apparatus. One end of the tubing has a
rubber tube connected through an adapter
for attaching it to a fluid circuit. Provided
with a ring at the top for hanging.
1020560
U-Tube Manometer, Deluxe
2
CAPILLARY TUBE APPARATUS
MANOMETER, LARGE, GLASS
Large sized U-shaped glass manometer,
mounted on a back-plate with provision for
hanging on wall. Scale having graduations
260-0-260 with 2mm subdivisions. Size of
back plate about 67×8cm (Height × Width).
1020480
Manometer Large, Glass
For demonstrating the effect of capillary
action, i.e., relationship between capillary
pressure or level of liquid in capillary and the
bore diameter of the capillary tube. The
apparatus comprises a rectangular sheetmetal frame, the base of which takes the
form of a trough for holding water. The upper
part of the frame supports six capillary
tubes, each of a different bore, in the holed
rubber bung with their lower ends resting in
the trough underneath. The difference in
heights of the resulting columns of water in
each capillary tube is readily apparent.
Length of capillary tubes about 150mm.
1020580
Capillary Tube Apparatus
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
SIPHON BAROMETER
A low cost, simple barometer yet having
sufficient accuracy. The whole column of
mercury is clearly visible in the glass tube.
Barometer scale is graduated in both English
and Metric systems. Vertical sliding zero
point adjustment is carried by a screw clamp
attached to the glass tube. Complete
apparatus mounted on a polished wooden
board. Supplied without mercury.
1020600
Siphon Barometer
12
Property of Matter - Fluids
2
3
1
6
LIFT PUMP
Working Model made of glass, to show the
concepts involved in a lift pump. Both
cylinder and piston provided with non-return
float valves and a side tube for outlet.
1020640/1 Borosilicate Glass
1020640/2 Neutral Glass
1
Working model made of glass. Demonstrates
the working principle of the force pump,
concept of double valve action of the pump
and its ability to eject water at high pressure.
Comprises a glass cylinder with a non-return
float valve at its lower end, which also has an
outlet side tube at its lower end, that in turn
communicates the lower end of a secondary
cylinder also equipped with a non-return
float valve. The outlet tube from a secondary
cylinder is drawn out into a jet.
2
HYDRAULIC PRESS, BRAMAH
Working model made of glass. To show the
concepts involved in its functioning.
1020720/1 Borosilicate Glass
1020720/2 Neutral Glass
LIFT PUMP, MOUNTED
Working Model made of glass, similar to Cat.
No. 1020640 but mounted on wooden stand
with trough for water. Provides convenient
demonstration to a group of students.
1020660/1 Borosilicate Glass
1020660/2 Neutral Glass
FORCE PUMP
1020680/1 Borosilicate Glass
1020680/2 Neutral Glass
3
SIPHON BAROMETER (TORICELLI)
FORCE PUMP, MOUNTED
1020700/1 Borosilicate Glass
1020700/2 Neutral Glass
1020620
5
HYDRAULIC PRESS, BRAMAH,
MOUNTED
Working Model made of glass, similar to Cat.
No. 1020720 but mounted on wooden stand
with trough for water. Provides convenient
demonstration to a group of students.
1020740/1 Borosilicate Glass
1020740/2 Neutral Glass
Demonstrates the phenomenon of
transmissibility of fluid pressure. For the
same force exerted, pressure is inversely
proportional to the surface area. The
apparatus comprises of the plated brass
cylindrical tubes of different diameters,
each fitted with piston and connected to
each other through a brass tube at their
bottom. Pistons have circular disc at the top
for loading masses (masses not included).
Complete apparatus mounted on a wooden
base.
1020800
4
Working Model made of glass, similar to Cat.
No. 1020680 but mounted on wooden stand
with trough for water. Provides convenient
demonstration to a group of students.
FLUID PRESSURE APPARATUS
Wall model, barometer mounted on
unbreakable, non-bendable plastic baseboard of size 93×10cm (Height × Width).
Consists of a clear glass Toricelli tube with a
U-bend at the lower end leading to the
mercury reservoir. Reservoir has a screw cap
at the top, the thread's gap being sufficient
to balance the atmospheric pressure by
confining the mercury vapours. A mobile
indicator allows the barometer to be
regulated for altitude of the place of use.
Also included is a red alcohol thermometer
mounted alongside the barometer tube.
Supplied without mercury.
5
4
Fluid Pressure Apparatus
Siphon Barometer (Toricelli)
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
6
Property of Matter - Fluids
BEST
SELLER
BEST
SELLER
HYDRAULIC PRESS, SYRINGE
TYPE, SMALL
A smaller and economical version of Cat No.
1020780 (Page 08), but smaller in size with
syringes of 20ml and 5ml, with their nozzles
joined through a 3-position valve and flexible
rubbing. Both the pistons provided with
limit-stop to prevent their complete ejection
from the barrels and have loading platform at
their top.
1020785
Hydraulic Press, Syringe Type,
Small
13
HYDRAULIC PRESS, SYRINGE TYPE
PASCAL'S DEMONSTRATOR
Simple construction permits the use of water
or even air for demonstration of the concepts
involved. Comprises a pair of graduated glass
syringes of capacities 50 and 20cm3, both
having finely ground pistons and provide a
cross-sectional area ratio of 3:1 respectively.
Both the syringes mounted on a stable, nonskid sheet metal base with loading platform
at their top and their nozzles linked to each
other through a 3-position valve, by means of
which they may be opened to the
atmosphere, isolated or interconnected as
desired. Both the pistons provided with limitstop to prevent their complete ejection from
the barrels. Thick wall of syringes makes it
capable of withstanding pressures involved.
The graduated syringe barrels also permit
simple
Boyle's
Law experiments
to be
p
y
p
performed.
To demonstrate the principal used inside the
power steering, shock absorbers, hydraulic
jack etc. Two syringes fitted on a wooden
stand and connected with a flexible tube. On
applying the force to one syringe piston 10ml
to make the liquid rise in the other 50ml
syringe to demonstrate the Pascal's Law.
1020780
Hydraulic Press, Syringe Type
T
1020810
Pascal's Demonstrator
We usually keep stock
of all the fast moving
items (a range of
more than 2000 items) in bulk to
reduce the lead time to minimum.
As a manufacturer, Arihant Industries
is always pleased to receive
comments, suggestions and
criticisms about its range of
products.
HYDRAULIC BRAKE
For demonstration of the principle of
hydraulic breaking system that operates on
fluid pressure. It consists of a wheel with a
handle for rotating it and hydraulically
actuated breaking mechanism which is
connected to cylindrical metal reservoir
through a flexible pressure tubing. The
plunger of the reservoir has a lever handle
pivoted at its top for pushing it downward to
apply pressure on the fluid inside, which is
then forced through the connected tubing to
actuate the braking mechanism. Complete
apparatus mounted on a wooden base.
1020820
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Hydraulic Brake
14
Property of Matter - Fluids
OIL FILM KIT
For investigation of surface tension phenomena and other related concepts further enabling the
estimation of molecular sizes of oil to close approximation using an oil film of water so as to make
an investigation into the order of atomic size. The kit has been designed to provide essentially
for the needs of two students working together. It comprises of following components.
n
Plastic Trays with raised edges and drainage hole
2 Nos.
n
Rubber bungs for sealing drainage hole of trays
2 Nos.
n
Surface wiping metal booms for leveling surface of paraffin wax in tray
4 Nos.
n
Leveling Wedges for adjusting the tray level
8 Nos.
n
Mounted Wire Loops
16 Nos.
n
Plastic Graticules, calibrated along one edge at the center for mounting in
special holder when preparing oil drops
8 Nos.
n
Special holder to facilitate preparation, selection and measurement of
oil drop, comprising wooden block fitted with clips to accommodate to
mounted wire loop, graticule and hand lens
8 Nos.
n
Olive Oil
25ml
n
Beakers
8 Nos.
n
Lycopodium Powder
25g
n
Dispensers for Lycopodium powder
2 Nos.
n
Camphor
2 Nos.
n
Paint Brush
1 No.
n
Vessel for melting Paraffin Wax
1 No.
n
Paraffin Wax
500g
n
Sponge to deal with the spillages
2 Nos.
1020840
SURFACE TENSION BALANCE,
SEARLE'S
For determination of surface tension of
liquids. Comprises a metal bridge attached to
a vertical rod, which in turn is mounted on
pillar of a heavy cast metal stand adjustable
for height and has leveling screws. Across the
two arms of U-shaped bridge, a steel torsion
wire is fixed with provision for adjusting its
torsion. A pan is hung from a notch in the
pointer and has a hook at its underside from
which can be suspended a light weight
rectangular frame or a metal clip to hold a
micro slide edge. The tip of the pointer
moves over a graduated scale mounted
vertically on the end of arm fitted to the
bridge. With rectangular wire frame, slide
clip, six micro slides and spare length of
torsion wire. The sensitivity of the balance
depends on the modulus of elasticity of the
torsion wire. Wire of different diameter will
provide different sensitivities.
1020860
Surface Tension Balance, Searle's
Oil Film Kit
BOYLE'S LAW, SIMPLE FORM
AIR COMPRESSION FIRE
GENERATOR
A simple and economical apparatus for
demonstration of Boyle's law to a fair degree
of approximation. It consists of a graduated
plastic syringe mounted on wooden block and
a lubricated piston of the syringe mounted to
another wooden platform that is capable of
holding various weights. When loaded with
different masses, piston compresses the air
inside syringe increasing the pressure and
corresponding volume can be read directly
from syringe graduation.
This device is used to illustrate that pressure
and temperature are related. When you press
down quickly on the plunger, air is
compressed inside the tube, igniting a cotton
ball. The fire then instantly goes out,
because all of the oxygen in the tube is
exhausted. Can be used to illustrate the
kindling point of a material. Built of rugged
plastic, the chamber comes apart for easy
cleaning.
1020880
1020890
1
2
Boyle's Law, Simple Form
1
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Air Compression Fire Generator
2
15
Property of Matter - Fluids
1
3
2
BEST
SELLER
BOYLE'S LAW GLASS TUBES
1
Spare set of 2 tubes, one having both ends
open and the other having one end closed,
made from borosilicate glass
BEST
SELLER
1020940/1 Boyle's Law Glass Tubes
1020940/2 Boyle's Law Glass Tubes, with one
tube having stopcock in place of
closed end.
BOYLE'S LAW BURETTE
2
Graduated tube, with stopcock on one end
and other end open for attaching rubber
tubing. Made from borosilicate glass.
1020960
Boyle's Law Burette
JOLLY'S AIR BULB
BOYLE'S LAW APPARATUS, LOW
PRESSURE
Demonstrates the relationship between
pressure and volume of a given mass of gas at
a fixed temperature, i.e., Boyle's Law.
Consists of two glass tubes – one having both
ends open and the other having one end
closed. Both the tubes are mounted on
vertical support rods with the help of sliding
brackets that can be positioned anywhere
along the length of the rod and are connected
to each other through a flexible pressure
rubber tubing. A meter rule graduated 0100cm × 1mm, reading in both directions
present between the two support-rods on a
wooden back-plate and facilitates level
reading in both the tubes. Complete
apparatus mounted on a stable cast-metal
base with leveling screws. Requires mercury
for use, not included (available optionally).
1021020/1 Jolly's Air Bulb, Borosilicate Glass
1021020/2 Jolly's Air Bulb, Neutral Glass
BOYLE'S LAW APPARATUS,
ALUMINIUM EXTRUSION
Similar to Cat No. 1020900 in operation, but
having bottom zero scale fixed to a specially
designed aluminium extrusion having
rectangular cross-section in place of wooden
back-plate. Sliding brackets with both the
glass tubes sliding vertically on the slot on
either side of extrusion instead of metal
support rods. Requires mercury for use, not
included (available optionally).
1020920
1020900
Boyle's Law Apparatus, Low
Pressure
3
A glass capillary bent at right angles to form 3
sides of a rectangle with spherical bulb blown
at its one end and other end open for
attaching the flexible rubber tubing.
Boyle's Law Apparatus,
Aluminium extrusion
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
BOYLE'S
LAW-MARRIOT (Eco.)
An economical (eco.) version gives the better
and accurate quantitative results for the
pressure and volume at a constant
temperature. A 50ml plastic syringe is used
for changing the volume and a pressure gauge
is connected with syringe via. connecting
tube to measure the pressure. Whole
assembly is mounted on plastic moulded
base.
1020975
Boyle's Law-marriot (Eco.)
16
Property of Matter - Fluids
BOYLE'S MARIOTTE LAW
A smaller more economical version gives the better and accurate quantitative results for the
Pressure / Volume relationship of air at constant temperature. A graduated (0-300) cm3 cylinder
with closely fitting piston is connected to a pressure gauge by a narrow tube to minimize the
dead volume is fitted on two side supports. The cylinder is made of transparent material to see
the working process inside it. We can adjust the pressure inside the cylinder by rotating the knob
connected to the piston via threaded shaft. A gas tap allows the cylinder to communicate with
the outside air to adjust the mass of air enclosed. The pressure can directly read out from a big
size pressure gauge circular dial, graduated in (0-3.4) x 105 Pa.
1020970
Boyle's Mariotte Law
BOYLE'S LAW
A APPARATUS,
APPARA
P ATUS, ADVANCED
ADV
Designed for Boyle's Law demonstra
demonstration in wide pressure
ranges to a group of students, results can be observed even
from a distance. The apparatus comprises
a thick walled,
com
wide-bore glass tube mounted vertically
vertica in front of a scale
graduated 0 to 65cm3, with closed end of the tube at the top
and open bottom end secured tightly
tightl on the thick-walled
metal tube with O-ring to get leak-proof
leak-pro joint. Other end of
metal tube connected to a cylindrical oil chamber filled with
colored oil and capable of withstanding high pressures. Zero of
the scale corresponds to the inside of the closed (top) end of
the tube with the scale reading directly
direct indicating volume of
air enclosed in the tube.
Oil chamber fitted with Bourdon gauge at the top, calibrated
0-3.4 × 105 Nm-2 and has a valve on one side for connection to
air compression pump.
oil is forced into
As the pressure in oil chamber is increased,
incre
therein and the
the glass tube compressing the air contained
con
(total) pressure is
volume of the contained air and its actual
ac
directly indicated. The glass tube has
ha thick walls of high
overload margin.
strength having a very large safety
s
A transparent safety screen
scre is mounted securely
in front of glass tube
tub as an added safety
pump and oil.
measure. Supplied without
w
1020980/1 Boyle's Law Apparatus
Advanced
Advanc
Oil, 500ml
1020980/2 Red
R Coloured
Co
supplied as spare
1020980/3 Glass Tube,
T
BEST
SELLER
BOYLES LAW APPARATUS
Alluminium extrusion support pillar with a
scale (0-60)cm graduated at every .5 cm step
to analise the oil level in the glass tube of
length 60 cm fitted on support pillar. A
pressure gauge with dual range dial (0-4
kg/cm2 /0-56 Psi) fitted on oil chamber and
connected with glass tube via aluminium
pipe. The oil chamber can be filled with oil by
just removing the screw valve fitted on the
chamber and two valves in side of chamber
one to generate pressure and another to
release the pressure from chamber. Whole
assembly fitted on a well-painted CI casted
rectangular base.
1020990
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Boyles Law Apparatus
Property of Matter - Fluids
17
BOURDON GAUGE
For the measurement of actual gas pressure,
and not gauge pressure. Comprises of a
circular gauge about 100mm diameter. The
dial has dual scale reading 0 to 50 Lbs/in2 and
0 to 3.5kg/cm2 pressure, and the case has a
transparent perspex back to clearly observe
the working of the gauge mechanism. A
riffled tubule present at its one side provides
gauge connection through rubber tubing. A
thick black pointer needle against white dial
provides easy reading of scale directly giving
the actual pressure. Mounted on heavy castmetal base for stability.
1021000
Bourdon Gauge
PRESSURE SENSOR
A fully sealed unit that can be used to
monitor series and non corrosive liquid via. a
tube attached to the inlet. On interfacing the
pressure sensor with instrumentation
amplifier pressure is obtained on a digital
multimeter 0-350mv DC
BOYLE'S LAW / CHARLE'S LAW
APPARATUS, COMBINED
Also called Jolly's Apparatus. It demonstrates
the relationship between pressure and
temperature of a given mass of gas at fixed
volume, i.e., Charle's Law. Comprising Jolly's
Air bulb connected to a glass mercury
reservoir through flexible rubber tubing. The
complete apparatus mounted on a polished
wooden stand with heavy cast metal base
having leveling screws. A meter rule
graduated 0-100cm × 1mm, reading in both
directions is fixed on the stand for reading
the levels directly. Mercury reservoir tube
mounted on vertical support rod with the
help of sliding bracket that can be positioned
anywhere along the length of the rod. Can
also be used as Boyle's law apparatus by using
a glass tube with one closed mounted on a
slider that slides vertically in slot provided
alongside meter rule. Complete with
pressure rubber tubing and set of 2 glass
tubes. Supplied without mercury.
1021040
1021010
Pressure Sensor
Boyle's Law / Charle's Law
Apparatus, Combined
JOLLY'S BULB AND GAUGE
It consists of a glass bulb of dia. 60mm fitted
with a bourdon gauge to investigate the
relationship between temperature and
pressure at a constant volume. Pressure with
in the glass bulb can be directly readout from
gauge on immerging the bulb in hot or cold
water.
BOYLE'S LAW / CHARLE'S LAW
APPARATUS COMBINED, ON
ALUMINIUM EXTRUSION
For demonstrating the relationship between
pressure and temperature of a given mass of
gas at fixed volume, i.e., Charle's Law.
Comprising Jolly's Air bulb connected to a
glass mercury reservoir through flexible
rubber tubing. The complete apparatus
mounted on aluminium extrusion section
stand with stable rectangular base. The
vertical aluminium section has a scale
graduated 0-100cm × 1mm, reading in both
directions for reading the levels directly.
Mercury reservoir tube mounted on vertical
support rod with the help of sliding bracket
that can be positioned anywhere along the
length of the rod. Can also be used as Boyle's
law apparatus by using a glass tube with one
closed mounted on a slider that slides
vertically in slot provided alongside meter
rule. Complete with pressure rubber tubing
and set of 2 glass tubes. Supplied without
mercury.
1021050
1021030
Jolly's Bulb and Gauge
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Boyle's Law / Charle's Law
Apparatus Combined
18
Property of Matter - Fluids
CHARLE'S LAW APPARATUS
Comprising glass U-shaped tube of about
15mm diameter, with one plain limb 220mm
long and one graduated limb of overall length
120mm with graduations from 25 to 35 ×
0.2ml terminating in a bulb 37mm diameter
with third limb about 185 × 6mm (length ×
bore) attached at right angles to the plain of
the other two limbs. A short length of the
rubber tubing with two pinch clips of on short
length of glass tubing mounted in end of
wide-bore plain limb with rubber bung.
Completely contained in a tall form beaker of
1000/2000ml capacity and stirrer. All glass
parts of Borosilicate glass except beaker.
1021060
Charle's Law Apparatus
VACUUM PUMP SYRINGE
AIR THERMOMETER, CONSTANT VOLUME
A hand operated pump comprising a
cylindrical metal barrel having piston fitted
with a handle on one side and stop-cock with
riffled nozzle on the other side. Riffled
nozzle provides attachment to the flexible
tubing. Pulling the piston out with stop-cock
open, sucks in the air while pushing it inside
has no effect.
The apparatus consists of detachable air thermometer bulb of about 40mm diameter, connected
to mercury tube with zero index through a three-way stopcock. Reservoir tube sliding on vertical
support rod with clamp along side scale graduated 0 to 500 × 1mm. A copper vessel, about 100 ×
75mm in size, surrounds the bulb and is supported on top of a detachable shelf with thermally
insulating screen towards the stand. Complete assembly mounted on a polished wooden stand
with base in the form of a small tray for mercury. All glass parts of Borosilicate glass. Complete
with pressure rubber tubing and copper vessel.
1021080
1021140
Air Thermometer, Constant Volume
Vacuum Pump Syringe
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Property of Matter - Fluids
19
FOOT PUMP
For use with Boyle's Law apparatus, or any
other application needing manual
compressed air source or blowing of air. A
metal cylinder has an outlet tube with
pressure gauge present at its one end and
piston with foot-pedal attached at the other
end. Pressing the pedal down and releasing it
moves the piston in and out of the cylinder,
pushing the air through the flexible hose
pipe, which has a standard automobile tyre
valve connector at its free end. A set of
adaptor is included to facilitate the
connection of flexible hose pipe to various
inlets.
Comprises a circular aluminium disc fixed securely on top of a pillar. A nozzle at the center of the
plate provides route to the flow of air through the pillar. Pillar has stop-cock for air regulation
and riffled nozzle for connection to vacuum pump through suitable rubber tubing. Complete
assembly mounted on a heavy cast-metal tripod base. Used for placing bell-jar at its top for
vacuum-based experiments. Available in plate sizes (diameters).
1021100
1021120/1 175mm
Foot Pump
VACUUM PUMP PLATE, ON BASE
1021120/2 200mm
1021120/3 250mm
BEST
SELLER
V
VACUUM
PUMP
PUMP, HAND OPERATED
A
VACUUM PUMP, HAND OPERATED,
ECONOMICAL
Pump plate and a steel barrel with piston
mounted on a wooden base. Stop-cock
provided for releasing the vacuum. Available
in plate sizes
1021160/1 125mm
1021160/3 200mm
1021160/2 150mm
1021160/4 250mm
BELL IN VACUUM
Demonstrates that sound waves need material medium for propagation
and cannot travel through vacuum. For use on pump plates with
diameter at least 15cm. It consists of an electric Bell operating on 4-6
volts AC/DC, suspended inside bell jar through a pair of thick metal wires
from a rubber bung that seals the jar from the top. The wires terminating
in 4mm socket terminals on the upper side of rubber bung for electrical
connection to the bell. Sizes (height × diameter) of bell jars available are
1021200/1 9” × 6”
1021200/2 8” × 4”
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Combination of vacuum pump syringe and
plate mounted on a non-skid base. Useful for
creating vacuum inside enclosures placed on
the pump plate such as bell-jar and study the
physical phenomena related to vacuum
thereof. A metal barrel has piston mounted
on its one end and the other end having a
metal block on top of which, thick plastic
pump plate is mounted. A stop-cock on fixed
alongside the metal block facilitates release
of vacuum. The complete apparatus
mounted on base for convenience in use and
stability.
1021180/1 Air Pump Vacuum on Sheet Metal
Base
1021180/2 Air Pump Vacuum on Cast Metal
Tripod Base, with pump syringe
of smaller length
20
Property of Matter - Fluids
BEST
SELLER
BEST
SELLER
BELL IN VACUUM (ACRYLIC)
Similar to cat. No. 1021200. Made of moulded
acrylic bell jar for use on pump plates with
diameter at least 200mm. Dimension of bell
jar (9.5”x7.5”) (height x diameter).
1021210
Bell in Vacuum (Acrylic)
1
2
BELL JAR WITH VACUUM PUMP, HAND OPERATED
A complete self-contained apparatus suitable for vacuum physics experiments and applications
requiring evacuated space. Transparent jar and pump, both having unbreakable ABS body. Jar
provides a robust chamber capable of withstanding full vacuum without danger of implosion or
shattering and fitted with a vacuum gauge and vacuum release valve. A rubber gasket ring on the
pump base ensures airtight seal with the jar. A manual exhaustion piston pump in the base
provides quick and convenient evacuation of the jar.
Note: The exposure or contact of the apparatus to organic solvents or vapours, or to other
aggressive chemicals is to be totally avoided. The apparatus is non-autoclavable.
1021220/1 Bell Jar with Vacuum Pump, Hand Operated 1
1021220/2 Bell Jar with Vacuum Pump, Hand Operated, fitted with electric bell
2
SPACE TUBE
No need of any pump plate and bell jar to
demonstrate the “Bell in a Bell Jar”
experiment. A buzzer with a battery fitted
inside the jar to demonstrate that sound
must required air as a medium to transmit. A
rubber bung fitted with a nozzle and rubber
tubing to evacuate the jar.
1021230
3
GUINEA AND FEATHER APPARATUS
Demonstrates that the objects fall at the same rate of
acceleration in vacuum under the effect of gravity
irrespective of their relativ weights and sizes. Consists of a
thick-walled glass tube fitted with rubber bungs at each end
to seal the tube. One of the rubber bungs has a glass tube of
about 8mm diameter fixed through hole in it that has rubber
tubing with clip for connecting it to vacuum pump.
Space Tube
BELL IN VACUUM
Similar to Cat No. 1021200, but with bell
fitted in clear acrylic bell jar of diameter
about 18cm, instead of glass bell jar. Sizes
(height × diameter) available are
1021240/1 Acrylic Bell Jar, Size 8”×4”
1021240/2 Acrylic Bell Jar, Size 12”×8”
4
1021260/1 Guinea & Feather Apparatus, Glass Tube Size
about 500×16mm (L×Dia.), with pinch Clip 3
1021260/2 Guinea & Feather Apparatus, Glass Tube Size
about 600×50mm (L×Dia.), with Hoffman Clip
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
4
Property of Matter - Fluids
21
3
2
1
BEST
SELLER
MAGDEBURG HEMISPHERES, BRASS
For demonstrating the huge forces that
atmospheric pressure is capable of exerting.
Comprises two brass hemispherical cups,
each fitted with a handle. One of the cups has
stop-cock with nozzle for connection to
vacuum pump and for releasing vacuum.
Sizes (diameters) available are (approx) 1
1021280/1 62mm
1021280/2 75mm
MAGDEBURG HEMISPHERES, CAST
IRON 2
Similar to Cat No. 1021280 but made of cast
iron and finished in scratch resistant epoxy
coating. Sizes (diameters) available are
(approx).
1021300/1 62mm
MAGDEBURG HEMISPHERE,
PLASTIC
1021360
Magdeburg Hemisphere, Plastic
1021300/2 75mm
MAGDEBURG HEMISPHERES
3
Similar to Cat No. 1021280, but in aluminium.
Sizes (diameters) available are (approx).
1021320/1 62mm
BEST
SELLER
A simple and economical device for
demonstrating the effect of atmospheric
pressure. The apparatus consists of two
plastic hemispheres about 100mm in
diameter, both having handles at their top.
One of them has a plastic stopcock for
pumping out air and releasing vacuum and a
rubber O-ring seal inside. The lightweight
plastic construction makes them easy to
handle and convenient to use. Can be
connected to any suitable vacuum pump for
evacuation.
1021320/2 75mm
KINETIC THEORY MODEL
For demonstration of the kinetic theory of
gases explaining the molecular motion of the
gases, thinning of air with increasing
altitude, increase in pressure / volume with
temperature etc. Comprises clear perspex
cylindrical tube mounted on a plastic
enclosure with a rubber diaphragm at its
lower end and a loose-fitting metal cap at its
upper end. Just underneath the diaphragm, a
piston connected to a low voltage DC motor
through eccentric cam, is provided for
producing oscillatory motion or vibration of
the diaphragm. A pair of colour-coded 4mm
socket terminals provided for electrical
connection. Includes metal spheres 1/8” and
free-sliding cardboard discs for loading at the
top.
1021380
Kinetic Theory Model
AIR PRESSURE CUPS
A striking demonstration of the famous 17th
century experiment with this simple, modern
variant of the old equipment to illustrate
without a vacuum pump, the enormous force
of air pressure. Two near-hemispherical
rubber cups, when held together face to face
and squeezed to force out the entrapped air,
it becomes surprisingly difficult to pull them
apart. Each hemispherical cup is about 75mm
in diameter and has two finger handles to
assist in pulling them apart, and two release
posts for releasing the inside vacuum.
Demonstrates the 'Brownian Motion' or random motion of smoke particles. A specially designed
plastic box has a sliding lid at the top and contains a glass smoke cell, a cylindrical condensing
lens and a low voltage festoon bulb. All components pre adjusted so as to focus the light of
festoon bulb to the smoke cell at the correct height to obtained good contrast in the observation.
The plastic box has flanges on either side to facilitate its mounting on the stage of microscope
platform using clips. A hole in the lid is aligned with the smoke cell to enable focusing of
microscope in the smoke cell. Provided with a pair of 4mm sockets for electrical connections.
Also includes a squeeze type plastic bottle for use as smoke generator.
1021370
1021400
Air Pressure Cups
'WHITLEY BAY' SMOKE CELL
'Whitley Bay' Smoke Cell
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
22
Property of Matter - Fluids
MOLECULAR MOTION
DEMONSTRATION TUBE
A smashing demonstration of kinetic theory
of matter. Straight tube filled with small
glass beads and mercury under highly
evacuated condition. When heated on spirit
lamp, the mercury boils quickly due to low
pressure agitating violently imparting
bombarding motion to glass beads simulating
the Brownian motion with glass beads as gas
molecules contained in an enclosed vessel,
easily observable to naked eyes.
KINETIC THEORY PROJECTION MODEL
Steel ball bearing represent motion of gas molecules, which in turn lift a plastic piston due
to repeated collisions. The kit comprises of the following: steel balls, piston and a stainless
steel base for placing the apparatus on an overhead projector. This unit to be used with the
vibration generator.
1021390
1021440
Molecular Motion Demonstration
Tube
Kinetic Theory Projection Model
FIRE SYRINGE
Designed to provide a safe, but every
dramatic, demonstration of the generation
of heat by gas under compression. The piston
inside a heavy-walled combustion tube is
housed inside a transparent plastic outer
cylinder to provide an unobstructed view of
the action inside the tube. Cotton at the
bottom of the tube ignites in a flash as the
plunger rapidly compressed the gas inside
the tube.
3573
Fire Syringe
BROMINE DIFFUSION KIT
For demonstrating the kinetic theory of gases by means of bromine vapours. Bromine molecules,
initially moving at very high velocities with their unrestrained movement within a vacuum,
immediately gets stalled when diffusing into air due to their elastic collisions with the air
molecules. Designed with safety of the user in mind due to the toxicity of bromine. Comprises
two sturdy, thick walled glass diffusion tubes about 430×50mm (height × diameter) with a small
side tube near one end, two large bore 8mm stop-cocks with rubber bungs, six glass cap tubes, six
bored rubber stoppers, twelve pieces of rubber tubing 125×12mm (length × inner diameter), two
plastic adapters to adapt tubes to 8mm, one small brush for cleaning tap and one pack of
Vaseline. Supplied without bromine.
1021420
Bromine Diffusion Kit
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Property of Matter - Fluids / Mechanics
23
DENSITY KIT
LITTLE SHOP OF PHYSICS- PRESSURE
Mash marshmallows, vacuum pack a student, and take the suction cup challenge------The goal is
to teach the basic concepts of pressure in liquids and gases in an engaging and informative way.
3139
Little Shop of Physics- Pressure
Various shapes are used to teach students
how to make measurements in the Metric
System and how to use the formula: Density =
Mass/Volume. Students use the various
materials to demonstrate densities. Includes
one 3” x 1” x 1/4" aluminium bar, two /12”
aluminium cubes, one steel sphere, one glass
sphere, and one 15 cm scale.
3131
3132
Density Kit
Density Kit, Set/10
PULLEYS, METAL, IN FRAME
BEST
SELLER
PULLEYS, METAL
PULLEYS
METAL,
T
38mm
Aluminum pulleys, 38mm diameter, machine turned, having wide grooves for whip cord.
Mounted in cast metal frame and accurately centered. Pulley configurations available are
1030020/1 Single with 1 Hook
1030020/3 Double Sheave (Parallel)
1030020/5 Quadruple Sheave (Parallel)
1030020/2 Single with 2 Hooks
1030020/4 Triple Sheave (Parallel)
PULLEYS, METAL, 50mm
Similar to Cat No. 1030020, but with pulleys of 50mm diameter.
A In Aluminium Frame
B In Brass Frame
Pulley configurations available are
1030040/1 Single with 1 Hook
1030040/3 Double Sheave (Parallel)
1030040/5 Quadruple Sheave (Parallel)
1030040/2 Single with 2 Hooks
1030040/4 Triple Sheave (Parallel)
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Set of aluminium pulleys, machine turned,
accurately centered with wide grooves for
whip cord, mounted in tandem in cast metal
frame with hooks on either side for
suspension and loading. Pulley configurations
available are
1030060/1 Double Tandem (Long) – one
pulley each of diameter 50 and
38mm mounted in line in brass
frame
1030060/2 Triple Tandem (Long) – one pulley
each of diameter 50, 38 and
25mm mounted in line in brass
frame
1030060/3 Double Tandem (Long) – one
pulley each of diameter 50 and
38mm mounted in line in
aluminium frame
1030060/4 Triple Tandem (Long) – one pulley
each of diameter 50, 38 and
25mm mounted in line in
aluminium frame
By listening to our
customers, we can
ensure that our products
and services meet their
and market requirements.
If you have a suggestion regarding
modification of an existing product or a
proposal for a new product, don't
hesitate to contact us.
24
Mechanics
PULLEYS, PLASTIC
Plastic pulleys, 50mm diameter pulley
mounted in a frame, accurately centered.
With grooves for whip cord. Provided with
hooks on both sides for suspension and
loading. Pulley configurations available are
1030080/1 Single
1030080/2 Double Sheave (Parallel)
1030080/3 Triple Sheave (Parallel)
1030080/4 Quadruple Sheave (Parallel)
PULLEYS, PLASTIC, IN OPEN
FRAME
PULLEY BLOCKS, PLASTIC,
ECONOMICAL
BEST
SELLER
An economical set of pulleys for experiment
with light to moderate loads. Incorporating
50mm diameter plastic pulleys carried in
tough plastic frames on free running central
axles. The blocks are available in single,
double sheave and triple sheave. The central
axle pin can be conveniently removed from
the frame, providing easy disassembly thus
releasing the pulleys. A simple locking system
prevents the axle pin from accidentally
coming out. All blocks have a hook at either
end for suspension and loading. Overall
length of frames is about 90mm.
1030120/1 Single
1030120/2 Double Sheave (Parallel)
1030120/3 Triple Sheave (Parallel)
Similar to Cat No. 1030060, but pulleys in
plastic with bearing to minimize friction,
mounted in tandem on sheet metal strip with
hooks on either side for suspension and
loading. Open sheet metal frame painted
with scratch-resistant epoxy coating.
Accurately centered. Pulley configurations
available are
1030100/1 Double Tandem (Long) – one
pulley each of diameter 50 and
38mm mounted in line
1030100/2 Triple Tandem (Long) – one pulley
each of diameter 50, 38 and
25mm mounted in line
1
PULLEYS, METAL, IN OPEN FRAME
Brass pulleys with bearing to minimize
friction, mounted in tandem on sheet metal
open frame with hooks on either side for
suspension and loading. Open sheet metal
frame painted with scratch-resistant epoxy
coating. Accurately centered. Pulley
configurations available are
PULLEY BLOCKS, DELUXE
Plastic pulleys with wide groove for whip
cord mounted in tough, unbreakable plastic
frames having hooks at both ends for
suspension and loading. The frames are
available in single, double sheave and triple
sheave. Specially designed central axle pin
can be easily inserted and locked or removed
for quick assembly / disassembly of the
pulley block. A simple locking system
prevents the axle pin from accidentally
coming out. Overall length of frames about
70mm. Pulley configurations available are
1030160/1 Single Pulley Block, with 25mm
pulley
1030160/2 Single Pulley Block, with 38mm
pulley
1030160/3 Single Pulley Block, with 50mm
pulley
1030160/4 Double Pulley Block, with both
pulleys of 50mm diameter
1030160/5 Double Pulley Block, with 38 and
50mm pulleys
1030160/6 Double Pulley Block, with 25and
38mm pulleys
1030160/7 Triple Pulley Block, with all
pulleys of 50mm diameter
1030160/8 Triple Pulley Block, with 25, 38
and 50mm pulleys
BEST
SELLER
6
5
3
2
PULLEY, DIFFERENTIAL, TRIPLE
(WHEEL & AXLE)
Single piece cast aluminium pulley with 3
different diameters, 38, 50 and 62mm
respectively.
1030200/1 Mounted in U-shaped metal
frame with hook for suspension 2
1030200/2 Mounted in metal frame with a
transverse rod for attaching it to
any right angle clamp 3
1030200/3 Differential Pulley with rod
mounted axially to the pulley for
attaching it to a suitable retort
clamp. 4
1030140/1 Single Pulley, 50mm diameter
1030140/2 Double Tandem (Long) – one
pulley each of diameter 50 and
38mm mounted in line
1030140/3 Triple Tandem (Long) – one pulley
each of diameter 50, 38 and
25mm mounted in line
PULLEY, DIFFERENTIAL, DOUBLE
Single piece cast aluminum pulley with 2
different diameters, 50 and 62mm
respectively, mounted in U-shaped metal
frame with hook for suspension.
1030220
Pulley, Differential, Double
1
PULLEY, ROD MOUNTING AND
BENCH CLAMP FITTING
Pulley mounted on a single piece bracket
with one bigger clamping screw for anchoring
the bracket to the edge of bench or forceboard etc., and on slot with transverse
clamping screw for mounting the assembly to
a metal support rod up to 13mm in diameter
along the length of rod.
1030280/1 Small frame with pulley of 50mm
diameter 5
1030280/2 Large frame with pulley of 70mm
diameter 6
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Mechanics
25
4
BEST
SELLER
PULLEY BLOCK ASSEMBLY SET
PULLEY, BENCH, CLAMP FITTING
Comprising a 50mm diameter aluminium
pulley mounted in a frame on cone bearings,
meant primarily for clamping to the edge of a
work-bench, table etc., with the pulley
overhanging the edge and in a vertical plane.
Overall length of frame (pulley bar) about
110mm. Maximum clamp opening 25mm.
A set of components from which pulley blocks of different configurations may be constructed.
Except for plastic pulleys of diameters 25 and 38mm, all components used are similar to Cat No.
1030160 Set contains:
n
15 plastic pulley frames – 5 each of single double and triple sheave, each provided with
removable central axle pins and a pair of hooks
n
30 plastic pulleys – 10 each of diameters 25, 38 and 50mm.
1030180
Pulley Block Assembly Set
1030240/1 Pulley, Bench, Clamp Fitting, in
cast metal frame
1030240/2 Pulley, Bench, Clamp Fitting, in
sheet metal frame
PULLEY, MOUNTED ON ROD
PULLEY, BENCH CLAMP FITTING
WITH ADJUSTABLE FRAME
Pulley mounted in U-bracket having a rod
150×10mm (length × diameter) along the
length of pulley for attaching it to a suitable
clamp. Pulley sizes (diameters) available are
1030260/1 Aluminium Pulley, 38mm
1030260/2 Aluminium Pulley, 50mm
1030260/3 Plastic Pulley, 38mm
1030260/4 Plastic Pulley, 50mm
PULLEY, BOARD MOUNTING
Pulley fixed in U-shaped bracket for
mounting it to benches or boards about
28mm thick or more, with the help of wooden
screws.
PULLEY, ROD MOUNTING AND
BENCH CLAMP FITTING PLASTIC
FRAME
Aluminium pulley mounted on a single piece
ABS bracket with one bigger clamping screw
for anchoring the bracket to the edge of
bench or force-board etc. upto 38mm, and on
slot with transverse clamping screw for
mounting the assembly to ABS moulded
support rod up to 13mm in diameter along
the length of rod.
1030290
Pulley, Rod Mounting And Bench
Clamp Fitting Plastic Frame
1030320/1 Pulley, Board Mounting, 50mm
1030320/2 Pulley, Board Mounting, 38mm
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Comprising a plastic pulley of 70mm
diameter mounted on a cast metal frame
through metal strip pivoted to the frame. The
frame allows mounting of the assembly to a
work bench or force board with pulley in
vertical position and provides adjustment in
the pulley position. The clamp frame is
detached from the rest of the assembly for
using it elsewhere. All metal parts with
scratch-resistant epoxy coating.
1030300
Pulley, Bench Clamp Fitting with
Adjustable Frame
Most of our electrical
products operate on
AC Mains voltage are
as per stringent CE norms.
Our aim is to develop user friendly
and affordable products to allow and
facilitate the search for knowledge.
26
Mechanics
3
PLUMB LINE
It used to ensure the vertical
alignment and attached with
thread.
4
1
2
1030390
Plumb Line
PULLEY, ALUMINIUM, PLAIN
BEARING, VERTICAL MOUNTING
A 50mm diameter pulley with a wide groove
for whipcord mounted in cast metal frame
and accurately centered. For mounting on
work-benches or boards up to 28mm thick.
Particularly suitable for mounting on vertical
boards.
WHEEL AND AXLE, MOUNTED ON
BASE
Consisting of a wooden wheel of diameter
about 150mm and the axle having diameters
75 and 38mm respectively, mounted in a
wooden base on adjustable cone bearings
(for minimizing friction) through a metal
shaft passing through its center. Complete
with hooks for suspending masses and
whipcord. Supplied without masses.
1030440
Wheel & Axle, Mounted on Base
1030340/1 Pulley mounted in E type frame 1
1030340/2 Pulley mounted in Z type frame 2
1030340/3 Pulley mounted in clamp and
overhanging the edge 3
PULLEY, ROD MOUNTING
4
Comprising a pulley with ball bearing of
50mm diameter mounted on a square
aluminum boss of size about 20×20×110mm
(W×H×L) provided with a hole and clamping
screw to accommodate rods up to 13mm
diameter. Provision for mounting the pulley
on the boss frame with its axis of rotation in
any one of the three planes.
1030360
ROMAN ARCH
Demonstrates the typical concept behind the
architecture of roman arch structures, which
are famous for their strength in compressive
loading. Comprises a pre-assembled 3-part
buttress and a set of 23 wooden blocks and
comes with a complete instruction plan for
the assembly of the blocks to assemble the
arch. Fully assembled arch can easily support
the weight of a child.
Pulley Rod Mounting
1030480
WHEELAND AXLE, SIMPLE FORM
PULLEY FOR MAGNETIC FORCE
BOARD
A plastic pulley fitted with a strong circular
magnet to fix it on a magnetic board as per
desired to perform a lot of mechanical
experiments.
1030370
Pulley for Magnetic Force Board
Comprises an integrated wooden double
wheel of diameters 150 and 50mm, with their
centers on same axis and having with flatbottomed grooves for winding of cord. The
wheel is pivoted axially on a spindle diameter
about 10mm for mounting the apparatus to a
suitable retort stand using a clamp. Includes
two hooks for suspending masses and about
6m length of whipcord. Supplied without
masses.
1030420
Wheel and Axle, Simple Form
Roman Arch
ECCENTRICITY OF CENTER OF
GRAVITY
Three clear acrylic
plates fitted with
four supports in such
a way for free
movement wit a
plumb line in the
central plate to
demonstrate the
center of gravity of a
solid passes through
its support polygon.
1030490
Eccentricity of Center Of Gravity
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Mechanics
sheave pulleys and those of tandem pulleys, quadruple pulleys and
even 4-step pulley (wheel & axle); or form different combinations
of several of them for an efficient pulley system.
PULLEY DEMONSTRATION SET, ADVANCED
A highly versatile apparatus designed to complement demonstrations
of simple machines, force, mechanical equilibrium and almost every
physical concept associated with pulleys and their configurations.
Right from the wheel of bicycle to the gears in car, it helps explain how
things work. It also makes the students understand the concepts such
as how an increase in the number of pulleys decreases the force
required to lift an object but increases the amount of string that must
be pulled, yet the amount of work done being independent of the
number of pulleys. Special features include
n
Stable Base: Rectangular wooden base with non-skid feet has a
socket near its each end for vertically mounting two threaded
metal rods about 81cm long. Also includes an eye hook and capstan
for demonstrating an entire pulley system.
n
Comprehensive: Contains almost everything needed to
effectively display almost every conceivable pulley demonstration
and their usefulness, including the slotted masses and mass
hangers required for the purpose. Also includes two right angle
clamps for supporting horizontal rod at the top of vertical rods,
collars with hooks for use on horizontal rod for suspending pulleys.
Comes neatly packed in a suitable cardboard box.
n
Several Pulley Types: Explore the benefits of single pulleys,
27
Complete Set includes
Wooden Base of size about 81×20cm (length × width), with eye
hook, capstan and two sockets for mounting rods.
n
Metal Rods, 81×12.5cm (length × diameter) – 3 Nos. (two rods
threaded on one side and one having both ends plain)
n
Square Boss Heads – 2 Nos.
n
Right angled Clamp – 1 No.
n
Single Pulleys – 7 Nos.
n
Triple Tandem Pulleys – 2 Nos.
n
Quadruple Sheave Pulleys – 2 Nos.
n
Wheel & Axle – 1 No.
n
Light weight cord – 1 Roll
n
Collar with hook – 8 Nos.
n
Mass Hangers, Brass – 7 Nos. (50g – 5 Nos., 20g and 10g – 1 No. each)
n
Masses Slotted, Brass – 15 Nos. (2×10g, 2×20g, 2×50g, 4×100g,
4×200g, 1×500g)
n
Tightening rod for tightening vertical support rods
n
1030380
Pulley Demonstration Set, Advanced
BEST
SELLER
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
28
Mechanics
PULLEY DEMONSTRATION
SET, STUDENT'S
A simpler form of Cat No. 1030380, with
fewer components. Complete set
includes
n
Wooden Base of size about
20×15cm (length × width), with eye
hook, capstan and one socket for
mounting rods.
n
Metal Rods. Vertical rod 61×12.5cm
(length × diameter) threaded on
one side – 1 No.; Horizontal rod
20×9.5cm (length × diameter)
having both ends plain – 1 No.
n
Square Boss Heads – 1 No.
n
Right angled Clamp – 1 No.
n
Single Pulleys – 8 Nos.
n
Double Sheave Pulleys – 2 Nos.
n
Wheel & Axle – 1 No.
n
Light weight cord – 1 Roll
n
Collar with hook – 6 Nos.
n
Masses, Hooked, Brass – 9 Nos.
(1×10g, 2×20g, 1×50g, 1×100g,
2×200g, 1×500g, 1×1000g)
n
Tightening rod for tightening
vertical support rod
1030400
BEST
SELLER
Pulley Demonstration
Set, Student's
OBJECTIVES:
The pulleys are used to lift the heavy objects. Pulleys can easily change the direction and/or magnitude of the applied force. Arco Pulley
Demonstration Set is an ideal setup to demonstrate:
1. The law of conservation of energy.
2. Concepts of force and mechanical equilibrium.
3. The condition of balance.
4. How two joined pulleys work together.
5. The functioning of a mobile pulley as a simple machine.
6. The functioning of a fixed pulley as a simple machine.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Mechanics
Galileo was the scientist who
developed the concept of
inertia. He observed that the
moving objects eventually
stop because of a force called
friction. He performed an
experiment using a pair of
inclined planes facing each
other and observed that a ball
would roll down one plane and
up the opposite plane to
approximately the same
height. If smoother planes
were used, the ball would roll
up the opposite plane even
closer to the original height.
He reasoned that the
difference between initial and
final heights was due to the
presence of friction. He
postulated that if friction
could be entirely eliminated,
then the ball would reach
exactly the same height.
29
CENTER OF GRAVITY APPARATUS
A simple and economical apparatus for
demonstration of geometrical center of
gravity of two-dimensional objects. Center
of gravity of a freely suspended twodimensional object always lies along the line
drawn vertically downward from its point of
suspension. Comprises a clear perspex rod
mounted on a base with a suspension screw at
the top and four laminas of clear acrylic – 1
each of circular, triangular, square and
trapezoidal. Each lamina has suspension
holes along their periphery. The point of
intersection of lines drawn from point of
suspension of 2 or more holes of a lamina
gives center of gravity of that 2-dimensional
lamina.
1030500
Center Of Gravity Apparatus
MAXWELL
WELL WHEEL
To demonstrate the conservation of mechanical energy. On rotating the wheel by hand to the top
and releasing, its potential energy will turn into kinetic energy as it falls. When the wheel
reaches at bottom position, the kinetic energy will change back to potential energy when it
moves up again. The wheel will stop when the total energy is lost due to friction.
1030465
Maxwell wheel
INERTIAAPPARATUS
A simple device to demonstrate the concept
of inertia of a body at rest. Polished wooden
stand has a receptacle at the top to contain a
wooden sphere along with a spring sheetmetal striker mounted vertically on base.
Also included are a wooden ball and a square
piece of sheet metal. When the striker is
pulled back and released, it strikes the
square piece impulsively making it to slide
out from under the sphere and dropping the
sphere in receptacle on account of inertia of
sphere at rest.
An economical version of Cat No. 1030520.
Comprises an aluminium rod with recessed
top to take the spherical ball, mounted on a
plastic base. Supplied complete with a
square cardboard piece and a sphere.
1030520
1030540
Inertia Apparatus
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
INERTIAAPPARATUS, ECONOMICAL
Inertia Apparatus, Economical
30
Mechanics
V
VARIABLE
INERTIA
R
BAR
It is used to demonstrate the variation in torque required to drive a flywheel as its inertia is
varies. A steel bar carries two heavy cylindrical masses those can be moved and locked by fly
knobs. The bar is gripped by a boss head connected through ball bearing in a light alloy clamping
block to a steel shaft held in a position by a metal collar. The shaft has a hole drilled near the end
to accept cord for drive by falling mass. Whole assembly can be clamped on vertical support rod
through a hole and thumbscrew fitted on clamping block.
1030545
Variable Inertia Bar
SIMPLE FORM TRUSS
LEVER APPARATUS, WOODEN
DOUBLE CONE AND RAMP
An interesting experiment where a wooden
double sided cone seems to defy gravity of
earth as it rolls upward on the ramp. A double
sided cone and a wooden ramp is provided
with this instrument.
1030555
Double Cone and Ramp
A wooden meter rule, graduated in
millimeters and reading every centimeter
used as lever with its fulcrum at it center.
Fulcrum pivoted on a stand with the meter
rule having holes 25mm apart all along its
length. Two hangers included with mounting
pins that can be suspended from any of the
holes on either side of fulcrum and are used
for hanging the masses. Supplied with two
mass hangers of 100g each.
1030560
Lever Apparatus, Wooden
W
n
Introduces the concept of mechanical truss
to the students and its practical applications.
In completely assembled form, the apparatus
lets you study the static equilibrium of simple
straight mechanical truss and measure the
effect of force on it. Comprises a brass tube
about 80cm long having a knife edge at its
one end that is supported on a V-groove
clamp on the support rod, the later serving as
a bearing. The spring balance attached to the
other end of brass rod measure the
comprehensive force. Supplied complete
with straight truss, truss bearing, supports,
spring balance, hooked collar, light weight
cord, mass hanger and slotted masses.
1030550
Simple Form Truss
METAL LEVER
A metallic lever of length 40cm perforated at
every 20cm intervals with a free movement
and mounted on a magnetic base.
1030575
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Metal Lever
Mechanics
MOMENTS OF FORCE APPARATUS
A self-contained apparatus that allows students to perform experiments to investigate the
concept of moment of a force of lever arm and its dependence on the magnitude of force and
lever arm. Comprises a 50-0-50cm meter rule graduated in millimeters with an adjustable knife
edge that rests on a stone agate to form the fulcrum. On either side of the fulcrum, a knife-edge
clamp is located to suspend mass hanger. Adjusting the position of weights along the meter rule
to achieve equilibrium, students can study the law of torque for different centers of rotation,
measure various lever arms to compute corresponding torques and compare clockwise and anticlockwise torques. Complete assembly supported on a cast metal base. Includes two mass
hangers and 8 slotted masses from 1g to 500g located on a rack.
1030570
31
DISC FOR MOMENT OF INERTIA
WITH MEGNET
A circular plastic disc of dia. 20cm fitted
with a ball bearing and magnetic base with
hole at a 1cm interval
on 12 axes at
30° angles.
1030610
Disc for Moment Of Inertia with
Magnet
Moments of Force Apparatus
LEVER KIT, WOODEN
For investigation into the concept of
moments, principle of lever and balances by
a group of upto 8 students using the items
included in the kit. Comprises five wooden
beams of size about 600×44×3mm marked
every 38mm and a groove on the opposite
surface across its center that acts as a
fulcrum point. The wooden beam is
accurately balanced when its fulcrum point is
located on any of the 4 fulcrums included.
Supplied complete with 50 metal blanks of
about 25mm square, 40 of aluminium and 10
of brass.
1030580
Lever Kit, Wooden
BODY OF IRREGULAR SHAPE
PARALLELOGRAM OF FORCES
APPARATUS
For demonstrating the concept
Parallelogram and polygon law of forces, and
Lami's theorem. Also shows the static
equilibrium under the effect of various
forces. Comprises board of size about 65 ×
50cm, with two aluminium pulleys, 50mm
diameter, on clamp, for mounting on board in
any desired position. Complete with three
mass hangers and 12 slotted masses, each of
50g each.
1030620
LEVER KIT, METAL
Kit similar to Cat No. 1030580, but beam of
aluminium, with scratch-resistant epoxy
coating.
1030600
Lever Kit, Metal
Pa r a l l e l o g r a m
Apparatus
of
An irregular shaped body fitted with a linear
scale in its centre of gravity. Whole surface
drilled with 2mm holes at every 1cm
intervals. Irregular body is fitted with a ball
bearing and a magnetic base.
1030615
Body of Irregular Shape
Forces
COLLISION IN TWO DIMENSIONS
A simple and economical apparatus for studying conservation of
moment
um and conservation of kinetic energy in collisions. Can also be used to
compare
elastic collisions with inelastic collisions. Comprises a curved metal track mounted vertically on
a horizontal wooden board with an adjustable target support. A plumb bob attached to the target
support provides height of point of collision from the ground and the position on the ground that
corresponds to the point of collision. Supplied with two steel balls, a glass ball for near elastic
collision and a lightweight hollow wooden ball for inelastic collisions.
1030650
Collision in Two Dimensions
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
32
Mechanics
SIMPLE MACHINES
1
Gears with 12, 24, and 36 teeth, allow the
students to investigate the advantage behind
different gear ratio. Mechanical advantage of
gear and three types of levers can be
experienced. Students can also experience a
way to lift a mass using the least amount of
force. Includes four gears, two levers, mounting
hardware. Physics stand, hooked masses, and
spring scales – all available separately.
The Physics Stand is interchangeable with all the
Fundamental Kits and the photogate system is
designed to attach conveniently to each.
1030625
Simple Machines
PHYSICS STAND
2
A sturdy wooden base has a uniquely stable
shape, which provides improved accuracy for
each experiment. There are three leveling feet
just below the base to level the wooden base and
the heavy-duty metal pole features 19 evenly
spaced holes for maximum adaptability in
experiments.
1030625/1 Physics Stand
FORCE TABLE
2
1
BEST
SELLER
3
Used for verifying the laws of composition and
resolution of forces utilizing vector diagrams of
several concurrent forces. Comprising a thick
aluminium circular table, about 40cm in
diameter and finished with scratch resistant
black epoxy coating. Raised outer rim of the
table has circular scale graduated 0 to 360º×1º,
and marked every 10º. Table mounted on a
heavy, stable cast metal tripod base through a
metal pipe, with base having three leveling
screws. Also included are four pulleys in clamp
that can be attached anywhere along the rim. A
detachable pin, positioned at the center of the
table indicates the balancing for forces through
the centering of ring, tied to the strings carrying
masses and suspended through the pulleys,
around it. Supplied complete with set of strings
tied to the rings, center pin and 4 sets of slotted
masses with hanger, each set having one hanger
100g and masses 1 each of 10, 20, 50 and 100g.
1030640
Force Table
FORCE TABLE - ECONOMY 3 LAGGED
Light in weight, Inexpensive and detachable
force table incorporated with a durable PVC top
circular scale. Force table is supplied with a ball
bearing pulley with clamp and 4 weight hangers.
Weights are not included.
4
3
1030640/1 Force Table- Economy 3 Lagged
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
4
Mechanics
33
PENDULUM BOBS
Spherical balls of different materials, with
hook for suspension. Meant for use in
pendulum experiments. Available in
following material and sizes (diameters).
FORCE, MOTION AND DYNAMICS KIT
Arco force, motion and dynamics kit is an excellent kit. In this kit, the components are stored in a
heavy duty carry-case. The components are easy to set up and enable the user to perform a wide
variety of experiments. The Arco Force, Motion and Dynamics kit helps the user to extend
investigations into motion, pendulums, collisions, momentum and dynamic forces. The
mechanics of motion, including Newton's Laws of Motion, motion with and without friction,
elastic and inelastic collisions between two trolleys, kinetic energy and the change of
momentum between the two trolleys and investigation of variable inertia etc can be studied
using this kit. The components provided in the kit are:
1 Ticker timer
1 2 Plastic moulded trolley (simple)
1
3 Plastic moulded trolley (spring loaded) 1 4 Trolley weight
1
5 10g masses
10 6 Carbon Disc
20
7 Tape for ticker timer
5 8 Spirit level
1
9 Graduated force board with legs
1 10 Pulleys
2
11 Cotton thread reel
1 12 Hooks
3
13 Spring balances
3 14 Pendulum bob
1
15 Pendulum bob support
1
A variety of experiments can be performed using Arco Force, Motion and Dynamics Kit.
1)
Understanding the behavior of motion
2)
Acceleration along an inclined plane
3)
Concept of equilibrium
4)
Newton's laws of motion
5)
Laws of friction
6)
Motion with and without friction
7)
Dynamics problems
8)
Effect of different accelerating forces on different masses
9)
Elastic and inelastic collisions
10)
Determination of acceleration due to gravity
11)
Investigation of variable inertia
1030630
Force, Motion and Dynamics Kit
Arco force, motion and dynamics kit is an excellent kit. In this kit, the components are stored in a
heavy duty carry-case. The components are easy to set up and enable the user to perform a wide
variety of experiments. The Arco Force, Motion and Dynamics kit helps the user to extend
investigations into motion, pendulums, collisions, momentum and dynamic forces. The
mechanics of motion, including Newton's Laws of Motion, motion with and without friction,
elastic and inelastic collisions between two trolleys, kinetic energy and the change of
momentum between the two trolleys and investigation of variable inertia etc can be studied
using this kit.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Diameter (mm)
A
B
C
1030660/1 Brass
13
19
25
1030660/2 Copper
13
19
25
1030660/3 Iron
13
19
25
1030660/4 Lead
13
19
25
1030660/5 Aluminum 13
19
25
1030660/6 Set of 7 pendulum of dia. 25mm
of above any one material
SET OF SPHERES
Ideal for collision experiments and pendulum
demonstrations and can also be used to meet
a variety of laboratory needs. Solid spheres
are also suitable for density/volume
experiments. The set includes 6 balls of
25mm diameter each of different materials one each of wood, aluminum, steel, copper,
brass & lead. The set comes packed in a
plastic box.
1030680/1 Set of Spheres, Solid
1030680/2 Set of Spheres, Drilled – each
sphere drilled with 3mm
diameter hole
1030680/3 Set of Spheres, Solid with plastic
tray and transparent cover.
34
Mechanics
BEST
SELLER
MARBLES
Solid glass spheres, in different colours.
Available in sizes (diameters)
1030700/1 17mm
1030700/2 25mm
LOOP THE LOOP
An inclined track with a single loop to
demonstrate the transformation of potential
energy to kinetic energy and vice versa and to
explore the condition necessary for the
included metal sphere to stick to the track at
its highest point in the loop. Comprises a
looped aluminium track about 125cm long,
having 'V' shaped cross-section with a stopper
at the end to prevent metal sphere from
falling. Complete assembly mounted on
stable base.
1030655
CONSERVATION
CONSERV
RVATION OF ENERGY TRACK
This simple device comprising a large track is
quite useful in demonstrating the conversion
of potential energy into linear and rotational
kinetic energy and back again to potential
energy. The V-shaped metal track has
unequal arms, but their highest points at
equal height, so as to form two adjacent
inclined tracks of dissimilar lengths (hence
unequal angle of inclinations) and is
supported on 1.5m long wooden base. The
concept is beautifully illustrated when balls
of different material, two metal and one
plastic (also included), are rolled down the
track from either end.
1030645
Loop the Loop
STEEL SPHERES
Solid steel spheres, hardened and chrome
plated. Available in sizes (diameters)
1030720/1
1030720/2
1030720/3
1030720/4
1030720/5
1030720/6
3mm, Pack of 100
6mm, Pack of 100
12mm, Pack of 100
16mm, Pack of 100
19mm, Pack of 5
25mm, Pack of 5
INCLINED PLANE
Linear track with physics stand is used to
perform accurate experiment on
acceleration, Newton's laws, and friction.
The cart with this inclined plane rides on
bearing wheels down a grow in the track, so it
will never fall off. Graduated scale is printed
along the side allow for measurement to be
taken during experiment or with the photo
gate systems, which clamps easily to the side
for g
greater accuracy.
y The attached
protractor also allows for easy angle
measurements. Includes inclined plane,
mounting screw,
w instruction, and activity
guide.
1030635
Conservation of Energy Track
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Inclined Plane
Mechanics
35
BEST
SELLER
NEWTONIAN
T
DEMONSTRA
ATOR OR
DEMONSTRATOR
COLLISION BALLS
Dramatically illustrates Newton's third law of
motion and works well on an overhead
projector. Its graphical demonstration of
elastic collisions qualitatively, is far superior
to any other device on account of its size and
total absence of friction. The unit is
completely assembled and consists of a
frame with six plated steel balls of 19mm
diameter, suspended on the frame through
lightweight cord. By pulling and releasing the
different number of balls, collision results
among the balls can be observed to draw
many interpretations
BEST
SELLER
PENDULUM ON STAND
Designed for performing a number of
pendulum related experiments quickly and
accurately. Comprises a meter rule with zero
at the bottom, graduated in millimeters and
reading every centimeter, attached
vertically on a support rod. Towards the
upper end of the rod a hanger is fixed, from
which 3 pendulum bobs, each of 25mm
diameter and of different material – wood,
steel and aluminium, are suspended. A sliding
index mounted on the meter rule can be
adjusted for vertical position and has a
projection through which first pendulum
cord passes thus controlling the effective
length of suspension of first pendulum.
Complete assembly mounted on a stable
metal stand. The hanger has provision for
controlling the length of suspension of each
pendulum.
Connects to any vertical or horizontal rod support up to 18mm. L shaped plated metal strip has
three knobs along its length with respective holes for mounting up to 3 pendulums on the same
horizontal line and adjusting their height. The smaller arm of the metal strip has a boss attached
to it for clamping securely on a rod support.
1030740
1030760
Pendulum on Stand
1030820/1 Newtonian Demonstrator, Metal
Frame
1030820/2 N e w t o n i a n D e m o n s t r a t o r,
Wooden Frame
PENDULUM CLAMP
Pendulum Clamp
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
36
Mechanics
BALLISTIC PENDULUM
FALLING BODIES APPARATUS
(PROJECTILE APPARATUS)
For demonstrating the independence of
horizontal and vertical velocities of bodies
falling freely under the effect of gravity. The
apparatus consists of a wooden block on top
of which is pivoted a spring loaded L-section
metal launching bar having a trigger catch. A
small recess near either end of the metal bar
serves to locate 19mm steel balls. Releasing
the catch makes one ball drop simply
vertically, while the other one is projected
horizontally. Both the balls simultaneously
hitting
g the floor substantiate the fact that
the vertical
ertical velocities of both the balls are
same at any instant. Supplied complete with
a pair of steel balls, which may be stored in a
covered
ed recess in the wooden body.
y
1030840
840
It is a durable heavy metal construction
doesn't wobble during experiments,
hardened steel cone pivot bearing suspension
virtually lasts forever. Easy to use and
reliable no positioning or targeting
adjustment needed, just load and fire! A
hardened low friction bearing allow to swing
the pendulum freely to ensure proper
alignment. A spring loaded gun type
attachment fitted on the side of the base use
for hitting the bob of pendulum and swings it
up; a unique ratchet system holds the bob at
its highest point of swing. The pawl at the
base of the bob catches the ratchet, which
has a scale for accurately measuring height
changes. We can perform a varity of
trajectory experiments with using this
apparatus.
1030830
Ballistic Pendulum
Falling Bodies Apparatus
(Projectile Apparatus)
ROTARY
ROTAR
T RY MOTION INVESTIGATION
A
BEST
SELLER
To investigate the forces of the circular
T
motion, a simple but effective apparatus
known as the rotary motion investigation is
used. Whole assembly is housed inside a
transparent acrylic tube and a nylon thread
attached with a rubber ball and a spring. On
whirling the rubber ball around in a
horizontal circle the centripetal force is
indicated by the extension of the spring. On
earlier calibration of the spring the forces
acting can be measured in “force increment
or in Newton. This instrument verifies the
Inter relation between force, mass, speed
can also be
and radius. The equation
verified with this kit.
1030835
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Rotary Motion Investigation
R
Mechanics
TRAJECTORY APPARATUS
To study the trajectory of a body projected
with some initial horizontal velocity and
falling freely under gravity. Comprises a
backboard of size 38×36cm and an adjustable
angle ramp along for launching the ball with
the provision for mounting it on the board.
The board has a centimeter grid for aligning
the graph-paper or for stroboscopic
photography and a pair of metal clips to
support the graph paper. A metal support
located on the right side of the board assists
in locating self marking paper tape where the
ball strikes to give the final position of the
ball in motion. Balls projected with different
starting positions on the ramp will have
different velocities of projection. Base of the
board is cushioned to absorb the impact of
falling ball. Also includes 3 balls – 2 steel balls
of diameter about 13 and 19mm and a glass
ball of size 13mm. Supplied complete with a
roll of self marking paper tape and 5 graph
paper sheets having millimeter grid.
1030850
37
NEWTON'S SECOND LAW OF MOTION APPARATUS
A complete piece of instrument demonstrating the Newton's Second Law of Motion.
Comprises a spring loaded steel rod mounted in two brackets on a metal base. Also
includes one solid steel sphere and one steel sphere with a hole to slide it into the rod.
Complete with a rod mounted on the base for fixing the apparatus on a suitable retort stand.
Spring compressed by the handle which can be locked into two different positions corresponding
to two potential energy levels. Once spring is compressed, the sphere with the hole slides onto
one end of the rod, while other is placed in a small recess on the opposite side of the base. On
releasing the handle, the potential energy of the compressed spring imparts horizontal velocity
to the solid sphere while the other sphere simply falls vertically. Falling of both the spheres on
the ground implies that vertical and horizontal velocities are independent.
1030860
Newton's Second Law of Motion Apparatus
BEST
SELLER
Trajectory Apparatus
PROJECTILE LAUNCHER
ATWOOD MACHINE (ECONOMY)
Two low friction pulleys of 50mm dia.
mounted on a metal rod to demonstrate the
motion under the effect of gravity of two
mass systems. Connected through a light
weight cord.
1030885
Atwood Machine-Economy
A useful apparatus for exploring the projectile motion and underlying concepts. A spring loaded
rod can be locked against another parallel rod compressing the spring. On releasing the
compressed spring, the holed metal ball loaded at the end of the rod is projected in the air. The
velocity of projection can be adjusted by changing the compression level of the spring. Clamp
provided for easy clamping of the apparatus to the workbench with adjustable angle of
projection from 0 to 90°, which can be read along the plumb line hanging along the protractor
graduated 90°-0-90° × 1°. Supplied complete with a holed metal ball about 25mm in diameter.
1030870
Projectile Launcher
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
38
Mechanics
MONKEY AND HUNTER
An interesting projectile experiment named as monkey and hunter consists of a monkey model, a
gun in which a tennis ball is used as bullet, an electromagnet and a flexible wire. A spring loaded
gun fires bullet (table tennis ball) at a monkey model supported from a tiny electromagnet
clamped on a laboratory stand. The electromagnet is switched off at the same instant as the
bullet leaves the gun. Both monkey and bullet will release at the same rate and so the bullet
always hits the monkey thus proving that perpendicular motions are independent. The system
has everything required except a low voltage power supply and laboratory stand for the
electromagnet. Working range for the experiment is 3m maximum.
1030890
Monkey and Hunter
ATWOOD'S
OD'S MACHINE
For studying the motion under the effect of
gravity of two-mass system connected
through a lightweight cord, one on either
side of a simple pulley. The apparatus
comprises two long metals rods, one rod
having a well-balanced 10cm pulley mounted
at its one end on near-frictionless bearings
and threads at other end for attaching it to
the second rod to get a total effective
working length of 245cm. A scale 0-245×1cm
continues from the top of rod with pulley to
the bottom of the second rod. Includes
electromagnetic release arrangement, set of
2 pairs of masses, Loading Masses – 1×1g,
2×2g, 1×4g, table/ring brackets, wall
mounting clamps and lightweight cord.
It consists of a grooved curved track made of wood supported by a semicircular wooden stand,
which can be easily removed from the track. A vertical scale to adjust the height of the striking
ball is printed on the side of the board. The instrument allows marbles and metallic balls to be
launched at different speeds depending upon the height of releasing the balls. This allows
investigation into a number of different aspects of energy and momentum studies. A clip on unit
that allows two-dimensional collisions to be studied and two metal balls are provided with the
kit.
1030880
1030895
Atwood's Machine
UNCHER
PROJECTILE LAUNCHER
Projectile Launcher
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Mechanics
39
g' BY
Y FREE FALL
FAL APPARATUS, MAGNETIC
RELEASE
For determination of acceleration due to gravity 'g' by
measuring the time of fall of a steel spherical ball through
distanc
a known distance.
This apparatus consists of an
electromagnet driven
driv by a solenoid (for prompt release of
the steel sphere on being disconnected) and gate switch
unit mounted on a base. Both, electromagnet and the
provi
bottom unit provided
with 4mm sockets for electrical
t steel sphere strikes the plate of the
connection. When the
gate switch unit near the bottom, the same is
communicated to the
t timer by make/break of continuity
of timer.
to trigger the stopping
stopp
1030900
'g' by Free
Fr Fall Apparatus, Magnetic Release
Precaution:
While using the free fall apparatus, the user is
advised not to leave the electromagnet running for
prolonged periods, i.e., switch in up position as this
will cause overheating of the electromagnet
windings.
IMPACT SENSOR
An essential attachment is required to
perform 'g' by free fall experiments, timing of
free flight projectiles, end of track impacts
for dynamics, event sensing for data logger
operated on 9V DC supply. All connections are
made via. 4mm colour coded sockets output
voltage is normally zero volts and rising to 7V
when an object strike on the platform and
automatically reset after 5s and can be
easily interfaced with a timer.
1030910
Impact Sensor
EVENT TIMER
METAL BOARD
A metallic board of dim. (650x450) mm approx. mounted on a stable support to provide a
platform for the experiments of study of moment's kit in a vertical manner.
1030605
Metal Board
A compact and versatile timer featuring 5
digit, 7 segment LED display, operating on
220V AC, 50/60Hz for use with apparatus
such as “g by free fall” or wherever manual
timing is needed. The complete unit housed
in a two part aluminium alloy extrusion with
insulated plastic side supports, having
overall dimension of about 250×165×115mm
(L×W×H). Casing specially designed for
stability on the bench while providing easy
viewing. Main features include maximum
time measurement up to 9999.9 seconds and
user settable as well as auto resolution
modes (with maximum resolution of
0.0001s), manual operation through push
button controls provided (START, STOP,
RESET/HOLD & RECALL – each in different
color for quick and easy identification),
“Auto Mode” remote operation through
wired controls having separate START/STOP
control in MOMENTARY mode and single
control in MAINTAIN mode, and storing the 1st
and last reading in the memory. With fused
input and indicator ON/OFF switch.
1030940
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Event Timer
40
Mechanics
ROLLER BALL
The investigation between the impacts of spheres of different material and size spheres can be
performed with the help of this apparatus. Wooden construction with a 'V' shaped grooved track
for smooth movement of spheres and a detachable footboard used to place the track and make it
easy to store. Supplied with pairs of brass and steel spheres and a pair of glass marbles.
1030905
'g' BY FREE FALLAPPARATUS
F
FALL
APPARA
P ATUS
An electromagnet mounted in a plastic
cabinet to release a metallic ball fitted on a
square sectional rod. When the
electromagnet is switched off metallic
sphere gets released from the electromagnet
and the timer will start. As the sphere hits the
platform incorporated with the impact
sensor,
r it stops the time. The time taken by
the sphere from top to bottom will display on
the segment display of digital timer to
calculate the g by free fall. Digital timer is
not included with this apparatus.
1030915
'G' By Free Fall Apparatus
Roller Ball
'g' By FREE FALL APPARATUS,
MEC
MECHANICAL RELEASE
An excellent
e
apparatus for determining the
value of acceleration due to gravity 'g' to a
better accuracy. The specially designed
bette
release mechanism permits use of spheres of
relea
different material (magnetic or nondiffe
magnetic) and sizes. Pulling
magn
ling
pin of the sphere
the release
r
ere
at the top breaks the
continuity of wires
connecting the release plate
conn
ate
timer, starting the
to the
t
timing process, which is
timin
stopped immediately when
stop
hen
sphere strikes the bottom
sphe
tom
plate. Height of release
plate
ase
plate and bottom strike plate
ate
are adjustable. The
complete assembly mounted
comp
ted
aluminium extrusion with
on a
a scale
sca 0-100cm graduated
d in
millimeters. By knowing the
milli
distance between the
release plate and lower
relea
wer
striking plate, and the time
strik
me
fall, the value of 'g' can be
of fa
easily evaluated.
Recommended to be used
R
Reco
sed
with our Event Timer, Cat No
1030940.
1030
1030920
1030
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
'g' by Free Fall
Apparatus,
Mechanical
Release
Mechanics
41
INTELLIGENT TIMER
To measure the accurate time, velocity & acceleration for the collision and G by free fall
experiment. We can use this precise intelligent timer. Two photo gates incorporated with photo
diode and phototransistor are provided with this timer to sense the time, speed and acceleration
for cart. A 5V/1A DC adaptor is provided with this timer to operate it. We can use this time with
inclined plane, G by free fall apparatus, linear air track etc. Five switches are provided on the
front panel for functions like Mode Selection, Set distance, Store Memory, Results , Reset.
n
Operating voltage for the timer is 5V DC.
n
16x2 dot matrix display.
n
Micro switch for better performance.
n
Easy read out display
n
Back light give it advantage to use it in a dark area.
1030950
Intelligent Timer
CENTI SECOND TIMER
Particularly suitable for 'g' by Free Fall
Apparatus with magnetic release. Housed in
a sturdy, well painted, sheet metal box,
features 3-digit LED display on the top along
with mains ON/OFF switch and timer reset
switch. Another switch provides for
activating solenoid of electromagnet, which
also triggers the START of timing. Two pair of
4mm sockets provided, clearly indicating
their function – one pair marked “COIL” for
connecting to electromagnet and other pair
marked “GATE” for connection to lower
platform that Stops the timing process.
Operates on 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz.
1030960
Centi Second Timer
DIGITAL TIMER
A precise digital timer with a timing facility of micro second, millisecond and second auto change
over. Time is displayed on 7 segment display. Two photo gates can be connected with the timer to
find out the time intervals between two events. It can also be used as a stop watch.
1030955
Digital Timer
REMEMBER!
We supply a comprehensive range of educational and school lab
apparatus, covering more than 5000 items. If you are unable to
find the product you are looking for in this catalog, please contact us with
your query and we will be happy to assist you.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
PHOTO GATES
Two photo gates incorporated with photo
diode and phototransistor are specially used
with digital counter with g by free fall
apparatus. It is used to measure the time
taken by a cart.
1030955/1 Photo Gates
42
Mechanics
FRICTION AND FORCE
Activities those can be performed with this
kit.
1. How to read a force meter?
2. Surfaces affect for sliding a object.
3. Different shapes moving in water.
4. How the size of the parachute affects to
cover a long distance?
5. Weight of different object through force
meter.
6. Effect on Weight of object in air and
water.
7. Weight of floating object.
1030970
BEST
SELLER
Friction and Force
INCLINED PLANE, ECONOMICAL
A simple inclined plane made of polished
hardwood board hinged at one end to wooden
base board. A 38mm plastic pulley in U-bracket is
mounted on the other end of inclined plane
supports masses suspended from the thread with
other end tied to the object under observation.
The index pointer fixed to the inclined surface moves along the arc scale attached to the baseboard and gives its angle of inclination. Includes two
wooden block sliders for friction experiments, one metal roller in bracket with hook, one weight pan with lightweight cord for suspension.
1030980/1 Inclined Plane of size about 600 × 100mm (length × width)
1030980/2 Inclined Plane of size about 600 × 75mm (length × width)
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Mechanics
43
INCLINED PLANE, WOOD & METAL
T
Useful for study and demonstration of the concept of motion on an inclined surface
surfa and its relation to the
ar hinged at one end to a
friction. A pair of polished wooden boards attached together at each end are
metal baseboard below it so that the wooden boards can be moved to form
an inclined surface.
f
meas
One side of the board has a linear scale graduated every 5cm to measure
linear distance along
its length, while an adjustable and removable angle measurer or arc scale, attached to
0-45º× measures the angle of
the metal base board on the same side and graduated 0-45º×1º
gra
inclination. The angle measurer also has linear scale graduated
in centimeters to
measure the vertical height of inclined surface at a point. A plastic pulley
attached to the end of inclined boards supports
support masses suspended from
to the objects
thread, the other end of thread being connected
co
moving on inclined surface.
1031000 Inclined Plane, Wood
W
Woo
& Metal
BEST
SELLER
INCLINED PLANE,
P
WOOD & METAL,
ECONOMICA
ECONOMICAL
Similar to Cat No. 1031000 in construction.
wooden inclined board
Comprises a two-piece
two
hinged at one end to a heavy cast metal base at one
end and has a pulley
pulle in U-bracket mounted at other
end. The inclined board
has a glass surface mounted
bo
at its top with its one
on side plane and other ground to
surfaces for friction
provide two different
diffe
experiments. The index
inde pointer fixed to the inclined
surface moves along the arc scale attached to the
baseboard and gives its angle
of inclination. Includes one
a
metal roller in bracket
with hook, one weight pan
brac
with lightweight cord for suspension.
1031020
103102
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Inclined Plane, Wood &
Metal, Economical
44
Mechanics
INCLINED PLANE
The instrument has been designed to study concepts of motion on an inclined surface and its relationship to the friction. All metal
construction provides sturdiness and durability to this apparatus. It comprises of two metal boards, hinged at one end. One board
is used as base another one as inclined plane. One side of inclined board has a linear scale graduated at every 5 cm to
measure linear distance along its length and it can be inclined and fixed at any angle from 0-40º to the horizontal
measured on the attached angle measurer. A vertical scale 0-25cm is also printed on the angular scale
to measure the height of inclined surface at any point. The end of the inclined board features
an adjustable pulley wheel from which masses, weight pan etc. can be suspended. A
plastic trolley with hook and a pan with lightweight cord are also provided
with the inclined plane.
1031050 Inclined Plane
INCLINED PLANE, ALL METAL
All metal construction provides sturdiness and durability to this apparatus. Comprises an aluminium inclined plane
of size about 600×100mm (length × width) hinged at one end to an aluminium baseboard of size about 450×100mm
(length × width). One side of the board has a linear scale graduated every 5cm to measure linear distance along its
length, while an adjustable and removable angle measurer or arc scale, attached to the metal base board on the
same side and graduated 0-45º×1º measures the angle of inclination. The angle measurer also has linear
scale graduated in centimeters to measure the vertical height of inclined surface at a point. A plastic
pulley attached to the end of inclined boards supports masses suspended from thread, the
other end of thread being connected to the objects moving on inclined surface. Supplied
complete with metal roller in bracket with hook and a weight pan with lightweight
cord for suspension.
1031060
Inclined Plane, All Metal
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Mechanics
FLEXI RAMP
BEST
SELLER
It consists of a fully flexible surface made
from durable material and can be used to
perform a variety of experiments related to
inclined track. It can be used for creating
curved or sloping tracks for use with small
vehicles in roller costar type situation. A No.
of tracks can be linked together using the
plates provided with it. 5mm high sidewalls
are provided at the edges of the track to keep
the vehicle on track
1031075
45
DYNAMICS TROLLEY SET, WOODEN
For exploring the Newton's laws of motion,
the concept of conservation of momentum,
and elastic-inelastic collision of objects in
one-dimension. Comprises a pair of wooden
trolleys, each carried upon three wheels with
ball bearings to minimize friction and a spring
loaded exploder plunger with 2 levels of
spring compression, which is activated by a
trigger knob on top of the trolley. A tough
laminated surface mounted on each trolley
enables placing of additional masses for
increasing the effective weight of the trolley.
Velcro pasted at the back end of each trolley
enable the study of inelastic collisions.
Flexi ramp
1031220
Dynamics Trolley Set, Wooden
FRICTION BLOCKS & SURFACES
A simple and economical device useful for
exploring the concepts of friction and its
dependence on various factors. Can also be
used along with Inclined Planes or Friction
Board Apparatus. Comprises a set of two
blocks, each of size 100×75×20mm – one
block with a smooth surface and hook, and
other with a mirror surface and
corresponding eye, and a plate of size
50×155mm with mirror and sand paper
surfaces.
1031110
Friction Blocks & Surfaces
WEIGHT PAN
For use with apparatus where loading of
weights is required such as inclined plane
etc. Comprises a pan with a raised collar to
prevent the falling of loaded weights. With
three strings tied around the perimeter for
suspension.
ENERGY INVESTIGATION
A geared assembly powered by a DC electric
motor is fitted in between vertical post. A
thread is attached to a load and passing over
a pulley finally wound around a rotating shaft
to analyse the time for lifting process while
noting the electrical input to the system. It
enables investigation to be carried out into
efficiency, energy transfer, power etc. The
system will stop automatically when the load
reaches at the top. Maximum 5V DC voltage is
required to operate the system. To rotate the
system up and down direction a toggle switch
is provided on the system.
1031130
Energy Investigation
1031140/1 Weight pan, plastic, 75mm dia.
1031140/2 Weight pan, SS, 90mm dia.
1031140/3 Weight pan, SS, 150mm dia.
DYNAMICS CARTS SET, PLASTIC
A pair of carts, specially designed single
piece moulded plastic body of unbreakable
ABS. These unique, precision Dynamics Carts
are new improved design of the old dynamic
trolleys, conventional type, used in most
schools and colleges for experiments in
motion. These carts are rigid and strong
enough to take the weight of an adult without
bending or breaking and can easily with stand
routine rough usage or fall from workbench
etc. Plastic body mounted on a set of 3 lowfriction wheels providing straight motion
over long distances A lockable spring-loaded
exploder plunger has 2 levels of spring
compression and is activated by a trigger
knob on top of the trolley. A cushioned
surface mounted on top of each cart enables
placing of additional masses for increasing
the effective weight of the cart. The carts
can also be stacked on top of each other to
make its effective mass 2-3 times its basic
mass. Velcro pasted at the back end of each
cart enables the study of inelastic collisions.
1031240
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Dynamics Carts Set, Plastic
46
Mechanics
BEST
SELLER
1
2
3
5
4
LINEAR AIR TRACK APPARATUS
For exploring the concepts of mechanics involving linear motion on a near frictionless surface, such as acceleration, collisions (elastic / inelastic),
explosions, conservation of momentum and simple harmonic motion etc. Air track, the principal component of the apparatus, comprises of specially
designed, rugged, anodized, aluminium alloy extrusion providing a straight working length of 2m, is mounted on four cast metal feet with leveling
screws, two on each side positioned along the length. Two rows of fine holes provided on each side all along the length of the track through which
jets of the air emanate to form air cushion on which the vehicles float under virtually frictionless conditions. One end of the track has an air inlet
tube connection for compressed air supply. The track also has a 0-200cm scale graduated in millimeters for measuring distances and recording
positions. The kit includes various gliders, which float to and fro on the air cushion, together with a large number of attachments to permit a
comprehensive range of experiments. The complete apparatus including Air Track and attachments (accessories as per Cat No. 1031180/2) are
packed in kit form.
1031180/1 Linear Air Track Apparatus 1
1031180/2 Set of Accessories for Linear Air Track: Supplied complete with following accessories. 2
n
2 large vehicles (mass 400g, length 215mm)
n
1 small vehicle (mass 200g, length 100mm)
n
2 magnetic buffers (25mm diameter)
n
2 Plasticine holders (20mm diameter) with central hole
n
4 catapults (45mm wide) with slot for elastic band n 3 steel buffers with central hole
n
4 elastic cords (220mm long) with plastic rings
n
1 reel of nylon thread
n
24 needles for use with steel buffer
n
20 white plain cards for interrupting light beams
n
1 reel rubber stand
n
1 pack of Plasticine
n
20 elastic bands
n
2 white plastic rods (4mm dia. 150mm long) for stroboscope photography
1031180/3 Air Blower, Economical: Designed specifically for used with the Air Track, Cat No 1031180/1, but can also be used as a source of
compressed air for other Air Tracks or any other similar requirement of air. Supplied complete with hose, adaptor and mains lead.
Operates on 220-240V AC mains, 50/60Hz. 3
AIR BLOWER, DELUXE
Specially designed, heavy duty, electrically operated air blower provides continuously variable air velocity control and is ideal for use with the
Linear Air Track, Cat No. 1031180/1 (page 22). Complete assembly housed in a robust sheet metal case with anti skid rubber feet. The compact size
makes it suitable for bench top use. Designed for continuous, uninterrupted use at very low noise levels, it is supplied complete with flexible hose,
hose adapter and detachable mains cable. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz.
1031180/4 Air Blower, Deluxe
4
1031180/5 Pipe for Air Blower
5
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
47
Mechanics
2
1
BEST
SELLER
3
LINEAR AIR TRACK APPARATUS, ECONOMICAL
A simple and economical apparatus with all functionalities similar to Cat No. 1031180.
Constructed to the demanding standards and features typical of more expensive units. The
lightweight track, designed with easy setup in mind, provides a total working length of 2m.
1031185/1 Linear Air Track 1
2
1031185/2 Set of Accessories for Linear Air track: Supplied complete with following
accessories.
n
1 large vehicle
n
2 small vehicles
n
Launching cradle
n
Elastic Collider
n
Non-elastic collider pair
n
Pulley wheel
n
Scale pan and masses
n
Constant level cushion block
n
1 reel of nylon thread
n
Pack of elastic bands
n
Set of fixing nuts
1031185/3 Air Blower: Specifically designed for use with the apparatus, provides constant air pressure. Significantly quieter than other sources,
yet powerful enough to easily float fully-loaded gliders. Supplied complete with flexible hose pipe and mains lead attached to it.
Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz. 3
IMPACT CAR
Useful for demonstrating the momentum changes of varying mass with
a visual measure of force. The simple car is equipped with a spring
loaded plunger and sliding scale that gets displaced on impact against an
ct created by
obstacle, the displacement being directly related to the quantum of impact
ale remains in
collision of the car against any stationary surface. The displacement scale
displaced position until it is reset and provides direct reading, which is measure of the
force itself. Masses can be added to the car to increase the inertia of the mass and car
system for further exploration in collisions.
1031330
Impact Car
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
48
Mechanics
BEST
SELLER
MINI DYNAMICS TROLLEY SET,
PLASTIC
A pair of single piece moulded body made of
unbreakable ABS having easily snap-in and
removable wheels. Each trolley comes with
provision for attaching spring steel bumpers,
included with the set. The top of trolleys has
recessed rectangular well for
accommodating weights to increase the
effective weight of the trolley.
1031300
Mini Dynamics Trolley Set, Plastic
BALLISTICS CAR
Useful for studying the vector quantities associated with the projectile motion and
demonstrates that the horizontal component of velocity of the object projected from another
object moving horizontally is same as that of the horizontally moving object and is independent
of the vertical component of velocity of projected object at any instant. Comprises a car made of
heavy gauge aluminium with 4 low friction bearing wheels. The car has a heavy cylindrical barrel
mounted vertically at its top which houses a spring loaded piston for shooting the ball vertically.
The two locking position of the spring loaded piston arrangement provides two different but
reproducible vertical projection velocities. Includes a steel sphere and a lock pin with cord. With
the car moving with some horizontal velocity, if the steel sphere is projected upward, its
trajectory will appear to be parabolic when viewed by a stationary observer and the sphere will
return back to into the vertical barrel, irrespective of the velocity of projection or velocity of the
moving car.
1031200
Ballistics Car
MINI DYNAMICS TROLLEY, METAL
Die-cast robust metal body incorporating
new, compact design. The low friction wheels
have individual spring suspension making
them retract into the body to protect the
trolley from damage due to fall or accidental
skateboarding. Two metal locking pins
provided at the top of trolley facilitates
secure stacking of two or more trolleys to the
effective mass 2-3 times its basic mass. The
front end of the trolley incorporates a spring
loaded exploder plunger with release trigger
knob at the top, with the rear end features a
clamping screw for attaching tape of ticker
timer. Velcro fixed at the rear end for
studying inelastic collisions.
1031260
Mini Dynamics Trolley, Metal
CAR FOR MOTION EXPERIMENTS
Sturdy car of single piece moulded plastic
body, with low friction plastic wheels
provides manifold applications – for
experiments on simple and accelerated
motion, on friction impulse, conservations
laws and on inclined planes. The rectangular
cavity at the top enables masses to be placed
for increasing the effective mass of the car.
Can also be used on the surface of tables,
independently of track.
1031320/1 Smaller Car, with hook on the
front end for attaching cables,
spring balances or joining two
cars together
1031320/2 Bigger Car with sturdier body
permits loading of larger
magnitudes
DYNAMICS CARTS SET, METAL
Comprises a pair of carts made of heavy
gauge aluminium, with scratch-resistant
epoxy coating, each incorporating 4 lowfriction, ball bearing wheels. Both the carts
are equipped with rubber bumpers with
provision for attaching the spring steel
bumpers to permit various momentum
experiments in elastic and inelastic
collisions. Supplied complete with one pair
each of spring steel bumper in two different
thicknesses and one large thin spring steel
bumper.
MINI DYNAMICS TROLLEY SET
1031280
Similar TO 1031300 but with a provision to
hold the set of slotted masses
Dynamics Carts Set, Metal
1031300/1 Mini Dynamics Trolley Set
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Mechanics
49
BREAKING CAR
A wooden light weight three wheeled cart
with a central plunger is specially designed to
apply friction at any predetermined point by
a trigger. A plastic strip is attached at one
side to use it with ticker tape timer or
photogate and intelligent timer to measure
velocity and acceleration. On placing the
slotted weights on plunger one can also
added up the weight of breaking car.
1031335
Breaking car
TRACK FOR DYNAMICS TROLLEYS
/ CARTS
A polished wooden track, about 2m long, with
smooth, flat surface for motion experiments
using trolleys or carts. The track is easily
inclinable and incorporates raised side rails
along the length to prevent the accidental
falling of carts/trolleys.
1031340
Track for Dynamics Trolleys /
Carts
MECHANICS KIT
Arco mechanics kit gives a practical approach to to realize some basic measurements in
Mechanics. In this kit, the components are stored in a heavy duty carry-case. The components
provided in this kit are easy to set-up and enable the user to perform experiments in mechanics.
The components provided in the kit are easy to set up and enable the user to perform a wide
variety of experiments, e.g., distance measurements, the measurement of velocity and
acceleration, verification of Newton's laws of motion, principle of conservation of energy and
momentum, and measurement of acceleration due to gravity etc can be performed using Arco
Mechanics Kit. The components provided in the kit are:
1) Ticker Tape Timer
1
2) Spring Balance
3
3) Plastic Trolley
2
4) Weight 500 g with hanger
1
5) Level
1
6) Wooden Board (550 x 375) mm with Stand 1
7) Pulley with clamp
2
8) Boss head
1
9) Plumb line
1
10) Clamp retort, three pronged
1
11) Paper Tape roll 35 M length 4
12) Hook S shape
3
13) Cotton Thread
1 Reel
14) Weight with hanger 100 g
1
15) Dynamic Track 48"
1
16) Carbon Disc
1
17) Vernier Calipers
1
18) Screw gauge
1
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1) Distance measurements
3) Measurement of acceleration
5) Density measurement
7) Verification of Newton's law of motion
9) Free Fall
11) Force and time
13) Centre of gravity experiment
15) Experiments using spring balance
1031345
2)
4)
6)
8)
10)
12)
14)
Measurement of velocity
Measurement of acceleration due to gravity
Principle of conservation of momentum
Law of conservation of energy
Equilibrium of forces
Parallelogram of forces
Hook's law
Mechanics Kit
DYNAMIC TRACK
The track base is made of thick hardwood and the side supports give good resistance to flexing.
To avoid injuries the rounded corners are given at the ends. The trolleys of big size can also be
run on the track freely.
1031350
Dynamic track
1031350/1 Run of Ramp
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
1031350/2 Dynamic track Stand
50
Mechanics
TICKER TAPE TIMER, 12V DC
Similar to Cat No. 1031360 in construction
n
C
and operation, but operates on 12V DC
Produces dots at 1/50 seconds intervals only..
d
It has an electromagnet with spring-loaded
armature, which vibrates above a supportt
table.
1031380
Ticker Tape Timer, 12V DC
BEST
SELLER
TICKER TAPE
T
TIMER, PLASTIC
BODY,
Y 6V AC
Complete unit mounted in an unbreakable
moulded ABS plastic enclosure. Operates at
6V AC and produces dots on the tape using a
carbon paper disc at a frequency of 50Hz.
4mm sockets provided on one side for
electrical connection. Supplied with carbon
paper discs.
1031400
Timer,
Ticker Tape
T
r Plastic Body,
y
6V AC
Many students find the ticker tape timer an awkward piece of equipment. Some
students even struggle to get a time reading from the paper tape. They get confused
about what the dot spacings represent. The teachers are, therefore, advised to give
their students extra time with early investigations so that the students become familiar
and confident with the equipment.
Experiments:
1. A ticker-tape time can be used to determine the fundamental properties of
uniformly accelerated motion to analyze the motion of a cart down an incline plane.
2. Use a ticker tape timer to record the motion of an accelerating toy car.
3. Create graphs of velocity and acceleration versus time, and show how these graphs
demonstrate constant acceleration.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Mechanics
51
TWO SPEED TICKER TIMER
This is a modern version of ticker timer
enclosed in a plastic moulded enclosure with
a provision of 25/S and 50/S striking rates to
find out the velocity and acceleration of a
dynamic cart. Operating voltage for this
timer is 6V AC,
1031410
Two Speed
Ticker Timer
TICKER TAPE TIMER, ECONOMICAL
Similar to Cat No. 1031360, but economical model incorporating
incor
a
paper tape holder comprising metal bush pressing into the center of
tape spool and a pair of card end cheeks, with complete assembly
mounted on sheet metal base. Supplied without tape.
1031420
Timer,
Ticker Tape
T
r Economical
TIMER
ACCESSORIES FOR TICKER TAPE
T
as
Consumables regularly used with ticker tape timers, available
av
spares
1031440/1 Paper Tape
T
R
Roll,
100m length, 9.5mm wide
1031440/2 Paper Tape
Roll,
35m length, 9.5mm wide
T
R
1031440/3 Carbon paper discs, 40mm diameter
BEST
SELLER
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
52
Mechanics
CISION GYROSCOPE
PRECISION
A traditional
ditional piece of equipment for
exploring the principle of conservation of
angular momentum, and other associated
phenomena of gyroscope like gyroscopic
stabilization, inertial guidance,
gyrocompass, principle of precession etc.
Comprises a heavy metal roller disc,
dynamically balanced, with metal shaft
mounted in cone bearings carried on a plastic
gimbal ring for smooth, low friction motion.
The shaft has a hole towards one side of rotor
disc for winding of thread to spin the rotor.
This easily removable assembly can either be
placed on cradle mounted on simple plain
base or on a rocking base for studying the
concept of rolling or pitching. Shaft seat has
provision on the outside for suspending
washers through hook for loading to study the
precession, supplied complete with winding
cord, S-shaped hook and set of washers for
loading.
1031460
Precision Gyroscope
GYROSCOPE
A simple apparatus comprising of a
dynamically balanced metal rotor shaft
mounted on a gimbal ring, which in turn, is
mounted on a cradle carried to a stable cast
metal base. All three pairs of mounting points
or pivots are adjustable.
1031480
ROTATIONAL DYNAMICS
A wheel made of reinforced nylon of 50cm
diameter, and is lightweight to make it easy
to handle. Wheel is grooved at their edge to
use it as a pulley for rotational experiments.
The hub of the wheel is fitted on a ball
bearing and a steel axle. Four aluminium
racks meeting at centered hub accepts a
variety of accessories. We can perform a
number of experiments related to the
angular motion, radial acceleration, moment
of inertia, Atwood's machine, variable 'g”
pendulum, simple harmonic motion with this
instrument.
1031540
Gyroscope
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Rotational Dynamics
Mechanics
BEST
SELLER
53
INERTIAL BALANCE, DELUXE
Similar to Cat No. 1040020 in construction and operation, but with heavier platforms made of
sheet metal attached underneath the square metal rods. More sensitive in operation and
provides better results. Includes 3 cylindrical masses, a G-clamp, and nylon cord.
1040040
Inertial Balance, Deluxe
INERTIAL BALANCE, ECONOMICAL
Designed to assist in the clarification of relationship between inertial mass and gravitational
mass, i.e., mass and weight. Comprises two sheet metal rectangular platforms of size 130×50mm
(width × length) supported by means of a pair of spring steel strips about 300mm apart. One of
the platforms has 3 holes for suspending up to three cylindrical masses. Can be clamped to the
bench top using G-clamp through the other platform (without hole) and is free to oscillate in
horizontal plane under the restoring forces of spring steel strip connectors. Includes 3 cylindrical
masses, a G-clamp, and nylon cord. After establishing the spring constant of the balance, with
any combination of three masses placed into the slots, change in time-periods of oscillation can
be observed by placing one mass at a time. Once calibrated, unknown
masses may be measured.
1040020
MULTI-PURPOSE CART
This item is used in a variety of experiments
including investigations of speed. Circular
motion, velocity, time, force, mass,
acceleration and kinetic energy. Fabricated
out of ABS resin and steel, this versatile cart
is virtually indestructible. Features built-in
receptacles to receive up to three hexagonal
½ kg. masses. Comes with a motor mount and
water clock.
Inertial Balance, Economical
R-5917J55 Multi-Purpose Cart
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
54
Mechanics / Elasticity of Materials
YOUNG'S MODULUS APPARATUS,
SIMPLIFIED
WHEELS MECHANISMS KIT
This kit will explore some different possibilities for creating simple pulley, gear, wheel and axle
mechanisms and how to increase the efficiency of forces when applied to do work. Materials for
12 activities and 18 page Teacher’s Guide included.
3982
Simplified design on the basis of Searle's
pattern. Design similar to Cat No 1040120,
but having square rods joined together
through a phosphor bronze strip instead of
metal frame. One of the rods has 10-0-10
scale with a 0.01mm micrometer head for
adjusting the spirit level. Both the rods have
self-centering chuck at its top for holding
wires and load hooks at the bottom. Also
included are ceiling bracket carrying a pair of
chucks, a counterpoise weight and a set of
two wires, one each of brass and steel.
1040140
Wheels Mechanisms Kit
Young's Modulus Apparatus,
Simplified
WIRE HOLDING METAL CHUCKS
For holding metal wires securely in the grip.
Self centering chuck has two slots orthogonal
to each other forming four jaws, which hold
the wire at their center and tighten through a
threaded sleeve.
1040165/1 Wire Holding Chuck, Simple: For
wires upto 1.2mm diameter.
1040165/2 Wire Holding Chuck, Universal:
Plated metal. Has double ended
chuck – one for wires upto 1.2mm
while other for thicker wires.
Comes with a push fit head at the
top for mounting.
Measure the forces of gravity and power with this complete kit! Nine experiments allow students
to use the scientific method to understand principles of force, friction, pressure, work and
power. The Teacher’s Guide gives helpful background information and the two student
workbooks are a great introduction to physical science.
Our Research &
Development team
develops new
products as per the requirement of
market that fully satisfy the
customer's need and budget
requirements.
R-4000800
R-4000801
R-5917J66
Customer feedback is very valuable
for us as it helps us to continuously
improve and innovate our products.
INVESTIGATING FORCE KIT
Investigating Force Kit
Investigating Force Workbooks, Set/10
Surface Board
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Mechanics / Elasticity of Materials
55
HOOKE'S LAW APPARATUS, SS
SCALE
For the demonstration of Hooke's Law that
the elongation produced in a spring within
elastic limits is proportional to the load
applied to it. Also useful for investigating
potential energy and investigating masses.
Comprises of a metal rod carrying vertically a
polished stainless steel scale 0 to 15cm, with
provision for its height adjustment. An
integrated mass hanger/pointer is connected
to the lower end of the spring with the eyeshaped upper end for suspension through an
adjustable collar with cross bar, which is
positioned above the scale. Complete
apparatus mounted on a stable base.
SIMPLE MECHANICS KIT
Challenging experiments with levers, wheel and axle mechanisms, pulleys and an inclined plane,
help to teach students the principles behind motion and leverage. Kit includes a Teacher’s Guide.
4004
1040060/1 Hooke's Law Apparatus, SS Scale
fixed on plastic back, etched
scale 1
1040060/2 H o o k e ' s L a w A p p a r a t u s ,
complete scale off SS sheet,
printed scale 2
Simple Mechanics Kit
HOOKE'S LAW
BEST
SELLER
A useful apparatus capable of demonstrating
the correlation between the
elonga
elongation produced in a simple spring
and the
th load applied (i.e., Hooke's
Law). Also provides a useful tool for
investi
investigating potential energy stored
in a spring
sp
as a function of suspended
load and
a the oscillations produced on
releasing the stretched loaded spring.
releas
vertical metal rod supported on a
A vert
stable round base, carries a stainless
0-30cm, graduated every
steel scale
s
millimeter, with provision for
millim
adjusting the vertical position of the
adjust
scale. A close wound helical spring is
suspended is suspended through a
suspen
cross-bar by means of a collar and has
cross-b
a mass
mas hanger at its lower end.
Loading the mass hanger with masses
Loadin
produces extension in the spring,
produc
which is indicated by the pointer
against the scale.
agains
1040090 Hooke's Law
10400
2
1
3
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
3
56
Elasticity of Materials
YOUNG'S MODULUS APPARATUS, ECONOMICAL
Useful for studying the relationship between
een load applied to a wire and the resulting extension
i.e., Young's modulus of elasticity of the wire material. Can also be used for comparing elastic
moduli of two different wires. Two thick sheet metal strips with clamping screws at the top for
asses, are mounted in a rectangular plate, parallel to
wires and metal hooks for the loading masses,
V
each other. The plate has a scale 0-40 × 1mm along with a movable Vernier
of LC 0.1mm,
ncluded is a ceiling clamp with a pair of wooden screws
attached to one of the metal strips. Also included
n be attached to a convenient overhead beam or door
for suspending wires from the top and can
frame etc. supplied complete with a tension
ion weight and a set of two wires – 1 each of brass and
steel.
1040100
Young's Modulus Apparatus, Economical
onomical
STRAIN GAUGE
Strain generated on hanging
slotted weights on the extreme
end of the metallic strip can be
observed by using this
instrument on interfacing it with
instrumentation amplifier. A foil
strain gauge is bonded on a
spring steel strip mounted on an
alluminium panel.
1040105
Strain Gauge
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Elasticity of Materials
YOUNG'S MODULUS APPARATUS, SEARLE'S TYPE
A specially designed apparatus capable of greater degree of sensitivity and accuracy. Two cast
metal rectangular frames hinged together parallel to each other to allow only vertical relative
motion, with a spirit level fixed on a cross-bar pivoted across the frames for noting the reference
point. One frame has vertical scale 10-0-10mm with a micrometer head along it reading to
0.01mm for adjusting the spirit level. Each frame has a self-centering chuck at its top for holding
wires and load hooks at the bottom. Also included are ceiling bracket carrying a pair of chucks, a
counterpoise weight and a set of two wires, one each of brass and steel. The relative
displacement between the two frames can be known from the micrometer reading after
adjusting the bubble of spirit level.
1040120/1 Aluminium Frame
1040120/2 Brass Frame 2
WIRE FOR YOUNG'S MODULUS
APPARATUS
For use with Young's modulus apparatus, for
use as comparison or experimental wire.
Available in diameters 18 to 28 SWG (any
gauge).
1040160/1 Steel Wire
1040160/2 Brass Wire
1
1
BEST
SELLER
2
4
3
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
57
3
4
58
Elasticity of Materials
2
1
RADIOMETER, CROOKE'S, SINGLE
STRIP TESTER
WIRE TESTER
To compare the breaking strain, stretch of
carry bag handles, strength of newspaper,
stretch of plastic film etc. a pair of strong
wooden clamps are used. To avoid slipping of
strip, clamps have wing nut fixing and a
metallic bar attachment system. The clamps
can hook on to a standard laboratory clamp
with stand and bottom clamp is loaded by
means of standard slotted weights.
It is used to test the stretch and bearing
strain of tread, wool, hair, wire etc. Provided
in pair with an efficient griping system and
may be supported from any laboratory stand
while slotted weights are applied to the
lower end to provide the stretching force.
1040170
For demonstrating the conversion of radiant
energy into mechanical energy. Comprising a
partly evacuated glass bulb of about 70mm
diameter with a fine pivot on which a rotor
having a set of four mica vane arms is
delicately balanced. Each mica vane has one
side painted matt black with other side
bright. On exposing to sunlight or sufficiently
bright incandescent light source, the
absorption of radiant energy by the
blackened side of vanes sets up a
temperature differential with respect to the
bright sides, which causes net force to be
exerted by the air molecules on the
blackened side making the vanes rotate with
their bright faces leading. Mounted on base.
1050060
1040175
Radiometer, Crooke's, Single
1
Wire Tester
RADIOMETER, CROOKE'S, DOUBLE
Strip Tester
100% SATISFACTION GUARANTEED!
All our products carry unconditional guarantee for a period of 12
months. If for any reason, any of our product is not up to your
satisfaction, we will send you a replacement as per your needs OR a refund or
credit for the same.
If you have a suggestion regarding modification of an existing product or a
proposal for a new product, please don't hesitate to contact us.
Similar to Cat No. 1050060 in construction,
but with one additional bulb mounted
vertically above the first one giving a total of
two bulbs with two independent sets of mica
vanes. Both the vanes have black painted and
bright sides configured opposite, so that
their exposure to sunlight or sufficiently
bright incandescent light source causes them
to rotate in opposite directions.
1050080
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Radiometer, Crooke's, Double
2
Elasticity of Materials / Motion, Energy & Power Transmission
59
ENERGY TRANSFER KIT, MALVERN
TORSION APPARATUS, VERTICAL
Specially designed apparatus for study and
investigation into the stress and strain
accompanying the torsion i.e., torsion
modulus of rigidity of the substance. The
apparatus consists of a two long metal
mounting rods located vertically on a Tshaped assembly and are jointed at the top
through another square metal rod. Three
adjustable angle measure attachments,
graduated in degrees, are located vertically
along the lengths of the rods for measuring
degree of rotation of experimental rod under
torsion at the desired positions. The bottom
T-shaped assembly has a circular drum on to
which is connected the weight pan on its
either side through lightweight cord. The
cord wound on the drum, with the weight pan
suitably loaded, provides the necessary
torque to the experimental rod. Chuck is
provided at the top as well as bottom with
tightening screws to firmly hold the
experimental rod. Complete assembly
mounted on a heavy cast metal tripod base
with leveling screws. Includes two
experimental rods – one each of brass and
steel.
1040200
Torsion Apparatus, Vertical
The Malvern energy transfer kit comprises
several separate units, which enable wide
range of demonstration experiments in
energy transfer / conversion, permitting the
user to show qualitatively energy conversion
from one form of energy to another in a
various different ways. All units with pulleys
are mounted on the bases of same size to
assist alignment of pulleys and provided with
4mm socket terminals wherever needed for
electrical connection. All units, where
motion is required to be transferred through
external means, are provided with a pulley to
the central shaft carrying the accessory,
except Turbine/Pump Unit.
1050100/1 Fly-Wheel Unit: Demonstrates
the conversion of electrical
energy to kinetic energy and
vice-versa. For use with a large
motor/generator and a lamp unit
Comprising a cast iron flywheel
of about 115mm diameter,
mounted in brackets with
bearings. The shaft has a pulley
for being driven by large
motor/generator through the
belt.
1050100/2 Lamp Unit, Triple: Comprises
three MES lamp sockets
connected in parallel with a pair
of 4mm socket terminals. For use
with motor/generators to give an
indication of their output when
used as dynamos. The lampholders are connected in
parallel. Supplied with three
lamps 3.5V, 0.25A.
1050100/3 Lamp Unit Triple, Deluxe:
Similar to Cat No. 1050100/2,
but better quality. All the three
lamp holders enclosed in
insulated cover with only their
mouths visible for fixing lamps.
Complete assembly mounted on
sturdier base with non-skid feet.
1
3
2
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
60
Motion, Energy & Power Transmission
tubule are provided, all
inlet/outlet tubes riffled, and
the impeller shaft carries a
pulley towards outside. With
driving belt.
1050100/4 Large Motor/Generator: For use
as a driving unit or dynamo.
Comprises a low voltage,
permanent magnet, DC motor,
provided with a pulley. Supplied
with driving belt.
1050100/8 Spring Unit: For showing
potential energy stored in a
wound-up steel spring and its
conversion to electrical energy
by driving a dynamo and lighting
a lamp. May also be used to wind
up a mass on a cord showing the
change from potential energy to
kinetic and back to potential in
the raised mass. The steel shaft
carries a wound steel spring strip
with a free wheel device and
winding ratchet also a pulley.
One end of the shaft overhangs
the base for use as a line shaft
when winding up a mass.
Supplied complete with driving
belt.
1050100/5 Small Motor/Generator: For use
with the larger motor/generator
in comparing power input and
output by driving each in turn
with the other and metering the
voltages and currents. Can also
drive Large Motor/Generator as
dynamo to generate electricity.
1050100/6 Line Shaft Unit: For showing the
conversion from electrical
energy, via mechanical, to
potential energy by winding up a
mass on a cord. One end of the
shaft carries pulley, and the
other shaft end overhangs the
base and is fitted with a cord
anchoring collar to enable mass
to be wound up. Supplied
complete with driving belt.
1050100/9 Head of Water Unit: For use with
turbine pump unit to provide an
open or closed system in
demonstrating the conversion
from electrical to kinetic energy
in the pump and potential energy
in the head of water. Supplied
complete with two glass basins
and shaped glass tubes. The
upper platform has a hole to its
allow use as a simple recirculation system with a single
reservoir.
1050100/7 Turbine/Pump Unit: For use as a
water turbine to drive a
generator producing electricity
or for use as a pump driven by a
motor and raising a head of
water to produce potential
energy. The rotor encased in a
cast metal housing with a clear
Perspex front, has eight bucket
blades. Two inlet tubules (for
turbine and pump operation
respectively) and one outlet
1050100/10 Hand Wheel Driving Unit:
Converts human muscular energy
to other forms of energy. For use
in driving dynamos, line shafts,
flywheels, pumps etc. the
driving and output pulleys are
both of 75mm diameter, and the
intermediate pulley is 20mm
diameter giving a step-up ratio of
3.75.
1050100/11 Mounted Lamp, 12V 24W: For
use with the mounted solar cell
and motor. A 12V 24W SBC bulb in
a metal socket mounted on a
folded metal base 100 × 63mm
with a pair of 4mm sockets. The
power rating of the bulb has been
chosen so that when it is placed
in front of the solar cell,
sufficient power is produced to
run the motor effectively whilst
avoiding the risk of damage to
cell by excess light and/or heat.
1050100/12 Mounted Solar Cell: For use
with the motor to demonstrate
the production of electrical
energy directly from light
e n e r g y, w h i c h i s t h e n
transformed to kinetic energy of
the motor fan. The apparatus
comprises a photovoltaic cell
housed in a plastic case.
1050100/13 Mounted Motor for Solar Cell:
This is a small, low consumption
electric motor on a base
specially designed to run directly
from the output of the solar cell
and to illustrate the direct
conversion of light energy to
electrical and thence to
mechanical.
10
12
8
6
11
13
4
7
5
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
9
Motion, Energy & Power Transmission
61
DEMONSTRATION ENGINE MODELS
This series of engine models illustrates theory of
operation and other functionality aspects of the
principle types of internal combustion engine. The
engines shown here are half sections cut for clear
observation and understanding of their functioning by
viewing all moving parts clearly. All the models are made
of cast alloy and are mounted on stable bases. These
models are not functional in true sense but all the
working parts moves in correct relationship to one
another. Wherever possible, the engines are provided
with printed diagram of the engine with a key depicting
critical components.
STEAM ENGINE SECTIONAL
BEST
SELLER
2
1
Made of cast-metal. Model showing longitudinal section
of cylinder covered with a transparent plate, clearly
showing the piston and position of valves. Complete with
working parts like piston, slide valve, crank, flywheel,
connecting rods etc., and demonstrates the conversion
of linear motion of piston rod to the rotatory motion of
the crank shaft. Can be made to operate using a simple
air pump or even by blowing with mouth.
1050120
Steam Engine Sectional
PETROL ENGINE, TWO STROKE
2
Represents internal structure and operating principles of
a simple piston-ported, air-cooled two-stroke engine. All
parts in cast alloy metal. Ignition simulated by means of
a miniature bulb. Carburetor attachment and fuel supply
also sectioned. A pair of 4mm socket terminal for
electrical supply.
1050140/1 Mounted on metal base with printed
diagram and key
1050140/2 Mounted on plastic base
1
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
62
Motion, Energy & Power Transmission
PETROL ENGINE, FOUR STROKE
DIESEL ENGINE, FOUR-STROKE
Represents a typical air cooled, side-valve, four stroke petrol engine
with the operation of the valves clearly evident. Cam operated inlet
and exhaust valves being driven by a gear train from rear of the main
crank. As with the two-stroke model, spark plug simulated through a
small lamp to indicate the firing point. A pair of 4mm socket terminal
for electrical supply. Cross-section of carburetor is shown. Mounted on
a stable base, with printed diagram and key.
A model of four-stroke water-cooled diesel engine. Clearly
demonstrates the functioning of all critical components such as fuel
injection system, camshaft, rocker arms, tappets etc. Cam operated
inlet and exhaust valves being driven by a gear train from rear of the
main crank. Ignition simulated by means of a miniature bulb. Mounted
on a stable base, with printed diagram and key.
1050160/1 Mounted on metal base with printed diagram and key
1050160/2 Mounted on plastic base
1050200/1 Mounted on metal base with printed diagram and key
1050200/2 Mounted on plastic base
BEST
SELLER
WANKEL ENGINE
This sectional model shows the internal structure in detail and demonstrates its basic principle
operation. Unlike other engines, this engine incorporates rotary piston arrangements, completely
eliminating reciprocating parts. The power piston is an arch shaped triangular rotor, which on
rotating through a crank handle at the rear generates an epitrechoid. Ignition simulated by means of
a miniature bulb. Mounted on base, with key and printed diagram showing working.
1050240/1 Mounted on metal base with printed diagram and key
1050240/2 Mounted on plastic base
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Motion, Energy & Power Transmission
63
DIESEL ENGINE, TWO-STROKE
A model of two-stroke water cooled diesel engine made in cast alloy metal. Ignition simulated by
means of a miniature bulb. Fuel supply is also sectioned. With hand crank proved for manual
operation depicting cam operated inlet and exhaust valves.
1050180/1 Mounted on metal base with printed diagram and key
1050180/2 Mounted on plastic base 2
1
BEST
SELLER
1
2
STEAM ENGINE MODEL WITH BOILER
Operation of a commercial steam engine is well illustrated with this working model. The
extra large size unit is provided with a horizontal boiler with a whistle, safety valve, steam
gauge. Mounted on a metal base. Heating caused due to burning of fuel cause water in the
boiler to boil and the resulting steam makes the flywheel mounted on the crank to rotate. A
pulley mounted at the free end of flywheel shaft can be used to drive dynamo etc., to
demonstrate the conversion of chemical energy to heat, mechanical and electrical energies
respectively. Supplied complete with fuel, fuel burner and screw driver for opening the
boiler to fill it with water.
1050220
Steam Engine Model with Boiler
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
64
Motion, Energy & Power Transmission
ACRYLIC TRANSPARENT ENGINE
To demonstrate a group of pupils about the
different type of engine with the help of
overhead projector. Colour full transparent
parts give a special advantage to
demonstrate different parts on overhead
projector. All parts are made of extremely,
robust and durable high grade transparent
acrylic plastic.
1
1050245/1 Wankel Engine 1
1050245/2 Steam Engine 2
1050245/3 Four Stroke Engine
1050245/4 Stirling Engine 4
1050245/5 Two Stroke Engine
1050245/6 Diesel Engine 6
3
5
2
3
5
6
4
GAS TURBINE / TURBOJET ENGINE
The open sectional model constructed of
light-weight cast alloy metal shows the
internal structure in detail. The critical
components such as air intake, axial flow,
double stage compressor, fuel supply,
combustion chamber, turbine rotor, jet
thrust exhaust etc., are clearly depicted.
Provides easy understanding of the
functioning of a gas turbine / turbojet
engine.
1050260/1 Mounted
on metal
M
base
with printed
b
diagram
and key
d
1050260/2 Mounted
on plastic
M
base
b
BEST
SELLER
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Motion, Energy & Power Transmission
65
MECHANICAL TRAINING MODULES
HYDRO ELECTRIC POWER STATION
WATER TURBINE WITH DYNAMO
MODEL
Same as 1050280/1 but with a selector switch
for lamp, dynamo and motor.
1050280/2 Hydro Electric Power Station
To show the conversion of mechanical energy
into electrical energy by using it as a water
turbine to drive a dynamo for producing
electricity. The plastic impeller housed in a
cast metal casing with a clear Perspex front
that allows viewing of its functioning. The
inlet tube provided at the top and outlet tube
on the side, both tubes riffled for tubing
connectors. A dynamo mounted along the
impeller shaft glows the LED indicating the
conversion of mechanical energy to
electrical energy.
1050280
1050320/1
1050320/2
1050320/3
1050320/4
1050320/5
1050320/6
1050320/7
1050320/8
1050320/9
1050320/10
1050320/11
1050320/12
Water Turbine with Dynamo
Model
HERO'S ENGINE (EOLIPILE)
WATER TURBINE WITH DYNAMO
MODEL
Simplest way to show the conversion of
mechanical energy into electrical energy. A
dynamo is driven by the water turbine via.
rubber belt. The conversion of mechanical
energy into electrical energy either can be
demonstrated by LED or a motor with colour
disc.
Specially designed modules help explore
some of the fundamental and most
frequently used mechanisms in the various
machine elements and give a deep
understanding of transfer of motion and
power, which is very essential for any student
of engineering or mechanics. All the
components are designed and fabricated to a
high degree of precision, ensuring complete
interchangeability among various modules.
No special skill is required to assemble or
disassemble them.
A functional model of the earliest form of
steam turbine described by Hero of
Alexandria. Comprising a borosilicate glass
bulb 70mm diameter approx., with side arms
bent at right angles and formed into jets at
their tips. The bulb is mounted horizontally
on a stand, which leaves it free to rotate
about its axis. Boiling the water contained in
bulb ejects steam from the nozzles with high
velocity triggering its rotation. Supplied
complete with stand but without burner.
1050300/1 Hero's Engine mounted on metal
stand
1050300/2 Hero's Engine mounted on
wooden stand
1050300/3 Glass part, spare
1050280/1 Water Turbine with Dynamo
Model
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Single Stage-Spur Gear
Two Stage-Spur Gear
Three Stage-Spur Gear
Three Speed and Reverse Gear
Worm Gear
Bevel Gear
Internal Gear and Pinion Drive
Helical Gear
Crank Drive to Oscillating Link
Crank and Slotted Link Drive
Friction Wheel Drive
Centrifugal Mechanism and
Clutch Drive
1050320/13 Cone Clutch Drive (Single
Sided)
1050320/14 Cone Clutch Drive (Two Speed)
1050320/15 Flat Belt Drive (with Tensioner)
66
Motion, Energy & Power Transmission
STEAM ENGINE FACTORY MODEL
Capable of running a small Dynamo to light
the lamp with the help of its flywheel and
driving gear. Complete with pressure gauge,
whistle and safety valve. The model is
mounted on thick metal sheet base synthetic
hammer finish. Approx overall dimensions
410 × 325 × 370mm (length × width × height).
1050340/1 Steam Engine Factory Model with
Dynamo
1050340/2 Steam Engine Factory Model
without Dynamo
PELTON TURBINE WITH GENERATOR
This operational model comprises a wheel with cups arranged radially along the periphery of
wheel and in plane orthogonal to the wheel which is mounted directly on the shaft connected to
a bicycle dynamo. The Pelton wheel is housed in clear acrylic casing and is moulded in plastic.
Water jet falling on wheel cups rotates it, which makes the dynamo produce electricity.
1050360
Pelton Turbine with Generator
WIND TUNNEL
Students can make a variety of aerodynamic
studies with an actual wind tunnel. A wing
can be made and lift calculations can be
made to give students an idea of how
efficient their wing is. Students can also
visually analyze the efficiency of their
creation using a smoke stream.
649
Wind Tunnel
NATURAL ENERGY KIT
This Kit has 19 hands-on activities which explore electric, wind, solar, geo-thermal, biomass and
nuclear energy. Kit includes: a Teacher’s Guide and lab materials for five students.
3980
Natural Energy Kit
SOLAR FURNACE
Demonstrate the extraordinary power of the sun by concentrating solar energy with this 12”
diameter parabolic dish. Using its reflective mirror, the furnace can generate extreme
temperatures to heat materials placed in the attached copper receptacle.
4701
Solar Furnace
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Motion, Energy & Power Transmission
67
ATOMIC ENERGY OVERHEAD
TRANSPARENCIES
Clarify the basic principles of atomic energy
with this set of six transparencies with 9
overlays, including Atomic Structure,
Periodic Chart, Atomic Fission, Atomic
Fusion, Chemical Change and Nuclear
Reactor.
1650
Atomic Energy
Transparencies
Overhead
LITTLE SHOP OF PHYSICS - ENERGY
How long can you run a toy car with 1 minute of solar power? Which has more energy, blue light or
red? The goal is to teach about energy in a way that brings in elements of all of the basic sciences.
3141
Little Shop of Physics - Energy
LITTLE SHOP OF PHYSICS - MOTION
Take a cup of water through a maze at high speed, and use music to measure the motion of an
accelerating truck. The goal is to teach the basic concepts of force and motion in an engaging and
informative way.
3140
WIND TURBINE
Little Shop of Physics - Motion
Gain experience with solar radiation using this solar oven. It has
reflective surfaces that concentrate heat radiation in the central
chamber, resulting in temperatures up to 350°. An accompanying
Teacher’s Guide gives suggestions for classroom experiments.
This exciting kit allows students to build and
test a fully-functional wind turbine. The
comprehensive guide was developed by the
kid wind project and contains in-depth
information about history, turbine design,
and wind energy. Students use a multimeter
(included) to monitor how much power their
wind turbine produces.
SR-GS47402
71874 Wind Turbine
Solar Oven
Solar Oven
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
68
Motion, Energy & Power Transmission
SUN TRACKER
With this fascinating sky dome, students can
plot the position of the sun for any given time
and date. An effective tool for illustrating
Earth/Sun relationships, the Sun tracker
gives students the opportunity to participate
in the process of discovery while practicing
actual science skills. The 12”x 6” unit
includes a Teacher’s Guide.
4730
Sun tracker
LIFE ON EARTH – A FOSSIL HISTORY
MODEL
Life on earth – A Fossil History is an exciting
product designed to help students
understand how life has changed over vast
periods of geologic time. Constructed of
durable vinyl, the 23.5”x24.5” colorful 3-D
model allows students to correlate 21
replicas “fossil” to realistic looking rock
layers. Illustrations and “fossil” include both
marine and terrestrial life forms from the
Pre-Cambrian through the present, Eons,
eras, periods, epochs and years are clearly
shown on the chart. The Teacher’s Guide
includes: classroom activities, pre/post
tests, reference materials, glossary and are
correlated to the National Standards. (This
product replaced the Earth History Model, #
569.)
567
571
ALTERNATIVE ENERGY CLEVER
CATCH
Students in grades 5-9 are informed about
options for energy needs in their futures. This
Clever Catch Ball reviews those options with
90 true or false, multiple choices and fill in
the blank questions. The 24” inflatable vinyl
(no latex!) ball is easy to catch! Students toss
the ball around the classroom and answer the
question which is under their left thumb. May
be used outside, tool! All Clever Catch Ball
include a question and answer sheet that the
teacher will want to keep.
SR-1460
Alternative Energy Clever Catch
Life on earth – A Fossil History Model
5 Sets of 21 Fossil Reproductions
SUN SCALE KIT
SOLAR SENSOR
An innovative product that measures the
light’s intensity. The constant erosion of the
ozone layer allows more ultraviolet rays to
penetrate the atmosphere. No batteries
required and you will receive immediate
readings. For outdoor use only.
4731
Solar Sensor
RECYCLING CLEVER CATCH
Jr. High students are great recyclers! They’ve
been doing it all their lives. This Clever Catch
Ball with 95 true or false, multiple choice and
fill in the blank questions is great for grades
5 - 9.
SR-1459
Students measure several sun-related
phenomena. Kit includes 1 hardwood halfmeter track, 1 adjustable calibrated
projection screen and an instruction guide.
Measurements can be made of the Sun’s
diameter, the distance of Sun from Earth and
solar eclipses. Math skills are integrated with
science investigation.
3066
3064
Sun Scale Kit
Sun Scale Kit, Set/15
Recycling Clever Catch
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Heat
HEAT KIT
69
1
All kits are assembly of discrete components to perform different activities. Each kit is
especially designed to perform the experiments related to that particular field with each and
every items in a single kit with a proper step by step instruction manual. Whole kit is packed in a
well designed corrugated box. Activities those can be performed with this kit mentioned below..
1. Temperature characteristic.
2. Differentiate between hot and cold objects.
3. To keep an object either hot or cold.
4. Thermal insulator materials.
5. Melting points of different objects.
6. State changing of objects.
1060010
Heat Kit
RING AND BALL, GRAVESANDE'S
Similar to Cat No. 1060020, but both ball and
ring mounted on separate insulated handles.
Available in ball sizes (diameter).
1060040/1 13mm
1060040/2 19mm
1060040/3 25mm
RING & BALL
A simple and economical device for
demonstrating the thermal expansion of
solids. Comprises an annular brass ring
mounted on an insulated handle and a
captive brass ball secured to the ring handle
through a chain and having diameter just
smaller than the ID or the ring. When cold,
the ball easily passes through the ring but
does not pass on heating. When heated to the
same extent, the ball still passes through the
ring showing the “expansion of a hole”
effect.
Similar to Cat. No. 1060040, but ball is
hanging with rod through a chain. Available in
ball sizes (diameter).
1060020/1 Ball diameter 13mm
1060020/2 Ball diameter 19mm
1060020/3 Ball diameter 25mm
1060050/1 13mm
1060050/2 19mm
1060050/3 25mm
2
RING AND BALL
You can search for the products in catalogue either by Catalogue
Number or by the Name of the product.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
RING AND BALL, GRAVESAND'S,
ON STAND
Similar to Cat No. 1060020, but both ball and
ring mounted on retort stand through a
vertically adjustable collar, with ball
suspended above the ring through a chain.
Ball diameter 25mm.
1060060/1 Mounted on stand, with ball
suspended from adjustable rod 1
1060060/2 Mounted on stand, with ball
suspended from U-shaped bent
rod, mounted on cast metal base 2
70
Heat
BEST
SELLER
BAR AND GAUGE
For demonstrating expansion of solids by
heating and contraction by cooling.
Comprising a metal bar mounted on rod with
insulated handle, and U-shaped metal gauge
also mounted on insulated handle, with
GO/NO GO hole. The space between both the
arms precisely adjusted to just admit the bar
length wise, and the bar cross-section will
just pass through the hole, when cold or
when both heated to the same extent. On
heating the bar, neither its length nor crosssection will be admitted in the gauge at
respective points.
1060080/1 Bar and Gauge, with Bar size
110×10mm (length × diameter)
1060080/2 Same as above, with Bar size
90×10mm (length × diameter)
HEAT
A AND TEMPERATURE
A
KIT
Facilitate to understand the theoretical concepts of heat and temperature; students need not to
arrange the different apparatus to perform the experiments. A single kit consists of all the
necessary apparatus related to the experiments of heat and temperature with user instruction
manual. After using this kit there is, no chance that any doubt will remain in the mind of students
related to the heat and temperature.
1060130
Heat and Temperature Kit
BAR AND GAUGE, SUPERIOR
Similar to Cat No. 1060080, but with gauge
without insulated handle.
1060100
Bar and Gauge, Superior
BAR BREAKING APPARATUS
To demonstrating the enormous forces which
can be exerted during thermal expansion or
contraction and are capable of breaking even
the CI bars. Comprising a heavy cast metal
frame with U-shaped slotted end pillar to
carry a stout iron bar. The iron bar is threaded
at one end for a large tensioning knob and has
holes at the other end to accommodate the
cast iron breaking bars. Supplied complete
with ten breaking bars.
THERMAL EXPANSION BAR
Shows the thermal expansion in solids. An Lshaped metal sheet is supported vertically on
a plastic base, which carries a rectangular
slot at the top along with a circular hole. The
size of the slot and the diameter of the
circular hole is just sufficient to permit
accompanying metal rod to pass through it
when cold. Heating the rod causes it to
expand, which will then neither pass through
the hole nor slot. Metal rod provided with
insulated handle.
1060110
Thermal Expansion Bar
1060120/1 Bar Breaking Apparatus
1060120/2 CI Breaking Bars, Spare, pack of
10
EXPANSION APPARATUS
Demonstrates the linear expansion of solids.
Comprising two cast-metal uprights linked by
a pair of parallel plated metal support rods
and supporting an expansion bar at the top.
The expansion bar is fixed to one upright and
rests beneath a friction pointer on the other
upright. The pointer moves along a scale
reading 0 to 90°. Expansion of the bar on
heating causes the pointer to move along the
scale. Supplied complete with expansion
bars, one each of aluminium, brass and iron.
1060140
Expansion Apparatus
We specialize in product development as per customized requirements
and designs meeting international quality standards with shortest
delivery periods.
Stock of all the fast moving items (a range of more than 2000 items) in bulk
quantities help us to reduce the lead time to minimum.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Heat
71
BEST
SELLER
LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS,
MICROMETER TYPE
LINEAR EXPANSION
P
APPARATUS,
APPARA
P ATUS, SIMPLE
Demonstrates the linear expansion of solids and allows comparison of expansion rods of different
materials. Comprises cast metal end supports mounted at each end of a horizontal metal
reservoir, open at the top, that can take any liquid fuel such as alcohol. One of the end supports
has a scale with pointer needle on the outside to indicate the expansion in the rod. Expansion
rods supported in the holes near top of both the end supports and can be clamped at the end
opposite to that of scale pointer. Burning of fuel in the reservoir causes rod at the top to expand,
which in turn pushes the pointer needle showing deflection in the scale. Includes three
expansion rods, 1 each of brass, copper and aluminium.
1060160
Linear Expansion Apparatus, Simple
An improved version of Cat No. 1060180.
Comprises of a plated metal tube having a
riffled nozzles near each end, facing
opposite each other for use as inlet and
outlet of steam, and another outlet at the
center with holed rubber bung for inserting
thermometer to measure the inside
temperature. Mounted horizontally on the
metal base with the help of brackets with one
end having a precision micrometer screw
head reading to 0.01mm and other end
having adjusting screw. The metal rod to be
investigated is supported in the steam jacket
by detachable conical cups situated at each
end of the tube. The metal base painted with
scratch-resistant epoxy coating. Supplied
complete with one each, copper, brass and
aluminium rods but WITHOUT thermometer.
1060220
LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS,
MICROMETER TYPE, ECONOMICAL
Two cast metal legs joined together by a pair
of plated metal rods, with each leg having
provision for horizontally supporting the ends
of plated brass tube about 50cm long. The
tube has a riffled nozzle near each end,
facing opposite each other for use as inlet
and outlet of steam, and another outlet at
the center with holed rubber bung for
inserting thermometer to measure the inside
temperature. The test rod is inserted in the
brass tube supported in rubber bungs at its
each end. At one end is fitted a micrometer
screw head reading to 0.01mm. A 4mm
terminals provided on each leg for
connecting an electric bell or galvanometer
to indicate make/break of contacts. Supplied
complete with 3 metal test rods, one each of
copper, brass and steel.
1060180
Linear Expansion Apparatus,
Micrometer Type, Economical
LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS,
GUNTHER
Comprising two cast metal end pieces joined
together by three nickel plated rods and
carrying two sliding V-supports for a glass
jacket with inlet and outlet tubes. One end
piece fitted with spherometer reading
0.01mm, and other with contact screw. The
glass jacket encloses both a brass and a
copper rod each of about 50cm length, fitted
through corks, a half turn of the jacket
changing rod in contact with the
spherometer. A thermometer can be
attached to either of the rods by rubber
bands. A binding post is fitted to each end
piece for connecting an electric bell or
galvanometer to indicate make/break of
contacts.
1060200/1 Linear Expansion Apparatus,
Gunther
1060200/2 Glass Tube, Spare, for Linear
Expansion Apparatus, Guntherl
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Linear Expansion Apparatus,
Micrometer Type
MECHANICAL EQUIVALENT OF
HEAT TUBE
Place a know mass lea shot into this l m tube
and let it fall the length of the tube several
times. Measure the rise in temperature of the
short to calculate the heat produced. There
should be a relation between the number of
times you turn the tube over and the
temperature of the shot. Heavy cardboard
tube is 4cm in diameter and comes with 2
corks for the ends. Requires Lead Metal Shot
and thermometer, not include.
1060245
Mechanical Equivalent of Heat
Tube
As a manufacturer,
Arihant Industries is
always pleased to
receive comments, suggestions and
criticisms about its range of
products.
72
Heat
BEST
SELLER
2
LINEAR EXPANSION APPARATUS, PRECISION, DIAL TYPE
The accuracy in determination of coefficient of linear expansion of the material of a rod depends
on the precision level of measurement of the expansion produced as a result of rise in its
temperature, which is provided by a dial gauge indicator, graduated 0.01mm per division. Ideal
for higher grade students. The apparatus is similar to Cat No. 1060220, in construction but has a
dial gauge indicator instead of micrometer, which can be easily assembled into the apparatus or
removed for convenient storage. It requires no electrical terminals or accessories for
measurement. The apparatus comes completely assembled and includes four expansion rods,
one each of steel, brass, aluminum, and copper.
1060240
Linear Expansion Apparatus, Precision, Dial Type
COMPOUND METAL STRIP
To show the unequal or differential expansion
of two different metals in a bimetallic strips.
Comprising two strips, each of different
metal but if same size, riveted together end
to end and fitted on an insulated handle. On
heating, the compound strip bends into
curvature with metal having more coefficient
of expansion on concave side and other one
on convex side. Returns back to its original
shape on cooling. The thickness of the two
metal strips selectable carefully so as to
obtain sufficient curving on applying little
heat.
Comprising a length of bimetal strip 150 ×
20mm mounted in a wooden handle. The strip
is only 1.5mm thick so that very little heat is
required to produce considerable bending.
Length overall 270mm approx.
1060260/1 Brass and Invar; 1.5mm thick
with strip size 150×20 (l × w)
1060260/2 Copper and Iron; size about
200×25mm (l × w)
1060260/3 Brass and Steel; size about
200×25mm (l × w)
1060260/4 Brass and Iron; size about
300×30mm (l × w), with new
improved design
1
THERMOSTAT MODEL
Demonstrates how the bending due to
differential expansion of two different metal
strips can be used for operating the
thermostat for temperature control. A
vertically mounted bimetallic strip bends
with the rise in temperature causing it to
open the electrical contact and closing the
same on cooling, thus controlling the
switching ON/OFF of the circuit. Consists of
binding posts for connection to low current
circuits and adjustable contacts. Mounted on
base.
1060300
Thermostat Model
1
CONDUCTIVITY APPARATUS, EDSER
To d e m o n s t r a t e d i f f e r e n t t h e r m a l
conductivities of different metals. The
apparatus also facilitates the studying of
observations at later stage also through the
use of index. Apparatus consists of metal rods
mounted vertically on the outer side at the
base of a cylindrical copper vessel. The
vessel has thick rim at the top for supporting
it by ring fitted to a retort stand. Supplied
complete with indices.
WOOD & METAL CYLINDER
Comprising a cylinder, one half of which is
polished wood and the other half the other
metal. If paper is wrapped tightly around the
cylinder and the rod is held above the flame,
the portion in contact with the wood will be
quickly scorched while the portion in contact
with the metal will remain uncharred,
showing the differences in their respective
thermal conductivities.
1060280/1 Wood & Metal Cylinder, Small
1060280/2 Wood & Metal Cylinder, Big
1060320/1 With 3 metal rods – one each of
brass, copper and aluminium,
and 3 indices 2
1060320/2 With 4 metal rods – one each of
brass, copper, aluminium and
mild steel, and 4 indices
1060320/3 With 5 metal rods – one each of
brass, copper, aluminium, mild
steel and stainless steel, and
with 5 indices
Our R&D team
develops new products
as per the
requirement of market that fully
satisfy our customer's need and
budget requirements.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Heat
73
BEST
SELLER
2
1
CONNECTING STAR
T
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF
METAL APPARATUS
Comprising strips of four metals, one each of
copper, iron, aluminium and brass fixed in
symmetrical fashion, perpendicular to each
other, on a wooden frame, with the strips
meeting at the center. Outer ends of the
strips has small recesses for holding paraffin
wax.
1060340/1 Metal Strips mounted on circular
wooden frame 1
1060340/2 Metal Strips mounted on square
wooden frame 2
A metallic disc is fitted with four metals
copper, brass, aluminium and iron strips to
demonstrate the different thermal
conductivities of different materials. Star
assembly is fitted with a insulated handle to
hold it.
1060365
Connecting Star
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY OF
METALS
Comprising three metal rods of different
types, one each of copper, brass and iron,
fixed on a metal frame and converging at its
centre. For comparing the thermal
conductivities of different materials. The
metal frame can be clamped on a suitable
retort stand for safe and convenient working.
1060380
Thermal, Conductivity of Metals
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY BARS
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
APPARATUS, STAR SHAPED
For demonstration of differences in the
thermal conductivity of five different metal –
brass, copper, aluminium, mild steel and
stainless steel. These 5 metal rods spread
radially outward, equally spaced on each side
of hexagonal brass hub, and have a small
recess at the other end for holding paraffin
wax. The sixth side of brass hub has a metal
rod terminating in an insulating handle. On
heating the central hub, the wax contained in
the cavities of different metals melts at
different times, implying their different
thermal conductivities.
1060360
Thermal Conductivity Apparatus,
Star Shaped
Customer feedback is
very valuable for us
as it helps us to
continuously make improvements
and innovate our products.
Ideal for comparison of thermal conductivity
of different metals quickly and conveniently.
Unique, new conductivity bar set features
convenient liquid crystal indicators mounted
in robust holders. Comprises four identical
metal bars of same shape and size, each of
different metal – copper, aluminium, brass
and steel, held firmly parallel to one another
in a rigid moulded carrier with a hole for
convenient suspension. Conductivity value of
each bar is clearly marked on the back of the
support. The sensitive liquid crystal
temperature indicators working in low
temperature range, are attached to the front
of all the four metal bars. The temperature
indicators are marked at 1cm interval to
facilitate charting the movement of
temperature gradients. The rate of heat flow
is indicated by timing the colour change
across these markers. The demonstration
requires only a beaker or container of hot
water, thus doing away with open flames,
hotplates, or messy “melting wax” method of comparison. Within seconds of placing the ends of
the bars in hot water, a visible “heat pulse” travels to the copper bar; the steel bar takes several
minutes to conduct the heat to its upper end. Timing the “heat pulses” enables estimation of the
relative conductivities and their comparison with the stated theoretical values. Also
demonstrates the conduction of heat from a heated bar to its end, if cooled.
1060390
Thermal Conductivity Bars
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
74
Heat
RADIATION ABSORPTION DISCS
The four aluminum discs with tough anodized surfaces of mirror silver, mirror black, matt silver
and matt black have dramatically different properties. Each disc as a 30-60 degree liquid crystal
thermometer bonded to them, showing clearly how surface color and texture affects the
absorption and reflection of radiant heat. These discs are perfect for rapid are repeatable
results for experiment with infrared absorption.
1060395
Radiation Absorption Discs
EXPANSION OF LIQUIDS
APPARATUS, WITH BACK PANEL
Similar to Cat No. 1060440, but with bulbs
supported on a vertical positioned backpanel in place of the frame through the clips.
This back panel provides the easy reading of
liquid level along the scale, while
simultaneously facilitating easy removal and
mounting of bulbs in the water trough for
their convenient filling, care and cleaning.
The water trough has channel shaped slots on
the inner side for vertically sliding the back
panel into position.
SET OF RODS FOR THERMAL
CONDUCTIVITY
Metal rods of size about 300 × 3mm (length ×
diameter). Available in six different metals
as detailed below. Also indicated alongside
are their respective thermal conductivities in
Wm-1K-1 at 373.2K.
1060420/1 Aluminum (240), Pack of 10
1060420/2 Iron (72), Pack of 10
1060420/3 Copper (395), Pack of 10
1060420/4 Lead (34), Pack of 10
1060420/5 Brass (128), Pack of 10
1060420/6 Zinc (112), Pack of 10
1060420/7 Set of 6 rods, 1 each of
aluminium, iron, copper, lead,
brass and zinc.
HYPSOMETER, REGNAULT'S
For determining the upper fixed point of
thermometers and boiling points at
Barometric pressures other than the
atmospheric pressure. Comprising a double
walled upper cylindrical boiling vessel with a
steam jacketed inner tube, mounted on a
stem boiler. A lid with a tubule is provided at
the top, which holds thermometer under test
through a holed rubber bung mounted in the
tubule. Fitted with a side outlet draining
tube and a glass manometric tube
1060480/1 Hypsometer, all sheet metal
components of copper
1060480/2 Hypsometer, all sheet metal
components of GI sheet, finished
in hammer tone.
As a manufacturer, Arihant Industries is always pleased to
receive comments, suggestions and criticisms about its range of
products. If you have any suggestions for the modification of the
existing products or proposal for a new product, please to contact us.
1060460/1 Expansion of Liquids Apparatus,
with Back Panel
1060460/2 Set of 5 Glass Bulbs, Spare
HOPE'S
'S APPARATUS
APPARA
P ATUS
To demonstrate that the maximum density of
water is at 4ºC. Comprises of cylindrical
vessel of sheet metal mounted on a base and
has an annular trough encircling about
midway along its length, which is used for
placing ice and salt mixture. Fitted with
tubulures to carry thermometers and rubber
stoppers.
1060500/1 Hope's Apparatus, Economy, in
smaller size
1060500/2 Hope's Apparatus, Superior, in
bigger size
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Heat
75
CONDUCTIVITY APPARATUS,
INGEN-HAUSZ'S
For the comparison of conductivity of
different metal rods. The apparatus consists
of six metal rods, one each of copper, iron,
lead, aluminium, steel and zinc of size about
150 × 3mm (length × diameter) fixed
horizontally through holed rubber bungs
inside a sheet metal trough of size about
150×90×100mm. (length × width × height)
having six holes on one side. All metal rods
have their one end deep inside the trough
while other end projecting outside. In use,
the rods are lightly coated with paraffin wax
and water in the trough is heated. The rates
of melting of respective rods can be
compared to know their relative
conductivities.
1060520/1 Conductivity Apparatus, Ingen
Hausz's, with an insulated Plastic
handle on each side for holding
1060520/2 Conductivity Apparatus, Ingen
Hausz's, with an insulated
wooden handle
CONVECTION TUBE
CONDUCTIVITY APPARATUS,
INGEN HAUSZ'S, ON STAND
Comprises a sheet metal trough having seven
holes at the top (six in one row and one at a
side) and mounted on four detachable metal
legs. Six holes facilitate vertical mounting of
six metal rods, one each of copper, iron,
lead, aluminium, steel and zinc through
holed rubber bungs, while the seventh one
provides for filling the trough with water or
mounting of thermometer, if needed. All
metal rods have their one end deep inside the
through while other end projecting outside.
The trough and stand painted with scratchresistant epoxy coating.
1060540
Conductivity Apparatus, Ingen
Hausz's, on Stand
THERMOSCOPE ETHER
For detecting thermal radiation. Two glass
bulbs about 33mm diameter, attached to the
ends of a U-shaped glass tube having one limb
smaller than the other. Glass bulb attached
to the smaller limb painted matt black.
Apparatus partially evacuated.
DRINKING BIRD
A classic toy that is really a heat engine. A
simple, inexpensive device that
demonstrates the cooling effect caused due
to evaporation. Simply duck the bird's head
into a container filled of water to begin the
bobbing motion. Subsequently, the thirsty
bird will continue to drink so long as there is
water in the container.
1060560
1060600/1 Thermoscope Ether, mounted on
wooden stand.
1060600/2 Thermoscope Ether, without
wooden stand
Drinking Bird
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
To show the convection currents in a heated
liquid. Comprises a rectangular borosilicate
glass tube of about 20mm outer diameter
with funnel shaped outlet at its one side for
filling it with water or any other liquid. It may
be mounted vertically on a stand by means of
a suitable retort clamp and gentle heating of
either of its lower corner produces
convection current which can be clearly
observed by inserting small amount of dye or
any other indicator in it.
1060580/1 380 × 300mm
1060580/2 200 × 150mm
76
Heat
CALORIMETER,
DOUBLE WALL,
COPPER
1
5
6
2
METAL BLOCK CALORIMETER
MELTING POINT APPARATUS,
SIMPLE 1
A very simple device for determination of
melting point of amorphous solids.
Comprises an aluminium cylinder with an
obliquely drilled hole at its top for
accommodating thermometers. When a very
thin layer of the substance, whose melting
point is to be determined, is sprinkled on top
of the block and is gently heated, the
temperature at which substance melts can
be directly read from the thermometer.
1060620
Melting Point Apparatus, Simple
ICE MELTING KIT
1060660/1 Aluminium
1060660/2 Mild steel
1060660/3 Copper
1060660/4 Brass
Dia
H
mm
mm
S. Heat
(J/kg/K)
76
44
44
44
84
89
79
85
878
480
381
368
1060760
Calorimeter, Double Wall,
Copper
2
Demonstrates the difference in conductivity
of two different substances. Comprises two
identical looking square blocks but of
different materials, one of thermal
conducting material and other of thermal
insulating material. On placing ice on both of
them, ice melts faster on one of them
showing the difference in their
conductivities.
1060640
5
A simple calorimeter facilitating quick
experimental determination of the specific
heat capacity of different metals. Comprises
cylindrical metal blocks, each of equal mass
adjusted to 1kg ±2%. Each metal block is
drilled with two holes, a large central hole,
about 12.5mm diameter to accept special
immersion heater and a smaller hole about
7.5mm diameter, to accept thermometer or
temperature sensor.
Double vessel
calorimeter with
inner smaller vessel
of size 75×50mm
(height × diameter)
positioned inside
another copper vessel
of size 100×75mm
(height × diameter)
and is surrounded
completely with felt
except on top to
provide adequate
thermal insulation.
The vessels have a
bakelite lid for
thermal insulation at the top and a hole with
slot for thermometer and stirrer
respectively. Outer vessel fitted with
detachable clip type thermometer support at
its side. Supplied complete with stirrer but
without thermometer.
Ice Melting Kit
IMMERSION HEATER
6
A special heater designed for use with metal
block calorimeters. This fully sheathed
miniature heater has a heating element
enclosed in a stainless steel tube with two
flying leads, having heat resistant insulation,
coming out of the sealed tube body for
electrical connections. Operates on 12 volts
and rated 50 watts.
1060680
Immersion Heater
4
CALORIMETER, DOUBLE WALL,
ALUMINIUM
Double vessel calorimeter with inner smaller
vessel of about 300ml capacity positioned
inside bigger aluminium vessel of about
900ml capacity with air insulation between
them to minimize heat loss. The vessels have
a insulated plastic lid for thermal insulation
at the top and two holes – bigger one for
holed rubber stopper to mount thermometer
and smaller one for stirrer. Supplied
complete with stirrer but without
thermometer.
1060770
3
CALORIMETER
CALORIMETER, COPPER
3
Single piece calorimeter, spun into
cylindrical shaped vessel, seamless, with
rolled rims at the top.
BEST
SELLER
1060700/1 50×25mm (h × dia)
1060700/2 75×50mm (h × dia)
1060700/3 100×75mm (h × dia)
CALORIMETER, ALUMINIUM
4
Similar to Cat. No. 1060700.
1060720/1 50×25mm (h × dia)
1060720/2 75×50mm (h × dia)
1060720/3 100×75mm (h × dia)
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Calorimeter, Double Wall,
Aluminium
Heat
77
7
BEST
SELLER
2
5
1
6
CALORIMETER, COPPER, WITH LID
Copper calorimeter similar to Cat No.
1060700, but with bakelite lid at the top
fitted with rubber stopper for thermometer
and metal stirrer.
1060780/1 75×50mm (height × diameter)
1060780/2 100×75mm (height × diameter)
1
CALORIMETER, ALUMINIUM, WITH
LID
Aluminium calorimeter similar to Cat No.
1060720, but with bakelite lid at the top
fitted with rubber stopper for thermometer
and metal stirrer.
1060800/1 75×50mm (height × diameter)
1060800/2 100×75mm (height × diameter)
4
STEAM BOILER
3
CALORIMETER STIRRER
3
Used for stirring the contents of the
calorimeter to ensure uniform mixing for
proper heat exchange. Made of metal wire of
1.5mm diameter; with insulated plastic
handle at upper end and circular loop at
bottom. Available in different metals.
1060840/1 Copper
1060840/2 Aluminium
2
BEST
SELLER
8
Used as a source of steam, wherever needed
in the experiments. Comprises a cylindrical
copper body with a conical top having short
neck for sealing the mouth at the top using
rubber bung, and is fitted with a nozzle for
steam outlet and loop handle. A transparent
plastic tube connected vertically to the
reservoir through small L-shaped tubules
near top and bottom indicates water level to
prevent dry heating of the boiler. Capacity – 2
liters.
1060880/1 Steam Boiler, economical design 4
1060880/2 Steam Boiler, deluxe model,
superior design in thicker gauge
copper sheet – more durable and
sturdy construction 5
1060880/3 S t e a m B o i l e r, G I S h e e t ,
economical design 6
1060880/4 STEAM HEATER: Special design
made from thick copper sheet,
having filling tube, ebonite
collar, steam vent, and vertical
tube terminating in chute
passing through the side of
vessel. A brass tube sliding fits in
the central tube to carry
thermometer. Lower end cut at
an angle to seal the chute. 7
STEAM TRAP, GLASS
Designed for use with steam generator or
boiler to trap condensed steam. Cylindrical
shaped glass tube, with riffled connection
tube of smaller diameter at both ends.
Improved form, overall length about 160mm.
Made from borosilicate glass.
CALORIMETER SET
The set comprises one smaller inner copper
vessel of size 75×50mm (height × diameter)
and one outer copper vessel of size
100×75mm (height × diameter). Inner vessel
has each of its three legs supported on solid
rubber stopper, which thermally insulates its
base from the outer vessel. A copper lid for
the outer vessel has a small tubule at the
center for mounting thermometer through
holed stopper and slit for stirrer. With the
smaller vessel placed inside the bigger one,
the air gap between their respective walls
provides insulation to minimize heat loss.
Supplied complete with stirrer but without
thermometer.
1060820
Calorimeter Set
STEAM GENERAT
ATOR
GENERATOR
Useful for experiments involving heating by
means of steam or where continuous source
of steam is needed. Made of heavy gauge
aluminium sheet to provide sturdiness and
durability for withstanding high boiling
pressures, with riffled nozzle for steam
outlet. Consists of boiler assembly, two
rubber stoppers – one solid and one with a
hole for thermometer, one sample cup with
handle and tripod stand assembly.
1060860
Steam Generator
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
1060900
Steam Trap, Glass
8
You can search our
products in catalogue
either by Catalogue
Number or by the Name of the
products.
If you are unable to find any
product in this catalogue. Please
feel free to contact us.
78
Heat
JOULE AND WATT METER
Electrical energy consumed by a load with power is directly indicated on the front panel meter
with a single selection switch. One can see either energy or power consumed by the applied load.
Even we can use this instrument with data logger. A potential difference of 0-1V will generate on
pulse output sockets. Max. input voltage for the meter is 24V D.C and 17V A.C with 10A max.
current. Load current can be controlled by just rotating the knob fitted on the front panel
indicated with load current.
1060950
Joule and Watt Meter
CALORIMETER, JOULE'S, DOUBLE
WALL, COPPER
CALORIMETER
CALORIMETER,
JOULE'S, IN WOODEN BOX
Calorimeter vessel comprising of a nickelplated copper calorimeter, placed inside a
polished wooden box surrounded with felt to
minimize the heat loss. The vessel is covered
at the top with a bakelite cover which has a
resistance coil mounted at the underside that
terminates in binding posts on the upper side
for electrical connections. The bakelite
cover also has a slit for stirrer and a hole for
suspending thermometer through a rod
clamp arrangement on the wooden box.
Supplied complete with stirrer but without
thermometer.
1060960
1060940/1 75×50mm (h × dia)
1060940/2 100×75mm (h × dia)
METAL RIVETS / PELLETS
For specific heat Capacity experiments.
Supplied in pack of 500g.
1061000/1 Aluminum Rivets
1061000/2 Brass Rivets
1061000/3 Copper Rivets
1061000/4 Iron Rivets
1061000/5 Lead Shots
Provides more accurate results. Comprises a
smaller inner nickel plated copper
calorimeter vessel 75×50mm (height ×
diameter), enclosed in an outer vessel
100×75mm (height × diameter) with felt
lagging in between them for minimizing heat
loss. A close fitting bakelite lid is provided
with a resistance coil mounted at the
underside so as to be positioned sufficiently
inside inner vessel and a pair of 4mm
terminals at the top for electrical
connections. The lid has provision for
thermometer and stirrer. The resistance coil
has recommended working current of 0.5A
with a maximum of 1A to minimize the local
boiling of liquid. Supplied complete with
stirrer but without thermometer.
Calorimeter, Joule's, Double
Wall, Copper
CALORIMETER, JOULE'S, DOUBLE
WALL, ALUMINIUM
Similar to Cat No. 1060960 in construction
and use, but with inner vessel of about 300ml
and outer vessel of about 900ml, both of
aluminium instead of copper, and upper lid of
transparent acrylic cover. Supplied complete
with stirrer but without thermometer.
1060980
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Calorimeter, Joule's, Double
Wall, Aluminium
Heat
79
1
VENTILATION APPARATUS
2
SET OF SPECIFIC HEAT
CYLINDERS, EQUAL IN MASS
Comprising six cylinders of diameter about
16mm, with weight of each cylinder adjusted
to 100g. Includes one cylinder each of
copper, lead, brass, zinc, iron and
aluminium. Cylinders vary in length from 5cm
to 19cm to get the same mass and are drilled
across cross-section near one end for
suspension. Metal cylinders rest in the
cylindrical recesses drilled in a wooden
block. Metal identification stamped on each
cylinder. Can also be used in specific gravity /
density experiments to compare their
relative densities.
1061020
RADIANT HEAT SOURCE, LOW
VOLTAGE
Demonstrates the convection currents in air.
Comprises a sheet metal box with open
sliding glass front and two circular openings
at the top for mounting glass chimneys. On
the inner side, below each chimney, a candle
holder is mounted. Air heated by a candle
placed beneath one of the chimneys with
glass door closed, causes the flow of
convection currents, which can be observed
by bringing a smoldering string near the top
of other unheated chimney. Supplied without
candles.
Provides a low voltage heat radiation source
operating on 12V with a current rating of
about 8A. Heating coil wound on an insulated
former and suspended in a U shaped
aluminium enclosure through pillars and is
connected to 4mm sockets for electrical
connection. The enclosure has lining of heat
resistance material on the outside and an
aperture of about 28mm. The complete
assembly is mounted on a metal rod
150×8mm for supporting the apparatus on a
suitable retort stand.
1061060
1061100
Ventilation Apparatus
Radiant Heat Source, Low
Voltage
3
Set of Specific Heat Cylinders,
Equal in Mass 1
4
SET OF SPECIFIC HEAT
CYLINDERS, EQUAL IN SIZE
Comprising six cylinders of same size but of
different mass and specific heats, one each
of copper, lead, brass, zinc, iron, and
aluminium. Size of each cylinder about 38 ×
9.5mm (height × diameter). Useful for
comparing the specific heats of their
materials. Metal cylinders rest in the
cylindrical recesses drilled in a wooden
block. Metal identification stamped on each
cylinder. Can also be used in specific
gravity/density experiments to compare
their relative densities.
1061040
Set of Specific Heat Cylinders,
Equal in size 2
We specialize in
product development
as per customized
requirements and designs meeting
international quality standards with
shortest delivery periods.
RADIANT HEAT SOURCE
S CUBE
LESLIE'S
Useful for qualitative experiments in thermal
radiation. The results can also be quantified
using a suitable radiation sensor facilitating
investigation of radiation from different
surfaces at a single temperature or radiation
from a single surface at different
temperatures (Stefan-Boltzman's Law).
Comprises a sheet metal cube of sides about
130mm with opening at the top, for pouring
in water and inserting a thermometer
through a holed rubber stopper. One each of
the four vertical faces is finished black,
varnished, roughened and polished.
1061080/1 Leslie's Cube, Economy, made of
tinplate 3
1061080/2 Leslie's Cube, Superior, made of
copper 4
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
This ergonomically designed, rugged, and
safe radiant heat source has been introduced
to offer a more efficient source of radiant
heat. Concentrated by the special filament
to give 90% radiant heat – unlike ceramic type
heat sources. The unit is fully enclosed apart
from the safety grill, double insulated and
with a heavy board base reduces the risk of
accidentally tipping this unit over. An
additional safety feature is that the
unidirectional source ensures that the
radiant heat is only directed at the point at
which it is required.
n
Power: 150W
n
Mains input: 230V nominal, 50 to 60 Hz
n
Source: Infrared glass 100nm lamp
n
Dimensions: L200xW130xH2700mm
n
Weight: 1.7Kg
n
Manufactured within the EEC, CE marked
1061105
Radiant Heat Source
80
Heat
BEST
SELLER
JOULE METER, MOUNTED
A modified single phase, 2 wire watt-hour
meter adapted for low voltage working and
directly calibrated in Joules (J). Mounted on
a wooden bench stand with non-skid base,
which also has 2 pairs of 4mm socket
terminals, clearly marked for supply and
load. The aluminium disc rotates once every
100J consumed, total consumption indicated
on rotating digits display with 1st, 2nd and
3rd readings from the left representing 100,
1000 and 10000J respectively to a total of
99,900J. The inter-digit spacing in the left
most reading is further subdivided in 10
divisions to approximate the reading to 10J.
Designed for use on 12V, 50Hz AC supply with
a maximum current of 8.33A. Meter enclosed
in transparent casing to facilitate the
observation of actual movement of the
meter.
1061120
HOW HEAT FLOWS – INVESTIGATING HEAT & TEMPERATURE KIT
Explore various aspects of heat, temperature and heat transfer to gain understanding of the
related concepts through this series of hands-on activities kit, which includes
n
Exploring means of heat transfer – conduction, convection and radiation
n
Investigating heat and phase changes of matter
n
Understanding the differences between heat and temperature
n
Understanding the concepts of heat flow and conservation of heat energy
n
Determining of specific heat and latent heat of fusion and vaporization of different
substances
n
Studying the concepts and properties of thermometers
n
Studying the concepts of radiometer
n
Exploring the conductivity of heat through different substances
n
Applying the above concepts to identify which are thermal conductors or insulators
The complete kit is supplied with following items
Calorimeter
- 1 No.
Thermal Conductivity App., Star Type - 1 No.
Aluminium Cube, 20mm 1 No.
Thermometer, -10 to 110°C, Red Spirit - 6 Nos.
Ring & Ball, Double Handle Crooke's Radiometer, Single Plastic Ruler, 6” -
1 No.
1 No.
5 Nos.
Joule Meter, Mounted
1061280
How Heat Flows – Investigating Heat & Temperature Kit
Heat Transfer Kit
Used to observe and
measure heat transfer,
students fill one container
with water at room
temperature and the other
with boiling water. A
thermometer is then placed
in each container. Students
observe heat loss and gain.
Includes two insulated
containers with slotted lids,
a U-shaped aluminium
transfer bar and two
thermometers.
3122
3205
3262
3266
PLATINUM RESISTANCE
THERMOMETER
Heat Transfer Kit
Replacement Insulated Containers (no lids)
Add’ I High Temperature Thermometers 15/pk
Add’ I Low Temperature Thermometers 15/pk
Demonstrates the principle of platinum
resistance thermometry and its application in
precise temperature measurements using a
bridge method such as 'Cary-Foster' bridge. It
comprises a length of fine platinum wire wound
non-inductively on a mica frame and soldered
to copper leads. Also provided with a pair of
compensating leads, with all the four wires
terminating in 4mm terminals at the top.
Complete assembly enclosed in a borosilicate
tube sealed at the top. Since the connections
are soft soldered, the resistance thermometer
is suitable for low temperature work up to
150ºC.
1061140
Platinum Resistance Thermometer
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
SIMPLE THERMOCOUPLE, COPPERCONSTANTAN
THERMOPILE
Demonstrates the generation of thermo emf
in accordance to the Seebeck effect.
Comprises a number of Bismuth (Bi) and
Antimony (Sb) couples joined together in
series and mounted in an annular metal ring
with insulation between them. The Bi-Sb
junctions in the metal ring are arranged in
the rectangular fashion forming the sensitive
area that comprises only of hot junctions, the
cold junctions being the thick walled metal
body. Terminals provided for electrical
connection. A sheet metal conical funnel has
a polished inner surface to facilitate the
focusing of radiant heat on to the pile
junctions and is fitted over the sensitive end
of the metal ring to increase the directional
sensitivity and to minimize cooling of the pile
junctions by extraneous air currents. The
complete apparatus mounted on a stable cast
metal base through a plated metal rod.
Configurations available are
Comprises of two wires about 300mm long,
one each of copper and constantan joined
together properly by twisting them and
brazing the joint.
1061180
Simple Thermocouple, Copper
Constantan
THERMOCOUPLE, COPPER-IRON
Copper and iron wires, four each joined
alternately in V-shape by twisting and
brazing together to form a total of seven
junctions, four on the outer side and three on
the inner side. With brass connectors for
electrical connection.
1061200
Thermocouple, Copper-Iron
81
BAR MAGNETS, ALNICO
ALNICO magnets supplied in pairs, with
keepers. Strong lasting power. North pole
clearly marked. In cardboard boxes.
1070040/1
1070040/2
1070040/3
1070040/4
1070040/5
1070040/6
1070040/7
1070040/8
1070040/9
1070040/10
1070040/11
1070040/12
1070040/13
1070040/14
1070040/15
1070040/16
1070040/17
1070040/18
1070040/19
37×13×10 (L × W × H)
50×13×10 (L × W × H)
75×13×10 (L × W × H)
100×13×10 (L × W × H)
150×13×10 (L × W × H)
37×15×10 (L × W × H)
50×15×10 (L × W × H)
75×15×10 (L × W × H)
100×15×10 (L × W × H)
150×15×10 (L × W × H)
50×12×8 (L × W × H)
75×12×8 (L × W × H)
100×12×8 (L × W × H)
150×12×8 (L × W × H)
50×15×5 (L × W × H)
75×15×5 (L × W × H)
100×15×5 (L × W × H)
100×20×10 (L × W × H)
150×25×15 (L × W × H)
Other sizes also available on specific request.
1061160/1 12 pairs of Bismuth and Antimony
Poles
10611602 24 pairs of Bismuth and Antimony
Poles
1061160/3 48 pairs of Bismuth and Antimony
Poles
BAR MAGNETS, CHROME STEEL
Chrome Steel, supplied in pairs, red and blue
painted with keepers. Available in sizes (L ×
W × H) (approximate).
1070020/1 37×12×5mm
1070020/2 50×12×5mm
1070020/3 75×12×5mm
1070020/4 100×12×5mm
1070020/5 150×12×5mm
Optional: Wooden case for above.
Other sizes also available on specific request.
ADJUSTABLE GAP MAGNET
Chrome Steel magnets supplied in pair with
keepers, painted red/blue, dia. about 12mm
1070060/1 50mm
1070060/3 100mm
Adjustable Gap Magnet
1070060/2 75mm
1070060/4 150mm
Other sizes also available on specific request.
CYLINDRICAL MAGNETS, ALNICO
ALNICO, round edges, in pairs, with keepers.
Strong lasting power. Supplied in cardboard
boxes.
1070080/1
1070080/2
1070080/3
1070080/4
1070080/5
1070080/6
1070080/7
Two Neodymium magnets fitted on two
adjustable iron holders on metallic base. One
can easily adjust the field strength in
between the two magnets by just rotating
knobs provided on the extreme ends.
1070010
CYLINDRICAL BAR MAGNETS,
CHROME STEEL
37×10mm
50×10mm
75×10mm
37×12mm
50×12mm
75×12mm
100×12mm
Other sizes also available on specific request.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
82
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
RING MAGNETS, CERAMIC
BOXES FOR BAR MAGNET
Spare boxes for bar magnets, wooden.
Lengths available are
1070100/1 50mm
1070100/3 100mm
1070100/2 75mm
1070100/4 150mm
U-SHAPED MAGNET, CHROME
STEEL
Chrome Steel magnets, good lifting power, Npole marked, with keeper. Supplied in
cardboard boxes.
1070160/1
1070160/2
1070160/3
1070160/4
1070160/5
1070160/6
15×6×75mm
15×6×100mm
15×6×150mm
15×8×75mm
15×8×100mm
15×8×150mm
U-SHAPED MAGNETS, ALNICO
Chrome steel, with keepers, painted red.
Approximate dimensions are
1070120/1 50×12×5mm
1070120/2 75×12×5mm
1070120/3 100×12×5mm
1070120/4 150×12×5mm
Optional: Wooden case for above.
Centre
Gap
1070180/1
70180/1 37×13×10mm 18mm
1070180/2
70180/2 50×13×10mm 18mm
1070180/3
70180/3 75×13×10mm 18mm
Magnetic fields produced by permanent
magnets and electromagnets can be
measured with the help of Hall Effect probe.
In the presence of magnetic fields the device
will generate an output voltage in the range4 to 4volts for field densities -70 to 70mT.
Lifting
Power
350g
500g
500g
Whole
hole assembly is fitted inside a plastic
moulded
battery is used to
oulded case. A 9 Volt
V
operate
erate it. Polarity will get reverse the
direction
ection on reversing the direction of sensor.
r
Other sizes also available on specific request.
1070210
70210
32×16×8mm
36×18×6mm
36×18×8mm
45×22×8mm
45×22×11mm
53×24×10mm
72×32×10mm
HALL EFFECT PROBE
ALNICO, strong lasting power, with keepers.
Supplied in cardboard boxes.
Size
1070200/1
1070200/2
1070200/3
1070200/4
1070200/5
1070200/6
1070200/7
Other sizes also available on specific request.
Other sizes also available on specific request.
HORSESHOE MAGNETS, CHROME
STEEL
Annular shaped, strong magnets of ceramic,
polarized along cylindrical axis, i.e., north /
south poles along the flat surfaces.
Hall Effect Probe
HORSESHOE MAGNETS, ALNICO
ALNICO, with keepers, painted red. Strong
lasting power. Supplied in cardboard boxes.
Approximate dimensions are
1070140/1 50×12×15mm
1070140/2 75×12×15mm
1070140/3 100×12×15mm
Other sizes also available on specific request.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
83
BEST
SELLER
FLOATING RING MAGNETS
Demonstrates the repulsion between like
poles of magnets. Comprises annular ceramic
ring magnets of size 38×5mm (outer diameter
× height), painted in different colours and
supported on a vertical non-magnetic rod
mounted on base. The magnets are axially
polarized, i.e., north/south poles along the
flat surfaces of the magnet. The repulsion
between the magnets simulates floating
effect.
1070220/1 Floating Ring Magnets, with 3
Magnets
1070220/2 Floating Ring Magnets, with 5
Magnets
MAGNETIC KIT (JUNIOR)
A kit of magnets and accessories in a compartmental storage tray is consists of:
(1)
Chrome steel horse shoe magnet with appox. 100 mm length
(2)
Alnico bar magnet (75x15)mm (length x width) with 9 mm thickness
(3)
Alnico bar magnet (37x14)mm (length x width) with 9 mm thickness
(4)
Alnico Cylindrical magnet (100x10)mm (length x dia.)
(5)
Ceramic bar magnet (70x15)mm (length x width) with 10 mm thickness
(6)
Ceramic ring magnet (25x5)mm (dia. x thickness)
(7)
Disc magnets (18x3)mm ( dia. x thickness)
(8)
Alnico horse shoe magnet (27x8)mm (length x thickness)
(9)
Alnico button magnet with 18 mm diameter.
(10)
Alnico button magnet with 12 mm diameter.
(11)
Plotting compass with 20mm dia.
(12)
Plotting compass with 16mm dia.
(13)
Flexible magnetic rubber sheets of different colours
(14)
Metal discs of different materials
1070250
1
2
2
1
2
2
5
1
1
1
2
2
4
8
Magnetic Kit (Junior)
MAGNETIC REPULSION
It is used to investigate the repulsion force
between two high strength neodymium
magnets. A graduated scale is used to
measure the separation distance between
the two magnets on applying weight on the
top of the instrument.
1070225
METAL STRIPS
Magnetic repulsion
Metal strips of size about 200×12mm (Length
× width), of different metals, each supplied
in pack of 10.
MAGNETIC ATTRACTION
It is used to investigate the attraction force
with a separation distance for a pair of high
strength neodymium magnets. The
separation distance is measure by a
calibrated dial fixed on the top of the
instrument.
1070230
1070320/1 Copper
1070320/2 Brass
1070320/3 Aluminum
1070320/4 Mild Steel
1070320/5 Stainless Steel
1070320/6 Tin
Magnetic attraction
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
84
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
MAGNETS AND SPRINGS KIT
Activities those can be performed with this kit.
1. Magnets investigation.
3. Strength of magnets.
5. Magnetic field of different shaped magnets.
1070255
2. Magnetic property of different materials.
4. Magnetic effect on different material.
Magnets and Springs Kit
SET OF METAL PIECES
METAL PIECES, SEPARATE
A set of twelve metal pieces for magnetism
work. Each stamped with an identification.
Metal pieces individually available for
magnetism work. Each piece stamped with
identification.
1070280 Set of Metal Pieces
1070280/1 Set of metal pieces in vacuum
forming box
SET OF METAL DISCS
For demonstrating the ferromagnetic,
dimagnetic and paramagnetic behaviour of
various metals. Also useful for general 'metal
identification' exercises. Comprises circular
discs, each of 25mm diameter, of 8 metals mild steel, stainless steel, brass, zinc, nickel
silver, bronze, aluminum and copper.
1070260/1 1 each of 8 metals, with
identification marked on each
disc
1070260/2 1 each of 8 metals, without
identification mark on the disc
1070260/3 2 each of 8 metals, with
identification marked on each
disc
1070300/1
1070300/2
1070300/3
1070300/4
1070300/5
1070300/6
1070300/7
1070300/8
1070300/9
1070300/10
1070300/11
1070300/12
1070300/13
IRON FILLING
Copper
Brass
Bronze
Mild Steel
Soft Aluminum
Hard Aluminum
Zinc
Zinc Plated
Non-Magnetic (SS)
Magnetic (SS)
Nickel Silver
Galvanized Steel
Set of 12 metal pieces in
vacuum forming box
In 500g bottle packing. Useful for the study of
magnetic fields.
1070340/1 Coarse
1070340/2 Fine
We keep the stock of
all the fast moving
items (a range of
more than 2000 items) in bulk to
reduce the lead time to minimum.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
85
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATION
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD EXPERIMENT
Visibly demonstrates the magnetic field patterns associated with the different shapes of current
carrying conductors. Comprises three conductors, each of different shape / configuration –
straight rectangular, circular loop and solenoid – all mounted on a clear, transparent acrylic base.
Each configuration has conductor wire consisting of 6 turns of 0.6mm diameter copper wire and
is provided with a pair of 4mm sockets to connect them to a low voltage DC power source, with
output current not exceeding 5A (maximum equivalent current through conductor being 30A).
Using the included iron filings and 8 magnetic compasses (13mm diameter) lets you investigate
the associated field and flux patterns. The transparent base allows the results to be shown on
screen for entire class using overhead projector.
1070350
Electromagnetic Field Experiment
BEST
SELLER
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATOR
A set of two transparent plates of size
(155x76x6)mm has a matrix of small (14x7)
circular chambers, each chamber containing
a piece of iron rod and functioning
effectively as a plotting compass. We can
arrange the plates in various ways e.g. as
single large two-dimensional surface and as
the faces of cube, so in this way it may be
used to show the configuration of a magnetic
field in one or two dimensions with the
attraction and repulsion properties of
magnets. The transparent nature of plates
also makes them suitable for use on an
overhead projector. A set of bar magnet is
also provided with the kit.
1070370
MAGNETIC FIELD AROUND A
STRAIGHT CURRENT CARRYING
CONDUCTOR
Thick copper wire in the form of square loop
for investigation of magnetic fields by the
way of iron filling or plotting compass is
mounted on a plastic moulded case. The ends
of wire are internally connected with 4mm
sockets. Maximum current rating is 10A DC.
1070375
Magnetic Field around a Straight
Current Carrying Conductor
Magnetic Field Demonstrator
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
For the study and demonstration of magnetic
fields associated with different shapes of
current carrying coils/conductors. Mounted
on clear, transparent acrylic permits its use
on OHP for classroom demonstration. Each
accompanied with a pair of 4mm socket
terminals for electrical supply. The magnetic
effects in each can be visualized through the
use of iron filings or plotting compasses.
Comprises of following coils / conductors.
1070360/1 Long Solenoid: A solenoid coil
about 52×125mm (diameter ×
length) of 16 SWG enameled
copper wire. Each turn is
sufficiently apart and well
insulated from the adjacent
ones.
1070360/2 Vertical Wire: Copper wire 16
SWG, mounted in U shape,
vertically on the base. Maximum
current is 8A.
1070360/3 Vertical Coils: A set of 1 turn and
5 turn coils mounted side-by side
on the base, each with separate
pair of socket terminals for
electrical connections.
Maximum current for 1 turn coil
is 8A and for 5 turn coil is 5A. By
making the current flow through
both of them, the cumulative
effect of magnetic field of each
can also be investigated.
1070360/4 Single, Circular Coil: Single turn
circular coil of copper wire of 16
SWG mounted vertically on base.
Coil diameter about 55mm.
Maximum current is 8A.
1070360/5 Set of 4 Coils: Comprising one
each of the above.
REMEMBER!
We supply a
comprehensive range
of educational and school lab
apparatus, covering more than
5000 items. If you are unable to
find the product you are looking
for in this catalog, please contact
us with your query and we will be
happy to assist you.
86
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
MAGNETIC FIELD CHAMBER
Demonstrates three dimensional nature of
magnetic field associated with bar magnets.
Comprises a hollow chamber of clear acrylic
with a tunnel at its center to hold cylindrical
bar magnets. The chamber has high quality
iron filings, which aligns itself as per the
magnetic field geometry of a magnet. Also
allows magnets of other shapes to be
investigated by simple positioning their poles
adjacent to any side of the chamber.
1070380/1 Economical Model, with unfilled
chamber
1070380/2 Deluxe Model, having chamber
filled with oil to obtain better
symmetry of filing distribution
MAGNETIC FLUX DENSITY METER
It is designed to measure the magnetic field strength directly up to 2000mT (millitesla) with a
range selector switch 20, 200, 2000mT. On connecting the Hall Effect probe to the connector
fitted on the front panel with a socket head, it can be used to measure the magnetic fields across
a magnet and magnetic coil. Whole assembly is housed inside an aluminium extrusion channel
fitted with high grade sturdy covers with ventilation facility to keep it cool even to operate it for
a long time.
SPECIFICATION
(1) Selector switch for (1) 0-19.99 mT (2) 0-199.9 mT (3) 0-1999 mT
(2) LCD display (Digit height 12mm) approx.
(3) Set zero facility.
(4) Operating Voltage 110V/220V±10%, 50/60Hz AC Mains selectable via slider switch
1070405
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATION
PLATE
Comprises a rectangular chamber made of
clear acrylic plates and filled with oil and has
high quality, iron filings freely suspended
inside. Bringing a magnet in its vicinity makes
the filings to align along the magnetic field.
1070400
Magnetic Field Demonstration
Plate
Magnetic Flux Density Meter
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATOR,
3-DIMENSIONAL
A versatile and impressive tool for displaying
magnetic field patterns due to a magnet on
the projection screen using an overhead
projector. Comprises a series of large number
of iron needles mounted on a transparent
acrylic plate, with a number of plates
arranged radially in vertical fashion. One of
the plates is removable to mount a magnet at
the center, making the needles behave like a
magnetic compass. The magnetic field
pattern is readily visible on all the vertical
plates.
1070410/1 For Cylindrical bar magnet –
comprising 6 vertical plates
arranged radially in a circle
1070410/2 For U magnet – comprising 8
vertical plates arranged radially
in elliptical fashion
STANDS FOR MAGNETIC NEEDLES
1070460/1 Non-magnetic pillar with carbon
steels pivoting point, on stable
circular base of bakelite, overall
height about 110mm
1070460/2 Non-magnetic pillar with carbon
steels pivoting point, on stable
rectangular base of bakelite,
overall height about 110mm
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
87
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
6
5
PLOTTING COMPASS, BIG
5
Magnetic with metal dial body marked,
aluminium body, jeweled needle upper plate
of glass.
1070520/1 30mm
1070520/2 45mm
MAGNETIC COMPASS, WITH LOCK
MAGNETIC FIELD DEMONSTRATOR
To demonstrate the magnetic lines of forces, 46 magnetic compasses are fitted on a
(302x302)mm approx. square plastic moulded base. Permanently fitted magnetic compasses
provides a advantage to handle and store it easily.
1070415
Magnetic Field Demonstrator
1070540/1 30mm
1070540/2 45mm
1
3
2
4
MAGNETIC NEEDLES, BRASS CUP
BEARING 1
Made of Carbon steel with brass cup bearing
for pivoting.
1070420/1 50mm
1070420/3 100mm
1070420/2 75mm
MAGNETIC NEEDLES, JEWELED
BEARING 2
Made of Carbon steel with jeweled bearing
for pivoting.
1070440/1 50mm
1070440/3 100mm
1070440/2 75mm
PLOTTING COMPASS
PLOTTING COMPASS
3
With dial marked with principal points of the
compass, top glass face, only in plastic /
aluminium case.
1070480/1
1070480/3
1070480/5
1070480/7
12mm
20mm
38mm
75mm
1070480/2 16mm
1070480/4 25mm
1070480/6 50mm
PLOTTING COMPASS, SMALL
4
With both the faces of clear glass having two
orthogonal cross-lines, in aluminium frame.
About 20mm diameter.
1070500
Plotting Compass, Small
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
6
Magnetic needle with metal dial having
compass points marked, aluminium body,
jewelled needle. Supplied with locking
arrangement to prevent damage while
transportation. With good quality, well
finished cover.
Made of stainless steel with locking facility.
1070525
Plotting Compass
100%
SATISFACTION
GUARANTEED!
All our products carry unconditional
guarantee for a period of 12
months. If for any reason, our
product is not upto your
satisfaction, we will send you a
replacement as per your needs OR
a refund / credit for the same.
88
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
MAGNETIC COMPASS, LARGE
MARINER'S COMPASS
With aluminium bowl positioned in gimbals
and floating dial on aluminium stand. All
compass points marked.
1070580
A large 14cm magnetic needle mounted on a
hardened steel pivot and encased in a cast
metal body with clear glass top. A printed
scale fixed beneath the magnetic needle is
graduated 0-360º×1º, and with all compass
points marked.
1070600
Magnetic Compass, Large
Mariner's Compass
COMPASS BOX FOR
MAGNETOMETER
Comprising a circular bakelite box with
aluminium dial of about 100mm diameter,
having circular scale graduated 90º-0-90º-090º, divided in four quadrants. Magnetic
needle is mounted on hardened steel pivot
for smooth movement. With anti-parallax
mirror slot.
1070620
Compass Box for Magnetometer
DEFLECTION MAGNETOMETER
T
For studying earth's magnetic field. Comprises a
compass box as in Cat No. 1070620/2, mounted at the
center of a long base board with a 0-50cm scale on either side of
compass box.
DEMONSTRATION MAGNETIC
COMPASS
1070640/1 Deflection Magnetometer, on Wooden Base
1070640/2 Deflection Magnetometer, on aluminium Channel Base
A big sized magnetic compass comprising a
dial of about 150mm diameter and a simple
magnetic needle about 100mm in size
rotating freely on carbon steel pivoting point
and supported on non-magnetic pillar. All the
principal cardinal points of a compass clearly
marked on the base. Big size provides a clear
view to group of students and the details
printed makes it extremely easy to
demonstrate the cardinal points of a compass
and determine all their directions.
1070590
Demonstration
Compass
Magnetic
Most of our electrical
products operate on
AC Mains voltage are
as per stringent CE norms.
DIP NEEDLE, SIMPLE
Comprising a quadrant-shaped scale graduated 0-90º with cobalt
steel magnetic needle about 10cm long, supported on a circular
base marked every 45° about which it can fully rotate. All parts
except needle of non-magnetic material.
1070660
Dip Needle, Simple
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
89
COMPASS INCLINOMETER
ELECTROMAGNET INVESTIGATION
To demonstrate the earth's magnetic field
and to illustrate the thumb rule, an
alluminium ring with a double side pointed
needle pivoted in between alluminium frame
and fitted on an alluminium pillar with the
free moment provision for height adjustment
of the magnetic needle. Circular ring
graduated from 0-360° in between clockwise
and anticlockwise direction. The whole
assembly is fitted on a plastic moulded case
(142x80x40) mm approx.
The strength of an electromagnet depends
upon the No. of the turns used and the
intensity of the current passing through the
coil. To illustrate this phenomenon this type
of electromagnet has been designed. Whole
assembly is arranged inside a transparent
acrylic housing to make it easy to visualize
the internal structure of the instrument. A
brass wire hanger is used to lift the small
weights paper clips etc. There are No. of
sockets fitted on the top panel of the
instrument with different turns from 100 to
600 turns maximum. Maximum current rating
for the instrument is 1A DC
1070670
Compass Inclinometer
DIP CIRCLE
For determination of vertical component of
earth's magnetic field at a particular
location. Comprises an accurately balanced
needle on a non magnetic metal strip
attached to the circular scale divided in four
quadrants, graduated 90º-0-90º-0-90º for
reading the inclination of needle, both of
which are mounted on a non-magnetic cradle
and can be rotated about horizontal axis. The
complete assembly is mounted on a sturdy
cast metal base through a non-magnetic
pillar which is rotatable about vertical axis.
The vertical rotation can be read directly
from a circular scale fitted on base,
graduated 0-360º. Fitted with leveling screw
and spirit level.
1070690
Dip Circle
DIP CIRCLE
For determination of angle of dip at a
location on earth's surface. An accurately
balanced magnetic needle having strong
magnetic field is fitted along horizontal axis
with hardened steel pivot marking in jewels
cup bearings, and is free to rotate in vertical
plane along a circular scale divided in four
quadrants, graduated 90º-0-90º-0-90º for
reading the inclination of needle. The needle
can be easily removed for reversal. Needle
and scale housed in a non-magnetic metal
casing with a glass window, both of which
capable of rotating about vertical axis on a
cast metal base. The vertical rotation can be
read directly from a circular scale fitted on
base, graduated 0-360º. Fitted with leveling
screw and spirit level.
1070680
SIMPLE GALVANOSCOPE
Comprising plastic former with terminals and
circle marked 0º-180º-0º, divided and figured
every 45°, with magnet pivot, wound with 30
turns enameled copper wire and complete
with 75mm magnetic needle with brass
bearing, operates on 4-6 volts.
1070700
Simple Galvanoscope
Dip Circle
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
1070695
Electromagnet Investigation
FARA
F
FARADAY'S LAW
Clip type acrylic
attach
attachment holding 1500-300 turns coil with 4mm
socke
sockets for connection to
CRO w
with a provision to
freely slide on a
transp
transparent
acrylic tube.
d
On drooping
down a
c
cylindrical
magnet
through the tube, a
pulse of electricity
is generated across
the coil and can be
vvisualized on an
oscilloscope.
1070710
Faraday's Law
90
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
ELECTROMAGNET
ELECTROMAGNET ON BASE
An electromagnet fitted on a plastic moulded
base (140 x 80 x 40) mm approx. with a
maximum operating voltage 12V DC.
1070715
Electromagnet on Base
2
1
Used to demonstrate that how electric
energy is converted into a very strong
magnetic field. The precision machined
contact surface makes this electromagnet so
strong that it generates tremendous lifting
power. The electromagnet is consists of core
and yoke with vertically fitted four 'D' type
cell holders around the electromagnet. The
core has a cylindrical coil wound with
enameled copper wire on annular insulated
bobbin. It can also be operated with 6V/2
Amp DC power supply.
1070730
Electromagnet
DEMONSTRATION RELAY
A working model of relay operated on 2V DC
act as a switch for a lamp operated on 12
volts AC/DC. The whole assembly is fitted on
a vertical tapered well black painted
metallic panel, easy to demonstrate a group
of students. The block diagram is printed on
the panel with proper specification of coil
and lamp.
4
3
1070750
Demonstration Relay
ELECTROMAGNET, U-SHAPED
Comprising iron U-shaped core of circular
section with armature and carrying hook.
Armatures on both the arms wound with
enameled copper wire and are joined in
series. Provided with a terminals for
connections. For use on 4-6 volts DC.
1070720/1 Economical Model – with mild
steel U-core 1
1070720/2 Deluxe Model – with thicker soft
iron U-core 2
1070720/3 Very powerful, advanced model,
with bigger coil and thick soft
iron core 3
1070720/4 Deluxe model with 4 mm sockets
and a hook on electromagnet. 4
As a manufacturer,
Arihant Industries is
always pleased to
receive comments, suggestions
and criticisms about its range
of products.
ELECTROMAGNET
BIL COIL
A metallic rod fitted with rectangular printed
circuit board coil of 5 or 10 turns to hang it in
between the poles of permanent magnets
placed on the top pan of a digital balance.
When the current is passed through the coil
via. 4mm sockets a force is exerted on the
magnet due to the magnetic effect of the
current. Quantitative measurement can be
taken to investigate the formula F=BIL.
Maximum current rating for the coil is 3A DC.
Demonstrates how electric current can be
used to generate very strong magnetic fields.
This two-part, dissectible electromagnet
comprises a core and a yoke, with their
mating surfaces precisely machined to very
close tolerances. The core has a cylindrical
coil wound with enameled copper wire on
annular insulated bobbin, with both ends of
winding terminating in crocodile clips. Back
of the core has a cell holder that can be
connected to coil using crocodile clips. Both
core and yoke provided with steel eye-bolts.
Generates tremendous lifting power.
1070740
1070755
Bil Coil
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electromagnet
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
91
FORCE ON A
CONDUCTOR BALANCE
MAGNETIZING AND DEMAGNETIZING COIL
Low voltage, suitable for magnetizing and demagnetizing ordinary magnets, iron bars, strips etc.
Comprises a solenoid wound with insulated copper wire and mounted on a base, complete with
switch and 4mm terminals.
Solenoid – 250mm long × 35mm internal diameter
Operating Voltage – 12V AC or DC at 6A
Magnetizing by AC or DC
Demagnetizing by AC only
1070760
Magnetizing And Demagnetizing Coil
MAGNETIZING AND
DEMAGNETIZING COIL
A 270-turn coil of insulated copper wire is
wound on a square-ended plastic spool.
Binding posts are conveniently mounted on
each square end of the plastic spool with
shrouded sockets. The operating voltage 612V AC/DC, 5A max.
1070770
Magnetizing and Demagnetizing
Coil
SQUARE SECTION SOLENOID
For the investigation of inductance and its
dependence upon total turns, turns per unit
length, current flowing and the crosssectional area of the solenoid. The solenoids
have 380 turns coil of super enameled copper
wire wound on a square PVC hollow block.
Ends of coils connected with 4mm sockets on
the end sides of solenoid. Dimension of large
coil (325x72x85)mm and small coil
(325x45x60)mm (lxwxh) appox.
1070790
1070780
Force on a Conductor Balance
Square Section Solenoid
OERSTED'S LAW APPARATUS
To show the effect of electric current on a
magnet. Comprises a cobalt steel magnetic
needle, about 75mm long, with agate bearing
supported on pivot mounted on insulated
pillar on base and surrounded by a
rectangular frame of non-magnetic metal
strip. Frame fitted with terminals for
electrical connections. Passing the current
through non-magnetic frame causes
magnetic needle to deflect as per Oersted's
law.
1070800
For demonstrating the dependence of force
experienced by a current carrying conductor,
when placed in magnetic field, on magnetic
field strength and magnitude of current
flowing through the conductor. Comprises a
metal wire arms formed into rectangular Lloop with its both ends supported in an
insulated balance beam. The beam in turn is
supported on top of a pair of metal pillars
through conical bearings functioning as
fulcrum. Balance beam has two screwed
masses – one horizontal for adjusting
equilibrium position of suspension arms,
other vertical for adjusting sensitivity. One
arm has a rider sliding along a scale
graduated 0 to 75 × 1mm for adjusting
equilibrium with the current flowing. The Lshaped bend at the end of arms oscillates
vertically in magnetic field provided by
permanent magnets that can slide to adjust
the length of arm in magnetic field. Each
pillar provided with a hole for
accommodating 4mm plugs for electrical
connections. Complete assembly mounted on
a base.
CURRENT BALANCE KIT
On placing a current carrying conductor in a
magnetic field, it will experience a small
force, current balance kit is used to measure
this small force. Kit consists of(1) A wooden base with a coil with terminals
and aluminium channel
(2) 2 alcomax magnets
(3) 10 drinking straws
(4) 1 tongue depressor
(5) Pack of 20needles
(6) 1 wooden block
(7) 5 rubber bands
(8) 1 reel of copper wire
Oersted's Law Apparatus
1070785
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Current Balance Kit
92
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
FARADAY'S ELECTROMAGNETIC
INDUCTION DEMONSTRATOR
TANGENT GALVANOMETER
LAPLACE'S APPARATUS MERCURY
FREE
It is used to demonstrate the action of a
magnetic field on a current carrying
conductor. A plastic moulded case
(240x130x40) mm approx. consists of a stable
platform supporting a metal rod. A
permanent magnet is fixed on a vertically
moveable platform across metal rod. Approx.
7A DC current is required to induce
displacement of a movable conductor.
1070795
Laplace's Apparatus Mercury
Free
INDUCED CURRENT APPARATUS
Consisting of primary coil of thicker
enameled copper wire wound on insulated
former with terminals,
which slides inside
secondaryy coil of thinner
gauge copper wire
mounted on a base with
minals. A soft iron
4mm terminals.
nside the primary.
y
core fits inside
1070880
I n d u c e d
C u r r e n t
Apparatus
Comprises a circular coil wound on nonmagnetic bobbin of bakelite about 160mm in
diameter mounted vertically on a nonmagnetic, cast metal base, with the coil
width very small as compared to its diameter.
A compass box (magnetometer) is located at
the center of the coil to make its needle
experience uniform magnetic field due to
current in the coil. The coil consists of three
windings of enameled copper wire of
different thicknesses – one each of 2, 50 and
500 turns. A circular platform on base carries
a set of four socket terminal for connection
to the coils and are marked for each coil.
1070820
For demonstrating the important
experiments performed by Faraday and how
they lead to some of the significant
conclusions in electromagnetism. Designed
to perform studies even beyond the basic
experiments, it comprises three solenoids of
20, 40 and 80 turns, each of identical crosssection, mounted on a transparent base
along with a milliammeter. Repeatedly
inserting a magnet into the coil and removing
it causes electric current to flow through the
coil, which can be read directly from the
milliammeter. Using this apparatus, students
can study correlations between induced
current to that of magnetic field strength,
number of turns of coil, magnetic field
polarity and speed. Requires 1.5V dry cell
battery (not included), available separately.
1070830
Tangent Galvanometer
Faraday's Electromagnetic
Induction Demonstrator
LENZ LAW
A copper and transparent acrylic
tube with a wire wound coil is used to
demonstrate the Lenz Law. One
neodymium magnet and a steel rod is
also provided with the instrument.
On passing out magnet and steel rod
from the copper tube steel rod fall
freely but magnet take same time to
pass out from tube
1070850
Lenz Law
GENT
TANGENT
GALVANOMETER, SIMPLE
Comprises a coil, with tappings at 5 and 10
turns, wound from enameled copper wire on
insulated plastic ring and supported
vertically in a plastic stand. The stand has a
set of three terminals at one side for
electrical connection and a rectangular
horizontal platform on top for supporting a
magnetic compass.
1070840
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Tangent Galvanometer, Simple
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
93
DISSECTIBLE TRANSFORMER
It is a simplest way to demonstrate the
electromagnetic induction and the working
of a transformer as step up and step down. It
comprises of two coils wound on plastic
spools one of big size with thinner gauge,
where as small size coil with thicker gauge,
fine enameled copper wire and fitted with
4mm terminals. A soft iron cylindrical core is
also provided with the coils.
TANGENT GALVANOMETER
1070885
Simplest way to measure the current passing through a coil with the help of compass and earth's
magnetic field. No. of turns of coil can be selected on rotating the rotary switch fitted on the
plastic moulded base. A D type battery is used to flow the current through the coil.
1070845
Tangent Galvanometer
PRIMARY
AND
SECONDARY
COILS
TANGENT GALVANOMETER ECONOMICAL
Simple and economical tangent
galvanometer is specially designed to
demonstrate that a current carrying coil
produces a magnetic field perpendicular to
the direction of the current. On placing a
magnetic compass on transparent platform
students can visualize that on changing the
electric field the magnetic field will
change.
1070845/1 Ta n g e n t G a l v a n o m e t e r
Economical
-
For exploring
the concept of
electromagneti
c induction.
Comprises two
coils – primary
coil wound
from thicker
g a u g e
enameled
copper wire
with lesser
number of
turns; and
secondary coil
wound from thinner gauge, fine enameled
copper wire with more number of turns. Both
coils wound on a insulated plastic former and
fitted with 4mm sockets. Primary slides into
secondary for electromagnetic coupling.
Includes soft iron cylindrical core that slides
into primary.
1070860
Primary and Secondary Coils
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Dissectible Transformer
MEASURE THE FORCE OF LAPLACE
Ideal for all work on Fleming's Left Hand Rule
and associated investigation. Copper
enameled wire sandwiched between two L
shape plastic strips to form a coil that can
easily stand on a digital balance to show the
force on a current carrying conductor in a
magnetic field with a current in the coil, the
balance resistors the force by an apparent
weight gain or loss. The end points of the coil
are internally connected with colour coded
flexible leads. No. of turns 100 with 2A DC
maximum current rating.
1070890
Measure
the Force
of Laplace
94
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
BARLOW'S WHEEL MERCURY FREE
Comprises a copper disc about 160mm approx.
diameter capable of rotating across their
horizontal axis pivoted on a pair of side
supports with a pair of adjustable
bearing at its each side. Two parallel
platforms to place the horse shoe
magnet to demonstrate the
application of Laplace's Law are
provided on the base. A metallic
brush fitted on a conducting
strip at a tangent to
the disc to
m a k e
contact
with it. Two
colour coded
sockets also
fitted on the
base to give an
operating voltage.
Maximum 12V/10A
operating voltage is required
to rotate the Barlow's Wheel
and there is no requirement of
mercury in this Barlow's Wheel.
1070915
LINEAR FIELDS KIT
To verify a No. of experiments
ts related with
w
electromagnetic induction, Lenz's law,
Faraday Law, working of a transformer and
Eddy current. All components required to
perform the above experiment are arranged
in well designed plastic tray with proper
space for each components. Kit consists of:
(1) Steel Yoke for ferrite magnets
1
(2) Ferrite slab magnet
4
(3) Eddy current cradle
1
(4) Alluminium plate (70x30x2) mm
1
(5) Alluminium comb plate (70x30x2) mm 1
(6) 8 turn eddy current coil
1
(7) 8 turn open eddy current coil
1
(8) Copper eddy current tube
1
(9) Steel eddy current bar 25x12 mm dia. 1
(10) Neodynium button magnets
2
(11) 30 SWG enamel copper wire
1
250g reel
(12) 1100 turn transformer coil
1
(13) 240 turn transformer coil
1
(14) C core pair and clip
1
(15) Steel block 25x50x5 mm
1
(16) Wooden block (50x25x10)mm nominal 1
(17) Mild steel bar 100x12mm dia.
1
(18) Alluminium bar 100x12 mm dia.
1
(19) Silver steel bar 100x6 mm dia.
1
(20) Silver steel bar 100x12mm dia.
1
(21) Storage tray with lid
1
Barlow's Wheel Mercury Free
1070925
Linear Fields Kit
APPARATUS TO SHOW FORCE ON A
CONDUCTOR IN MAGNETIC FIELD
LAPLACE'S RAIL
It demonstrates the action of a magnetic
field on a free moving current carrying
conductor placed on two current carrying
elements. A transparent acrylic sheet right
angled at their ends fitted with two brass
rods 120mm length parallel to each other.
The extreme ends of brass rods connected
with 4mm sockets to accelerate one 80mm
copper rod under electric and magnetic field
through high current power supply and a U
shape permanent magnet respectively.
Optional required accessories
(1) High current DC (12V / 10A) Power supply
(2) A U shape magnet
1070910 Laplace's Rail
1070910/1 U shape magnet for Laplace's Rail
Demonstrates the force experienced by a
current carrying conductor when placed in
magnetic field. Comprises a pair of brass rails
mounted parallel to each other on a metal
base, each rail having 4mm socket terminal
at their one end for electrical connection. A
strong U-shaped magnet fixed on the base
such that its one pole is vertically above the
rails and other below it and is positioned
between the two rails. A brass axle with
plastic discs at its both ends is free to roll
along the rails and completes the electrical
connection between them. When the current
is made to flow through the rails with the axle
placed on the rails between the poles of the
magnet, the axle is repelled and rolls along
the rails away from the center of the
magnetic field.
RUBBING CLOTHS FOR
ELECTROSTATICS
Cloths of different materials, used for
rubbing the suitable friction rod for
electrostatically charging them. All cloths
available in square pieces of size about
30×30cm.
1080160
1080180
1080200
1080210
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Woolen Cloth
Rubber Silk
Silk Cloth
Raised Flannel Cloth
Magnetism & Electromagnetism
95
BEST
SELLER
BARLOW'S WHEEL
For demonstrating the conversion of electric
energy into mechanical energy. Comprises a
toothed copper disc about 9cm diameter,
capable of rotating vertically on pair of
adjustable bearings at its each side. The disc
dips into mercury trough positioned between
the two arms of a small horseshoe magnet.
Disc holding clamp is adjustable vertically on
metal support rod, which is connected to a
terminal for electrical connections. Other
terminal provided for connecting to the
mercury trough. With the height of disc
properly adjusted, the pointed teeth of disc
dips just enough to make electrical contact
with the mercury and experiences a force
when current flows through it. The apparatus
operates on 4-6volts. Supplied without
battery.
1070900
Barlow's Wheel
WESTMINSTER ELECTROMAGNETIC KIT
A comprehensive kit designed to contain all the necessary components for exploring concepts of
electromagnetism, such as various types of magnets and their different arrangements and
properties, working of motors, dynamos, vibrators and meters, principle of transformers, eddy
current and damping etc. standard pack sufficient for 8 students. The complete kit includes
Anisotropic Alloy Magnets
8 Nos.
Anisotropic Ceramic Ferrite Magnets
8 Nos.
Steel Magnet Yokes
4 Nos.
Plotting Compasses
6 Nos.
Hardboard Formers for Compasses 4 Nos.
Iron Filing
1 Bottle
Iron Filing Dispensers
4 Nos.
Pair of C-Cores
4 Nos.
C-Cores Clips
4 Nos.
Aluminium Rings
4 Nos.
Aluminium Rings, Split
4 Nos.
Support Bases
4 Nos.
Armature with Axle Tubes
4 Nos.
Split Pins
8 Nos.
Rivets
16 Nos.
Axle Shafts
4 Nos.
Latex Rubber Tubing
1 length
Wooden Former for Coils
4 Nos.
Cello Tape Roles
4 Nos.
PVC Insulated Wire, 26SWG
4 Reels
White Paste Board Sheets
4 Nos.
Plain Postcard Sheets
4 Nos.
White Cotton Thread
1 Reel
MES Bulbs
10 Nos.
Neon Bulbs
5 Nos.
MES Lamp Holder
8 Nos.
Wooden Clamp and Wooden Block 1 each
Carbon Resistances, 100Ω and 10Ω, 0.5W each 4 Nos. each
1070940
Westminster Electromagnetic Kit
FRICTION RODS FOR
ELECTROSTATICS
Rods of different materials, useful in the
study of electrostatics by charging through
rubbing by a suitable material. Lengths of all
rods about 30cm with their diameters about
12-13mm.
1080020
1080040
1080060
1080080
1080100
1080120
1080140
Nylon Rod
Polythene Rod
Ebonite Rod
Glass Rod
Perspex Rod
Compound Rod, Glass-Brass
Compound Rod, Ebonite-Brass
MAGNETS KIT
Help students understand the force of magnetism with these exciting experiments including
classifying magnetic and non-magnetic materials, what attracts and repels, magnetic force
through solids, how compasses react to a magnetic field and more! Includes a Teacher’s Guide
and material for five students.
4006
Magnets Kit
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
96
Electrostatics
5
2
4
1
3
PROOF PLANE
For transferring charges from a charged
object to another object in electrostatics
experiments. Comprising of a circular metal
disc mounted on top of an insulating handle.
1080220/1 Metal disc of 50mm diameter
mounted on insulating handle 1
1080220/2 Smaller metal disc of 25mm
diameter mounted on insulating
handle 2
ELECTROPHORUS
For producing static charge in small
quantities. Comprises an insulating bakelite
disc in wooden sole, along with a brass disc
mounted on insulating handle. The brass disc
also has a small conducting sphere attached
to it for earthing the disc while use.
1080240
Electrophorous
3
DISCHARGER
For discharging the charged object in
electrostatics experiments. Small plated
brass spheres mounted on curved arms,
joined together and mounted on insulating
handle. Can also be used for transferring
charges from a charged object.
AEPINUS CONDENSER
Useful for exploring the principle of working of capacitance, and the relationship between
charge, voltage and capacitance. Comprises a pair of adjustable circular metal discs of diameter
100mm attached to the insulated handles and is supported on insulated pillars mounted
vertically on a base. Another pillar has a clamp for holding glass dielectric plate between the
metal discs. The glass plate may be replaced by plates of other material to study the effect of
dielectric. End of insulating handles of metals discs carry a 4mm socket for electrical
connection.
1080280
Aepinus Condense
MAGNETIC FORCE ACCELERATOR
A ramp with metal sides filled with
permanent magnets, North Pole up. Three
aluminium tubes of different diameters can
be placed in turn across the ramp,
1080260/1 Bigger, overall length about
connecting the metal sides. The ends of the
30cm 4
ramp fitted with heavy-duty terminals to
1080260/2 With two handles, in scissors
apply a 12V / 15A DC power supply to actuate
shaped pattern, overall length
the aluminium tube immediately accelerate
about 20cm 5
along the ramp, shoots off the end, and
breaking the circuit. As well as confirming
the Right Hand Rule, students can observe the difference in the current drawn by the tube when
the ramp is horizontal and when one end is raised.
Optional required accessory
High current DC (12V / 15A) Power supply
1070930
Magnetic Force Accelerator
SIMPLE FORM CAPACITOR
A simple and economical device for
introducing the basic concepts of
capacitance to students. The apparatus
consists of two formed aluminium plates,
each provided with a 4mm screw terminal at
its rear. The capacitance surfaces facing one
another are about 10cm square.
Demonstrates the effect of varying dielectric
thickness and the separation between the
two conducting plates on the electric field
between them.
1080270
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Simple Form Capacitor
Electrostatics
3
97
6
1
2
5
4
CONDUCTORS, METAL
VARIABLE CAPACITOR
Consists of two circular alluminium discs of
diameter 200mm approx. used as a variable
capacitor with two 4mm sockets fitted on a
plastic moulded case (300x200x25) mm
approx. One disc is fixed at the extreme end
of the base and another one can move freely
horizontally on the base to introduce the
capacitance in the plates with varying their
distance.
1080305
Variable Capacitor
For exploring the charge distribution and
charge holding capacity of the different
shaped conductors and demonstrate the
Gauss' Law relating to distribution of charge
and dependence of field strength near a
conductor on its radius of curvature.
Comprises a hollow brass conductors of
different shapes mounted on top of insulated
pillar on a base. The conductors are
interchangeable on pillars.
1080320/1 Spherical Conductor, diameter
5cm 1
1080320/2 Cylindrical Conductor, size
12.5×5cm (length × diameter) 2
1080320/3 Conical Conductor, size 10×5cm
(length × diameter) 3
1080320/4 Set of three conductors, one
each of Spherical, Cylindrical
and Conical
7
ELECTROSCOPE, PITH BALL
A simple device for detecting the presence of
electrostatic charges. A plated brass pillar
mounted on base supporting two pith balls in
un-spun silk.
1080380/1 Electroscope, Pith Ball, on
Bakelite Base 4
1080380/2 Electroscope, Pith Ball, on
Plastic Base 5
1080380/3 Electroscope, Pith Ball, on Metal
Stand 6
PITH BALL, SPARE
Available as spare for Pith Ball Electroscope,
Cat No 1080380, in assorted sizes, Pack of 10.
1080400
Pith Ball, Spare
7
PARALLEL PLATE CAPACITOR
A pair of aluminium circular disc mounted on
adjustable insulated supports sliding in
aluminium rail. A scale of length 15 cm
graduated in millimeter attached on one side
of the aluminium rail to determine the
distance between the plates. Circular plates
connected with terminals to apply voltage
through power supply. A aluminium frame
with a glass sheet is also provided with it to
show effect of dielectric material between
two plates which can freely move inside the
aluminium rail.
1080315
Parallel Plate Capacitor
If you have a
suggestion regarding
modification of an
existing product or a proposal for a
new product, don't hesitate to
contact us.
BIOT'S CONDUCTOR
To demonstrate that charge resides only on
outside surfaces of a hollow conductor.
Consists of a hollow metal sphere of diameter
5cm mounted on insulated pillar on a stand.
Complete with hollow hemispherical cups
having insulated handles.
1080360
Biot's Conductor
BUTTERFLY NET, FARADAY
To show that electrical charge resides on
external surfaces of a conductor. Fabric net
with cord on insulating pillar with metal
base.
1080420
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Butterfly Net, Faraday
98
Electrostatics
BEST
SELLER
2
1
GOLD LEAF ELECTROSCOPE
Rectangular sheet metal case mounted in
insulated base and provided with removable
front and back sliding glass panels, one clear
and other ground, respectively. Removable
disc electrode mounted at the top through a
moulded plastic bush insulating the disc
electrode from the metal body to prevent
charge leakage. The plastic bush has a plated
metal blade on the underside for fixing the
gold leaf. Case fitted with terminal at the
side for earthing. Removable clear front
slides up to allow insertion of ionizing
material in chamber and fixing of leaves,
when needed. A clear acrylic circular scale
inside the chamber, graduated 0-90º,
facilitates the comparison of charge by
means of deflection. Supplied complete with
one pair of leaves.
1080440
Gold Leaf Electroscope
1
ELECTROSCOPE, GOLD LEAF,
FLASK TYPE
Comprises a glass conical flask, sealed at the
top with holed rubber stopper. A metal rod
supports a disc terminal at the top of rubber
stopper and a pair of foil leaves suspended
inside.
1080460
Electroscope, Gold Leaf, Flask
Type 2
GOLD LEAVES
For use with electroscopes, available as
spare, pack of 6
1080520
Gold Leaves
Our aim is to
develop user friendly
and affordable
products to allow and facilitate
the search for knowledge.
ELECTROSCOPE, METAL CASE, BIG
A bigger sized electroscope, similar to Cat
No. 1080440, in appearance and
construction. It has an insulating bush
carrying a metal blade underneath it and
inside the chamber to which a single metal
leaf may be pivoted which deflects, when
charged. The case provided with a terminal
for earthing. The front window is clear and
the rear window is of ground glass. An
internal transparent scale graduated 0 to 90º
is provided for measuring the deflection of
the leaf. Includes two interchangeable
electrodes that can be fitted on top of
insulating bush – a disc electrode of diameter
50mm, mounted on a peg and a metal ball of
25mm diameter to study the charge
capacities of both the electrodes. Overall
dimensions 112×63×143mm (width ×
thickness × height).
1080480
Electroscope, Metal Case, Big
ELECTROSCOPE IN CIRCULAR
ELECTROSCOPE,
METAL CASE
An annular metal ring frame of diameter
about 125mm, carries an insulating bush at
the top, which has circular metal disc
electrode above it and a conducting metal
strip on the underside. The smaller,
lightweight metal strip is pivoted at the
center of bigger strip to provide deflection
with the charging of electrode. The metal
frame also has an earthing terminal at one
side. Complete assembly mounted on base.
1080500
Electroscope, in Circular Metal
Case
ELECTROSCOPE, GOLD LEAF,
ALUMINIUM EXTRUSION
BEST
SELLER
Comprises a pair of specially designed
aluminium extrusion walls mounted parallel
to each other and supported on top and
bottom by moulded plastic plates. Provided
with removable front and back sliding glass
panels, one clear and other ground,
respectively. The disc electrode is mounted
through the upper lid connected to a metal
blade at its underside, which in turn has a
fine sheet metal leaf pivoted at its center to
provide deflection with the charging of the
electrode. Case fitted with terminal at the
side for earthing. The upper lid also has a
circular arc scale attached at its underside
for noting the deflection of leaf
1080450
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electroscope, Gold
Aluminium Extrusion
Leaf,
Electrostatics
99
LEYDEN JAR
ELECTROSTATIC
ELECTROSTA
TATIC KIT
A comprehensive kit, ideal for a group of students to investigate the concepts of electrostatics.
Designed around dual-purpose electroscope, which enables comparative measurements of the
weak electrostatic fields apart from the qualitative aspect of electrostatic charges. The
complete kit comprises
n
Electroscope with disc electrode and hook electrode
1 set
n
Metalized Polystyrene Spheres
4 Nos.
n
Nylon Thread
1 Reel
n
Electrophorus
1 No.
n
Proof Plane
1 No.
n
Wire Stirrup, for suspending strips
1 No.
n
Aluminium Cans, 50×25mm (height × diameter)
2 Nos.
n
Polythene Tiles 75mm square
2 Nos.
n
Polythene Strip, 150×25mm
1 No.
n
Woolen Cloth, 250mm square
1 No.
n
Silk Cloth, 250mm square
1 No.
n
Glass Rod, 10”
1 No.
1080540
Electrostatic Kit
ELECTRICAL
WHIRL
FARADAY'S PAILS
Demonstrates that charge only resides on the
outer surface of a hollow conductor with no
charge on inner surface. Set consists of 4
nesting aluminium cylindrical containers
each fitted with insulating feet. Sizes for
each vessel (diameter × height) 150×120mm,
120×110mm, 90×90mm, 75×75mm.
1080560
Faraday's Pails
F
o
r
demonstrating
the effect of
e l e c t r i c
discharge from
p o i n t e d
conductor also
called corona
discharge.
Comprises a
series of L-shaped metal spokes with arms
bent in same direction, arranged radially in
circular fashion and free to rotate on an
insulated stand. When brought near a
charged object, the pointed end of spokes
ionizes the air due to high charge density
resulting in its rotation.
1080580
Electrical Whirl
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
For demonstration of the basic principle of
capacitance and its use in storage of charge.
Comprises an insulated plastic can along with
a two metal conducting cans one inside the
plastic vessel and the other outside, the
dielectric plastic can providing complete
insulation between the two metal cans. The
inner can has a hook shaped metal rod
terminating in a metal sphere at the top for
charging / discharging the Leyden jar. The
apparatus can be easily disassembled and
once charged in assembled condition, retains
its charge even after assembly and
disassembly.
1080600
Leyden Jar
COULOMB'S LAW APPARATUS
This low cost apparatus, by way of direct
measurement, facilitates the verification of
Coulomb's Inverse Square Law, which governs
the electrostatic influence exerted on one
another by two charged spheres. This fully
assembled and self-contained apparatus
comprises an enclosure with internal mirror
and scale mounted on stable base, pith balls
and thread, plastic covers, and plastic
charging strip. Just charge the spheres and
set them up. With one charged sphere from
the top of a box, when the other is brought
near it from the bottom, the hanging sphere
experiences an
electrostatic force due
to charge on both and
deflects away. By
precisely measuring
the deflection with a
ruler, this electrostatic
force can be
estimated. A clear
front screen and
plastic top protect the
experiment from
drafts.
1080760
Coulomb's
Law
Apparatus
100
Electrostatics
BEST
SELLER
WIMSHURST ELECTROSTATIC GENERATOR
A traditional device capable of generating high electrostatic potentials that can produce spark of length up to 3” under favourable weather
conditions. Equipped with two clear acrylic plates, each of diameter about 10” and having aluminium sectors permanently pasted radially along the
rim. Both the plates mounted parallel to each other and rotate in opposite direction through a belt-pulley arrangement. Pulley on one wheel has
handle for manual rotation. A set of charge collecting combs is mounted towards either end of a horizontal insulating beam, together with the
adjustable spark gap arms, the latter equipped with small metallic sphere discharger at one end and long insulating handle adjustment at the other
end. The charge can be stored in a pair of high capacity Leyden jar capacitors that can be connected or disconnected as desired. When connected to
the Leyden jars through a pair of levers, the spherical dischargers starts accumulating the charge and transfer of charge from one discharger to
other takes place in the form electric spark jumping from one sphere to other as a consequence of build-up of sufficiently high potential difference
across the two spheres. The spark produced intermittently by the continuously rotating plates. Complete apparatus is mounted on a well insulated
base that also carries a pair of earthing terminals for the Leyden jars.
1080620
Wimshurst Electrostatic Generator
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electrostatics
101
BEST
SELLER
VAN DE GRAAFF GENERATOR, HAND DRIVEN
VAN DE GRAAFF GENERATOR, MOTOR DRIVEN, SMALL
Hand operated, mounted on base. For the generation of electric
charge, useful in electrostatics and for studying various phenomena
associated with electric charge. Comprises a near spherical dome
supported on top of an insulated, clear Perspex pillar on the base. A
removable flat rubber belt rotates through rollers mounted at both the
ends of Perspex pillar. Lower roller shaft has a pulley driven by a hand
operated crank through rubber belt. The continuous rotation of the
flat rubber belt results in the accumulation of charge on the dome,
until electrical breakdown of air surrounding the sphere occurs. With
sufficient charge build up on the dome, bringing the earthed discharge
sphere sufficiently close to it results in the transfer of charge from
dome to ground in the form of electric spark. Earthing terminal
provided on the base. Supplied with discharge sphere, mounted on a
long insulated handle.
Useful for electrostatics experiments, where continuous source of high
voltage is needed. A motor driven assembly encased in a sturdy metal
box made of specially designed two part aluminium extrusion with
insulated plastic side supports for safety. The motor driven lower roller
rotates the upper roller assembly located on top of the insulated
Perspex pipe through a removable flat rubber belt. The continuous
rotation of rubber belt results in accumulation of charge on the one
piece near spherical metallic dome, charge being transferred
continuously from rubber belt through charge collecting combs.
Specially designed dome, with smooth and polished surface free of any
surface imperfections, and without any sharp corner or edge to
minimize charge leakage. The motor operates on AC mains 220-240V,
50/60Hz, fused input through a 3-Core mains cable. Provided with
indicator type ON/OFF switch. On bringing earthed discharge sphere,
sufficiently close to the charged dome, transfer of charge from dome
to the ground takes place in the form of electric spark jumping from
dome to the discharge sphere. Under favourable conditions, it can
develop electric potential upto 200kV, with a spark of upto 70mm
length. 4mm socket terminal provided at the bottom for earthing and
another 4mm insert on top of the dome for charge transfer or attaching
accessories.
Provides for necessary adjustment in all the critical components.
Supplied complete with discharge sphere, mounted on a long insulated
handle.
1080640
Van De Graaff Generator, Hand Driven
Van de Graaff generator is an electrostatic device, which is used
in science classrooms to safely demonstrate electrical forces and
high voltage phenomena. The object of the Van de Graaff
generator is to generate high voltages to accelerate various kinds
of charged particle beams, which can be used in nuclear physics
experiments. Van de Graaff generator can be used to understand
about the nature of static electricity. It can also be used to
demonstrate many interesting phenomena of static electricity,
e.g., it can make your hair stand upright, attract a metal ball or a
polystyrene ball, produce an electric spark, and generate
electric wind to set a mini windmill into rotation.
1080660
Van De Graaff, Motor Driven, Small
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
102
Electrostatics
14
2
1
VAN DE GRAAFF GENERATOR, MOTOR DRIVEN, LARGE
Similar to Cat No. 1080660 in functioning and design. Comprises a twopiece bigger, near spherical dome of diameter about 275mm, fixed on
top of a bigger Perspex pipe, with complete assembly mounted on a
sturdy sheet metal casing. Additionally, the base also incorporates an
electronic variable speed control for driving the heavy duty motor of
the generator. The bigger sized dome increases the charge capacity of
the apparatus resulting in higher build up of electric potential, this
process accelerated by bigger heavy duty motor and other design
changes incorporated in the instrument. Provides for necessary
adjustment in all the critical components. Comes with a discharger
mounted on a long insulated handle, one side of the discharger being
hemispherical, while other pointed to allow an effective
demonstration of lighting conductor.
1080680
Van De Graaff Generator, Motor Driven, Large
ACCESSORIES FOR VAN DE GRAAFF GENERATOR
1080700/1
Discharge Electrode on Stand: A highly polished
aluminium sphere, in two parts, fixed on an insulated
pillar, mounted on a stable base. Provided with a 4mm
socket and a lead with 4mm banana plugs at both ends
to connect it to the generator. When connected to the generator, it
increases the intensity, length and spark of the
generator because of increase in the effective
capacitance due to both of them connected together.
Can also be used separately as a charged sphere for
transferring electrostatic charges. 1
1080700/2
Insulating Stand: Comprises an insulating rod
mounted on a stable base for supporting various
accessories while use. 2
1080700/3
Head of Hair: When mounted on top of the dome
through 4mm insert, operating the generator causes
the hair to stand on end due to electrostatic repulsion
of similar charge contained in the strands. 3
1080700/4
Electric Plume: Comprises narrow stripes of colored
ribbons mounted in a small stand with 4mm plug for
inserting it on top of the dome. Operating the
generator makes the ribbons acquire similar charge
repelling each other resulting in spreading out and
away from the dome, finally standing straight up. 4
1080700/5
Electric Whirl: Comprises a series of L-shaped metal
spokes with arms bent in same direction, arranged
radially in circular fashion and free to rotate on an
insulated stand. When connected to the charged dome
or brought near the latter bringing near charged dome,
it spins rapidly. 5
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electrostatics
103
7
15
11
5
9
3
12
13
6
10
5
4
8
16
1080700/6
1080700/7
1080700/8
1080700/9
1080700/10
1080700/11
Pith Balls on Rods: A pair of pith balls mounted on an
insulated rod. Demonstrates presence or absence of
electrostatic charges. The pillar can also be mounted
inside Faraday's pail. 6
Faraday's Ice Pail: For showing that the electrical
charge resides only on outer surface of a hollow
conductor, with no charge on inner surface. Comprises
a metal can with a 4mm plug at its bottom for
attaching on top of the dome. Pith balls on rod, Cat No.
1080700/6, can be mounted inside for demonstration. 7
Lightening Plate: Comprises small, conductive leaves
fixed on top of an insulating plate to form a zigzag path
with small spacing between adjacent leaves, with
provision for electrical connections at either end.
Demonstrates that the electrical discharge follows the
path of least resistance. When connected, high
electrostatic potential from the generator, results in
the flow of electricity through the leaves in the form of
spark jumping across the gaps between the leaves. Can
be used on insulating stand, Cat No. 1080700/2. 8
Point Discharger: Comprises a metal pointed spike for
demonstrating the property of pointed conductors to
collect and discharge electrical charge much the same
way as by lightening conductors. Also demonstrates
the phenomena of electric wind or corona discharge. 9
Hollow Cylinder: Comprises a hollow metallic
cylindrical shell that can mount horizontally on
insulating stand Cat No. 1080700/2. A metal sphere is
mounted on top of cylindrical shell through a metal rod
and suspends two pair of pith ball – one inside the shell
and the other outside. When charged from the
generator, the inner pith balls remain unaffected
while the outer ones are repelled away showing the
presence of charge on outer surface and its total
absence on inner surface. 10
Neon Bulb: A small neon bulb carried on insulated
handle, when brought near charged dome of the
1080700/12
1080700/13
1080700/14
1080700/15
1080700/16
1080700/17
generator; it glows showing the ionization of the air
surrounding the dome. 11
Flying Ball: Comprises a lightweight metalized ball
suspended through the thread, mounted on insulated
handle. The ball is attracted by the charged dome due
to electrostatic induction until it touches the dome, it
is then violently repelled. 12
Silver Snake: It consists of a metalized ribbon
attached to an insulated handle. The ribbon is cut to a
point so that when it repelled by the dome, it quickly
loses its charge and repeatedly strikes back at the
dome. 13
Racing Ball: Comprises a lightweight, insulated ball
sandwiched between two circular metallic discs. The
rim of lower disc bent upward to prevent ball from
escaping. The underside of the lower disc has provision
for mounting on dome or insulating stand, Cat No.
1080700/2. On operating the generator after
connecting the racing ball accessory, the ball gradually
starts racing along the bent rim of lower disc. 14
Volta's Hailstorm: An insulated cylindrical container
with provision for mounting on dome of the generator
or insulating stand, Cat No. 1080700/2, and has pith
balls or small Styrofoam balls inside. When charged
through the generator, the balls contained inside
starts jumping and dancing rapidly in a random fashion
giving an appearance of hailstorm. It can also be used
for the demonstration of precipitation of smoke. 15
Rubber Belt: For Van De Graaff Generator, supplied as
spare. 16
Discharge Wand: Comprises a near spherical polished
aluminium dome mounted on a long insulating handle.
A 4mm socket is provided on the dome to connect it to
the ground terminal through a connecting lead for
discharging the charged dome of Van de Graaff
generator, when brought in contact with the latter.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
104
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
CONTACT KEY, SINGLE
Comprising a plated spring strip arm with
thumb-press knob, a contact stud, plated
connecting strip and a pair of 4mm socket
terminals, all mounted on a moulded plastic
base.
1090040
Contact Key, Single
SWITCH ON BASE MAKE AND BRAKE
A SPDT rocker switch fitted on a plastic
moulded case (90x90x43) mm approx. and
can be used in any circuit via. three 4mm
sockets provided on the base.
1090075
Switch on Base Make and Brake
LIGHTENING CONDUCTOR
For demonstration of the principle of
lightening conductor, charge stored in
spherical balls capacitors and its conduction
to the earth. Comprises a plated metal
sphere mounted on cast metal tripod base
and another adjustable sphere supported
above the first one on a metal strip on the
vertical pillar attached to one of the legs of
tripod base. The upper sphere has bent metal
rod terminating in pointed shape with
provision for adjusting the distance between
the two spheres.
1080720
COMMUTATOR, POHL'S
Used in experiments on Hysterisis or
applications where high insulation is
necessary. An insulated moulded plastic base
has six cups for mercury, with six terminals
mounted, diagonal connecting strips and
contact arm with insulated handle.
1090060
Commutator, Pohl's
Lightening Conductor
2
1
KNIFE SWITCH
For making / breaking of Low voltage
electrical circuits, molded plastic base with
plated spring metal contacts and screw
connectors.
1090080/1 Knife Switch, Single Pole Single
Throw
1090080/2 Knife Switch, Single Pole Double
Throw 1
1090080/3 Knife Switch, Double Pole Single
Throw
1090080/4 Knife Switch, Double Pole Double
Throw 2
PLUG SWITCHES
Comprising brass blocks, each fitted with
4mm socket terminals and mounted on a
moulded plastic base, along with accurately
tapered brass plugs with a fluted plastic top
to fit in to the hole between the blocks, thus
providing negligible contact resistance.
1090020/1 Plug Switch, One Way – with 2
blocks and 1 plug
1090020/2 Plug Switch, Two Way – with 3
blocks in line with 2 plugs
1090020/3 Plug Switch, Three Way – with 4
blocks in line with 3 plugs
3
SINGLE KNIFE SWITCH ON BASE
A SPDT knife switch fitted on a plastic
moulded case (142x80x40) mm approx. and
can be used as a changeover with the help of
an insulated lever. Connections are made via.
three 4 mm shrouded sockets to use it in any
circuit with 4 mm flexible banana plus leads.
1090070
Single Knife Switch on Base
4
KNIFE SWITCH ON BASE
For making / breaking of low voltage
electrical circuits, fitted on plastic moulded
base with plated spring metal contacts and
screw connectors.
1090080/5 Knife Switch Double Pole – Single
Throw 3
1090080/6 Knife Switch Double Pole –
Double Throw 4
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
105
DEMONSTRATION TRANSFORMER
BIPOLAR INVERTER SWITCH
LAMP HOLDER ON BASE WITH
KNIFE SWITCH
Moulded plastic MES lamp holder mounted on
a rectangular plastic base along with a pair of
4mm socket terminals for power input and a
knife switch for controlling the power input
to the lamp by opening / closing the circuit.
Circuit diagram printed on the base.
1090090
A double pole double terminal switch is fitted
on a plastic moulded box with a insulated
lever. Connections are made via. 4mm safety
sockets.
1090110
Bipolar Inverter Switch
Lamp Holder on Base with Knife
Switch
ELECTRIC FIELD APPARATUS
For investigation of electric field patterns
due to various electrode configurations and
also permits easy demonstration of the
related concepts to a group of students
through overhead projector. The apparatus
comprises a clear plastic dish and a
transparent rectangular base carrying a pair
of 4mm socket terminals that can also hold
adjustable electrodes. Includes a set of 6
electrodes - two point source electrodes, two
line source electrodes and two circular rings
of 35 and 70mm diameter respectively.
1090120
Electric Field Apparatus
COMMUTATOR (M.I.P. REVERSING
KEY)
For use in circuits, where a rapid changeover
of polarity is required. The switch comprises
a rotatable spring loaded beam of insulating
plastic with two brushes each connected to
4mm socket terminals. The brushes and
contact strips are arranged on the beam and
base respectively so that when beam is
turned from one extreme to other, the
polarity of connections is reversed. All
brushes and contact strips of laminated
phosphor bronze brushes ensuring good
contact and long life.
1090100
Commutator (M.I.P. Reversing
Key)
For demonstrating the basic principle of
operation of the transformers. Comprises a
W-shaped laminated iron core mounted on
base with a vertical bolt on its each side for
clamping laminated I-core or armature at its
top. Also included are a set of three coils –
one mains primary coil 240V AC, 50HZ, 2400
turns, and two interchangeable secondary
coils, 65 and 130 turns each giving outputs of
about 6 and 12V respectively at a maximum
current rating of 2A, with number of turns
and current/voltage rating marked on each
coil. Mains coil provided with a 2 core captive
mains cable for input, while each secondary
coil has a pair of 4mm socket terminals for
output. Coils wound on insulated plastic
bobbin having hollow rectangular crosssection to exactly fit middle arm of the core
with negligible flux leakage.
1090140
Demonstration Transformer
COILS
Coils are designed to investigate the
relationship between coil turns and the
voltage applied across it. Coil are available in
different No. of turns. Connections are made
via. 4mm sockets fitted on the coil.
1090145
Coils
POTENTIAL DEMONSTRATOR
Two electrodes with adjustable height made
of well anodized alluminium can be moved
horizontally connected with heavy duty
terminals fitted on a rectangular transparent
acrylic base of dimensions (200x175)mm
(length x width) and 30mm height. Four
magnetic rubber strips with 10 sheets of
carbon paper for holding conductive paper,
tracing paper and carbon paper provided
with the kit.
1090130
Potential demonstrator
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
We constantly try to
expand and improve
quality of our
products. This catalogue is a hub
for all science equipments which
are in most demand at the labs. If
you are unable to find any product,
please contact us.
106
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
COILS FOR DISSECTIBLE
TRANSFORMER, TRANSPARENT
CASING
DISSECTIBLE TRANSFORMER
For demonstration of basic concepts associated with electromagnetic induction such as AC
transformers, induced currents and their effects etc. Also call Demountable Transformer.
Comprises a U-Core and I-Core of rectangular cross section, made from high grade laminations to
minimize the induction losses, with size of the I-core suitable to sit completely over U-core to
provide a continuous rectangular annular laminated block. Arms of the U-core takes various coils
included for different experiments. All coils included are wound from enameled copper wire on
insulated rectangular plastic bobbin and are totally covered to prevent any accidental direct
contact with the winding. 4mm socket terminals provided at the front for electrical connections
except for 600 turns coil that operates on AC mains and is provided with a two core flexible lead.
With number of turns of coil clearly printed on front and direction of winding indicated on top.
The bobbins have rectangular hole at their center matching the cross-section of U-core arms to
sit on them with negligible air gap for minimizing induction losses. Also included is a pair of soft
iron pole-pieces to sit on top of U-core arms. One end of each pole piece if flat so that the pole
pieces in situ provide a narrow gap with full cross-sectional area, while the other end in form of
truncated cone providing narrow concentrated field between the poles. Following components
are included in the apparatus.
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Laminated U-Core – 1 No.
Laminated I-Core – 1 No.
Soft iron Pole Pieces – 2 Nos.
One coil of 6000 turns, maximum current 0.2A with one intermediary output corresponding
to 2000 turns
One coil of 600 turns, maximum current 0.25A. Mainly to create the transformer primary.
Provided with mains power supply
One coil of 1200 turns, maximum current 1.25A, with intermediary outputs corresponding to
400 and 800 turns
One coil of 72 turns maximum current 12A, with intermediary outputs corresponding to 6,
30, 54 and 66 turns
1090160/1 Dissectible Transformer with complete components
1090160/2 Stand for Dissectible Transformer: A cast metal stand consisting of a stable, nonskid heavy base with two removable clamping arms at the top. A channel, wide
enough to accommodate U-core lengthwise, extends across its complete width.
Integral support for arms, present toward the rear has level below the level of pole
pieces. Arms pivoted on a spindle with adjustment of knobs at the rear, bringing
cushioned pads beneath the front end of arms to bear on transformer core. Provided
with 4mm hole for connecting earthing lead.
1090160/3 Coil for Transformer, 100 turns
1090160/4 Coil for Transformer, 300 turns
1090160/5 Coil for Transformer, 3600 turns
1090160/6 Coil for Transformer, 12000 turns
Coils for use with the Dissectible
Transformer, Cat No. 1090160. These coils
are of similar specifications as the ones
supplied in Cat No. 1090160. All coils wound
from enameled copper wire on insulated
rectangular plastic bobbin enclosed on three
sides by a transparent cover. Front of the
bobbin is totally covered by a moulded
plastic box on which 4mm shielded safety
sockets are present for connecting coil in the
circuit. With number of turns of coil clearly
printed on front and direction of winding
indicated on top. Rectangular bobbins have
hole at their center matching the crosssection of U-core arms to sit on them with
negligible air gap for minimizing induction
losses.
1090180/1 Coil of 6000 turns, with one
intermediary output
corresponding to 2000 turns
1090180/2 Coil of 600 turns. Mainly to
create the transformer primary.
Provided with mains power cable
1090180/3 Coil of 1200 turns, with
intermediary outputs
corresponding to 400 and 800
turns
1090180/4 Coil of 72 turns maximum current
12A, with intermediary outputs
corresponding to 6, 30, 54 and 66
turns
1090180/5 Coil for Transformer, 100 turns
1090180/6 Coil for Transformer, 300 turns
1090180/7 Coil for Transformer, 3600 turns
1090180/8 Coil for Transformer, 12000 turns
REMEMBER! We supply
a comprehensive
range of educational
and school lab apparatus, covering
more than 5000 items. If you are
unable to find the product you are
looking for in this catalog, please
contact us with your query and we
will be happy to assist you.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
MOTOR ACCESSORY SET FOR
DISSECTIBLE TRANSFORMER
AIR CORED INDUCTANCE
Super enameled copper wire wound on a
spool ends supported with circular discs. Two
4mm sockets internally connected to the
ends of copper wire fitted on the top side of
the bobbin. The inductance value with
maximum current rating also printed on the
bobbin.
1090190
Air Cored Inductance
COIL, HIGH INDUCTANCE
For use on a double 'C' core, the bobbin is
wound with 1100 turns of 22SWG enameled
copper wire, has a resistance of about 6Ω and
an inductance of about 15H.
1090200
Demonstrates the effects of eddy currents
and the principle of shaded pole motor when
used with the Dissectible Transformer (Cat
No. 1090160). The set consists of a pair of
soft iron pole pieces, which are located on
top of the arms of U-core; a vertical support
rod that fits on top of the pole pieces and has
two transverse holes with tightening screws;
an aluminium circular disc; one plain,
quadrant shaped aluminium plate and one
slotted quadrant shaped aluminium plate for
eddy current demonstration; a pole shading
piece; and a circular shaft that fits into the
holes of vertical support rod and locates the
quadrants and disc at its other end
permitting their free rotation along its axis.
1090240
Motor Accessory Set
Dissectible Transformer
for
Coil, High Inductance
DANIEL
CELL
INDUCTION ACCESSORY SET FOR
DISSECTIBLE TRANSFORMER
Demonstrates the phenomena associated
with the electromagnetic induction when
used with the Dissectible Transformer (Cat
No. 1090160). Comprises a six turn heavy
gauge copper coil that shows the production
of low voltage heavy current when used in
conjunction with 600 turns coil by the
melting of nail, a solder trough (as a single
turn coil) to explain the principle of
induction furnace and a set of aluminium
rings – 2 solid and 1 split, to demonstrate the
Thomson's Rings effect.
1090220
Induction Accessory Set for
Dissectible Transformer
1090280
ACCUMULATORS, IN
POLYSTYRENE CASE
In high impact polystyrene case with handle
and terminals marked positive and negative.
Recommended for applications involving less
frequent discharges not exceeding 0.75A.
Supplied uncharged, without acid. Charging
instructions printed on the case. Output 2V.
Available in capacity ratings
1090320/1 20AH
Daniel Cell
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
1090320/2 45AH
ACCUMULATORS, IN TRASPARENT
CASE
In transparent plastic case with handle and
terminals marked positive and negative,
providing steady output of 2V. Supplied
uncharged, without acid. Charging
instructions printed on the case. Available in
capacity ratings
1090340/1 20AH
Pr o v i d e s
satisfactory
performance
and constant
EMF over
continuous
u
s
e
.
Comprising a
heavy-gauge
copper outer
vessel with an
i n t e r n a l
perforated
shelf for copper sulphate crystals, a porous
pot, and an amalgamated zinc rod fitted with
a wooden supporting cap. The zinc rod and
copper vessel are each provided with a 4mm
socket terminals. The cell has an EMF of 1.1V
approx., with a working capacity of about
0.85L. Sizes of the components (height ×
diameter) are
Copper vessel – 130×90mm
Porous pot – 150×50mm
Zinc rod – 150×12mm
107
1090340/2 45AH
POROUS POT, CYLINDRICAL
For use in electrochemistry for the
construction of voltaic cells. Sizes (height ×
diameter) available are
1090400/1 100×50mm
1090400/2 150×50mm
108
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
2
1
SIMPLE CELL
For exploring the concepts of simple voltaic
cells and electrochemistry. Comprises a glass
jars 15×10cm (height × diameter). Complete
with zinc and copper plates.
1090260
4
Useful for intermittent use. It consists of a
zinc rod of 12.5mm diameter and a charged
porous pot 150×60mm (height × diameter),
with terminals, having EMF of about 1.4V.
Simple Cell
For use in simple voltaic cells as electrodes.
Each rectangular plate is 125 × 50mm in size
and is fitted with a terminal for electrical
connection.
Material
Thickness
Zinc
Carbon
Copper
Lead
1.5mm
6mm
1.5mm
1.5mm
Motor Model, DC, 3 Pole
1
MOTOR, OPEN MODEL
CHARGED POROUS POT, SPARE
3
For use with Leclanche Cell. Available as
spare. Size 150×60mm (height × diameter),
with terminal.
1090420
Charged Porous Pot, Spare
ZINC ROD
5
Open type, demonstrates the working of a
simple DC motor. Operates on 4-6 volts DC,
with pulley mounted on shaft. Complete
assembly mounted on base.
1090500
ELECTRODE PLATES FOR SIMPLE
CELLS
5
MOTOR MODEL, DC, 3 POLE
LECLANCHE CELL
1090300/1 In Rectangular Polythene Jar
1090300/2 In Glass Jar 2
1090360/1
1090360/2
1090360/3
1090360/4
6
3
6
Large size, mounted on metal base. Open
construction shows the working of a 3-pole
DC motor with easy identification of the
parts. Works on 4-8 volts DC. Armature wound
with enameled copper wire on insulated
plastic bobbin and rotates between two
curved iron strips. Field provided by an
electromagnet mounted below the
armature.
4
For use in Leclanche Cell or as electrode in
voltaic cells. With terminal. Sizes (length ×
diameter).available are
1090540
Motor, Open Model
SIMPLE CELL PLATES
For construction of simple cells using any
suitable jar or beaker. The plates are
85×38×1.5mm in size and are fitted with
terminal.
1090380/1 Copper
1090380/2 Zinc
1090440/1
1090440/2
1090440/3
1090440/4
1090440/5
1090440/6
1090440/7
130×9mm
140×9mm
150×9mm
140×10mm
150×10mm
140×12mm
150×12mm
MOTOR
T GENERAT
ATOR
GENERATOR
ELECTRIC BELL, LOW VOLTAGE
It has twin coil, operates on both battery or
low voltage transformer supply. With
detachable, snap-on type plastic cover to
show inner construction. Dome gong
diameter 75mm approx.
1090460
Electric Bell, Low Voltage
ELECTRIC BELL
Similar to Cat No. 1090460, but works on
230V AC, 50/60Hz.
1090480
Electric Bell
We can use this apparatus for both AC and DC
operations with motor/generator with easily
changeable parts to convert an AC into DC
(motor/generator). It consists of two-pole
armature mounted horizontally between two
magnets. Two 4 mm black sockets for AC
supply and two colour-coded sockets for DC
supply connected to the armatures via
phosphorus bronze brushes. The whole
assembly fitted on a moulded plastic circular
base. All the parts are open to view, so we can
easily see the components of a motor or
generator and it will clear all the theoretical
concepts of students related with the
motor/generator.
1090530
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Motor Generator
109
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
BEST
SELLER
WORKING OF ELECTRIC MOTOR
Wo r k i n g m o d e l o f e l e c t r i c m o t o r
demonstrate the effect of supply voltage,
polarity of magnets and position of magnets.
On applying 6V DC to the 4mm sockets
provided on the base, the rotor will start
rotation across their vertical axis. Whole
assembly is fitted on a plastic moulded case
(240x130x40) mm approx.
1090510
Working of Electric Motor
The operation of the electrical motors is
based on the interaction of magnetic
fields and the current carrying
conductors to generate mechanical
force. The dynamo is an electric
generator, which is used to convert
mechanical energy into the electrical
energy. Some electric motors can also be
used as generators, e.g., a traction
motor on a vehicle may perform both
tasks. Faraday's law of induction is a
basic law of electromagnetism, which is
relating to the operating of many types of
electrical motors and generators. This
law states that the induced
electromotive force in any closed circuit
is equal to the time rate of change of the
magnetic flux through the circuit.
Laws investigated using electrical
generators
1. Interaction between the current
field and the magnetic field.
2. Spinning of the motor
St. LOUIS MOTOR
For studying the fundamental concepts of
electric motor, a two-pole armature
connected with a commutator fitted on the
shaft mounted vertically between two disc
magnets. Two brushes made of phosphorous
bronze connected with 4mm sockets
mounted on the top of the assembly just
touch with commutators. Whole assembly
fitted on a mounted circular plastic base. 46V DC is required to run the motor.
1090570
St. Louis Motor
DEMONSTRATION ELECTRIC
MOTOR
A model of the simplest form of DC electric
motor, having 2-pole armature wound with
enameled copper wire on insulated plastic
bobbin, and a magnetic field provided by a
removable permanent magnet. The
construction of the model is completely open
with all components easily identifiable and
functioning clearly observable. A disc-type
commutator is incorporated and external
connection to the phosphorus bronze bushes
is by means of a pair of 4mm colour coded
sockets. The motor operates on 6-8 volts DC.
1090580
Demonstration Electric Motor
DYNAMO ELECTRIC MOTOR
One can analyse that, how the electrical
energy is converted into mechanical energy
by a motor and directly back to electrical
energy by using the motor to drive a dynamo.
Two identical motors mounted on the plastic
moulded base with their shafts joined by
means of a flexible coupling and both are
connected with 4mm colour coded sockets
mounted on the base. When we apply 1.5V to
4.5V volt DC to any one of the motor then at
the same time another perform as a dynamo
and output can be observed by using bulb or
multimeter.
1090610
Dynamo Electric Motor
DYNAMO MODEL, WITH SOLAR
CELL
A small motor which operates from 1.5 to
4.5V DC with small pulley. The unit is capable
of rotating a small propeller mounted on mini
motor to explain conversion of solar energy
into electrical energy and then into
mechanical energy. The complete solar cell
and the motor unit mounted in a clear acrylic
case for easy viewing by students. Provides
quite effective demonstration in day light or
in light of a normal 100W bulb.
1090640
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Dynamo Model, with Solar Cell
110
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
DEMONSTRATION DYNAMO, AC/DC
BEST
SELLER
Shows the conversion of mechanical energy into
electrical energy and principle of working of
simple AC and DC dynamos. Complete assembly
mounted on a base and capable of generating
both AC and DC simultaneously as indicated by
the glowing of bulb present on the base. A twopole armature wound from enameled copper
wire on insulated bobbin is mounted in shaft
supported on moulded plastic legs on either side
and is positioned between two curved iron
strips. The shaft carries split ring commutator
on one side for DC output and slip ring
commutator on the other side for AC output,
which is available through 4mm sockets
mounted on respective sides and selectable
through a sliding switch. Magnetic field
provided by a permanent magnet on top of
curved strips. The complete arrangement
driven by a hand-cranked bigger driving wheel
with handle through an endless rubber belt.
1090600
Demonstration Dynamo, AC/DC
DEMONSTRATION DYNAMO
ECONOMICAL
A 6V DC motor fitted on a clamp driven by a big
size pulley to generate electrical signals. A bulb
will light up on drive the motor.
1090620/1 Demonstration Dynamo Economical
DEMONSTRATION DYNAMO, SIMPLE
Model mounted on a base, which also carries
a hand-driven pulley coupled to the smaller
dynamo pulley through an endless rubber
belt to give a step-up ratio. Electrical output
is via a pair of 4mm sockets and a light
emitting diode is provided as simple output
indicator. The model can also be used as a
motor operating on a 6-8V DC supply.
1090620
Demonstration Dynamo, Simple
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
111
BICYCLE DYNAMO ASSEMBLY
For showing slow AC on an oscilloscope or
meter or for demonstrating the use of a
dynamo mounted in lighting a lamp. This
apparatus has a cycle dynamo mounted on a
base and provided with two sets of gears
driven by a hand crank for fast and slow
rotation. Two 4mm socket terminals are
provided for the dynamo output, connected
in parallel with an MES lamp holder and 2.5V
bulb
1090660
Bicycle Dynamo Assembly
MOTOR CONSTRUCTION KIT, WESTMINSTER TYPE
Contains components to construct six motors. Kit has components similar to 'Westminster'
electromagnetic kit and comprises of
Anisotropic Ceramic Ferrite Magnets
12 Nos.
Armatures
6 Nos.
Mild Steel Yokes
6 Nos.
Support Bases
6 Nos.
Shafts
6 Nos.
Rivets
24 Nos.
Split Pins
12 Nos.
PVC tinned Copper Wire
1 Reel
Insulated Tubing, 2.5mm Bore
30cm
Cello tape Roles
2 Nos.
1090680
Motor Construction Kit, Westminster Type
TESLA COIL
The spectacular performance of high
frequency coil will leave an impression on
every student. Light emitting diode glow
brightly when held near the coil, a 60W light
bulb will light up, harmless spark showers
and gigantic sparks can be produced by using
two metallic circular discs. Compact version
of the classic Tesla design generates high
frequency high voltage. An adjustable spark
gap controls both frequency and output up to
a maximum of over 50000V. We can
demonstrate the unusual properties of high
frequency electrical phenomena and it
develops excitement in students to ask
questions related to the science and
technology. We can understand many
important topics such as transformer,
electromagnetism, resonating electrical
circuits, electric inductance, capacitance
and electrical power transmission. The whole
assembly fitted inside a transparent covered
acrylic base help to see each and every parts
of the Tesla coil easily. It operates on 110 or
220V AC. The whole kit includes with two
alluminium plate discs, a lamp sockets with a
lamp, a LED, a discharge electrode and
copper wire.
MOTOR CONSTRUCTION KIT
Clear the theoretical concepts of the
students related to the working of the DC
motor. The kit is provided in dismantled
parts. The students can easily wind the rotor,
make the commutator, brushes and assemble
the kit with the help of instruction manual
provided with it and can see the each parts of
the DC motor in running stage. All parts of the
kit are engineered to ensure that the motor
fits together in a satisfying way and runs
reliably without falling apart. Different types
of rotor windings are possible: single coil,
double coil or four coils. All parts of the kit
are packed in transparent plastic container
to reduce the chances of misplace the parts
of the kit.
1090670
Motor Construction Kit
AC GENERATOR
A bicycle dynamo engaged with a rubber
coated driven wheel with a handle to rotate
it with free movement. The output voltage
from dynamo directly comes out from two
4mm sockets and a torch bulb 3.5V/.2A fitted
in a MES bulb holder is used to demonstrate
the generation of electrical energy from the
dynamo. Maximum output from the dynamo
6V/3W.
1090675
1090685
Tesla Coil
Most of our electrical
products operate on AC
Mains voltage are as per
stringent CE norms.
AC Generator
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
112
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
INDUCTION COIL (RUHMKORFF)
Useful for the demonstration of
characteristics associated with high voltage
phenomena such as with Geissler tubes,
spectrum analysis tubes etc. This traditional
induction coil is capable of producing a spark
length of up to 30mm with an input of 6 to 8V
DC and is therefore ideal for use with vacuum
tubes, eudiometers, etc. A fully adjustable
trembler system is incorporated and spark
suppression capacitors are housed in the
base. Rhumkorff commutator allows primary
current to be both reversed and switched
ON/OFF with make-and-break point. A pair of
pointed electrodes is supplied with the
instrument, the pointed electrodes having an
insulating handle for adjustment of the spark
gap. Low voltage input is via a pair of
baseboard mounted colour coded 4mm
sockets.
1090700
Induction Coil (Rhumkorff)
RHUMKORFF'S COIL
High quality, trembler type spark coil. comprising primary of few turns of heavy wire wound on
iron core, mounted horizontally, which is fed by DC current pulses. Secondary coil of very large
number of turns of very thin gauge wire completely encompasses the primary and is impregnated
with wax. The electromagnetic induction due to current passing through the primary makes the
armature oscillate resulting in frequent switching ON/OFF of the current through primary. This
produces extremely high rate of change of magnetic field in this Rhumkorff's coil, giving rise to a
potential of several thousand volts in secondary, which is observable in the form of repetitive
spark up to 25mm long across adjustable needle. Provided with a safety spark gap beneath
needle socket terminals to protect internal damage to the coil against very high voltages. Output
from the terminal can also be used to operate high voltage devices such as spectrum tubes etc.
operates on 6-9V DC.
1090730
Rhumkorff's Coil
INDUCTION COIL
OHM'S LAW APPARATUS
For demonstration of Ohm's law, according to
which V/I = constant (R). When connected to
an external battery through a pair of color
coded terminals with a suitable resistance
connected across another pair of terminals,
the voltmeter and milliammeter readings are
available on switch ON the supply. Current
flowing through the circuit can be controlled
through a rheostat knob. With milliammeter
0-600mA DC, voltmeter 0-6V DC, rheostat
knob, push key, and 4mm socket terminals
mounted on top of plastic moulded
enclosure. Circuit diagram indicating all
components printed on top of the enclosure.
External battery and resistances not
supplied, available optionally.
1090740
DECADE RESISTANCE BOX
Four decade resistors of 1K ? , 100 ? , 10 ? and
1 ? fitted underneath a plastic moulded
cabinet of dim. (240x130x42) mm approx.
Each dial has 10 resistors with a knob at the
top which rotates with positive click stop to
select the desired value as indicated
alongside index mark on the knob. Output is
available via. 4mm safety sockets.
Accuracy is ±1%
1090770
Hand held specially designed induction coil
for testing of vacuum equipment for leakage
and to visualize the spectrums in different
spectrum tubes. A high frequency coil housed
in a highly insulated robust PVC case so you
can hold it in one hand. High potential sparks
comes out from the pointed tip which is
internally connected with the secondary coil
to generate a voltage range of 40-50 kV and
spark length is 100 mm in optimum
conditions. The spark length can be adjusted
just by turning the knob fitted top most side
of the apparatus. A rocker switch will glow up
to warn that apparatus is in running stage
fitted on the side of the apparatus. You will
need to turn the unit off after 10 minutes of
continues use to cool.
Decade Resistance Box
1090735
Ohm's Law Apparatus
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Induction Coil
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
113
1
2
4
3
RESISTANCE BOX, PLUG TYPE
For accurate work. fitted in a plastic
moulded box. Split brass contact blocks hold
precision cut, interchangeable brass plugs
having moulded black bakelite fluted tops.
Coils of constantan wire, non-inductively
wound, double silk covered; with resistances
precisely adjusted and are mounted
underneath the panel with double nut
arrangement. Accuracy ±0.1%.
Range (Ω)
1090760/1 1-50
1090760/2 1-100
1090760/3 1-500
1090760/4 1-1000
1090760/5 1-5000
1090760/6 1-10000
Total (Ω)
No. of Coils
110
210
1110
2110
11110
21110
8
9
12
13
16
17
Other ranges also available on specific request.
RESISTANCE BOX, PLUG TYPE
Same specifications as per Cat. No. 1090760
but with non-inductively wound coils of
manganin wire, double silk covered with
resistances adjusted to high precision.
Accuracy ± 0.05%.
Range (Ω)
1090780/1 1-50
1090780/2 1-100
1090780/3 1-500
1090780/4 1-1000
1090780/5 1-5000
1090780/6 1-10000
Total (Ω)
No. of Coils
110
210
1110
2110
11110
21110
8
9
12
13
16
17
Other ranges also available on specific request.
We specialize in
product development
as per customized
requirements and designs meeting
international quality standards with
shortest delivery periods.
RESISTANCE BOX, DECADE, DIAL
TYPE, METAL
Comprises circular dials mounted
underneath a metal cover plate, inside
sturdy aluminium extrusion case. Each dial
has 10 resistances, with a knob at the top
which rotates with positive click stop to
select the desired value as indicated
alongside index mark on the knob. Provided
with a pair of 4mm sockets for connecting the
resistances across a circuit and a yellow
socket for earthing. Multiple dials are
connected in series to add to the total
resistances of each dial. Accuracy ±1%.
1090800/1 One Decade 1
0-100Ω × 10Ω
1090800/2 Two Decade 2
0-100Ω × 10Ω
0-10Ω × 1Ω
Total resistance is 110Ω.
1090800/3 Three Decades: 3
0-100Ω × 10Ω
0-1000Ω × 100Ω
0-10kΩ × 1kΩ
Total resistance is 11,100Ω (or
11.10kΩ)
1090800/4 Four Decades: 4
0-10Ω × 1Ω
0-100Ω × 10Ω
0-1000Ω × 100Ω
0-10kΩ × 1kΩ
Total resistance is 11,110Ω (or
11.11kΩ)
1090800/5 Five Decades:
0-10Ω × 1Ω
0-100Ω × 10Ω
0-1000Ω × 100Ω
0-10kΩ × 1kΩ
0-100kΩ × 10kΩ
Total resistance is 111, 110Ω (or
111.11kΩ)
Other ranges also available on specific request.
VARIABLE INDUCTOR
A set of five inductors housed in plastic
moulded case. One can easily select any
inductor out of five as indicated alongside
index mark on the knob and can use in any
circuit via. 4 mm sockets mounted on the
plastic case (142x80x40) mm approx.
1090825
Variable Inductor
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
INDUCTANCE BOX, DECADE, DIAL
TYPE, METAL
Designed with pot core stability for standard
laboratory use. Useful as an oscillator
element, wave shaping and resonance
experiments, bridge experiments etc.
Construction features similar to Cat No.
1090800. Accuracy ±3%.
1090820/1 One Decade
0-100mH × 10mH
1090820/2 Two Decades
0-10mH × 1mH
0-100mH × 10mH
1090820/3 Three Decades
0-1000μH (1mH) × 100μH
0-10mH × 1mH
0-100mH × 10mH
1090820/4 Four Decades
0-1000μH (1mH) × 100μH
0-10mH × 1mH
0-100mH × 10mH
0-1000mH (1H) × 100mH
1090820/5 Five Decades
0-100μH × 10μH
0-1000μH (1mH) × 100μH
0-10mH × 1mH
0-100mH × 10mH
0-1000mH (1H) × 100mH
Other ranges also available on specific request.
114
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
3
4
1
2
CAPACITANCE BOX, DECADE, DIAL
TYPE, METAL
Finds many useful applications in the
laboratory, such as in resonance timing /
wave shaping / oscillator experiments etc
and also as capacitance substitution box.
Construction features similar to Cat No.
1090800. Accuracy ±2.5%.
RESISTANCE BOX
Comprises a circular dial mounted
underneath a cover plate inside a plastic
case. A big size knob for better griping is
mounted on the dial to select any desired
value of resistance from .1 to .9 with an
accuracy of 1 % as indicated alongside index
mark on the knob. Two 4mm sockets
internally connected to the resistances
mounted on the plate to connect the
resistance across any circuit.
11090805 Resistance Box
FIX CAPACITANCE BOX
Set of five non-electrolytic capacitors of
values 0.1, 1.0, 2.2, 4.7 and 10?F with max.
voltage rating 150V DC or 100V AC and five
electrolytic capacitors of values 100, 470,
1000, 2200 and 4700?F with a maximum
voltage rating of 40V selectable by 4mm
sockets fitted on a plastic moulded case
(142x80x40) mm approx.
1090835
Fix Capacitance Box
1090840/1 One Decade 1
0-100nF × 10nF
1090840/2 Two Decades 2
0-100nF × 10nF
0-1000nF (1μF) × 100nF
Total capacitance is 1100nF (or
1.10μF)
1090840/3 Three Decades 3
0-10nF × 1nF
0-100nF × 10nF
0-1000nF (1μF) × 100nF
Total capacitance is 1110nF (or
1.11μF)
1090840/4 Four Decades 4
0-10nF × 1nF
0-100nF × 10nF
0-1000nF (1μF) × 100nF
0-10μF × 1μF
Total capacitance is 11,110nF (or
11.11μF)
1090840/5 Five Decades
0-1000pF (1nF) × 100pF
0-10nF × 1nF
0-100nF × 10nF
0-1000nF (1μF) × 100nF
0-10μF × 1μF
Total capacitance is 11,111nF (or
11.111μF)
POST OFFICE BOX, PLUG TYPE
Plug type, in polished teak wood box with
hinged lid and black bakelite panel lined in
white colour to show circuit connections.
Coils of resistance wire, double silk covered,
are wound non-inductively and have a
negligible temperature co-efficient. Three
pairs of ratio arms are each 10, 100, 1000Ω
and resistance arms contains 16 coils from 1
to 5000Ω with infinity plug. Total value
11,110Ω. Two spring keys having special
contact for battery and galvanometer fitted.
Accuracy of coils 100 to 500Ω ± 0.05% and of
the resistance coils ± 0.1%.
1090860/1 Coils of Constantan Wire
1090860/2 Coils of Manganin Wire, more
accurate
Other ranges also available on specific request.
VARIABLE CAPACITOR
A set of four capacitors housed in plastic
moulded case. One can easily select any
capacitor out of four as indicated alongside
index mark on the
knob and can use in
any circuit via. 4 mm
sockets mounted on
the plastic case
(142x80x40) mm
approx.
1090845
Va r i a b l e
Capacitor
POST OFFICE BOX, WHEATSTONE
BRIDGE
For accurate determination of unknown
resistances or comparison of resistances of
two or more conductors. Decade dial type,
with 6 dials (two dials having 4 ratio arms –
one fraction and others in multiple of 1, 10,
100 and 1000Ω) and four dials with decade
resistance units, total resistance 11,110Ω).
Coils of resistance wire, double silk covered,
is wound non-inductively. It is fitted with two
enclosed tapping keys for battery and
galvanometer. Accuracy ±0.1% of unit coils.
1090880/1 Coils of Constantan Wire
1090880/2 Coils of Manganin Wire, more
accurate
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
115
DECADE L C R BOXES
FEATURES
n
Compact & Cost Effective Design
n
Wide range of precise Inductance, capacitance & Resistance
n
Direct readable format
n
Output on Safety Sockets
n
High accuracy Non-Inductive Resistors
n
Bl-Polar Working Capacitance available up to 600Volts
n
Reversely printed Membrane Panel
APPLICATIONS
Combined Decade LCR Box (3in 1 COMBO BOX) is a very suitable desktop Instrument ever first time for educational institutes, testing laboratories
and electronic research and development organizations for development of electronic circuits and Instruments. This single instrument can be used
as a substitute for three different 5 Decades of Inductance Box, 5 Decades of Capacitance Box and 5 Decades of resistance Box.
DESCRIPTION
This specially designed Decade Lab is a Combination of Decade Inductance, Decade Capacitance & Decade Resistance. This 3 in 1Combo Lab is made
very precisely to use as a higher end accurate Device for testing and calibrating of all kind of circuits & Instruments.
The Inductances used are made of precision winding on ferrite pot core to get 10 precise Inductance values, with high quality insulated copper wire
wound on specially designed bobbins which are directly mounted on PCB to get stable permeability and accurate values in shock and vibration.
The Capacitors used are having high insulation resistance of Polystyrene film wound non-inductively with minimum tolerance, thereby ensuring high
accuracy and stability of working with constant characteristics for several hours together.
Non Inductive Resisters of 2 Watts each Metal oxide are used to get precise resistance values at a wide range of temperature levels.
Specially Designed Rotary wafer Switches with silver plated copper alloy contacts assembled with excellent dielectric material ensuring very low
contact Resistance and high insulation.
Specially designed quality hardware components for easy user interface and highly professional Testing and measuring instruments are used to
calibrate this 3 in 1 Decade Lab.
Inductors on Ferrite Pot core up to 100H 500mA
Voltage selection for Capacitors (100Volt/250Volt/600Volt)
Wattage selection for Resistors (0.5W/1.0W/2.0W/3.0W)
SPECIFICATIONS
Description
Inductor
Capacitor
Resistor
Type
Pot core wound
Polyester
Non-Inductive
Ranges
100mH to 100H
10pF to 111mF
0.01 ? to 111M?
Standard working Voltage
/Current/Power
200mA
250Volt Non-Polar
250Volt/2watt
Range Selection
Rotary Switch
Rotary Switch
Rotary Switch
Maximum Decades
6
6
6
Maximum Residual/Decade
1MH
12pf
12m?
Dimension (L X W XH)mm
300x180x120
Weight(Kg)
2.400
1090850
Decade L C R Boxes
BEST
SELLER
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT
h
An assembly of a D type cell holder, a low voltage small motor with fan and a bulb with
h
holder mounted on plastic moulded box (240x13x40) mm approx. A flexible lead with
crocodile clip can be connected to either motor or bulb and another point of lead already
connected to the positive point of battery. The negative point of battery internally
connected to the bulb and motor with fan. The block diagram with appropriate name of
components printed on the top of the box.
1091330
Electric Circuit
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
116
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
2
1
RESISTANCE COILS, PLASTIC CASE,
ACCURATE 1
RESISTANCE COILS, TRANSPARENT
PLASTIC CASE
Non-inductively wound resistance coils of
double silk covered constantan wire,
mounted in moulded plastic round case. A
pair of 4mm socket terminals at the top
provide its connection in the circuit. Value
clearly marked on each coil. Accuracy ±0.2%,
rated 1W.
Non-inductively wound with double silk
covered constantan coils on plastic shaft
enclosed in a transparent plastic tube with a
connection terminal at each end. Values
clearly marked on each coil. Accuracy ±0.2 %,
Rated 1W.
1090900/1
1090900/2
1090900/3
1090900/4
1090900/5
1090900/6
1090940/1
1090940/2
1090940/3
1090940/4
1090940/5
1090940/6
0.1 to 0.9Ω
1.0 to 10Ω
11 to 50Ω
51 to 100Ω
101 to 500Ω
500 to 1000Ω
RESISTANCE COILS
0.1 to 0.9Ω
1.0 to 10Ω
11 to 50Ω
51 to 100Ω
101 to 500Ω
500 to 1000Ω
2
A range of resistance units based on a high
stability metal film element (PCB). They
offer improved accuracy and robustness, and
are economical than traditional resistance
coils. Accuracy ±1%.
1091090
Resistance Max. Volts Current
(Ω)
(V) Max.
(A)
1090920/1
1090920/2
1090920/3
1090920/4
1090920/5
1090920/6
1090920/7
1090920/8
1090920/9
1090920/10
2
20
5
50
1
10
100
500
1000
200
1.0
3.0
1.6
5.0
0.7
2.2
7.0
16.0
22.0
10.0
500
150
320
100
700
220
70
32
22
50
MOUNTED RESISTANCE COILS
A useful apparatus for showing how
resistance varies with the type of wire,
length of wire and diameter of wire in coils.
The apparatus can be used with wheatstone
bridge or a suitable ohm-meter. Lengths and
diameters of wires are in two to one ratios to
simplify computations. A set of five collinear
coils wound on identical bobbins and
mounted on anodized aluminium sheet with
six 4mm sockets to facilitate electrical
connections. The coils are
Coil
Wire
Size
Length
No. 1
Copper
32SWG
10m
No. 2
Copper
38SWG
10m
No. 3
Copper
32SWG
20m
No. 4
Copper
38SWG
20m
No. 5
Nichrome 38SWG
10m
WHEATSTONE BRIDGE, FOUR GAPS
RESISTANCE COILS, IN
CYLINDRICAL TRANSPARENT CASE
Non-inductively wound with double silk
covered constantan coils on insulated plastic
bobbins positioned in a transparent
cylindrical plastic container by means of a
plastic lid having 4mm socket terminal at its
top. Values clearly marked on each coil.
A. Eureka / Constantan Wire
B. Magnin Wire
1090950/1
1090950/2
1090950/3
1090950/4
1090950/5
1090950/6
0.1 to 0.9Ω
1.0 to 10Ω
11 to 50Ω
51 to 100Ω
101 to 500Ω
500 to 1000Ω
For determination of unknown resistances or
comparison of resistances. This substantial
FOUR-GAP bridge has broad, heavily plated
brass strips mounted on a base. Terminals
with 4mm sockets are provided to reduce
unwanted resistance to a minimum and the
gaps are closed by removable plated brass
strips, which are held in position by the
terminals. The 24SWG bare constantan wire
is stretched along the top of a meter scale
graduated in millimeters and figured every
centimeter. The ends of the wire are securely
clamped to the terminating strips to reduce
end errors to the negligible level. Wire easily
replaceable if damaged or broken. Supplied
WITH JOCKEY.
1091100/1 On Polished Wooden Base
1091100/2 On Anodized Aluminium Channel
Section Base
RESISTANCE SUBSTITUTION BOX
Eleven different resistances values fitted
inside a plastic moulded box can be selected
by just rotating the knob fitted on the box.
1090890
Mounted Resistance Coils
Resistance Substitution box
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
117
RESISTORS, SLIDING CONTACT (RHEOSTAT), OPEN
TYPE, SINGLE TUBE 1
For use as series resistors or potentiometers. Comprises of eureka wire
wound on a porcelain tube, supported at both ends on moulded plastic
legs. Open type slide wire type with a variety of resistance and current
carrying capacity. Copper-nickel alloy wire is oxidized to provide the
desired insulation. Phosphorus bronze contact provided on metal
chrome plated slider-rod to give rapid and smooth adjustment. Three
4mm socket terminals are provided – one at each end of the wound
resistance wire and third one on one of the supporting legs and
connected to the slider arrangement, enabling the use of rheostat as
variable resistor or potential divider. Designed for continuous use
without overheating. Total resistance in Ω and current carrying
capacities are marked on each rheostat. Pipe diameter approx. 43mm.
Length (mm)
A
B
C
D
E
F
150
200
250
300
400
500
1.5
3
4.5
8
11
15
23
36
50
64
89
115
160
270
400
660
1150
2.5
4.4
6.5
12
16
22
34
55
75
96
135
175
240
400
600
975
1700
3.5
6
9
16
22
29
45
74
100
128
180
235
320
540
800
1300
2250
6.5
10.5
15
28
37
50
80
128
175
220
315
405
560
930
1400
2275
3950
8.5
13
20
36
50
64
100
165
225
290
395
515
720
1200
1800
2950
5150
Current (A)
1090960/1
1090960/2
1090960/3
1090960/4
1090960/5
1090960/6
1090960/7
1090960/8
1090960/9
1090960/10
1090960/11
1090960/12
1090960/13
1090960/14
1090960/15
1090960/16
1090960/17
8.0
6.5
5.0
4.2
3.3
2.8
2.3
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
4.5
7.5
11
20
27
36
56
92
125
160
225
290
400
670
1000
1625
2850
RESISTORS, SLIDING CONTACT (RHEOSTAT), OPEN
TYPE, SINGLE TUBE
Similar to Cat. No. 1090960, but pipe diameter 56mm.
A
B
C
D
E
F
150
200
250
300
400
500
2
3.5
5.5
10
14
18
26
47
64
82
115
148
200
345
500
840
1350
3
5.5
8
15
20
28
41
70
96
120
170
225
300
510
750
1250
2100
4.5
7.5
11
20
28
38
56
93
125
160
230
295
400
676
1000
1650
2350
8
13
20
35
48
66
102
160
225
285
400
520
700
1165
1800
2900
5100
10
17
26
45
64
86
128
210
290
360
500
675
925
1500
2300
3750
6750
Current (A)
1090980/1
1090980/2
1090980/3
1090980/4
1090980/5
1090980/6
1090980/7
1090980/8
1090980/9
1090980/10
1090980/11
1090980/12
1090980/13
1090980/14
1090980/15
1090980/16
1090980/17
8.0
6.5
5.0
4.2
3.3
2.8
2.3
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
2
Resistance (Ω)
Other ranges and rheostats on vitreous enameled pipe also available on specific request.
Length (mm)
1
Resistance (Ω)
5.5
9.5
14
25
34
48
71
116
160
200
290
365
500
835
1250
2270
3600
RESISTORS, SLIDING CONTACT (RHEOSTAT), OPEN
TYPE, VITREOUS ENAMELED TUBE 2
Rheostats of excellent quality. Wound with heavily oxidized resistance
wire on vitreous enameled steel tube. The winding is locked into place
with ceramic cement. The tube is carried upon robust enameled diecast end supports with heavy duty sliding contact consisting of multi
leaf phosphor bronze strips, nickel plated for corrosion resistance.
4mm socket terminals are fitted, allowing for use as a variable resistor
or potential divider.
1091060/1
1091060/2
1091060/3
1091060/4
1091060/5
1091060/6
1091060/7
1091060/8
1091060/9
1091060/10
1091060/11
1091060/12
1091060/13
1091060/14
1091060/15
Resistance (Ω)
Max. Current (A)
Tube Size (L × Dia.)
1600
600
300
135
55
16
8.5
2.5
6.5
1325
280
125
37
20
4.5
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.4
2.3
4
5
9
5.5
0.5
1.2
1.8
3.2
4.5
9
200×43mm
200×43mm
200×43mm
200×43mm
200×43mm
200×43mm
200×43mm
200×43mm
300×43mm
300×43mm
300×43mm
300×43mm
300×43mm
300×43mm
300×43mm
Other ranges also available on specific request.
CAUTION:
n
n
n
All the above Rheostats are of open design and are not
protected, therefore, they should not be connected to
electrical supplies exceeding 50V.
While ordering Rheostats, please specify the Resistance (in
Ω), Current capacity (in A) clearly.
Current ratings indicated above are for intermittent use of
rheostats in vertical position. For continuous,
uninterrupted use, when Rheostats are being used
horizontally, current should not exceed 75% of the marked
value.
Other ranges and rheostats on vitreous enameled pipe also available on specific request.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
118
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
1
2
WHEATSTONE BRIDGE, TWO GAPS
Comprising 24SWG bare constantan wire stretched along a meter
scale, subdivided in centimeters and millimeters, clamped to stout
plated brass terminating plates designed to ensure that the
connections are made exactly at the ends of the scale. A heavy plated
brass strip with 4mm socket terminals is fastened along the back of the
baseboard and provides a TWO-GAP system for normal Wheatstone
bridge work. Supplied WITH JOCKEY.
1091120/1 On Polished Wooden Base
1091120/2 On sturdy Anodized Aluminium Channel Section Base
1
POTENTIOMETER
RESISTORS, SLIDING CONTACT (RHEOSTAT), WITH
PERFORATED COVER
Heavy pattern, sturdy design, protected by perforated cover and
designed to provide extra safety to the user. Other important design
changes include spring loaded sliding contacts of solid brass in place of
phosphor bronze strip contacts. Wound with heavily oxidized
resistance wire on an insulated tube. Fitted with three 4mm socket
terminals allowing for use as a variable resistor or potentiometer with
a single slide operation. Resistance and current rating clearly marked
on the slider. Resistance ±10% of the nominal value. Permits continuous
use for longer periods without overheating. Pipe diameter available is
about 56mm.
Length (mm)
A
B
C
D
E
F
150
200
250
300
400
500
2
3.5
5.5
10
14
18
26
47
64
82
115
148
200
345
500
840
1350
3
5.5
8
15
20
28
41
70
96
120
170
225
300
510
750
1250
2100
4.5
7.5
11
20
28
38
56
93
125
160
230
295
400
676
1000
1650
2350
8
13
20
35
48
66
102
160
225
285
400
520
700
1165
1800
2900
5100
10
17
26
45
64
86
128
210
290
360
500
675
925
1500
2300
3750
6750
Current (A)
1091080/1
1091080/2
1091080/3
1091080/4
1091080/5
1091080/6
1091080/7
1091080/8
1091080/9
1091080/10
1091080/11
1091080/12
1091080/13
1091080/14
1091080/15
1091080/16
1091080/17
8.5
6.5
5.0
4.2
3.3
2.8
2.3
1.8
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.3
Useful as a potential
3
divider for various electrical
experiments such as in null point
detection, works on the principle of variation of
resistance of a conductor with length.
length Comprising a
24SWG bare constantan wire stretched along a meter rule, subdivided in centimeters and millimeters and clamped to stout plated
brass end plates. The clamping system is designed to make good
electrical contact with the wire at the exact ends of the scale thus
leaving virtually no margin for 'end errors'. The terminating strips are
provided with heavy-duty 4mm socket terminals and the complete
assembly is mounted on a long baseboard. Supplied WITH JOCKEY.
1091140/1 Single Wire (1m) on Polished Wooden Base 3
1091140/2 Double Wire (2m) on Polished Wooden Base
1091140/3 Single Wire (1m) on sturdy Anodized Aluminium Channel
Section Base
1091140/4 Double Wire (2m) on sturdy Anodized Aluminium Channel
Section Base 2
Resistance (Ω)
5.5
9.5
14
25
34
48
71
116
160
200
290
365
500
835
1250
2270
3600
Other ranges and rheostats on vitreous enameled pipe also available on specific request.
ELECTRICITY KIT
Activities those can be performed with this kit.
1. Characteristics of a complete circuits.
2. Materials used as a best conductor of electricity.
3. Working of a switch.
4. How do I control the brightness of the bulb?
5. Changing of circuits.
6. To draw a block diagram of a circuit.
7. How the wires of different materials affect the brightness of a bulb?
1091245
Electricity Kit
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
119
NICHROME WIRE, BARE
A nickel-chromium iron alloy especially
suitable for high temperature applications
such as heating elements, rheostats etc.
RESISTANCE BOARD
Three resistance wires are fitted on a
wooden base with a cross sectional area ratio
1:2:4 to observe that how the resistance of
same length wire is change on changing the
cross sectional area.
1091170
Resistance Board
1091220/1
1091220/2
1091220/3
1091220/4
1091220/5
1091220/6
1091220/7
1091220/8
Diameter
(in mm) (SWG)
Mass
(per reel)
1.22
0.91
0.71
0.56
0.46
0.38
0.31
0.27
125g
125g
125g
125g
125g
125g
125g
125g
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
Other sizes also available on specific request.
CARBON ARC LAMP
Mounted on wooden base to explain working
of arc lamp operates on 12 volts AC/DC
1091280
Carbon Arc Lamp
MANGNANIN WIRE, BARE
An alloy of manganese, nickel and copper,
having a low temperature co-efficient. This
wire is particularly suited for resistance coils
etc., or any application where accuracy of
resistance value is the important factor and
electrical loading is low.
Diameter
(in mm) (SWG)
Mass
(per reel)
1091180/1
0.91
20
50g
1091180/2
0.71
22
50g
1091180/3
0.56
24
50g
1091180/4
0.45
26
50g
1091180/5
0.38
28
50g
1091180/6
0.31
30
50g
Mangnanin wire, Double Rayon covered is
also available in above sizes.
Other sizes also available on specific request.
EUREKA/CONSTANTAN WIRE, BARE
A copper nickel alloy of low temperature coefficient suitable for resistance coils etc.
Diameter
(in mm) (SWG)
Mass
(per reel)
1091200/1
1.62
16
125g
1091200/2
1.22
18
125g
1091200/3
0.91
20
125g
1091200/4
0.71
22
125g
1091200/5
0.56
24
125g
1091200/6
0.46
26
125g
1091200/7
0.38
28
125g
1091200/8
0.31
30
125g
1091200/9
0.27
32
125g
1091200/10 0.23
34
125g
Eureka/Constantan wire, Double Rayon
covered is also available in above sizes.
2
1
MORSE KEY
WATER CIRCUIT BOARD
To demonstrate the principle of flow of
electricity by analogy. Comprises an
analogous circuit made of transparent plastic
tubing connected to a low voltage electric
pump operating on 6-12V DC for circulating
water through the circuit, mounted on a
large sheet metal board through spring clips.
The circuit has two glass tubes of different
bores, connected in parallel across the
circuit and represents resistances. Across the
resistances is connected a detachable
manometer to show the pressure drop across
the tubes indicating potential difference.
Following the resistances, the tube
discharges into a funnel for circulation
through the circuit. 4mm sockets provided
for power input to the pump. Rate of flow of
water through the circuit represents current
through the circuit and can be controlled by
varying the input to the electric pump.
Hoffman's Clips provided for disconnecting
either of the two resistances or manometer,
when needed.
1091240
Water Circuit Board
To demonstrate the functioning of
telegraphic communication. Tapping of the
key sends signal to the sounder. On
rectangular wooden base with two terminals,
and pivoted contact arm with adjustable
spring, all fittings are chrome plated. 4mm
socket terminal provided for connections.
1091300
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
1
MORSE SOUNDER
Receives communication from Morse key and
converts into audible signal for decoding. On
rectangular wooden base with
electromagnet and pivoted arm with
adjustable screws, all fittings are chrome
plated. 4mm socket terminal provided for
connections.
1091320
Morse Sounder
2
PENCIL JOCKEY
For Wheatstone bridge and potentiometer
work, with insulated handle, plated brass
contact, and a plated brass terminal with
4mm Socket.
1091160
Other sizes also available on specific request.
Morse Key
Pencil Jockey
120
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
ARCO ELECTRONICS KIT
ARCO ELECTRICITY KIT
Arco electronics kit is a uniquely designed kit to get you started
learning about electronics. In this kit, the components are stored in a
heavy duty carry-case. The components are easy to set up and enable
the user to perform a wide variety of experiments. The kit consists of a
bread board with discrete components with 4mm plugs for assembling
your circuits and all the resistors, capacitors, diodes, LEDs, transistors,
SCR, TRIAC and other components needed for the experiments. It will
provide the perfect introduction to the basic fundamentals of
electronics. It makes easy for students to observe and understand that
how semiconductor components work and their characteristics
behavior in static and dynamic circuits. This is a great learning kit to
get you started designing, testing and building your own circuits. The
components provided in the kit are:
Cell holder with batteries
2
Lamp Holder
1
Bridging plugs
7
Si diode
4
Toggle switch
1
Multimeter
2
Zener diode 5.1/6.2/8.2V 1each
Resistor 1K?
1
Potentimeter1K?
1
Resistor 10K?
1
Thermistor 47K?
1
Resistor 100?
1
Resistor 3.3 K?
1
Resistor 1M?
1
Resistor 220?
1
Resistor 4.7K?
1
Resistor 470?
2
Resistor 47K?
2
NPN signal transistor
1
NPN power transistor
1
PNP signal transistor
1
PNP power transistor
1
Lamp 12V
2
Infra red LED
1
Phototransistor
1
LED Green
1
LED Red
1
LDR
1
Torch
1
TRIAC
1
Capacitor 10μF
2
Speaker
1
Capacitor 1μF
2
SCR (Silicon Controlled Rectifier) 1
Arco electricity kit is made of bread board with discrete components
having 4mm plugs. In this kit, the components are stored in a heavy
duty carry-case. This kit consists of the necessary parts needed to work
through a complete introduction to basic electricity. The components
are easy to set up and enable the user to perform a wide variety of
experiments. It will provide the perfect introduction to the basic
fundamentals of current electricity. It is equipped with excellent tools,
which can be utilized for the more advanced studies. This kit helps the
students to observe and understand how electrical instruments such as
motor, relay components work and their characteristic behavior in
static and dynamic circuits. The components provided in the kit are:
Cell holder with batteries
2
Bridging plugs
4
Resistor 100?
2
Multimeter
2
Resistor 220?
1
Potentiometer 100? /5W
1
Lamp Holder
1
Toggle switch
1
Capacitor 1000μF/16V
2
Push to ON switch
1
Inductor coil
1
Compass
1
5
Relay 12V DC
1
Clips
Motor small
2
Plastic fan
2
C core with clips
1set
Coil 400 turns
1
Coil 1600 turns
1
Reversing switch
2
Buzzer
1
A variety of experiments can be performed using the Kit like :
(I)
Verification of Ohm's law
(ii)
Verification of Kirchhoff'
(iii)
Potential differenceor electro-motive force measurement
(iv)
Current measurement
(v)
Voltage measurement
(vi)
Charging and discharging of a capacitor
(vii)
Combination of capacitors in series and parallel
(viii) Measurement of electrical resistance
(ix)
Addition of resistances in series and in parallel
(x)
Use of Buzzer in an electrical circuit
(xi)
Use of relay in an electrical circuit
(xii)
Understanding of transformer and its working
(xiii) Understanding of dynamo and its working
(xiv)
Transformation of electrical energy into mechanical energy
(xv)
Working of electromagnet
(xvi)
Study of electric bulb
(xvii) Direction of magnetic field
Additional use of cathode ray oscilloscope makes this kit a versatile
tool for the electricity experiments.
A variety of electronic experiments can be performed using Arco
Electronics Kit.
I)
Diode characteristics
ii)
Diode as a rectifier
iii)
Transistor characteristics
iv)
Transistor as a switch
v)
Transistor as an amplifier
vi)
UJT characteristics
vii)
Audio-amplifier
viii)
SCR characteristics
ix)
Triac characteristics
x)
Wiring up of a LED
xi)
Analysis of Zener shunt regulation
xii)
Zener diode characteristics
xiii)
Potentiometer experiments
Additional use of cathode ray oscilloscope makes this kit a versatile
tool for the electronics experiments.
1091250
1091255
Electricity Kit
Electronics Kit
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
121
EXPERIMENTAL NOTES
BEST
SELLER
WORCESTER CIRCUIT BOARD KIT
The kit consists of baseboard, terminals, set of metal
connection
and
connection
ti pillars
ill
d a number
b off clip-on
li
ti strips
t i and
d
accessories units, enabling a variety of circuits to be constructed
quickly. Phosphor bronze connection strips are so designed that when flexed a little, they are
easily slipped over the pegs on baseboard, where there natural spring holds them in position and
ensures good electrical contact. The kit includes :
Flash Lamp Bulbs
18 Nos.
Plain Connectors
12 Nos.
Connectors with Lamp Holders
9 Nos.
Connector with Rheostat
1 No.
Rectifier
1 No.
Resistor
1 No.
Flexible Leads with Crocodile Clips
2 Nos.
Crocodile Clips
2 Nos.
Mounted Bell Pushes
2 Nos.
Soft Iron Nails, 50mm
2 Nos.
Bare Copper Wire 20SWG
1 Length
Bare Eureka Wire, 34SWG
1 Length
Plastic Covered flexible wire
1 Length
Circular Hardboard Disc, Drilled
1 No.
Pencil Leads
4 Nos.
Copper Foil
1 Pc
Steel Wool
1 Pc
Flexible Leads with 4mm plugs & crocodile clips
2 Nos.
1091260
Worcester Circuit Board Kit (Supplied without cells.)
BEST
SELLER
The Worcester Circuit Board Kit has been so
comprehensively designed that no catalog
specification or illustration can properly
indicate the complete scope of the Kit. Listed
below are some of the topics that can be
studied on an individual basis.
1. Understanding basic electrical circuit
elements and their applications.
2. Making simple electrical circuits.
3. Simple series and parallel circuits.
4. Conversion of electrical energy to light
energy and heat energy.
5. Heating Effects of current
6. Magnetic effects of current
7. Current Balance.
8. Effects of a resistor and a rectifier.
9. Using simple variable resistor as a
potential divider.
10. Testing Fuses.
11. Comparison of resistance wires.
12. Conduction in liquids (Simple Cell).
13. Electroplating; etc.
More experiments and demonstration can be
performed with the kit and are left to the
ingenuity of teachers and students for
further exploration.
BASIC ELECTRICITY KIT
An economical kit with collection of various
components to provide students clear insight
into simple electrical circuits using various
circuit elements and many other related
concepts. The complete kit packed and
supplied in specially made, durable
expanded polystyrene trays that facilitate
convenient storage after use, while keeping
the kit organized. Comes with detailed
instructional material. Kit comprises
Cell Holder (without Cells)
12 Nos.
Bulb Holder, MES, Mounted on Base
20 Nos.
Push Key
8 Nos.
2-Way Switch
4 Nos.
Universal Clip
4 Nos.
Electrode Holder
4 Nos.
Variable Resistance
4 Nos.
Bulbs, MES
40 Nos.
Connecting Lead, 4mm, 10cm, Red 12 Nos.
Connecting Lead, 4mm, 10cm, Black 12 Nos.
Connecting Lead, 4mm, 25cm, Red 4 Nos.
Connecting Lead, 4mm, 25cm, Black 4 Nos.
Crocodile Clips
8 Nos.
Carbon Rod
12 Nos.
Soft Iron Rod
8 Nos.
Silicon Diode
4 Nos.
Resistance, Fixed
4 Nos.
Copper Wire, Bare, 20SWG
1 Reel
Copper Wire, Insulated, 50m
1 Reel
Eureka Wire, 34SWG
50g
Copper Foil Sheet, 150×150mm
1 No.
Steel Wool
1 Pack
1091270
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Basic Electricity Kit
122
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
BEST
SELLER
PRIMARY ELECTRICITY KIT
Designed around the similar concepts as that
of Basic Electricity Kit (Cat. No. 1091270),
the kit provides additional resources for the
teaching of introductory electrical concepts,
which is further supported by well
structured, comprehensive instructional
material. The kit comer in two
configurations.
1091275/1 Primary Electricity Kit A 1
Designed for a group of 6 students. The kit
contains
Cell Holder (without Cells)
6 Nos.
Bulb Holder, MES, Mounted on Base 6 Nos.
Bulbs, MES
6 Nos.
Push Key
3 Nos.
2-Way Switch
3 Nos.
Connecting Lead, 4mm, Red
9 Nos.
Connecting Lead, 4mm, Black
9 Nos.
1
2
1091275/2 Primary Electricity Kit B 2
Contains additional items and consumables
to be used along with Kit A. The kit consists of
Variable Resistance
4 Nos.
Motor, Mounted on Base
3 Nos.
Buzzer, Mounted on Base
3 Nos.
Universal Clips
4 Nos.
Electrode Holder
2 Nos.
Bulbs, MES
20 Nos.
Crocodile Clips
8 Nos.
Carbon Rods
6 Nos.
Soft Iron Rod
6 Nos.
Silicon Diode
3 Nos.
Resistance, Fixed
3 Nos.
Insulated Copper Wire
1 Reel
TELEGRAPH SET, TABLE TYPE
Set of TWO units. Each unit is fitted with one
Morse key one sounder and ON/OFF switch
for battery with four terminals. Each unit is
works on 4-6V DC.
1091360
Telegraph Set, Table Type
100%
SATISFACTION
GUARANTEED!
All our products carry
unconditional guarantee for a
period of 12 months. If for any
reason, any of our product is
not up to your satisfaction, we
will send you a replacement as
per your needs OR a refund or
credit for the same.
We constantly try to expand
and improve quality of our
products.
TELEGRAPH SET, LECTURE
PATTERN
For demonstration of telegraphic
communication to a group of students.
Comprises a set of two individual complete
working model, each unit is mounted on
wooden polished vertical stand, all
connections are clearly visible to explain the
principle of telegraph. Each unit is workable
on 4-6 volts DC.
1091380
Telegraph Set, Lecture Pattern
TELEPHONE TRANSMITTER &
RECEIVER COMBINED
Showing clearly all components and
connections working demonstration model of
telephonic communication.
1091400/1 Te l e p h o n e Tr a n s m i t t e r &
Receiver Combined
1091400/2 Telephone receiver, double pole
with wire for connection
1091400/3 Telephone transmitter-superior
with handle and wire connection
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
123
AMMETER, MULTIRANGE, AC/DC
\
BELL DEMONSTRATION ON A
WOODEN BASE
BELL DEMONSTRATION MODEL,
ECONOMICAL
A student can easily understand the working
of an electric bell. All the components are
mounted on a transparent acrylic panel,
fitted on wooden base. We can also use this
compact size bell with bell jar to
demonstrate that sound requires medium to
transmit. Operating voltage is 3-4 volts DC.
All the components of an electric bell are
mounted on a large panel for easy
demonstration to the group of students.
Provides complete dissected view with all
components and wiring clearly visible with
large sized parts. Operates on 3-4 volts DC.
Shows the working of a simple electric bell.
1091410
1091420
Bell Demonstration on a Wooden
Base
A multirange rectangular ammeter mounted
on top of a sturdy plastic box, providing
multiple ranges selectable through a
rotatory knob with AC/DC selection through a
toggle switch. AC output available through a
pair of 4mm yellow shielded sockets and DC
output through a pair of 4mm colour-coded
shielded sockets. Ranges available are 10mA
/ 100mA / 500mA / 1A / 2.5A / 5A in both AC
and DC.
1091640
Ammeter, Multirange, AC/DC
Bell Demonstration Model,
Economical
MULTIRANGE AMMETER /
VOLTMETER COMBINED, DC
DIGITAL METERS
Comprising a 3½ digit LCD digital display
mounted on a rectangular plastic box of size
90×90×42mm, having 4mm colour coded
sockets for input. ON/OFF switch provided on
top. Operates on 9V battery (6F22) present
inside. Ranges available are
DC Ammeter
1091760/1
1091760/2
1091760/3
1091760/4
1091760/5
1091760/6
199.9μA
1.999mA
19.99mA
199.9mA
1.999A
19.99A
DC Voltmeter
1091760/7 199.9mV
1091760/8 1.999V
1091760/9 19.99V
1091760/10 199.9V
Other ranges also available on specific request.
A multirange meter with transparent, square
front panel mounted on a sturdy plastic case,
incorporating a unique switching system for
selecting ammeters or voltmeters ranges
both internally and externally by a slider
mechanism. The mechanism automatically
covers the measurement not in use and opens
the desired measurement eliminating any
chance of damage to the equipment by error
and displays the selected measurement on
the meter. The moving coil mechanism is
adjustable for zero and also provides
negative reading to the left of zero for both
measurements. Different ranges in both the
measurements selectable through various
4mm socket terminals mounted on top
clearly indicating the range, with a common
terminal just below the meter. Ranges
available are
Ammeter: 100μA, 100mA, 1A and 5A
Voltmeter: 100mV, 1V, 10V, 50V
1091680
Multirange Ammeter / Voltmeter
Combined, DC
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
VOLTMETER, MULTIRANGE, AC/DC
Similar to Cat No. 1091640, in construction
but voltmeter with ranges 5V / 25V / 50V /
100V / 250V / 500V in both AC and DC.
1091660
Voltmeter, Multirange, AC/DC
124
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
BEST
SELLER
2
1
3
PANEL METERS
A
MO-65, Round: Unbreakable, moulded, ABS Plastic Black Case;
Accuracy ±2.0 FSD; Scale Length about 50mm with knife edge
pointer, with or without anti-parallax mirror scale; Overall Size
about 80mm round; flush type mounting.
B
MR-100, Rectangular: Unbreakable, moulded, ABS Plastic Black
Case with clear transparent front window; Accuracy ±2.0 FSD;
Scale Length about 85mm with knife edge pointer, with or without
anti-parallax mirror scale; Overall Size about 80×100mm
rectangular; flush type mounting.
about 50mm with knife edge pointer, with or without anti-parallax
mirror scale; Desk stand with 4mm terminals at the front; Overall
Size about 110×80×75mm.
E
EDM-80: Unbreakable, moulded, ABS Plastic Black Case with clear
transparent front window; Accuracy ±2.0 FSD; Scale Length about
65mm with knife edge pointer, with or without anti-parallax mirror
scale; Desk stand with 4mm terminals at the front; Overall Size
about 120×80×85mm.
F
MR-100, Rectangular: Unbreakable, moulded, ABS Plastic Black
Case with clear transparent front window; Accuracy ±2.0 FSD;
Scale Length about 85mm with knife edge pointer, with or without
anti-parallax mirror scale; Desk stand with 4mm terminals at the
front; Overall Size about 100×100×140mm.
G
EDM-100: Unbreakable, moulded, ABS Plastic Black Case with
clear transparent front window; Accuracy ±2.0 FSD; Scale Length
about 85mm with knife edge pointer, with or without anti-parallax
mirror scale; Desk stand with 4mm terminals at the front; Overall
Size about 110×100×140mm.
METERS ON DESK STAND: All meters provided with 4mm colour coded
terminals for connections. Sloping face for bench use provides
convenient reading.
C
D
MO-65, Round, Desk Stand: Unbreakable, moulded, ABS Plastic
Black Case; Accuracy ±2.0 FSD; Scale Length about 50mm with
knife edge pointer, with or without anti-parallax mirror scale; Desk
stand with 4mm terminals at the top; Overall Size about
90×90×110mm.
MO-65, Round, Desk Stand with Front Terminal: Unbreakable,
moulded, ABS Plastic Black Case; Accuracy ±2.0 FSD; Scale Length
DC CURRENT
METER
MO-65 1
1091460/1 0-1A
1091460/2 0-2A
1091460/3 0-3A
1091460/4 0-4A
1091460/5 0-5A
1091460/6 0-6A
1091460/7 0-7A
1091460/8 0-8A
1091460/9 0-9A
1091460/10 0-10A
1091460/11 0-1mA
1091460/12 0-5mA
1091460/13 0-10mA
1091460/14 0-25mA
1091460/15 0-50mA
1091460/16 0-100mA
1091460/17 0-250mA
1091460/18 0-500mA
1091460/19 0-50μA
1091460/20 0-100μA
1091460/21 0-250μA
1091460/22 0-300μA
1091460/23 0-500μA
EDM-80 2
1091480/1 0-1A
1091480/2 0-2A
1091480/3 0-3A
1091480/4 0-4A
1091480/5 0-5A
1091480/6 0-6A
1091480/7 0-7A
1091480/8 0-8A
1091480/9 0-9A
1091480/10 0-10A
1091480/11 0-1mA
1091480/12 0-5mA
1091480/13 0-10mA
1091480/14 0-25mA
1091480/15 0-50mA
1091480/16 0-100mA
Please suffix the code (from A to K) corresponding to the type of meter required from the
above after the catalog number of the desired range given below.
1091480/17 0-250mA
1091480/18 0-500mA
1091480/19 0-50μA
1091480/20 0-100μA
1091480/21 0-250μA
1091480/22 0-300μA
1091480/23 0-500μA
MR-100 3
1091500/1
1091500/2
1091500/3
1091500/4
1091500/5
1091500/6
0-1A
0-2A
0-3A
0-4A
0-5A
0-6A
1091500/7 0-7A
1091500/8 0-8A
1091500/9 0-9A
1091500/10 0-10A
1091500/11 0-1mA
1091500/12 0-5mA
1091500/13 0-10mA
1091500/14 0-25mA
1091500/15 0-50mA
1091500/16 0-100mA
1091500/17 0-250mA
1091500/18 0-500mA
1091500/19 0-50μA
1091500/20 0-100μA
1091500/21 0-250μA
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
1091500/22 0-300μA
1091500/23 0-500μA
EDM-100
1091520/1 0-1A
1091520/2 0-2A
1091520/3 0-3A
1091520/4 0-4A
1091520/5 0-5A
1091520/6 0-6A
1091520/7 0-7A
1091520/8 0-8A
1091520/9 0-9A
1091520/10 0-10A
1091520/11 0-1mA
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
DC CURRENT
METER
MO-65
1091460/1 0-1A
1091460/2 0-2A
1091460/3 0-3A
1091460/4 0-4A
1091460/5 0-5A
1091460/6 0-6A
1091460/7 0-7A
1091460/8 0-8A
1091460/9 0-9A
1091460/10 0-10A
1091460/11 0-1mA
1091460/12 0-5mA
1091460/13 0-10mA
1091460/14 0-25mA
1091460/15 0-50mA
1091460/16 0-100mA
1091460/17 0-250mA
1091460/18 0-500mA
1091460/19 0-50μA
1091460/20 0-100μA
1091460/21 0-250μA
1091460/22 0-300μA
1091460/23 0-500μA
EDM-80
1091480/1 0-1A
1091480/2 0-2A
1091480/3 0-3A
1091480/4 0-4A
1091480/5 0-5A
1091480/6 0-6A
1091480/7 0-7A
1091480/8 0-8A
1091480/9 0-9A
1091480/10 0-10A
1091480/11 0-1mA
1091480/12 0-5mA
1091480/13 0-10mA
1091480/14 0-25mA
1091480/15 0-50mA
1091480/16 0-100mA
1091480/17 0-250mA
1091480/18 0-500mA
1091480/19 0-50μA
1091480/20 0-100μA
1091480/21 0-250μA
1091480/22 0-300μA
1091480/23 0-500μA
MR-100
1091500/1
1091500/2
1091500/3
1091500/4
1091500/5
0-1A
0-2A
0-3A
0-4A
0-5A
1091500/6 0-6A
1091500/7 0-7A
1091500/8 0-8A
1091500/9 0-9A
1091500/10 0-10A
1091500/11 0-1mA
1091500/12 0-5mA
1091500/13 0-10mA
1091500/14 0-25mA
1091500/15 0-50mA
1091500/16 0-100mA
1091500/17 0-250mA
1091500/18 0-500mA
1091500/19 0-50μA
1091500/20 0-100μA
1091500/21 0-250μA
1091500/22 0-300μA
1091500/23 0-500μA
EDM-100
1091520/1 0-1A
1091520/2 0-2A
1091520/3 0-3A
1091520/4 0-4A
1091520/5 0-5A
1091520/6 0-6A
1091520/7 0-7A
1091520/8 0-8A
1091520/9 0-9A
1091520/10 0-10A
1091520/11 0-1mA
1091520/12 0-5mA
1091520/13 0-10mA
1091520/14 0-25mA
1091520/15 0-50mA
1091520/16 0-100mA
1091520/17 0-250mA
1091520/18 0-500mA
1091520/19 0-50μA
1091520/20 0-100μA
1091520/21 0-250μA
1091520/22 0-300μA
1091520/23 0-500μA
AC CURRENT
METER
MO-65
1091550/1 0-1A
1091550/2 0-2A
1091550/3 0-3A
1091550/4 0-4A
1091550/5 0-5A
1091550/6 0-6A
1091550/7 0-7A
1091550/8 0-8A
1091550/9 0-9A
1091550/10 0-10A
1091550/11 0-100mA
1091550/12 0-250mA
1091550/13 0-500mA
EDM-80
1091570/1 0-1A
1091570/2 0-2A
1091570/3 0-3A
1091570/4 0-4A
1091570/5 0-5A
1091570/6 0-6A
1091570/7 0-7A
1091570/8 0-8A
1091570/9 0-9A
1091570/10 0-10A
1091570/11 0-100mA
1091570/12 0-250mA
1091570/13 0-500mA
MR-100
1091590/1 0-1A
1091590/2 0-2A
1091590/3 0-3A
1091590/4 0-4A
1091590/5 0-5A
1091590/6 0-6A
1091590/7 0-7A
1091590/8 0-8A
1091590/9 0-9A
1091590/10 0-10A
1091590/11 0-100mA
1091590/12 0-250mA
1091590/13 0-500mA
EDM-100
1091610/1 0-1A
1091610/2 0-2A
1091610/3 0-3A
1091610/4 0-4A
1091610/5 0-5A
1091610/6 0-6A
1091610/7 0-7A
1091610/8 0-8A
1091610/9 0-9A
1091610/10 0-10A
1091610/11 0-100mA
1091610/12 0-250mA
1091610/13 0-500mA
DC VOLTMETER
MO-65
1091470/1
1091470/2
1091470/3
1091470/4
1091470/5
1091470/6
1091470/7
1091470/8
1091470/9
0-1V
0-1.5V
0-3V
0-5V
0-10V
0-25V
0-50V
0-100V
0-250V
1091470/10 0-300V
1091470/11 0-600V
1091470/12 0-15mV
1091470/13 0-25mV
1091470/14 0-30mV
1091470/15 0-50mV
1091470/16 0-100mV
1091470/17 0-150mV
1091470/18 0-250mV
1091470/19 0-500mV
EDM-80
1091490/1 0-1V
1091490/2 0-1.5V
1091490/3 0-3V
1091490/4 0-5V
1091490/5 0-10V
1091490/6 0-25V
1091490/7 0-50V
1091490/8 0-100V
1091490/9 0-250V
1091490/10 0-300V
1091490/11 0-600V
1091490/12 0-15mV
1091490/13 0-25mV
1091490/14 0-30mV
1091490/15 0-50mV
1091490/16 0-100mV
1091490/17 0-150mV
1091490/18 0-250mV
1091490/19 0-500mV
MR-100
1091510/1 0-1V
1091510/2 0-1.5V
1091510/3 0-3V
1091510/4 0-5V
1091510/5 0-10V
1091510/6 0-25V
1091510/7 0-50V
1091510/8 0-100V
1091510/9 0-250V
1091510/10 0-300V
1091510/11 0-600V
1091510/12 0-15mV
1091510/13 0-25mV
1091510/14 0-30mV
1091510/15 0-50mV
1091510/16 0-100mV
1091510/17 0-150mV
1091510/18 0-250mV
1091510/19 0-500mV
EDM-100
1091530/1
1091530/2
1091530/3
1091530/4
1091530/5
0-1V
0-1.5V
0-3V
0-5V
0-10V
1091530/6 0-25V
1091530/7 0-50V
1091530/8 0-100V
1091530/9 0-250V
1091530/10 0-300V
1091530/11 0-600V
1091530/12 0-15mV
1091530/13 0-25mV
1091530/14 0-30mV
1091530/15 0-50mV
1091530/16 0-100mV
1091530/17 0-150mV
1091530/18 0-250mV
1091530/19 0-500mV
AC VOLTMETER
MO-65
1091540/1 0-3V
1091540/2 0-5V
1091540/3 0-10V
1091540/4 0-25V
1091540/5 0-50V
1091540/6 0-100V
1091540/7 0-250V
1091540/8 0-300V
1091540/9 0-500V
1091540/10 0-600V
EDM-80
1091560/1 0-3V
1091560/2 0-5V
1091560/3 0-10V
1091560/4 0-25V
1091560/5 0-50V
1091560/6 0-100V
1091560/7 0-250V
1091560/8 0-300V
1091560/9 0-500V
1091560/10 0-600V
MR-100
1091580/1 0-3V
1091580/2 0-5V
1091580/3 0-10V
1091580/4 0-25V
1091580/5 0-50V
1091580/6 0-100V
1091580/7 0-250V
1091580/8 0-300V
1091580/9 0-500V
1091580/10 0-600V
EDM-100
1091600/1
1091600/2
1091600/3
1091600/4
1091600/5
1091600/6
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
0-3V
0-5V
0-10V
0-25V
0-50V
0-100V
125
1091600/7 0-250V
1091600/8 0-300V
1091600/9 0-500V
1091600/10 0-600V
DUAL RANGE
CURRENT METER
MO-65
1091620/1 0-2.5/5A
1091620/2 0-1/5A
1091620/3 0-1.5/3A
1091620/4 0-5/10A
1091620/5 0-10/100mA
1091620/6 0-25/250mA
1091620/7 0-100/500mA
EDM-80
1091630/1 0-2.5/5A
1091630/2 0-1/5A
1091630/3 0-1.5/3A
1091630/4 0-5/10A
1091630/5 0-10/100mA
1091630/6 0-25/250mA
1091630/7 0-100/500mA
MR-100
1091650/1 0-2.5/5A
1091650/2 0-1/5A
1091650/3 0-1.5/3A
1091650/4 0-5/10A
1091650/5 0-10/100mA
1091650/6 0-25/250mA
1091650/7 0-100/500mA
EDM-100
1091670/1 0-2.5/5A
1091670/2 0-1/5A
1091670/3 0-1.5/3A
1091670/4 0-5/10A
1091670/5 0-10/100mA
1091670/6 0-25/250mA
1091670/7 0-100/500mA
TRIPLE RANGE
CURRENT METER
MO-65
1091620/8 0-10/100/
500mA
1091620/9 0-50/500/5A
EDM-80
1091630/8 0-10/100/
500mA
1091630/9 0-50/500/5A
MR-100
1091650/8 0-10/100/
500mA
1091650/9 0-50/500/5A
EDM-100
1091670/8 0-10/100/
500mA
1091670/9 0-50/500/5A
126
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
2
1
DIGITAL DC AMMETER
GALV
LVANOMETER
GALVANOMETER
1
A digital current meter fitted on a plastic
moulded case (140x80x40) mm approx.
capable to read out the DC current up to the
5-Ampere maximum. Colour-coded sockets
indicated with input 9V and 0-5A is used to
apply the operating voltage and input voltage
to the current meter respectively.
Illuminated mini rocker switch is used to
switch ON the digital meter. The current
flowing through any circuit can be displayed
on the current meter in numerical form on
connecting it in series with that circuit.
Highly illuminated seven segments are used
for better vision. The compact size makes it
easy to carry for outdoor use.
1091770
An analogue MR-100 meter of range 0-20100μA, which can either, be used as a current
meter or voltmeter on introducing shunts or
multiplier with this meter respectively.
Internal coil resistance of the meter is 1K? .
For better viewing angle meter is fixed inside
a tapered plastic moulded case. Connections
are made via. 4mm safety terminals.
1091810
Galvanometer
Digital DC Ammeter
SHUNTS
DIGITAL METERS, BENCH TYPE
Following shunt ranges are available
A useful meter for demonstration of the
functioning of simple, permanent magnet
type moving coil meters to a group of
students. Movement with spring control and
magnetic damping mounted inside a
rectangular wooden frame with clear glass
window at the front and ground glass window
at the back. All internal mechanism and
electrical connections are visible. Long
pointer needle with thick arrowhead
provides clear visibility from a distance. With
4mm socket terminals on one side for
connecting input. Has zero adjustment screw
at the front. Accuracy class index – 2.5.
2
Desk stand type meter featuring 3½ digit LCD
digital display covering almost the entire
range required, for general-purpose
laboratory use. Sloping display provides easy
reading. Housed in tough plastic case.
Operates on 9V battery (6F22) mounted
inside the case.
Range
1091810/1 1mA
1091810/3 100mA
1091810/5 5A
Range
DEMONSTRATION METER,
INTERSCALE, PLASTIC CASE
MULTIPLIERS
Similar to Cat No. 1091840, in design and
functionality but complete assembly fitted in
tough, plastic frame with transparent front
and back windows. Moving coil type with
accuracy of ±2.5%. Basic sensitivity of meter
calibrated at 5mA, 100mV FSD. The meter is
useful for demonstrating the working
principle of AC or DC ammeters, voltmeters
and galvanometers, using the various
interchangeable plastic scales as per Cat. No.
1091880. Overall size 300×150×300mm.
Range
Other ranges also available on specific request.
Demonstration Meter, Small,
Wooden
Other ranges also available on specific request.
1091810/7 1V
1091810/9 10V
1091810/11 100V
DC Voltmeter
1091780/7 199.9mV
1091780/8 1.999V
1091780/9 19.99V
1091780/10 199.9V
1091780/11 500V
1091820
1091810/2 10mA
1091810/4 1A
1091810/6 10A
Following multiplier ranges are available
Specifications:
Display Size : 13mm Height
Accuracy : ±0.3% typical
Linearity : 0.2% typical
Dimensions : 92×130×100mm
DC Ammeter
1091780/1 199.9μA
1091780/2 1.999mA
1091780/3 19.99mA
1091780/4 199.9mA
1091780/5 1.999A
1091780/6 19.99A
DEMONSTRATION METER, SMALL,
WOODEN
Range
1091810/8 5V
1091810/10 50V
1091810/12 300V
1091860
BEST
SELLER
We keep the stock of
all the fast moving
items (a range of
more than 2000 items) in bulk to
reduce the lead time to minimum.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Demonstration Meter, Interscale,
Plastic Case
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
127
BALLISTIC GALVANOMETERS
SCALES, INTERCHANGEABLE, FOR
DEMONSTRATION METERS
Dial scales for use with Cat. No. 1091840 and
1091860. Dials made of unbreakable ABS and
can be slid into the meter through a slot on
one side of the frame. The dial has a suitable
shunt as per the scale range, which is housed
in a moulded plastic casing mounted at one
end of the dial and provided with plug
connectors to locate, align and connect the
dial to the meter.
DC Current
1091880/1
1091880/2
1091880/3
1091880/4
1091880/5
1091880/6
1091880/7
1091880/8
2.5-0-2.5mA
10-0-10mA
0-10mA
0-50mA
0-100mA
0-500mA
0-1A
0-5A
DC Voltage
1091880/9
1091880/10
1091880/11
1091880/12
1091880/13
1091880/14
1091880/15
1091880/16
0-1V
0-5V
0-10V
0-15V
0-300V
5-0-5V
10-0-10V
0-100mV
AC Current
1091880/17
1091880/18
1091880/19
1091880/20
1091880/21
1091880/22
0-50mA
0-100mA
0-500mA
0-1A
0-5A
0-10A
AC Voltage
1091880/23
1091880/24
1091880/25
1091880/26
1091880/27
1091880/28
1091880/29
0-5V
0-10V
0-15V
0-30V
0-50V
0-300V
0-10mA
Other Ranges also available on specific request.
GALVANOMETER, EDSPOT
A highly sensitive apparatus for measuring
very small charges (of the order of μC) and
currents (of the order of μA) and as null point
detector. It has an integral taut suspension
movement, lamp unit and scale, the
indication being presented as a hairline in a
brilliant light spot on a translucent screen.
The range switch enables the instrument
sensitivity to be adjusted in convenient
steps, whilst retaining critical damping
conditions and presenting constant
resistance at the instrument terminals.
Provision for effectively damping any
transverse suspension vibrations, without
affecting the electrical characteristics of the
instrument. Signal input through 4mm colour
coded socket terminals, with input circuit
protected against accidental inputs of high
magnitude. The front scale graduated in
millimeters from 0-18cm (left zero) and 9-09cm (center zero), for reading as required.
With Lock/Unlock, zero adjustment and
sensitivity adjustment at the front. Range
attenuation – sensitivities of ×1, ×0.1, ×0.01
and ×0.001, related to both current and
voltage sensitivities with constant input
resistance. Operates on 220-240C AC mains,
50/60Hz.
1091920
Used for measurement of small
quantities of electrical charge
and currents. Leveling Screws
for balancing the coil. Coil with
mirror suspended between long
suspension at the upper end
and a spring at lower end.
Suspension and spring are made
of special alloy to provide high
degree of sensitivity to the
movement. Movement housed in a Bakelite
case, rigid and robust. Clamping
arrangement for transportation. Consistent
sensitivity over a longer period. Strip
provided for damping its ballistic movement.
Coil Resistance (Ω)
:
Charge Sensitivity (mm/μC)
:
Current Sensitivity (mm/μA) :
Time Period (seconds)
:
Critical Damping Resistance (Ω) :
1091940/1
100
300
1000
12
2000
Coil Resistance (Ω)
:
Charge Sensitivity (mm/μC)
:
Current Sensitivity (mm/μA) :
Time Period (seconds)
:
Critical Damping Resistance (Ω) :
1091940/2
500
600
1400
12
3500
Galvanometer, Edspot
MOUNTED MOTOR FOR SOLAR CELL
SPOT REFLECTING
GALVANOMETER
A sensitive device suitable for Industrial
Kelvin Double Bridge and Senior Kelvin
Double Bridge as a null detector. Housed in a
sturdy sheet metal casing with self contained
lamp and scale arrangement. With
Lock/Unlock knob at the top; and ON/OFF
switch, a pair of 4mm colour coded socket
terminals for input to be measured and
sensitivity adjustment knob at the front. The
front scale graduated in millimeters from 018cm (left zero and 9-0-9cm (center zero),
for reading as required. Galvanometer coil
resistance 125Ω Nominal, Sensitivity is
15mm/μA, time period 2 seconds, and
critical damping resistance 1000Ω. Operates
on 220-240V AC 50/60Hz.
1091900
Spot Reflecting Galvanometer
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Comprises small, low power consumption,
electric motor mounted on a base, specially
designed to run directly from the output of
the solar cell and to illustrate the direct
conversion of light energy to electrical
energy and then to mechanical energy. The
motor spindle can spin a small fan, about
50mm diameter, when powered by the solar
cell. For use with the motor to demonstrate
the production of electrical energy directly
from light energy. The solar cell unit
comprises a selenium photo-voltaic cell
housed in a plastic case with a rectangular
diffusing lens top of size 25×25mm. Both
units provided with colour coded 4mm
sockets for connections.
1100020/1 Mounted Motor for Solar Cell,
Complete
1100020/2 Mounted Motor only
1100020/3 Solar Cell Unit only
128
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
WINDMILL
PICOAMMETER
Very low amount of current 2000pA - 200μA can be measured with this instrument. A range
selector switch to select the desired range of current is fitted on the front panel. Seven segment
displays with a facility of overload is fitted on the front panel to display the current passing
through a circuit. Input is applied via. 4mm safety sockets or BNC socket. To set the initial value
of DPM at null point a knob is fitted just below the DPM. Whole assembly is housed inside an
aluminium extrusion channel fitted with high grade sturdy covers and ABS side covers.
1091925
Today we have required an energy, which
remains last long and present at earth in
unlimited amount. As fossil fuels becomes
more expensive and we are very well
understand the harmful effects on the
environment and we have required energy,
which overcome all these problems. The one
solution is wind energy. The students can
study speed/voltage relationship, blade
number and arrangement, maximum RPM's
and voltage, drive shaft ratio and wind speed
effects on placing the instrument in front of a
fan or in natural wind. A rubber belt drives
motor on rotating the pulley fitted with
shaft. The No. of wanes in instrument can be
changed as per requirement by just fixing
these inside the slots given in the cylindrical
wooden block.
1100065
Windmill
Picoammeter
BEST
SELLER
SOLAR ENERGY KIT
LOW VOLTAGE MOTOR AND BULB
HOLDER ON BASE
A low voltage DC motor and a bulb with
holder fitted on a plastic moulded case
(90x90x43) mm approx. A small pulley fitted
on the shaft of the motor to drive any
mechanism. Maximum operating voltage for
motor and bulb is 4.5V and applied via 4mm
sockets fitted on the base.
1100030
Low Voltage Motor and Bulb
Holder on Base
A completely self contained kit mounted on a
sturdy sheet metal box and provides all the
necessary components for demonstrating the
conversion of solar energy into electrical
energy, sound energy and light energy.
Comprises a solar cell with a lead terminating
into 4mm plug for output that can be plugged
in respective sockets on top of the metal box.
Input sockets provided and marked clearly
for cell holder (for battery charging-storage
of energy), voltmeter, bulb, buzzer and
electrical motor.
1100040
Solar Energy Kit
ELECTROLYSIS KIT
This kit provides a means for breaking down
water into hydrogen and oxygen to reaffirm
the make up of water. The two stainless steel
electrodes are heavily insulated and the two
electrical connection leads are equipped
with extra-large clips. Also included are two
rubber gaskets to provide positive seals for
the filled test tubes while they are being
inverted and placed into a beaker. Glassware
is not included.
3556
Electrolysis Kit
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electricity & Electrical Circuits
129
ELECTRICITY KIT
CIRCUITS & ELECTROMAGNETISM
Students learn the basics of DC circuits with this kit that contains 5
activities: Building simple electric circuits, Circuit diagrams,
Conductors and insulators, the effects of any electric current, and how
a fuse works. All components needed to perform these activities are
included for one student / group.
Show your students the exciting properties of electricity with actual
experiments which produce visible effects of an electric current, open
and closed circuits, switch able control of the flow of current and much
more! Includes: Teacher’s Guide and enough material for five students.
4007
Electricity Kit
R-100891A Circuits & Electromagnetism
CIRCUITS KIT
This kit explains the basics of series and parallel circuits. Batteries and
supplies needed for a small group activity. Perfect for students in
Grades 4-8.
LITTLE SHOP OF PHYSICS-ELECTRICITY
R-100897 Circuits Kit
A group of three students becomes the battery that runs a clock, while
other students light a neon lamp just by scuffing their feet. The goal is
to teach the basic concepts of electricity and spark your student’s
enthusiasm about electricity.
3138
Little Shop of Physics-Electricity
INVESTIGATING ELECTRICITY KIT
How does electricity “work”? The series of activities in this kit explore
parallel circuits, series circuits, resistance and fuses. The
comprehensive Teacher’s Guide and two excellent student workbooks
provide for different levels of difficulty and interest. Kit includes
batters, Ammeter 0-1 amp. bread-board, jiffy mounts, jiffy clips, and
the guides.
R-4000300 Investigating Electricity Kit
R-4000301 Investigating Electricity Workbooks, Set/10
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
130
Electricity & Electrical Circuits / Electronics
ALTERNATIVE ENERGIES VIDEO LAB
These hands-on lab activities plus video or DVD provide a multi-learning approach to science.
The activities include producing electricity using photovoltaic cells, converting wind energy and
demonstrating technologies used in synthetic fuels and solar energy. A full week’s worth of
activities! Includes the video or DVD Alternative Energies: Fuels for the Future, Teacher’s Guide
and lab station materials.
8575
Alternative Energies Video Lab
ENERGY CONVERSION KIT
SWITCH IN BOX
There are three instruments fitted on a
plastic moulded base to run electrical
equipments. Battery, solar cell and hand
driven dynamo selectable via. a knob fitted
on the base. Different components also
provided with kit to observe the effect of
these three electrical energy conversion
system on the components.
A toggle switch is fitted inside a moulded
plastic case with two 4mm sockets to use in
any circuit. The ON/OFF direction is printed
on the top of the plastic case.
1100050
Energy Conversion Kit
A reversing switch is fitted on a plastic
moulded case approx. (90x90x43) mm to
reverse the input polarity. Two pair of 4mm
colour coded sockets one for input and other
for output mounted on the plastic case.
Reversing Switch
Switch in Box
Logic Gate is a digital electronic circuit that
follows certain logical relationships between
the input and output voltages and finds
utility in the execution of basic operations of
Boolean algebra. These gates have IC based
design with HI / LOW output states indicated
by different coloured LEDs. Housed in a
sturdy sheet metal box with rubber feet, all
modules have truth tables along with
necessary details clearly printed on top.
Input and output through 4mm sockets in
different colours for easy identification.
Input of 5V DC can be connected via input
sockets. Different modules available are
1100080/1 Two Input AND Gate
1100080/2 Two Input OR Gate
1100080/3 One Input NOT Gate
1100080/4 Two Input NAND Gate
1100080/5 Two Input NOR Gate
1100080/6 Two Input EX-OR Gate
1100080/7 Two Input EX-NOR Gate
PUSH SWITCH
1
Part of electronic component modules.
Pushing the switch closes the connection
between the two 4mm sockets provided on
top. Useful for switching on a circuit for a
short while.
1100090
REVERSING SWITCH
1100085
1100075
SET OF LOGIC
GATE MODULES
Push Switch
As a manufacturer,
Arihant Industries is
always pleased to
receive comments,
suggestions and criticisms about its range
of products.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electronics
131
ELECTRONIC COMPONENT
MODULES:
These simple modules incorporate basic
electronic components mounted in
moulded plastic case of size 90×90×40mm,
with removable lid. Useful for students to
perform basic experiments in electronics
in conjunction with other apparatus to
explore the fundamentals of electronics.
These modules can also be used with other
experimental setups needing the function
of any of the individual components
involved to perform more advanced
experiments or demonstrations. All
modules provided with 4mm shielded
sockets at the top for electrical
connections for input and output, as
needed and have the basic circuit diagram
clearly printed on top showing different
connections.
FULL WAVE RECTIFIER
RESISTANCES FOR MEASUREMENT
Four 1W resistances of different values fitted
inside a plastic moulded case (140x80x40)
mm approx. on 4mm sockets.
1100105
1100095
2
Two Way Switch
Full Wave Rectifier
PHOTODIODE TRANSMITTER/
RECEIVER
2
A two way toggle switch mounted on the
plastic case provides connection between
left and middle 4mm sockets or middle and
right 4mm sockets. Useful for switching
circuits.
1100120
Resistances for Measurement
1
TWO WAY SWITCH
Demonstrates the functioning of a full wave
rectifier and the principle involved.
Comprising of rectification circuit using four
silicon diodes, internally connected in bridge
pattern.
VOLTAGE REGULATION
An integrated voltage regulator is used to
regulate an unregulated DC power supply and
fitted with colour coded 4mm sockets used as
input and output for the regulator. It is
provided with a heat radiator and is mounted
on an insulated plastic moulded case
(90x90x43) mm approx.
1100110
A LED source and a photo diode detector
fitted on plastic moulded base (90x90x42)
mm approx. and data is transferred via. 1mm
dia. fiber optics cable.
1100125
Ph o t o d i o d e
Receiver
Tr a n s m i t t e r /
Voltage Regulation
BRIDGE RECTIFIER
Demonstrates the functioning of a bridge
rectifier and the principle involved in it. An
integrated bridge rectifier mounted on a
plastic moulded case (90x90x43) mm approx.
On applying AC voltage to the bridge rectifier
via. 4mm yellow sockets DC voltage is
obtained via. 4mm colour coded sockets.
POTENTIOMETER, CALIBRATED,
10kΩ
A wire wound potentiometer rated at 3W is
fitted inside a moulded plastic casing with a
knob at the top for varying the resistance.
Three 4mm sockets mounted at the top
provides potential dividing arrangement as
well. Calibration clearly printed on the cover
plate along side knob.
A 2200F/25V electrolytic capacitor mounted
on a plastic moulded case (90x900x43) mm
approx. with 4mm sockets to use it in any
circuit via. 4mm flexible banana plug leads.
1100100
1100115
Potentiometer Calibrated, 10kΩ
FILTERING CAPACITOR
Filtering Capacitor
Other ranges from 50Ω to 10kΩ also available on specific
request.
1100130/1 Bridge Rectifier
A bridge rectifier assembly fitted on a plastic
case by using four diodes, which converts AC
input into DC output voltage. The block
diagram of bridge rectifier printed on the top
of the case.
1100130/2 Bridge Rectifier
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
132
Electronics
BEST
SELLER
5
6
VARIABLE RESISTANCE
EMITTING DIODE LED'S
Four LED's two red and two green internally
arranged in bridge pattern fitted inside a
plastic moulded case (90x90x43) mm approx.
to demonstrate the functioning of a bridge
rectifier. Two yellow sockets used for AC
input and the two colour coded sockets for
DC output.
1100135
5
8
A resistor that can be varied fitted on a
plastic moulded box of size (140x80x40) mm
approx. List for the different resistors is
mentioned below.
Emitting Diode LED's
BEST
SELLER
OHMS
10 ?
100 ?
150 ?
220 ?
470?
1K ?
10K ?
100K ?
1100190/1
1100190/2
1100190/3
1100190/4
1100190/5
1100190/6
1100190/7
1100190/8
FIX RESISTANCE
WATT
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
2
n-p-n TRANSISTOR
1
Comprises an n-p-n junction bipolar
transistor mounted in the plastic casing,
useful for studying the transistor
characteristics and its functioning in
different circuits.
1100140
n-p-n Transistor
p-n-p TRANSISTOR
Solar Cell Mounted
OHMS
1?
1?
10 ?
100 ?
150 ?
220 ?
470?
1K ?
10K ?
100K ?
WATT
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
ANALOGUE TO DIGITAL
CONVERTER
Analogue to digital converter circuit
internally fitted inside a plastic moulded
case (142x80x40) mm approx. Analogue
signal 0-7V DC given by analogue input
sockets is converted into digital output signal
in 1V steps i.e. 001 for 1V, 010 for 2V and so
on. Three LED's are used for representation
of binary digital signal. The output voltage
against each LED directly comes out through
4mm sockets and can be used for coupling it
with DAC instrument. Operating voltage for
the instrument is 12V DC. For more sensitivity
of lower range, a selector toggle switch
marked with (0-7V/0-2V) is used.
p-n-p Transistor
FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR
SOLAR MOTOR WITH FAN
4
4
An n-p-n type power transistor mounted in
the casing.
Power Transistor, n-p-n
1100225
Analogue to Digital Converter
Field Effect Transistor
7
A lightweight plastic fan blades mounted on a
low voltage DC motor that can be driven by
the output of solar cell.
3
POWER TRANSISTOR, n-p-n
3
This is a very high input impedance device, in
which input signal is capable of effecting
appreciable change in voltage level but not
an appreciable change in current, and
essentially provides features of popular
devices of vacuum tube electronics such as
vacuum triode and pentode.
1100200
1100180
1100220
2
Comprises a p-n-p junction bipolar transistor
mounted in the plastic casing, useful for
studying the transistor characteristics and its
functioning in different circuits.
1100160
1100195/1
1100195/2
1100195/3
1100195/4
1100195/5
1100195/6
1100195/7
1100195/8
1100195/9
1100195/10
8
A solar cell mounted on the plastic case,
providing output of 1V at 200mA through the
4mm sockets.
6
A resistor of fix value, fitted on a plastic
moulded box of size (140x80x40) mm approx.
List for the different resistors is mentioned
below
1
7
SOLAR CELL MOUNTED
1100240
Solar Motor with Fan
SOLAR CELL
Set of four solar cells individual fitted on a
plastic moulded case (240x130x 40) mm
approx. can be arranged in either series or
parallel via. 4mm sockets across each solar
cell. Voltage output from each solar cell is
1V/200mA maximum.
1100230
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Solar Cell
133
Electronics
THERMISTOR
For demonstrating the dependence of the
resistance on temperature and practical
application of this property.
1100360
1
JUNCTION DIODE
DIGITAL TO ANALOGUE
CONVERTER
Practically working of Digital to Analogue
Converter is just reverse working of Analogue
to Digital Converter. Digital to analogue
converter circuit is internally fitted inside a
plastic moulded case (142X80X40) mm
approx. It will accept a 3-bit binary coded
digital input and convert it into a 0-7V
analogue output. Two knobs marked at their
top to adjust the gain and zero control so that
the analogue output signals can be adjusted
to exactly 1V for each step increment.
1
A semiconductor junction diode for studying
its characteristics in forward and reverse
biasing, and its use as a rectifier.
1100300
Junction Diode
ZENER DIODE
2
A zener diode, to study the concept of zener
breakdown in reverse biasing and its
practical application as a voltage regulator.
Available in the standard values rated from
3.3V to 24V.
1100320
1100235
Thermistor
2
Zener Diode
BULBS WIRED IN SERIES
Series combination of three MES bulbs with
holders fitted on a plastic moulded case
(90x90x43) mm approx. Connections are
made via. 4mm colour coded sockets.
Digital to Analogue Converter
1100370
Bulbs Wired In Series
MOUNTED BULB
A low voltage light source mounted on base
for operating through solar cell.
1100260
Mounted Bulb
BEST
SELLER
RESISTOR
A high wattage resistor is housed in a plastic
case internally connected with two 4mm
sockets to use in any circuit. The symbolic
representation with value of resistor printed
on the top of the plastic case.
O CELL
PHOTO
Comprises a simple photo cell to
demonstrate the conversion of light energy
to electrical energy, mounted on plastic
case. An LED indicator is provided for use as a
load to observe the effect.
1100280
1100310/1
1100310/2
1100310/3
1100310/4
10 ? /5W
100 ? /5W
10 K? /2W
100 K? /2W
4
3
Parallel combination of three MES lamp
holders with bulbs fitted on a plastic
moulded case (90x90x43) mm approx. is used
with motor/generator to give an indication of
their output when used as dynamo and any
other device via. 4mm colour coded sockets.
Bulbs Wired in Parallel
BASE FOR SERIES AND PARALLEL
CONNECTIONS 4
BEST
SELLER
PHOTOSENSOR
Comprises a semiconductor whose resistance
varies with intensity of light incident on it.
DC voltage is available through 4mm sockets
fitted on a (90x90x43)mm approx. plastic
moulded box proportional to incident light
intensity. On focusing the light on the
photosensor it will get active and give output
in DC form.
1100340
1100330
Light Dependent Resistance
BULBS WIRED IN PARALLEL
1100375
Photo Cell
LIGHT DEPENDENT RESISTANCE
3
Photosensor
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
A set of three MES lamp holders with bulbs
individually mounted on a plastic moulded
case (90x90x43) mm approx. with a pair of
4mm colour-coded sockets. It may be used in
either series or parallel combinations to
demonstrate that voltage is divided and
current remains constant in series
connections and vice versa when the lamps
are connected in parallel.
1100375/1
Base for Series and Parallel
Connections
134
Electronics
7
3
2
PHOTO DIODE
1
1
INSTRUMENTATION AMPLIFIER
3
A low voltage MES bulb holder fitted on a
plastic moulded case (90x90x43) mm approx.
and internally connected with two 4mm
sockets to introduce it in any electrical
circuit.
Instrumentation amplifier is used to read out
the physical changes from the strain gauge,
pressure gauge, thermocouples,
thermometer, etc. in an electrical signal.
Output from this instrument can be directly
readout on CRO or digital voltmeter (DVM).
Gain of the amplifier can be set at (5, 10, 30,
100, 300, and 1000) on just rotating the knob
fitted on the top. Input signal can either be
applied via. 4mm sockets printed with
(input) or via. data socket printed with
(sensor input). Whole assembly is fitted
inside a plastic moulded box (140x80x40) mm
approx.
1100385
1100405
This semiconductor device permits the flow
of current through it only when light of
specific wavelength falls on it.
1100380
Photo Diode
BASE FOR LOW VOLTAGE BULB
2
Base for Low Voltage Bulb
1100450
1100395
1100410
Data Socket Adaptor
Photo Transistor
5
CABLE PULSE SYSTEM
1100400
Direction of a Current
MOUNTED BUZZER
Light Emitting Diode
Cable Pulse System
5
Red and green LED's with two yellow 4mm
sockets fitted on a plastic moulded case
(90x90x43) mm approx. in such a way to
indicate the direction of current flowing in a
closed loop.
1100415
8
6
DIRECTION OF A CURRENT
Emits light when specified electrical input is
provided. A very low power consuming device
that demonstrates the conversion of
electrical energy to light energy.
Phase Shifter
A Self-contained battery powered unit fitted
inside a plastic moulded case (140x80x36)
mm approx. capable to connect to a 100 m
reel of TV co axle cable. On every 10 ms,
interval pulse of 50 ns is sent along the cable
which display on an oscilloscope. When the
pulse reflects from the end of the cable the
time delay for the return pulse to be received
is easily measured. The speed of the signal
calculated from the observation is measured
equal to the speed of the light.
1100490
LIGHT EMITTING DIODE
7
4
A 4-Pin telephone socket fitted on plastic
moulded case (90x90x42) mm approx. on
plugging pressure gauge or strain gauge it,
the four connections of the sensors are then
accessibly by means of 4mm sockets directly.
PHOTO TRANSISTOR
PHASE SHIFTER
Four electrolytic capacitors 470f /63V
assembled in series and parallel combination
fitted inside a plastic moulded case
(90x90x42) mm approx. with a provision to
use each capacitor individually via. 4mm
sockets fitted on the case. It is used in
conjunction with a pair of coils and an a.c
source to provide a moving magnetic field
and with a magnetic coil to introduce a 90º
phase shift between current and potential
difference when setting up investigation into
the behaviour of rotating magnetic fields. We
can also use it in electronic circuit where a
large value, unpolarised capacitor is
required.
Instrumentation Amplifier
DATA SOCKET ADAPTOR
It can be used as a switch for any electronic
circuit on focusing the light of specific
wavelength on the transistor.
8
4
6
9
10
DIODE VALVE ON BASE
9
For studying the characteristics of a diode
valve and its use as a rectifier.
1100460
Diode Valve on Base
MINI MOTOR
An audible buzzer operates on low voltage
DC, converts electrical energy to sound
energy.
TRIODE VALVE ON BASE
A low voltage DC motor mounted on plastic
casing.
1100420
For studying the characteristics of a triode
valve and its practical applications.
1100440
Mini Motor
Mounted Buzzer
1100480
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Triode Valve on Base
10
Electronics
COMPONENTS ON BASE
A plastic moulded case (140x80x40) mm
approx. fitted with four components.
1. NPN transistor
2. PNP transistor
3. L.E.D (Light emitting diode)
4. L.D.R (Light dependent resistor)
1100485
Components on Base
CAPACITOR CHARACTERISTICS
THERMISTOR INVESTIGATION
Charging and discharging of a capacitor can
be easily demonstrated by using this kit. A
10000F electrolytic capacitor mounted on a
plastic moulded case (140x80x36) mm
approx. with a provision for connecting
current meter and voltmeter across the
capacitor. For selection of charging /
discharging, a toggle switch is provided on
the base. For precisely measurement of
current and voltage across the capacitor, a
series resistance is fitted in the circuit to give
a time constant of 50 second. Operating
voltage for the instrument is 5V DC.
A NTC (Negative Temperature Co-efficient)
bead thermistor with a nominal resistance of
4.7K housed in a glass tube with electrical
connection made by means of 4mm flexible
banana plug leads. On heating the glass tube,
the resistance of the thermistor will
dramatically decrease and can be measured
on plugging the end leads in a
digital/analogue multimeter and selecting
the range of resistance.
1100505
2
NiCAD CHARACTERISTICS
Thermistor Investigation
BEST
SELLER
Capacitor Characteristics
1
CAPACITOR INVESTIGATION
Set of three capacitors and resistors are
fitted on a plastic moulded box of dim.
(240x130x42) mm approx. to demonstrate
the characteristics of capacitors in charging
and discharging. There is provision to attach
current meter and voltmeter across the
capacitor on charging and discharging it. A
12V/2A power supply is required to operate
the instrument.
1100505/1 Capacitor Investigation
NiCad Characteristics
STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER
2
A simple step down transformer mounted on
top of the plastic case, provides low voltage
AC output. available for different outputs –
4.5, 9 and 12V at 250mA.
1100500
1100510
1
Charging and discharging of a rechargeable
battery can be demonstrated by using NiCad
characteristics. 'AA' sized battery holder
suitable for NiCad battery mounted on a
plastic moulded case (140x80x36) mm
approx. with a provision for connecting
current meter and voltmeter across the
battery via. 4mm colour coded sockets. For
the charging/ discharging selection of the
battery a toggle switch is provided on the
base and a bulb in MES lamp holder is used to
demonstrate the discharging of battery.
Operating voltage for the instrument is 5V
DC.
1100495
135
Step Down Transformer
CHARGING AND DISCHARGING
APPARATUS
Ste of five capacitors of different values are
placed on the top cover of plastic moulded
base dim. (240x130x42) mm approx. with a
provision to use them in series and parallel
depending upon the experimental
requirement. There are two devices one is
speaker with series LED and a LED to
demonstrate the charging and discharging
effect of capacitors. Instrument works on
12V DC power supply. All connections are
made via 4mm banana plug leads.
1100505/2 C h a r g i n g
Apparatus
and
Discharging
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
LIGHT DEPENDENT RESISTANCE
A LDR is mounted on a plastic moulded case
(90x90x42) mm approx. and connections are
made via. 4mm sockets fitted just below the
LDR. Students can investigate that how the
LDR depends upon the light in different ways
as intensity, distance, illuminating area etc.
LDR is covered with a square frame opened at
the top to vary the intensity of light on the
LDR via. different sized aperture square
frames. Total No. of eight frames with centre
aperture (1-8) mm and one piece of unknown
aperture are provided with the photo
resistance.
1100515
Light Dependent Resistance
By listening to our
customers, we can
ensure that our products and
services meet their and market
requirements.
If you have a suggestion
regarding modification of an
existing product or a proposal
for a new product, please don't
hesitate to contact us.
136
Electronics
BEST
SELLER
1100520/7
2
8
1100520/8
6
3
1
1100520/9
1100520/10
5
10
9
4
7
11
SIMPLE CIRCUIT MODULES, PCB
MOUNTED
These simple circuit modules are intended to
be used by the students to explore and
familiarize with the applications of electrical
/ electronic components and devices, and
simple circuits. All modules have components
directly mounted on a rectangular PCB
board, with soft cushioned feet at the
bottom and have 4mm sockets for connecting
the modules in a circuit using leads. Supplied
without connecting leads. Various modules
available are
1100520/1
1100520/2
1100520/3
1100520/4
1100520/5
1100520/6
Light Dependent
Resistance (LDR) Board:
Resistance varies with the
intensity of light falling on
the unit. 1
Light Dependent
Resistance (LDR) Unit: A
cluster of three LDRs,
connected in parallel, to
provide increased sensitivity
and better control of current
directly in a reed relay. 2
Thermistor Unit: A cluster of
five thermistor units,
connected in parallel. 3
Push Switch: A simple
ON/OFF push switch for
opening or closing the
circuit. 4
Single Pole, Double Throw
(SPDT) Switch: A two way
rocker action switch
providing frequent
changeover between two
circuits or connection /
disconnection of a circuit. 5
Reed Switch: A heavy duty
ON/OFF reed switch
protected by series resistor
against short-circuit loads. A
magnet brought closer to the
reed causes it to switch. 6
1100520/11
1100520/12
1100520/13
1100520/14
1100520/15
1100520/16
Electromagnet: Powerful
electromagnet coil,
operates on 5-6V. 7
Heater: A 47Ω resistor, which
warns when a voltage of 5-6V
is applied, max. rating 7V. 8
Lamp: An MES type, 4.5V
0.3A bulb in a holder. 9
Reed Relay: Current flowing
through the coil produces
magnetism to cause the reed
to switch another circuit;
the reed contacts being
protected from short circuit
damage by a low value series
resistor. 10
Buzzer: A low current, low
voltage DC, piezo-electric
buzzer. 11
LED Board: Large, light
emitting diodes with a
resistance connected in
series, for potential
differences of upto 6V.
available in Red/Green LEDs.
Motor: A low voltage DC
motor with series resistor to
limit current consumption.
Moisture Sensor: For
detecting the moisture
through the changes in
potential difference across
the grid.
Resistors
Power Transistor
ELECTROMAGNET ON RAIL
L
Two electromagnet with a heavy magnetic
strength placed on two parallel rods to move
on it. The resistance of the coil is 5Ω approx.
and Outer dia. of coil is 120mm approx. The
overall length of the instrument is 400mm
approx. The knobs are fitted just under the
electromagnet to clamp it at a desired
distance.
1100615/1 Electromagnet on Rail
ELECTRONIC BREADBOARD
Perfect for introductory circuit courses easy
and rapid circuit testing. The solder-less
breadboard consisting of a matrix of low
contact resistance spring clips embedded in a
robust plastic moulding. The board layout
combines bus-strips directly with the
breadboard and contains a total of 128
terminal clips offering 640 tie points. Each
clip will firmly contact directly inserted
wires and the board accepts up to eight 16pin ICs. Mounted on a sturdy sheet metal
casing.
1100620
STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER
A step down transformer fitted on a plastic
moulded case (140x80x40) mm approx. A
illuminated rocker switch is used to operate
the step down transformer.
Primary Input
230V AC ± 10% AC
Secondary output 0-9-18 VAC
Max current
150 mA AC
1100525
Step Down Transformer
Electronic Breadboard
PROTO LAB STATION
A powered breadboard, useful for easy and
rapid try out of electronic circuits with up to
eight ICs. Comprises a breadboard similar to
Cat No. 1100620 mounted on sturdy sheet
metal casing that also carries a set of five
4mm socket terminals, clearly indicating the
rating of output available. When connected
to the mains power supply through a captive
two core flexible mains lead, the socket
terminals provide supply voltages to the
board for most electronic circuits, which
include +12V DC / 250mA, -12V DC / 250mA,
+5V DC / 1A, and ground. Operates on 220V
AC, 50Hz.
1100640
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Proto lab Station
Electronics
137
OSCILLOSCOPE, 20MHz, DUAL TRACE, WITH COMPONENT AND CONTINUITY TESTER
FEATURES
n
Microcontroller based
n
Super bright LED display for showing Volts & Time/Div.
n
RS232 Interface and PC Software
n
×10 Magnification
n
20nS maximum sweep speed
n
Stable triggering up to 40MHz
n
Alternate triggering
n
Variable hold off and Line triggering
n
Component and Continuity Tester
n
Sharp Trace CRT and Auto Focus
n
Built in Options (available optionally): Function Generator,
Frequency Counter, Power Supply, Digital Voltmeter, Curve Tracer,
and Logic Scope
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Modes:
Channel 1, Channel 2, Channel 1 & 2 Alternate or Chopped (approx.
350kHz), X-Y operation (Ratio 1:1 Input via CH2), Add/Sub CH1±CH2,
Invert CH2
Vertical Deflection (Y) (Identical Channels):
Bandwidth
: DC – 20MHz (-3db), DC – 28MHz (-6db)
Risetime
: 17.5nS (approx)
Deflection Coefficients : Microcontroller based 12 calibrated steps
2mV/Div – 10V/Div (1-2-5 sequence).
Adjustable by up-down keys. Step position
indicated by glowing LEDs'
Accuracy
: ±3%
Hold Off
: Variable Control for Stable Triggering
Input Impedance
: 1MΩ║ 30pF (approx)
Input Coupling
: DC – AC – GND
Maximum Input Voltage : 400V (DC + Peak AC)
Timebase:
Time Coefficients
Accuracy
Ramp output
:
:
:
Microcontroller based 18 calibrated steps,
0.5μS/Div – 0.2S/Div (1-2-5 sequence)
with magnifier ×10 to 50nS/Div with
variable control to 20nS/Div. Adjustable
by up-down keys. Step position indicated
by glowing LEDs.
±3% (in Cal position)
5 Vpp (approx)
Trigger System:
Modes
Source
Slope
Coupling
Sensitivity
Trigger Bandwidth
:
:
:
:
:
:
Auto / Level
CH1, CH2, ALT-CH1 / CH2, Line, Ext.
Positive or Negative
AC, Line Trigger
Int. 5mm, Ext. 0.8V (approx)
40MHz
Horizontal Deflection (X):
Bandwidth
: DC – 2.3MHz (-3db)
X-Y Mode
: Phase Shift < 3º at 60kHz
Deflection Coefficients : Microcontroller based 12 calibrated steps
2mV/Div – 10V/Div (1-2-5 sequence).
Adjustable by up-down keys. Step position
indicated by glowing LEDs.
Input Impedance
: 1MΩ║ 30pF (approx)
Built-in Single Touch Component Tester:
Test Voltage
: Max 8.6Vrms (Open)
Test Current
: Max 8mArms (Shorted)
Test Frequency
: 50Hz, Test circuit grounded to chassis
Continuity Tester
: Beeper sounds < 75Ω approx.
General Information:
Cathode Ray Tube
:
Accelerating Potential
Display
Trace Rotation
Calibrator
:
:
:
:
Z Modulation
:
Stabilized Power Supply :
Mains Voltage
:
Power Consumption
:
Operating Temperature :
140mm Rectangular tube with internal
graticule P31 Phosphor
2kV (approx)
8 × 10cm
Adjustable on Front Panel
Square Wave Generator 1kHz (approx),
0.2V±1% for probe compensation
TTL level
All operating voltages including EHT
230V ± 10%, 50Hz
33VA (approx.)
0-40ºC, 90% RH
Accessories Included:
Manual, BNC-Test Prod Cable, BNC-Crocodile Cable, a pair of Test
Prods, RS232 Cable and PC Control Software.
1100560
Oscilloscope, 20MHz, Dual Trace, with Component and
Continuity Tester
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
138
Electronics
2
1
OSCILLOSCOPE, 25MHz, 2 CHANNEL, 4 TRACE, WITH DIGITAL READOUT
FEATURES
Microcontroller based
n
Digital Readout with backlit LCD displays Volts/Div and Time/Div
settings
n
RS232 Interface and PC Software
n
2 Channel, 4 Trace Display permits simultaneous viewing of original
and expanded signals for quick analysis
n
25MHz Bandwidth
n
×10 Magnification
n
20nS maximum sweep speed
n
Stable triggering up to 50MHz
n
Alternate triggering
n
Variable hold off and Line triggering
n
Component and Continuity Tester
n
Sharp Trace CRT and Auto Focus
n
Graticule illumination
Ramp output
:
5 Vpp (approx)
Trigger System:
Modes
Source
Slope
Coupling
Sensitivity
Trigger Bandwidth
:
:
:
:
:
:
Auto / Level
CH1, CH2, ALT-CH1 / CH2, Line, Ext.
Positive or Negative
AC, Line Trigger
Int. 5mm, Ext. 0.8V (approx)
50MHz
n
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Modes:
Channel 1, Channel 2, Channel 1 & 2 Alternate or Chopped (approx.
350kHz), X-Y operation (Ratio 1:1 Input via CH2), Add/Sub CH1±CH2,
Invert CH2
Vertical Deflection (Y) (Identical Channels):
Bandwidth
: DC – 25MHz (-3db), DC – 35MHz (-6db)
Risetime
: 12nS (approx)
Deflection Coefficients : Microcontroller based 12 calibrated steps
5mV/Div – 20V/Div (1-2-5 sequence).
Electronic Control. Display on 32
character backlit alphanumeric LCD.
Accuracy
: ±3%
Hold Off
: Variable Control for Stable Triggering
Input Impedance
:
Input Coupling
:
Maximum Input Voltage :
Timebase:
Time Coefficients
Accuracy
:
:
1MΩ║ 30pF (approx)
DC – AC – GND
400V (DC + Peak AC)
Microcontroller based 18 calibrated steps,
0.5μS/Div – 0.2S/Div (1-2-5 sequence)
with magnifier ×10 to 50nS/Div with
variable control to 20nS/Div. Electronic
control. Display on 32 character backlit
alphanumeric LCD. With ALT / NOR switch
magnified sweep and normal sweep can be
seen simultaneously.
±3% (in Cal position)
Horizontal Deflection (X):
Bandwidth
: DC – 2.5MHz (-3db)
X-Y Mode
: Phase Shift < 3º at 60kHz
Deflection Coefficients : Microcontroller based 12 calibrated steps
5mV/Div – 20V/Div (1-2-5 sequence).
Electronic control. Display on 32 character
backlit alphanumeric LCD.
Input Impedance
:
1MΩ║ 30pF (approx)
Built-in Single Touch Component Tester:
Test Voltage
: Max 8.6Vrms (Open)
Test Current
: Max 8mArms (Shorted)
Test Frequency
: 50Hz, Test circuit grounded to chassis
Continuity Tester
: Beeper sounds < 75Ω approx.
General Information:
Cathode Ray Tube
:
Accelerating Potential
Display
Trace Rotation
Calibrator
:
:
:
:
Z Modulation
:
Stabilized Power Supply :
Mains Voltage
:
Power Consumption
:
Operating Temperature:
140mm Rectangular tube with internal
graticule P31 Phosphor
2kV (approx)
8 × 10cm
Adjustable on Front Panel
Square Wave Generator 1kHz (approx),
0.2V±1% for probe compensation
TTL level
All operating voltages including EHT
230V ± 10%, 50Hz
33VA (approx.)
0-40ºC, 90% RH
Accessories Included:
Manual, BNC-Test Prod Cable, BNC-Crocodile Cable, a pair of Test
Prods, RS232 Cable and PC Control Software, CD (of Understanding
Oscilloscope).
1100580
Oscilloscope, 25MHz, 2 Channel, 4 Trace, with Digital
Readout 1
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electronics
139
OSCILLOSCOPE, 20MHz, DUAL TRACE
FEATURES
n
20Mhz Dual Trace Oscilloscope
n
Alternate Triggering, line Trigger & Variable Hold-on
n
Component & Continuity Tester
n
100KHz Function Generator
n
Sine, Square, Triangle, DC Waveform Outputs
n
30MHz Frequency counter & Function Generator
n
Digital Display for frequency counter & Function Generator
n
Choice of power supply / logic scope / curve tracer / Digital
Voltmeter as an additional Built-in Option
n
Gold plated BNC connectors
n
Economical & space saving
n
Multi-utility instrument for all labs and an excellent service station
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Modes:
Channel 1, Channel 2, Channel 1 & 2 Alternate or Chopped (approx.
350kHz), X-Y operation (Ratio 1:1 Input via CH2), Add/Sub CH1±CH2,
Invert CH2
Vertical Deflection (Y) (Identical Channels):
Bandwidth
: DC – 20MHz (-3db), DC – 28MHz (-6db)
Risetime
: 17.5nS (approx)
Deflection Coefficients : Microcontroller based 12 calibrated steps
2mV/Div – 10V/Div (1-2-5 sequence).
Adjustable by up-down
keys. Step
position indicated by glowing LEDs
Accuracy
: ±3%
Hold Off
: Variable Control for Stable Triggering
Input Impedance
: 1MΩ║ 30pF (approx)
Input Coupling
: DC – AC – GND
Maximum Input Voltage : 400V (DC + Peak AC)
Timebase:
Time Coefficients
:
Accuracy
Ramp output
:
:
Microcontroller based 18 calibrated steps,
0.5μS/Div – 0.2S/Div (1-2-5 sequence)
with magnifier ×10 to 50nS/Div with
variable control to 20nS/Div. Adjustable
by up-down keys. Step position indicated
by glowing LEDs.
±3% (in Cal position)
5 Vpp (approx)
Trigger System:
Modes
Source
Slope
Coupling
Sensitivity
Trigger Bandwidth
:
:
:
:
:
:
Auto / Level
CH1, CH2, ALT-CH1 / CH2, Line, Ext.
Positive or Negative
AC, Line Trigger
Int. 5mm, Ext. 0.8V (approx)
40MHz
Horizontal Deflection (CH2 - X):
Bandwidth
: DC – 2.3MHz (-3db)
X-Y Mode
: Phase Shift < 3º at 60kHz
Deflection Coefficients : Microcontroller based 12 calibrated steps
2mV/Div – 10V/Div (1-2-5 sequence).
Adjustable by up-down keys. Step position
indicated by glowing LEDs.
Input Impedance
: 1MΩ║ 30pF (approx)
Built-in Single Touch Component Tester:
Test Voltage
: Max 8.6Vrms (Open)
Test Current
: Max 8mArms (Shorted)
Test Frequency
: 50Hz, Test circuit grounded to chassis
Continuity Tester
: Beeper sounds < 75Ω approx.
General Information:
Cathode Ray Tube
:
140mm Rectangular tube with internal
graticule P31 Phosphor Accelerating
Display
Trace Rotation
Calibrator
:
:
:
Z Modulation
:
Stabilized Power Supply :
Mains Voltage
:
Power Consumption
:
Operating Temperature :
Potential: 2kV (approx)
8 × 10cm
Adjustable on Front Panel
Square Wave Generator 1kHz (approx),
0.2V±1% for probe compensation
TTL level
All operating voltages including EHT
220 – 240V ± 10%, 50Hz
33VA (approx.)
0-40ºC, 90% RH
Accessories Included:
Manual, BNC-Test Prod Cable, BNC-Crocodile Cable, a pair of Test
Prods, RS232 Cable and PC Control Software, CD (of Understanding
Oscilloscope).
Function Generator:
Modes
:
Frequency Range
:
Output Voltage
:
Sinewave Distortion
:
Square wave Risetimes :
Output Short Circuit Proof
Frequency Counter:
Frequency Range
Resolution
Sensitivity
Accuracy
Attenuation
Input Coupling
Input Impedance
Max. Input Voltage
Display
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Sine, Square, Triangle, DC, DC offset
(Switchable)
10Hz to 100 KHz in 4 Steps
10Vpp into 50Ω
<3%
<150nS
20Hz – 30 Hz
10Hz, 10KHz
0.5volts
+(0.5% + 1 D) of rdg
1:1, 1:20
AC
1MΩ
200V (DC + AC peak)
4 digit 7 segments LED display
Built-in Options:
Logic Scope
Logic Inputs
: 8 Nos. (TTL Timing diagrams)
Output
: To Oscilloscope
Ideal for experiments in Digital Laboratories
Power Supply:
Fixed Output Voltage
:
Ripple
Tolerance
Line Regulation
:
:
:
5V / 500mA
+12V / 150mA
-12V / 250mA
<8mVrms
+0.2V
2%
+5V is floating & +12V has common ground but floating from scope chassis.
Digital Voltmeter:
Range
Resolution
Accuracy
Max. Input
Input Impedance
:
:
:
:
:
2V, 20V and 200V
1mV, 10mV, 0.1V
+(1% + 1D) of rdg
500Vpp for 20V & 200V, 100Vpp for 2V
10mΩ
Curve Tracer:
Vce Scan Voltage
Step Base current
Step Amplitude
No. of Steps
Step Polarity
:
:
:
:
:
Display
:
0 – 35 V adjustable
20A each Step
0.5Volts
Adjustable 0 to 7
Automatically selected with PNP/NPN
selection
On Oscilloscope Via Y input – Ch1 & X Input
– Ch 2
1100600
Oscilloscope, 20MHz, Dual Trace
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
2
140
Electronics
HALL EFFECT SET UP
Hall Effect set up consists of
1) Constant Current Power Supply
2) Hall effect set up with digital read out
3) Electromagnet
4) Magnetic Flux density Meter
5) A Hall probe (Ge crystal)
B Hall Probe (InAS crystal)
1) Constant Current Power Supply
A regulated power supply with max. of 40V DC and 4A current with a
current adjustment knob is used to supply fix current to the
electromagnet. Whole assembly is housed inside an aluminium
extrusion channel fitted with high grade sturdy covers. ABS (Acrylo
Nitrile Butadiene Styrene) moulded side covers with ventilation fan to
keep it cool even to operate it for a long time. Current passing through
the electromagnet is display on the 3*1/2 digit 7 segment display.
2) Hall Effect set up with digital read out
This is a single unit used to measure the voltage and Hall voltage and
probe current across the crystal. A selector switch is used to select
either meter as a current meter or Voltmeter. A 3*1/2 digit 7 segment
display is used for the measurement.
FIBER OPTICS KIT
Fiber optics kit is designed to demonstrate that how the signals are
transmitted in the form of light. Whole kit is sub divided into different
parts signal generator, transmitter and receiver. A flexible fiber optics
cable is used to transmit the signal from one point to another. Flexible
property of cable provides it an alternative means of transmitting
information over significant distance using light energy. Light can be
modulated at higher frequencies than electrical signal.
SPECIFICATIONS
1) Function Generator
2)
3)
4)
5)
1Hz – 10KHz TTL square wave
1Hz – 10KHz Variable Wave
Voice communication
Voice can be transmitter via. mic.
speaker in the kit
Analog Signal Bandwidth
350KHz
Digital Width
2.5MHz
RS232 port for PC communication
1100610
Fiber Optics Kit
3) Electromagnet
A heavy duty electromagnet with a provision to change the magnetic
field via. core fitted inside the magnet. Magnetic strength can be
adjusted on rotating the three handles fitted on the extreme end of the
electromagnet.
4) Magnetic Flux Density Meter
It is designed to measure the magnetic field strength directly up to
2000mT (millitesla) with a range selector switch 20, 200, 2000mT. On
connecting the Hall Effect probe to the connector fitted on the front
panel with a socket head, it can be used to measure the magnetic fields
across a magnet and magnetic coil. Whole assembly is housed inside an
aluminium extrusion channel fitted with high grade sturdy covers with
ventilation facility to keep it cool even to operate it for a long time.
SPECIFICATION
1) Selector switch for
1) 0-19.99 mT
2) 0-199.9 mT
3) 0-1999 mT
2) LCD display (Digit height 12mm) approx.
3) Set zero facility.
4)) Operating
p
g Voltage
g 110V/220V±10%,, 50/60Hz AC Mains selectable
via. slider switch.
1100615
Hall Effect Set Up
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electronics
EXPERIMENT
OBJECTIVE
To find the wavelength of sodium light by using Fresnel's
biprism.
APPARATUS
Sodium lamp arrangement, optical bench, four upright stands
with transverse motion, an adjustable slit, a biprism, a lens
holder, a micrometer Ramsden's eye piece provided with
divided head reading upto 0.001cm, a short focal lens.
FUNCTION GENERATOR WITH POWER AMPLIFIER
A versatile function generator with built in Power Amplifier, which can
be used as a normal bench top generator and also with Power Amplifier
to drive experiments related to sound, vibration, resonance etc.
equipped with separate attenuation for Function Generator and Power
Amplifier, both can be used independently as well as in combination.
FEATURES
n
Function Generator with Power Amplifier
n
0.2Hz to 200kHz frequency range
n
Sine, Square, Triangle, Pulse and TTL output
n
LCD display
n
AM – FM modulation
n
80dB attenuation
n
20 Vpp output
n
Compact & light weight
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Modes
Frequency Range
:
:
Frequency Display
Sine Wave Distortion
Output
:
:
:
Attenuation
:
Modulation
Modulation Frequency Range
Modulation Input (external)
Power Amplifier
:
:
:
:
Power Supply
Power Consumption
:
:
Operating Conditions
Included Accessories
:
:
1100680
Sine, Square, Triangle, Pulse, TTL
0.2Hz–200KHz in 6 steps
(variable control in between)
3½ digits LCD
<2.5%
20Vpp open circuit, 10Vpp into 50
ohms.
80dB (Fixed: 40dB, Variable: 0 to
40dB)
AM and FM.
0-20KHz.
2Vpp max.
Built-in 10W peak power (8 ohms)
amplifier. Frequency 20Hz to
20kHz (fuse protected)
220V±10%, 50/60Hz AC
Normal- 11 VA (approx.), with
Power Amplifier 19VA (approx)
0-40ºC, 90% RH
BNC Cable, Operating Manual,
2mm Patch cords
Function Generator with Power Amplifier
PROCEDURE
1. Adjust the level bed of the optical bench with the help of
leveling screws and a spirit level.
2. Mount the slit on the upright and focus the light from the
sodium lamp on it with help of lens.
3. Focus the micrometer eyepiece on the cross-wires and
mount it on the upright meant to carry it. Turn it so that
one of the cross-wires becomes vertical. Move it upto the
upright carrying the slit and adjust its height equal to the
height of slit. Make the slit vertical with the help of
tangent screw provided for the purpose. To test the
correctness, mount a les of short focal length on the spare
upright and get the image of the slit on the vertical crosswire.
4. Mount the biprism on the upright next to the slit and adjust
its height equal to the height of the slit so that its plane is
perpendicular to the plane of the bed.
5. Place the eye on the side of biprism away from the slit, two
virtual images will be seen. Move the eye across the bench;
one of the images will appear to cross the edge of the
biprism to the other side. If the refracting edge of the
biprism is parallel to the slit, then the image as a whole
will appear to cross the edge, otherwise image is faulty.
Adjust the biprism by rotating it in its own plane by the
tangent screw provided for the purpose to affect the
sudden transition of the full image. When this is done, the
slit, cross-wire and the edge of the biprism are parallel.
6. Look through the eyepiece, a set of fringes will be seen. If
these are not visible then move the biprism upright at the
right angle to the bed of the optical bench till fringes
appear on the field of view of the eyepiece. Set the
vertical cross-wire on the central fringe and move the
eyepiece away from the biprism and note if there is lateral
displacement of the fringes. In case there is any lateral
shift, move the biprism at right angle to the bed of the
bench till the shift ceases.
7. Measurement of the distance D between the slit and focal
plane of eyepiece
8. Measurements of fringe width
9. Measurement of distance d between two virtual sources
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
141
142
Electronics
DIGITAL STORAGE OSCILLOSCOPE
DSO-025C2/DSO-50C5
FEATURES
250MS/s real time sample rate
n
5.7 inch LCD colour display 320 x 240 resolution
n
Dual Channel
n
28 Automatic measurements
n
Saving 10 Waveforms and 10 setup parameters
n
Convenient USB Port interface
n
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Bandwidth
: DC - 25MHz / DC - 50MHz
Channels
: 2 + External
Display
: 5.7 inch LCD Color (320X 240 resolutions)
Acquisition
Mode
:
Sample Rate (real time) :
Sample, Peak detect, Averaging
250MS/s/500MS/s
Input
Input coupling
Input Impedance
Probe Attenuation
Factors
Max. Input Voltage
:
:
:
DC, AC, GND
1Mhom ± 2% in parallel with 20pF± 3pF
1 X, 10X, 100X, 1000X
:
400V (DC+AC Peak, 1 M input impedance)
Horizontal System
Record length
Time Base Range
:
:
Time Base Accuracy
:
Max. 512K points
20ns/div ~50s/div/5ns/div ~ 50s/div (step
as 1~2~5)
± 100 ppm
Vertical System
Vertical Resolution
Vertical sensitivity
:
:
Position Range
Single bandwidth
LF Respond (AC,-3dB)
Rising time
(Typical on BNC)
DC Gain Accuracy
Trigger
Trigger Mode
Trigger Slope (Edge)
Trigger Mode (Edge)
Trigger Sensitivity
(Edge)
:
:
:
:
8 bits
2mV/div~5V/div/1mV/div ~ 20V/div
(Input to BNC)
≥ ± 10 div
Full bandwidth
>10Hz (to BNC)
< 14 ns / ≥7ns
:
± 4% (2mV / div, 5mV / div);
± 3% (10mV /div~5V /div)
:
:
:
:
Edge, Pulse, Video
Rising, Falling
Auto, Normal and Single
1 div
Trigger Level Range (Edge)
- AC Coupling
: CH1 and CH2: 1 div
- Internal
:
±5 divisions from screen center
- EXT
: ±3V
- EXT / 5
: ± 15 V
Trigger Level Accuracy (Edge)
- Internal
: ± 0.3 divisions
- EXT
: ± 40mV ± 6% setting value
- EXT / 5
: ± 200mV ± 6% setting value
Trigger mode (Pulse)
: < , >, = position and negative pulse
Pulse width
: 40ns-25s
Trigger Sync (Video)
: Field, Line
Trigger sensitivity (VIDEO)
- Internal
: 2 divisions
- EXT
: 400 mV
- EXT / 5
: 2V
Line / Field Frequency : Supports NTSC, PAL
Video)
Measurement system
Automatic
:
Waveform math
Waveform storage
Lissajou's Figure
FFT Window
FFT Acquisition points
:
:
:
:
:
PK-PK, amplitude, maximum, minimum,
top, bottom, mean, averaging,RMS,
overshoot, Pre-shoot, Frequency, Cycle,
rise time, fall time, Positive pulse,
negative pulse, positive duty ratio,
negative duty ratio delay 1->2_UP, and
delay 1->2_DOWN
add, Substact, Multiply, Devide
10 waveform, 10 setups
Available
Hanning, Hamming, Blackman, Rectangle
1024 points
Probe Comp Output
Output Voltage
Frequency
:
:
Approx 3V, PK-PK > 1M loading
1kHz square
Power Supply
Voltage
Power Consumption
Fuse
:
:
:
100~240 VAC, 50Hz, CAT II
< = 50 VA
F 1.6 A L 250V
Accessories
1 pair of 1:1 )10;1) Attenuator Probe, USB Cable, Power Cable
Instruction
1100785
:
Manual
Digital Storage Oscilloscope
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electronics
143
BEST
SELLER
L GENERATOR
GENERAT
ATOR 50 KHZ
AUDIO SIGNAL
It consists of a function generator, and power amplifier. The function
generator generates sine, square and triangular wave forms. These
wave forms can be used for a Varity of application like checking
amplifiers, filters etc. Also provided as a TTL/CMOS as a trigger signals
for synchronizing waveforms on an oscilloscope. The instrument also
has a VCG input, which can be used to generate output waveforms as
per the input signal. The frequency can be set to the desired by
adjusting the coarse and fine knob. The power amplifier can be used
for delivering power up to 5W. This can be used for driving low
resistance loads e.g. bulbs, loudspeakers. A unique feature is that
output is short circuit protected without any risk of damage.
Waveforms sine, square, triangular frequency range 0.05Hz to 50 KHz
in 6 decades frequency indication Accuracy ±5% of the full scale output
impedance 600 ohms and output amplitude 0.1V to 20V p-p. VCG input
0V to 2V for external sweep. Digital output TTL levels having same
frequency. Output power 5W (R1=4 ohms) Input impedance 10 K
Output impedance 0.05 (at 1 KHz). Power supply Voltage 220V ± 10%,
50Hz supplied via. three pin main plug lead.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
1) Frequency range coarse
(.05, 0.5, 5, 50, 500, 5K) Hz
2) Signal modes
Sine, triangular and square
3) Signal amplification internal / external selectable by a toggle
switch.
4) Operating Voltage
230V ± 10%, 47-53 Hz
5) Operating Condition
0-40ºC, 90 % RH
1100700
1100710
FUNCTION GENERATOR – AMPLIFIER – FREQUENCY
COUNTER
A reasonably priced, feature rich apparatus incorporating three
functions into a single instrument with 4 digit, 7 segment LED display.
Its simple and well organized operating panel makes it well suited for
demonstration experiments by the teachers as well as for use by the
students for experiments in vibrations, waves and much more.
Function Generator: Provides three type of output waveforms – sine,
square and triangular with a broad continuous frequency range of
0.1Hz to 100kHz with output impedance of 600Ω and maximum output
amplitude (Vpp) of 20V (peak-to-peak). Also provided with digital fine
tuning of both frequency as well as amplitude with frequency readout
available on the digital display. The BNC output signal connection is
short circuit protected. Also allows the demonstration of frequency
modulation by connecting an external signal.
DC Amplifier: Also incorporated is a 10W amplifier, short circuit
protected, and has a frequency range from 0-50kHz with maximum
input of ±50V. it can also be used to amplify signals from the function
generator or from external sources. The input of external signals is by
means of a BNC connector with an impedance of 10kΩ and the output
signal is accessible through safety-type 4mm colour coded shrouded
banana jack connectors.
Frequency Counter: Provides a fully automatic measurement of
external frequencies from 0.1Hz to 150kHz, which can be read directly
from the 4-digit digital display.
Audio Signal generator 50 KHz
Audio Signal generator 100 Khz
The apparatus operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz. Supplied complete with
detachable 3-core mains lead and user instruction manual.
BENCH SIGNAL GENERATOR
It provides two type of output waveforms – sine, square with a
continuous frequency range of 10Hz to 100kHz with four decade and
selectable through the combination of set frequency control knob
range selected by a rotary switch and maximum output amplitude of
5V (peak-to-peak). A set frequency. The front panel incorporates three
safety sockets – two for output signal and one for ground. The
instrument has been designed with simplicity in mind to offer easy
operatability to the students.
1100720
Function Generator – Amplifier – Frequency Counter
SPECIFICATION
1) Frequency Ranges: 10-110Hz, .1-1.1 Khz, 1-11.1 Hz, 10-110KHz
2) Max. Amplitude 5V v.p.p
3) Waveforms Sine, square selectable through a push switch
4) Internal speaker selectable through a push switch
5) Fuse rating 500 mA / 250V AC
6) Operating Voltage: 110V/220V±10%, 50/60Hz AC Main
7) Operating Condition: 0-40ºC, 90 % RH
8) Frequency range coarse: (.05, 0.5, 5, 50, 500, 5K) Hz
9) Signal modes: Sine, triangular and square
1100725
Bench Signal Generator
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
144
Electronics
BASIC SOLAR KIT
his simple kit will help to demonstrate the
conversion of solar energy to electric power.
Kit includes a 400mA solar cell, leads, motor,
propeller and instructions.
4741
Basic Solar Kit
MICROWAVE OPTICS KIT
Comprises a 2.8cm transmitter and receiver and incorporates following features.
n
Wave optics in centimeter range
n
Demonstrates the properties of electromagnetic waves
n
Allows easy demonstration of Interference and Diffraction
n
Designed and tested as per EN300-440, and compliant to EN50371
The equipment has been specially designed and developed to demonstrate the various
properties of electromagnetic waves, to study the associated phenomena and as an aid to teach
the behaviour of visible light. The use of microwave permits more comprehensive range of
experiments relating to electromagnetic waves, over a wider spectrum of frequencies.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Transmitter:
Mod
: CW or external modulated
Frequency
: 10.5GHz (Compatible with many existing systems)
Average Power : 15mW
Supply Voltage : 5V DC (through external AC mains adaptor unit included)
Receiver:
Mode
: CW or Modulated Signal
Frequency
: 10.5GHz (Compatible with many existing systems)
Antenna Gain : 17dB
1100740
SUN SIMULATOR
Use this versatile product to simulate
sunlight. Uses a standard 100W light bulb
which is included.
Microwave Optics Kit
4707
Sun Simulator
FUNDAMENTALS OF
ELECTRONICS
Introduce students to the basics of
electronics. This kit includes solder
less electronics, breadboard,
switches, connection wires,
transistors NPN and PNP, red and
green light emitting diodes (LED),
capacitors, diode and photoresistor,
resistors, a buzzer, 9 volt battery and
Teacher’s Guide.
R-669100 F u n d a m e n t a l s
Electronics
of
SOLAR CELL
This Solar Cell can be used independently to
create. 45 V-100mA or with other solar cells
to product greater voltage.
4735
Solar Cell
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electronics
1
2
DEMONSTRATION TRANSPARENT
COMPONENTS
n
n
n
n
n
Light and magnetic fixture
Visible components
Φ4m safety socket connection
Customization allows
Dimensions 100 x 68 x 48 mm
1100750/1
B10 BULB BASE
PUSH SWITCH
6V
1x2, 120V, 5A
1100750/7 B10 Bulb Base
1100750/13
Push Switch
RESISTOR
B15 BULB BASE
4.7Ω, 12Ω, 39Ω, 2W
2x2, 120V, 5A
1100750/8 Resistor
1100750/14
1
B15 Bulb Base
TOGGLE SWITCH
2X2, 120V, 5A
1100750/2 Toggle Switch
FUSE
6X20, 250V, 3A
2
CAPACITOR
D C MOTOR
470pF, 4700pF, 47000pF, 63V
3V, 200mA
1100750/9 Capacitor
1100750/15
CAPACITOR
BUZZER
0.5 μ F, 1μ F, 2μ F, 400V
3~7 V
1100750/10
1100750/16
D C Motor
1100750/3 Fuse
Capacitor
Buzzer
CROCODILE CLIP
24V, 3A
1100750/4 Crocodile Clip
SPRING CLIP
24V, 3A
CAPACITOR
SPEAKER
220μ F, 470 μ F, 2200 μ F, 25V
8? , 0.3W
1100750/11
1100750/17
Capacitor
Speaker
INDUCTOR
POTENTIOMETER
1mH, 10mH, 100mH, 100mA
1K ? , 0.5W
1100750/12
1100750/18
1100750/5 Spring Clip
Inductor
E10 BULB BASE
6V
Potentiometer
DIODE
TRANSISTOR
IN 4004
2SC1008
1100750/19
1100750/20
1100750/6 E10 Bulb Base
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
145
146
Electronics
MAGNETIC BOARD
Dimensions: 93 x 28 cm
THYRISTOR
1100760/2 Magnetic Board
97A6
1100750/21
Thyristor
LED
6V
1100750/22
LED
MAGNETIC BOARD
Dimensions: 46.5 x 28 cm
RECTIFIER
1100760/3 Magnetic Board
400V, 10A
1100750/23
Rectifier
MULTI FUNCTION
DEMONSTRATION FRAME
Vertical assembly facility, allows versatile
combinations
MAGNETIC BOARD
Dimensions: 46.5 x 62 cm
1100760/4 Magnetic Board
MAGNETIC BOARD
Dimensions: 93 x 62 cm
1100760/1 Magnetic Board
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electronics
STUDENT OSCILLOSCOPE
n
n
n
n
n
STUDENT OSCILLOSCOPE
2Mhz(1100770-1), 5MHz (1100770-2) single channel
Sensitivity 50mV
Easy to operate
Low cost, high performance
Signal input with binding post
TECHNICAL DATA
CRT
TYPE
DISPLAY AREA
POTENTIAL
VERTICAL SYSTEM
SENSITIVITY
WIDTH OF BAND (-3DB)
INPUT IMPEDANCE
INPUT COUPLING
MAX. INPUT VOLTAGE
ATTENUATOR
HORIZONTAL SYSTEM
SWEEP TIME
TRIGGER
X-Y OPERATION
SENSITIVITY
WIDTH OF BAND (-3DB)
INPUT IMPEDANCE
POWER SOURCE
DIMENSIONS (WXHXD)
WEIGHT
OTHER ACCESSORIES
147
3” ROUND
8X10DIV (1DIV=6MM)
1.3KV
50MV/DIV ±10%
DC:0~2MHZ AC:10HZ
DC:0~5MHZ AC:10HZ~5MHZ
1M Ω ±3% 40PF±5PF
DC, AC
400V (DC+ACPEAK)
1/1, 1/10, 1/100, 1/1000
10HZ~10KHZ 4STEPS AND FINE CONTROL
INT (POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE)
100MV/DIV±10%
10HZ~500KHZ
1M Ω ±3% 60PF±5PF
110~127VAC±10%,220~240VAC±10%
50HZ±2HZ,60HZ±2HZ
220MMX90MMX270MM
3KG
ONE OPERATION MANUAL, ONE FUSE
ONE POWER CABLE, TWO TEST LEADS
1100770/1 Student Oscilloscope 2MHz
1100770/2 Student Oscilloscope 5MHz
We constantly try to expand and improve the
quality of our products. Our aim is to develop
user friendly and affordable products to allow
and facilitate the search for knowledge. Our
Research & Development team develops new products as per
the requirement of market that fully satisfy our customer's
need and budget requirements.
n
n
n
n
n
Transparent housing
10MHz single channel
TV synchronizing, X-Y operating
Operation and principle study
High performance, sensitivity 5mV/DIV
TECHNICAL DATA
CRT
TYPE
DISPLAY AREA
POTENTIAL
LIGHTERING COLOR
VERTICAL SYSTEM
SENSITIVITY
WIDTH OF BAND (-3DB)
INPUT IMPEDANCE
INPUT COUPLING
MAX. INPUT VOLTAGE
TRIMMING RATION
HORIZONTAL SYSTEM
SWEEP TIME
TRIMMING RATION
TRIGGER SYSTEM
MODE
SOURCE
POLARITY
TRIGGER SENSITIVITY
EXTERNAL TRIGGER INPUT
X-Y OPERATION
SENSITIVITY
WIDTH OF BAND(-3DB)
PHASE DIFFERENCE
CALIBRATION SOURCE
POWER SOURCE
DIMENSIONS (WXHXD)
WEIGHT
OTHER ACCESSORIES
3” ROUND
8X10DIV (1DIV=6MM)
1.3KV
GREEN
5MV/DIV~5V/DIV ±3%
DC:0~10MHZ AC: 10HZ~10MHZ
1M Ω ±3% 30PF±5PF
DC, GND, AC
400V (DC+ACPEAK)
2.5:1
0.1S/DIV~0.1µS/DIV ±3%
2.5:1
AUTO, NORM, TV
INT, LINE, EXT
“+” OR “-“
INT:1DIV, EXT:0.3V, TV: 2 DIV
INPUT IMPEDANCE:
1MΩ ±3% 25PF±5PF
MAX. INPUT VOLTAGE:
160V(DC+ACPEAK)
X:0.5V/DIV
Y:5MV/DIV~5V/DIV
DC: 0-1MHZ
AC:10HZ-1MHZ
≤3° (DC~50KHZ)
1KHZ±2% 0.5VP-P±2% SQUARE WAVE
110~127VAC±10%, 220~240VAC±10%
50HZ±2HZ, 60HZ±2HZ
220X90X270MM
3KG
ONE OPERATION MANUAL, ONE FUSE
ONE POWER CABLE, ONE PROBE
1100770/3 Student Oscilloscope 10MHz
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
148
Electronics
STUDENT OSCILLOSCOPE
Clear Feature Curves
n
Double cluster display circuit for multiple
le current amplification
n
Max. step potential source is up to 2V/STAGE
T
TAGE
n
Conjugation function for the parallel FET
T
TECHNICAL DATA
DEFLECTION COEFFICIENT
SCOPE OF COLLECTOR
CURRENT(1C)
REVERSAL DRAIN CURRENT OF
DIODE(1R)
BASE CURRENT OR BASE VOLTAGE
DEFLECTION COEFFICIENT
SCOPE OF COLLECTOR VOLTAGE
SCOPE OF DRAIN CURRENT
VOLTAGE OF DIODE
SCOPE OF BASE VOLTAGE
BASE CURRENT OF BASE SOURCE
STEP SIGNAL
SCOPE OF STEP CURRENT
SCOPE OF STEP VOLTAGE
STAGE NUMBER PER CLUSTER
STEP ZEROING
STEP NUMBER PER SECOND
STEP POLARITY
STEP FORM
COLLECTOR SWEEP
MAX. CURRENT OF SWEEP SUPPLY
SUPPLY EACH GRADE
DISSIPATION RESISTANCE
POWER SOURCE
DIMENSIONS (WXHXD)
WEIGHT
20µA/DIV, DIVIDED INTO 15
GRADES, ERROR IS NOT MORE THAN ± 3% 0.2µ A/DIV~1A/DIV, DIVIDED INTO 6 GRADES 2µ A/DIV~10µ A/DIV,
ERROR IS NOT MORE THAN ± 3%
0.2µ A/DIV~1A/DIV, ERROR IS
NOT MORE THAN ± 10% 0.2µ A/DIV, INTERFERE ≤ 0.5V/DIV
20MV/DIV, ERROR≤ ±3%, DEFLECTION MULTIFYING FACTOR X0.5, ERROR ≤ ±10%
0.05V/DIV~500V/DIV DIVIDED INTO 10 GRADES, ERROR OF HORIZONTAL AXIS ≤ ± 3%
100V/DIV~500V/DIV DIVIDED
INTO 3 GRADES, ERROR ≤ ±5% (FOR MATCHING 5KV TEST FLOOR)
0.05V/DIV~2V/DIV, DIVIDED INTO 6 GRADES, ERROR ≤ ± 3%
VOLTAGE 0.1V/DIV, ERROR ≤ ± 3%
µA/STAGE~0.1A/STAGE, DIVIDED IN TO 16 GRADES, ERROR ≤ ± 5%
0.05V/STAGE~2V/STAGE, DIVIDED INTO 6 GRADES, ERROR ≤ ± 5%
4~10 STAGES CONTINUOUSLY ADJUSTABLE
NOT LESS THAN ± 1DIV
200(COMMERCIAL FREQUENCY :50HZ)
POSITIVE OR NEGATIVE
CONTINUOUS OR SINGLE CLUSTER
0~5V GRADE:10A
0~20V GRADE: 2.5A
0~100V GRADE: 0.5A
0~500V GRADE: 0.1A
0~500KΩ, DIVIDED INTO 11 GRADES
10Ω~500KΩ, ERROR ≤ ± 10%
0.5Ω~2.5Ω, ERROR ≤ ± 20%
220VAC±10%, 50HZ±2HZ
240X330X480MM
13.5KG
1100770/4 Student Oscilloscope
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electronics
FUNCTION GENERATOR
n
n
n
n
n
n
FUNCTION GENERATOR
Multi waveforms: Sine, Triangle, Square, Ramp, Pulse and etc.
Separate TTL, 50Hz Sine and single output
DC offset and symmetry continuously adjustable
VCF input
Built-in 6 digits counter up to 30MHz equal accuracy (1100780/2)
Economical type, low cast.
n
n
n
n
n
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN OUTPUT
OUTPUT FREQUENCY
OUTPUT WAVEFORMS
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
OUTPUT AMPLITUDE
OUTPUT ATTENUATION
DC OFFSET
SYMMETRY
SINE WAVE
DISTORTION FACTOR
FREQUENCY RESPONSE
SQUARE WAVE
RISE OR FALL TIME
TTL OUTPUT
RISE OR FALL TIME
LOW LEVEL
HIGH LEVEL
IMPEDANCE
VCF
INPUT VOLTAGE
INPUT IMPEDANCE
50HZ OUTPUT
DISPLAY
FREQUENCY RANGE
INPUT IMPEDANCE
COUNTER SENSITIVITY
ACCURACY
ERROR
MAX. INPUT VOLTAGE
POWER SUPPLY
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
149
n
n
0.2HZ~2MHZ
SINE, SQUARE, TRIANGLE, RAMP,
PULSE AND ETC
50Ω ±10%
≥20VP-P (1MΩ LOAD); ≥10VP-P
(50Ω LOAD)
0DB/20DB/40DB/60DB
0~±10V (1MΩ LOAD); 0~±5V (50Ω
LOAD)
10%~90%
20HZ~20KHZ ≤1%
2HZ~2MHZ ≤ ±1DB
≤30NS
≤50NS
≤0.4V
≥3.5V
100Ω
-5~0V
10KΩ ±10%
2VP-P, MAINS SYNCHRONY
6DIGITS
0.5HZ~30MHZ
10KΩ ±10%
200M V RMS
0.1HZ/1HZ
≤0.1%±1DIGIT
50VP-P
110~127 VAC±10%, 220~240VAC±10%,
50HZ±2HZ/60HZ±2HZ
250(W)X105(H)X280(D)MM
2.5KG
1100780/1 Function Generator 2 MHz
1100780/2 Function Generator 2 MHz
n
DDS technology design, ultra-low power consumption
Frequency range : 0.1Hz~3MHz (1100780-3)
0.1Hz~5MHz (1100780-4)
0.1Hz~8MHz (1100780-5)
High frequency accuracy: ±1X10-6
High frequency stability: ±1X10-6
Max. frequency resolution: 100mHz
Low distortion sine wave: <0.3%
Through the keyboard input frequency set value
Voltage display
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN OUTPUT
OUTPUT FREQUENCY
OUTPUT WAVE FORM
FREQUENCY ACCURACY
FREQUENCY RESOLUTION
FREQUENCY STABILITY
OUTPUT AMPLITUDE
AMPLITUDE ACCURACY
IMPEDANCE
ATTENUATOR
DC OFFSET
DISPLAY
OUTPUT CONTROL
SINE WAVE
DISTORTION FACTOR
TRIANGLE WAVE
LINEAR
0.1HZ~3MHZ (1100690-3)
0.1HZ~5MHZ (1100690-4)
0.1HZ~8MHZ (1100690-5)
SINE, SQUARE, TRIANGLE
±5X10-6
100MHZ
±1X10-6
0.2~20VP-P
±10% (1KHZ, 20VP-P)
50 Ω ± 10%
-40DB, 0DB
±10V
6 DIGITS LED DISPLAY
ON/OFF SELETOR
≤0.3% (20HZ~20KHZ)
≥9.8% 100MHZ~100KHZ
≥95% 100KHZ~1MHZ
SQUARE WAVE
DUTY CYCLE
RISE OR FALL TIME
TTL/COMS OUTPUT
TTL LEVEL
OUTPUT CAPABILITY
CMOS LEVEL
POWER SUPPLY
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
10%~90%
≤25NS
≥3V P-P
20TTL LOAD
3~13.5VP-P
110~127VAC±10%/220~240VAC±10%,
50HZ±2HZ/60HZ±2HZ
300(W)X110(H)X265(D)MM
1.5KG
1100780/3 Function Generator 3MHz
1100780/4 Function Generator 5MHz
1100780/5 Function Generator 8MHz
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
150
Electronics
3
2
NERAT
ATOR
FUNCTION GENERATOR
1
n
n
FUNCTION GENERATOR
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
Multi waveforms: Sine, Triangle, Square, Ramp, Pulse and etc.
Separate TTL, 50Hz Sine and single output
DC offset and symmetry continuously adjustable
VCF input
Built-in 6 digits counter up to 30MHz equal accuracy (1100780/7)
Economical type, low cast
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN OUTPUT
OUTPUT FREQUENCY
OUTPUT WAVEFORMS
0.2HZ~2MHZ
SINE, SQUARE, TRIANGLE, RAMP, PULSE
AND ETC
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
50Ω ±10%
OUTPUT AMPLITUDE
≥20VP-P (1MΩ LOAD); ≥10VP-P (50Ω LOAD)
OUTPUT ATTENUATION 0DB/20DB/40DB/60DB
DC OFFSET
0~±10V (1MΩ LOAD); 0~±5V (50Ω LOAD)
SYMMETRY
10%~90%
SINE WAVE
DISTORTION FACTOR
20HZ~20KHZ ≤1%
FREQUENCY RESPONSE 2HZ~2MHZ ≤ ±1DB
SQUARE WAVE
≤30NS
RISE OR FALL TIME
TTL OUTPUT
RISE OR FALL TIME
≤50NS
LOW LEVEL
≤0.4V
≥3.5V
HIGH LEVEL
IMPEDANCE
100Ω
VCF
INPUT VOLTAGE
-5~0V
INPUT IMPEDANCE
10KΩ ±10%
50HZ OUTPUT
2VP-P, MAINS SYNCHRONY
DISPLAY
6DIGITS
FREQUENCY RANGE
0.5HZ~30MHZ
INPUT IMPEDANCE
10KΩ ±10%
COUNTER SENSITIVITY
200M V RMS
ACCURACY
0.1HZ/1HZ
ERROR
≤0.1%±1DIGIT
MAX. INPUT VOLTAGE
50VP-P
POWER SUPPLY
110~127 VAC±10%, 220~240VAC±10%,
50HZ±2HZ/60HZ±2HZ
DIMENSIONS
250(W)X105(H)X280(D)MM
WEIGHT
2.5KG
1100780/6 Function Generator 2MHz
1100780/7 Function Generator 2MHz
1100780/8 Function Generator 2MHz
1100780/9 Function Generator 2MHz
1
2
3
n
n
n
n
n
Amplifier function
ction with microphone input
Apply LSI and MCU
Multi waveform: Sine, Square, Triangle and etc.
Built-in 5digits counter (up to 10MHz equal accurate)
High power output
Variously output mode CW, FW, sweep frequency
High reliability: MTBF ≥ 10000h
DC offset, Symmetry continuously adjustable
TECHNICAL DATA
MAIN OUTPUT
OUTPUT FREQUENCY
OUTPUT WAVEFORMS
0HZ~2MHZ IN 7 RANGES
SINE WAVE, SQUARE WAVE, TRIANGLE
WAVE AND ETC
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
FUNCTION AND FIXED-FREQUENCY
OUTPUT: 50Ω
TTL/CMOS : 600Ω
OUTPUT AMPLITUDE
FUNCTION OUTPUT: 10VP-P (50 Ω LOAD)
20VP-P (1MΩ LOAD)
OUTPUT ATTENUATION 0DB/20DB/40DB/60DB
DC OFFSET
-5V~+5V±10% (50Ω) -10V~+10V±10% (1MΩ)
SYMMETRY
10%~90%
DISTORTION FACTOR
10HZ~100KHZ <1%
TRIANGLE WAVE LINEAR >90%
PULSE WAVE RISE TIME ≤30NS
TTL OUTPUT LEVEL
LOW≤0.8V HIGH ≥1.8V
CMOS OUTPUT LEVEL 3VP-P~15VP-P ADJUSTABLE
SWEEP MODE
LIN./LOG VCF
COUNTER
DISPLAY
3DIGITS
FREQUENCY RANGE
0.200HZ~2000KHZ
INPUT IMPEDANCE
500KΩ/30PF
TIME BASE
10MHZ
ACCURACY
TIME BASE ACCURACY ± COUNT
ATTENUATOR
-20DB
STABILITY
5X10-5 /D
POWER OUTPUT
OUTPUT FREQUENCY 0.2HZ~100KHZ(SINE WAVE & TRIANGLE
WAVE), 0.2HZ~30KHZ (SQUARE WAVE)
OUTPUT POWER
10W (RISING EDGE OF SQUARE WAVE <1 µS)
(5W ABOVE 100KHZ, LOAD CAPACITANCE≥
4Ω)
OUTPUT AMPLITUDE
≤ 20VP-P EMPTY LOAD, CONTINUOUSLY
ADJUSTABLE
AMPLIFIER
OUTPUT POWER
10W, 4Ω
OUTPUT FREQUENCY 20HZ~20KHZ
POWER SUPPLY
110~127VAC±10%, 220~240VAC±10%,
50HZ±2HZ/60HZ±2HZ
DIMENSIONS
265(W)X90(H)X215(D)MM
WEIGHT
2 KG
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Electronics / Optics
151
LENSES, DOUBLE CONVEX
Unmounted spherical lenses suitable for use
with optical benches and for other studies in
the optics. Spherical optically worked glass,
with polished faces and ground edges.
Diameter 38mm
COMPREHENSIVE SOLAR ELECTRICITY KIT
This redesigned kit now includes: a full function digital multimeter, 2 large solar cells, LED lamp,
buzzer, DC motor, propeller, patch cords and a new comprehensive lesson plan with 8 unique lab
exercises to expand the student’s knowledge of the measurement and application of solar
power.
4740
Comprehensive Solar Electricity Kit
1110020/1
1110020/2
1110020/3
1110020/4
1110020/5
1110020/6
1110020/7
1110020/8
Focal Length
Power
50mm
100mm
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
500mm
1000mm
+20.00D
+10.00D
+6.67D
+5.00D
+4.00D
+3.33D
+2.00D
+1.00D
Diameter 50mm
1110020/9
1110020/10
1110020/11
1110020/12
1110020/13
1110020/14
1110020/15
1110020/16
Focal Length
Power
50mm
100mm
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
500mm
1000mm
+20.00D
+10.00D
+6.67D
+5.00D
+4.00D
+3.33D
+2.00D
+1.00D
Diameter 75mm
1110020/17
1110020/18
1110020/19
1110020/20
1110020/21
1110020/22
1110020/23
Focal Length
Power
100mm
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
500mm
1000mm
+10.00D
+6.67D
+5.00D
+4.00D
+3.33D
+2.00D
+1.00D
Diameter 100mm
Radiation Kit
This simple experiment allows students to measure how the color of an object affects its ability
to absorb and to emit heat. Each kit contains 2 containers, (one dark and one light in color), 2
insulating lids, 2 thermometers, lamp, reflector and 150 watt bulb. Teacher’s Guide included.
3112
Radiation Kit
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
1110020/24
1110020/25
1110020/26
1110020/27
1110020/28
1110020/29
1110020/30
Focal Length
Power
100mm
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
500mm
1000mm
+10.00D
+6.67D
+5.00D
+4.00D
+3.33D
+2.00D
+1.00D
Lenses of other diameters and focal lengths also available
on specific request.
152
Optics
CYLINDRICAL MIRROR, GLASS
LENSES DOUBLE CONCAVE
Unmounted spherical lenses suitable for use
with optical benches and for other studies in
the optics. Spherical optically worked glass,
with polished faces and ground edges.
Diameter 38mm
1110040/1
1110040/2
1110040/3
1110040/4
1110040/5
1110040/6
1110040/7
1110040/8
Focal Length
Power
50mm
100mm
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
500mm
1000mm
-20.00D
-10.00D
-6.67D
-5.00D
-4.00D
-3.33D
-2.00D
-1.00D
Diameter 50mm
1110040/9
1110040/10
1110040/11
1110040/12
1110040/13
1110040/14
1110040/15
1110040/16
Focal Length
Power
50mm
100mm
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
500mm
1000mm
-20.00D
-10.00D
-6.67D
-5.00D
-4.00D
-3.33D
-2.00D
-1.00D
LENS, SET OF SIX IN WOODEN BOX
Set of 6 unmounted spherical lenses to
explore the properties of different lenses,
how they interact and affect light, concepts
of reflection and refraction and combination
of lenses. Made of optically worked plate
glass with polished faces and ground edges.
Includes one each of the following typical
shapes - double convex, plano-convex,
converging concave-convex (convexoconcave), diverging concave-convex
(concavo-convex), double concave and
plano-concave. Supplied in a velvet-lined
box. Available in lens sizes (diameters)
1110040/17
1110040/18
1110040/19
1110040/20
1110040/21
1110040/22
1110040/23
Power
100mm
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
500mm
1000mm
-10.00D
-6.67D
-5.00D
-4.00D
-3.33D
-2.00D
-1.00D
Focal Length
Power
100mm
150mm
200mm
250mm
300mm
500mm
1000mm
-10.00D
-6.67D
-5.00D
-4.00D
-3.33D
-2.00D
-1.00D
Lenses of other diameters and focal lengths also available
on specific request.
Focal Length
1110080/1
1110080/2
1110080/3
1110080/4
6.0 cm
7.5 cm
10.0 cm
15.0 cm
Plano-Concave
Focal Length
1110080/5
1110080/6
1110080/7
6.0 cm
15.0 cm
30.0 cm
Focal Length
1110080/8
1110080/9
1110080/10
7.5 cm
15.0 cm
20.0 cm
Bi-Concave
Focal Length
1110080/11
1110080/12
1110080/13
7.0 cm
15.0 cm
20.0 cm
SPHERICAL MIRRORS
Unmounted spherical mirrors, optically
worked, silvered back with protective
coating.
LENS, SET OF SIX IN PLASTIC TRAY
Similar to cat no. 1110060 but supplied in
plastic tray with cover. Lenses dia. is 50mm
1110100
1110120
1110065
Diameter 50mm
50mm
Concave Mirror 2
Convex Mirror 3
Diameter 60mm
Focal Length
Diameter 100mm
1110040/24
1110040/25
1110040/26
1110040/27
1110040/28
1110040/29
1110040/30
Plano-Convex
Bi-Convex
1110060/1 38mm
1110060/2 50mm
1110060/3 75mm
Diameter 75mm
Focal Length
Optically worked faces, ground edges, white
glass, well polished, size 50 × 45mm.
1
2
3
4
3
100mm
150mm
200mm
300mm
Focal Length
5
6
7
8
100mm
150mm
200mm
300mm
Diameter 75mm
1
CIRCULAR MIRROR, PLANE
Unmounted plane, circular, smooth ground
edge, 50mm diameter. Silvered back with
protective coating.
1110140
Circular Mirror, Plane
Focal Length
2
9
10
11
12
100mm
150mm
200mm
300mm
Mirrors of other diameters and focal lengths also available
on specific request.
1
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Optics
CYLINDRICAL MIRROR, GLASS
Unmounted, optically worked, glass
cylindrical mirrors, Semi-circular, 75×25mm
(diameter × height). Silvered back with
protective coating.
1110160/1 C y l i n d r i c a l M i r r o r, G l a s s ,
Concave
1110160/2 Cylindrical Mirror, Glass, Convex
PLANE MIRRORS, GLASS,
UNMOUNTED
Unmounted rectangular plain glass mirrors
with ground edges. Back silvered, with
protective coating. Sizes (length × height)
available are
1110220/1
1110220/2
1110220/3
1110220/4
1110220/5
75×25mm
75×50mm
100×75mm
150×25mm
150×50mm
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
MIRROR SUPPORT BLOCK,
WOODEN
CYLINDRICAL MIRROR, STAINLESS
STEEL
Unmounted, Semi-circular mirror, 150×75mm
(diameter × height). Made of Stainless Steel
and respective surface highly polished.
1110180/1 Cylindrical Mirror, Stainless
Steel, Concave
1110180/2 Cylindrical Mirror, Stainless
Steel, Convex
153
Simple wooden block of rectangular crosssection with slot at the center along its
length to vertically mount plane rectangular
mirrors. Specially designed for Cat No.
1110220/5, but equally suitable for the
other similar mirrors in the range. Sizes
(lengths) available are
1110240/1
1110240/2
1110240/3
1110240/4
25mm
50mm
75mm
100mm
PRISMS, GLASS, RIGHT ANGLED
For studying diffraction, dispersion,
deviation, refraction, total internal
refraction, spectrum formation and other
related optical phenomena. Right angled.
Non-optically worked with polished faces,
edges slightly beveled. Nominal angles of the
face are 90°×45°×45°.
Size 25mm
1110280/1
1110280/2
1110280/3
Regular quality
Superior quality
Extra White Glass
Size 38mm
1110280/4
1110280/5
1110280/6
Regular quality
Superior quality
Extra White Glass
Size 50mm
1110280/7
1110280/8
1110280/9
Regular quality
Superior quality
Extra White Glass
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
PRISMS, GLASS, EQUILATERAL
Non-optically worked, with polished faces,
edges slightly beveled. Nominal angles
60°×60°×60°.
LENS HOLDER
CONVEX/CONCAVE MIRROR
Spherical convex/concave mirror, mounted
in metal frame with base. Any focal length
from 100mm to 300mm available. Sizes
(Diameter) available are
1110200/1 75mm
1110200/2 100mm
1110200/3 150mm
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
Useful tool in optical benches or other optical
experiments for securely holding different
sizes and types of lenses and mirrors.
1110260
Wooden, suitable for lenses or
mirrors up to 75mm diameter.
Comprising a wooden black, with
a V-shaped groove to hold lenses
or mirrors, mounted on a
rectangular wooden base. With
index mark engraved on either
side of the base.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Size 25mm
1110300/1
1110300/2
1110300/3
Regular quality
Superior quality
Extra White Glass
Size 38mm
1110300/4
1110300/5
1110300/6
Regular quality
Superior quality
Extra White Glass
Size 50mm
1110300/7
1110300/8
1110300/9
Regular quality
Superior quality
Extra White Glass
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
This catalogue is a hub
for all science
equipments which are in
most demand at the labs.
154
Optics
GLASS BLOCK, RECTANGULAR,
DELUXE
Made from high optical quality white glass
with polished surfaces free from any defect.
All angles accurately worked with edges
slightly beveled and glass totally free from
bubbles. Sizes available are
PRISMS, ACRYLIC, EQUILATERAL
60°×60°×60°. Clear acrylic polished
surfaces. Sizes available are
1110320/1
1110320/2
38mm
50mm
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
PRISMS, ACRYLIC, RIGHT ANGLED
1110380/1
1110380/2
1110380/3
1110380/4
1110380/5
1110380/6
1110380/7
1110380/8
1110380/9
75×50×12mm
75×50×18mm
100×60×20mm
100×60×25mm
100×60×18mm
115×65×20mm
115×65×18mm
125×65×18mm
100×85×18mm
ACRYLIC BLOCK, RECTANGULAR
1110340/1
1110340/2
Made from clear acrylic, all faces fully
polished and free from any defect. Sizes
available are
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
1110400/1
1110400/2
1110400/3
1110400/4
1110400/5
1110400/6
1110400/7
1110400/8
1110400/9
75×50×12mm
75×50×18mm
100×60×20mm
100×60×25mm
100×60×18mm
115×65×20mm
115×65×18mm
125×65×18mm
100×85×18mm
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
SEMICIRCULAR BLOCKS
GLASS BLOCK, RECTANGULAR,
ECONOMICAL
Made from moulded glass with polished
surfaces. All angles accurately worked. For
refraction experiments. Sizes (length × width
× thickness) available are
1110360/1
1110360/2
1110360/3
75×50×18mm
100×60×25mm
110×65×18mm
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
GL
G
LAS
LAS
ASS
S
GLASS
Similar to cat no. 1110440/8, but supplied in
plastic tray with cover.
1110445
Optical Accessory Blocks, Acrylic
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
90°×45°×45°, all faces fully polished. Sizes
available are
38mm
50mm
OPTICAL ACCESSORY BLOCKS,
ACRYLIC IN PLASTIC TRAY
Clear, all faces polished. Sizes (diameter ×
thickness) available are
Glass
1110420/1
1110420/2
1110420/3
1110420/4
1110420/5
1110420/6
75×10mm
90×12mm
90×16mm
100×12mm
100×18mm
100×25mm
Acrylic
1110420/7
1110420/8
1110420/9
1110420/10
1110420/11
1110420/12
75×10mm
90×12mm
90×16mm
100×12mm
100×18mm
100×25mm
HOLLOW OPTICAL SHAPES, GLASS
For studying the optical properties of liquids
and determination of their refractive index
by filling them in the hollow optical shapes.
Made from ordinary plate glass, properly
cemented with optical cement. All shapes
have opening at the top for pouring in liquid.
Sizes and shapes available are
1110460/1
1110460/2
1110460/3
1110460/4
38×38mm, Hollow Prism
50×50mm, Hollow Prism
60×60mm, Hollow Trough
75×75mm, Hollow Trough
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
REFRACTIVE TANK SEMI CIRCULAR
Single moulded leakage proof semicircular
acrylic tank to perform a variety of light
experiments and to find out the refractive
index of different liquids. A protractor for
measuring the angle of refraction with a
circular scale 180º in minimum graduation of
1º is printed in the base side of tank.
1110470
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Refractive Tank Semi Circular
Optics
155
NEWTON'S RINGS APPARATUS
A simple and economical apparatus for the
study of Newton's Rings. Comprises a pair of
glass plate, optically polished, about 60mm
diameter, one plane the other slightly planoconvex mounted together in ring shaped
frame. Pressure between the two glass plates
adjustable by three spring-loaded screws.
1110500
Newton's Rings Apparatus
OPTICALACCESSORY BLOCKS, ACRYLIC IN WOODEN BOX
Clear acrylic plastic blocks about 20mm thick with all surfaces polished. All components
available as separate parts as well as collection of all components in set form. Various blocks
(shapes and sizes) available are
1110440/1
1110440/2
1110440/3
1110440/4
1110440/5
1110440/6
1110440/7
1110440/8
1110440/9
Rectangular Block, 75×50mm
Right Angled Prism, 90°×45°×45°, 75mm hypotenuse
Equilateral Prism, 60°×60°×60°, 57mm side
Semi-circular Block, 75mm diameter
Bi-convex Block, 75mm long. Curved face of about 115mm radius
Bi-convex Block, 75mm long. Curved face of about 145mm radius
Bi-concave Block, 75mm long curved face of about 115mm radius
Set of Seven Blocks, one each of the above components, nicely packed in velvet
lined wooden case
Set of Six Blocks, one each of the above components, except Cat No. 1110440/6,
nicely packed in velvet lined wooden case
Other combinations of accessories in different sizes also available on specific request.
1
2
PHOTOMETER, JOLLY'S
1
Block comprising two pieces of polythene
approx. 25mm square and 10mm thick,
separated by a tin foil, mounted on stand
behind aperture of 12mm diameter.
1110560
Photometer, Jolly's
MOTOR DRIVEN OPTICAL COLOUR
DISC 2
ACRYLIC SEMICIRCULAR TANK
A semi circular tank to study refraction,
reflection for different liquids with a
centered zero semi circular scale.
1110470/1 Acrylic Semicircular Tank
You can search our
products in catalogue
either by Catalogue
Number or by the Name of the
products. If you are unable to find
any product in this catalogue.
Please contact us.
PINS FOR OPTICS EXPERIMENTS
Plated metal, heavy gauge. Useful as an
object in optical bench for studying images
and in ray tracing for marking the path of
rays. Supplied in packs of 100g each. Sizes
(lengths) available are
Brass
1110480/1 50mm
1110480/2 75mm
Iron
1110480/3 50mm
1110480/4 75mm
Other Sizes also available on specific request.
A rotating disc with an electric motor, its
speed can be controlled by a potentiometer
fitted on outer side of a plastic moulded case
(140x80x36) mm approx. Different colour
discs are designed to allow variation of the
surface area visible and of the mix of the
colour. The following colours may be
observed: primary subtractive (yellow, cyan,
and magenta), complementary (green, blue,
red) black and white. The colour effects
obtained are thus demonstrated. Operating
voltage for the motor is 6V DC applied via.
4mm colour coded sockets fitted just below
the rotating disc.
1110570
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Motor Driven Optical Colour Disc
156
Optics
LIGHT AND SHADOWS
INTERFERENCE MODEL
Two transparent acrylic plates (90x90)mm and (90x120)mm printed
with pattern of concentric circles to represent wave fronts and to
demonstrate the interference pattern of two waves on an overhead
projector.
1110485
Activities those can be performed with this kit.
1. Formation of shadows.
2. How do shadows change through out the day?
3. Does the sun shine from the same direction at the same time each
day?
4. Earth spins on its axis.
5. Do the light pass through each materials?
6. Why we use a mirror?
7. Best light reflecting surfaces.
8. How can a shadow change?
Interference Model
1110550
Light and Shadows
BEST
SELLER
NEWTON'S COLOUR DISC, ON STAND
MICROSCOPE, COMPACT, NEWTON RINGS
Specially designed microscope for use in Newton's rings experiment. It
is very compact in size and economically priced. It houses an inbuilt
light-reflecting unit for the experiment and the lightweight cast
aluminum body has provision for positioning the Newton's rings setup.
The vertical motion of the microscope through a focusing knob.
Horizontal motion along a cast metal carriage with a micrometer at
one end for fine adjustment and reading the horizontal position of the
microscope with a LC of 0.01mm. The microscope has 75mm working
distance and comes with 8× eye piece, Ramsden type with cross line
graticule.
1110520
For demonstrating that white light is composed of all the spectral
colours through the additive mixing of the colours. Comprising a multicoloured circular disc having sectors of various spectral color in proper
proportions. On rotating the disc at sufficient speed, all the colours
will be observed to disappear by merging into a single white colour. The
disc has a friction pulley at the back touching the driving wheel with a
handle. Complete assembly mounted on a stable base.
1110580/1 Newton's Colour Disc, smaller economical model, 150mm
diameter
1110580/2 Newton's Colour Disc, bigger size, 200mm diameter
Microscope Compact Newton Rings
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Optics
157
BEST
SELLER
STROBOSCOPE DISC
A circular black colour disc with a white
segment mounted on the axle of a low
voltage motor fitted inside a plastic moulded
case (142x80x40) mm approx. Operating
voltage for the motor is 6V DC applied via.
4mm colour coded sockets. The speed of the
motor may be varied with the help of the
potentiometer fitted on outer side of the
plastic case.
1110590
Stroboscope Disc
NEWTON'S COLOUR DISC, MOUNTED ON MOTOR
For demonstrating that white light is composed of all the spectral colours through the additive
mixing of the colours. Comprising a multi-coloured circular disc of about 80mm diameter, having
sectors of various spectral color in proper proportions, mounted on a low voltage DC motor. On
rotating the disc, all the colours are observed to disappear by merging into a single white colour.
Provided with colour-coded wires terminating in 4mm banana plugs, connected to the motor for
power input.
1110610
Newton's Colour Disc, Mounted on Motor
NEWTON'S COLOUR DISC, ON
BENCH CLAMP
Similar to Cat No. 1110580, but 200mm
Newton's colour disc assembly mounted on a
bench clamp stand
1110600
Newton's Colour Disc, on Bench
Clamp
PERISCOPE
An optical instrument that permits the view
of an otherwise obstructed field above or
below the level of viewer. Comprising a Zshaped square tube with both the projecting
arms having plane mirrors mounted at 45º
facing each other.
KALEIDOSCOPE
A simple optical toy in a tube that produces
beautiful symmetrical patterns due to
reflection/refraction of light from numerous
small colored glass pieces.
1110640/1 Periscope, plastic
1110640/2 Periscope, wooden
PIN HOLE CAMERA (SUPERIOR)
1110660/1 Pin Hole Camera Superior
1110620/1 Kaleidoscope, in plastic tube
1110620/2 Kaleidoscope, in plated metal
tube
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
PIN HOLE CAMERA
To illustrate the principle of image formation
due to light rays passing through small
apertures. Comprising a polished wooden box
with a ground glass screen at the rear end and
an adjustable sliding front with a hole.
1110660
Pin Hole Camera
158
Optics
LED RAY BOX
E CAMERA KIT
PINHOLE
Ideal for student experimentation in simple optics involving the basic
pin hole camera. Other optical effects such as image inversion, effect
of aperture size on depth of field and quality of image etc., can also be
explored. The standard pack is sufficient for 8 students and consists of
the following items.
n
8 cardboard boxes 150 × 100 × 100mm with hole, screen and lid.
n
50 sheets of black paper 200 × 250mm
n
One 200W lamp
n
One mounted lamp holder with flex
n
One packet of pins.
No more burnt finger, this LED Ray box housed in a traditional diecast
enclosure uses the latest ultra bright LED technology giving a superior
white light with a 10000 hour life. Supplied complete with slit plate.
Collimating lens and mains power adaptor.
Features:
n
Ultra cool – temperature
n
Long life LED – rated 10000 hours
n
White light closer to real sun light
n
Equal in power to most conventional 24W Ray boxes
n
Rays are more continuous and of uniform intensity
n
Complete with power adaptor, Lens and Slit Plate
1110710
Led Ray Box
1110680/1 Pinhole Camera Kit
1110680/2 Similar to Cat No. 1110680/1 but with 5 cardboard boxes
BEST
SELLER
RAY
A BOX
Useful for studies of fundamental principles of optics using ray tracing
technique. Comprises a well painted, die-cast metal box with an
enclosure that houses electric bulb for use as a light-source in the
experiments. Open front of the bulb enclosure with holes all around
the bulb holder and extended side-fins on the outside of the enclosure
assist in the heat dissipation of the bulb. The integral side-rails
provided with a set of vertical-grooves on inner side for
accommodating various 45mm wide mountings such as slit plate and
cylindrical lens. The 12V bulb with vertically straight filament,
mounted in SBC bulb holder with a two core flexible connecting lead
terminating in a pair of 4mm banana plugs for connecting it to low
voltage AC power source. Additional slots permit the mounting of other
accessories or components such as color filters for added experiments
in ray optics. Supplied complete with slit plate, double ended
single/triple but without collimating lens.
1110700/1 Ray Box
1110700/2 Spare Bulb SBC, 12V, 21W for Ray Box
1110700/3 Spare Bulb SBC, 12V, 24W for Ray Box
1110700/4 Spare Bulb SBC, 12V, 36W for Ray Box
1110700/5 Spare Slit for Ray Box
1110700/6 Spare, Bulb Holder, SBC
RAY
A OPTICS AND
COLOUR MIXING BOX
Sheet Metal box with 12V, 10W Festoon type axially straight filament
lamp. The body is fitted with a cartridge for holding 4 types of slits single, double, triple and wide slots for quick adjustment to get the
desired ray/beam type and with colour filters. Also included is a
convex cylindrical collimating lens for adjusting the beam type to
obtain long clear tracks parallel, converging or diverging in nature.
1110720/1 Ray Optics and Colour Mixing Box
1110720/2 Light Pipe or Light Path Guide Demonstrator – for
demonstrating the principles of fiber optic i.e., to confine
light within a guide or fiber due to total internal
reflection. A ray of light directed into its one end will be
emitted out at the other end with superb display of
internal reflection. Bottom frosted or painted white to aid
the visibility of path followed by the light ray.
1110720/3 Spare Slit Holder
1110720/4 Spare Bulb, 12V 10W, Festoon type Axial Filament
1110720/5 Spare Slit
1110720/6 Spare Lens Plastic
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Optics
159
RAY TRACK APPARATUS
CYLINDRICAL LENS FOR RAY BOX
Comprises a wooden board with painted white, mounted on non-skid plastic feet, and a
removable turntable about 170mm in diameter with two orthogonal lines along its diameter
dividing it into four equal quadrants. Just beyond the rim of turntable, a circular scale graduated
90º-0-90º-0-90º × 1º is printed. Also includes a Ray Box with a 12V, 24W bulb. Supplied complete
with a cylindrical convex lens of focal length about 75mm and two double slits, giving one wide
beam slit and one each of single, triple and five slits.
Cylindrical lens for use with Ray Box, about
45mm wide. Focal length approx. 15cm
(+6.67D).
1110780/1 Biconvex
1110780/2 Biconcave
1110800/1 Ray Track Apparatus
1110800/2 Optical Set for Ray Track Apparatus – one
each of rectangular, semi-circular,
right angled triangular – 90°×45°×45°,
trapezoidal, biconvex and biconcave
Experiment
Aim
To calibrate an ammeter using a
potentiometer.
Apparatus
A potentiometer, four accumulators,
two rheostats, a Weston galvanometer,
a standard cell or a Daniel cell, ammeter
to be calibrated, two one-way keys, a
two-way key, standard one ohm
resistance, galvanometer.
Procedure
1. Arrange the apparatus as shown in
the figure.
2. Put the plug between 1 and 2 in key
K and find the balance point and
note the corresponding length l1.
3. Pass the current through standard
resistance by plugging key K2 and
join 2 and 3 in K. Again locate the
balance point and note the
corresponding length l2. Take also
the ammeter reading.
4. Gradually reduce R2 so as to
increase the current through the
ammeter in small suitable steps and
measure the corresponding lengths
for balance. Check also the reading
of the balance point due to standard
cell each time.
5. Compare the ammeter readings
with the corresponding calculated
values of the current. Graph: Plot a
graph between the registered and
the calculated values of the current.
From this we can find the correct
value of the current corresponding
to any registered value.
LIGHT DEMONSTRATION DONUT
Optically clear frame polished acrylic for investigating
internal replection and refraction.
1110725
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Light Demonstration Donut
160
Optics
BEST
SELLER
LIGHT BOX & OPTICAL SET
A complete kit providing comprehensive range of optical experiments
involving reflection, refraction and colour mixing. The kit designed
around a light box, all black, well ventilated, consisting of a light
source 12V, 24W vertically straight filament lamp fitted in the holder
through top of the box. Incorporates and adjustable collimating lens
towards one end for producing convergent, divergent, or parallel light
beam, with other end having triple aperture system for colour mixing
experiments. Adjustable hinged mirrors along both sides of the box
facilitates colour mixing of all three beams. All apertures in the box are
provided with vertical channels to hold slits plates and colour filters. A
two core flexible connecting lead terminating in a pair of 4mm banana
plugs connects it to low voltage AC power source. The complete optical
set includes:
n
Set of 5 Acrylic Blocks (Prisms): one each of rectangular, semicircular, equilateral triangular - 60°×60°×60°, triangular –
90°×60°×30° and right angled triangular – 90°×45°×45°. All blocks
are free of optical imperfections and sharp edges.
n
Set of 3 Acrylic Cylindrical Lenses: one double concave, one double
convex (both having same radius of curvature) and one thick
double convex.
n
Set of 3 mirrors – highly polished reflecting surfaces and free
standing. Includes one each of parabolic, semi-circular and plane
glass (mounted on stand)
n
Set of 2 slit plates, black - one with three narrow slits and one
narrow, and other with four narrow slits and one wide slit.
n
Set of 8 colour filters, mounted: 3 primary colours – one each of
red, blue and green, and 5 secondary colours – one each of cyan,
violet, orange, yellow and magenta.
n
Set of 8 Coloured Cards: one each of red, blue, green, violet,
orange, cyan yellow and pink.
All acrylic blocks and lenses, cylindrical and parabolic mirrors provided
with finger grips, enabling their handling without touching their active
optical surfaces. The bottoms of all refractive components are frosted
to minimize internal reflections and revealing the path of light as it
passes through.
Supplied complete with a spare bulb with complete set housed in a
moulded Styrofoam case for long life storage.
1110740
Light Box & Optical Set
OPTICAL SET FOR LIGHT BOX
Set of optical components supplied along with light box, available as
spares.
1110760/1 Set of 5 Acrylic Blocks (Prisms): one each of rectangular,
semi-circular, equilateral triangular - 60°×60°×60°,
triangular – 90°×60°×30° and right angled triangular –
90°×45°×45°.
1110760/2 Set of 3 Acrylic Cylindrical Lenses: one double concave,
one double convex (both having same radius of curvature)
and one thick double convex.
1110760/3 Set of 3 mirrors: one each of parabolic, semi-circular and
plane glass (mounted on stand)
1110760/4 Set of 2 slit plates, black: one with three narrow slits and
one narrow at either end, and other with four narrow slits
and one wide slit at either end.
1110760/5 Set of primary colour filters: one each of red, blue and
green.
1110760/6 Set of secondary colour filters: one each of cyan, violet,
orange, yellow and magenta.
1110760/7 Set of 8 Coloured Cards: one each of red, blue, green,
violet, orange, cyan yellow and pink.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Optics
161
RAY OPTICS KIT
A versatile kit of components for ray optics experiments. Investigations
possible include linear propagation of light rays, focusing of rays by
cylindrical lenses, focusing of multiple rays showing aberration, law of
reflection, refraction in water, prisms etc. Complete contents include:
n
Lamps holder with 12V, 24W lamp and stands – 2 Nos.
n
Housing shields – 1 pair
n
Combined single and triple slit plates – 2 Nos.
n
Multiple slit combs – 2 Nos.
n
Holders for combs and slit plates – 2 Nos.
n
Wooden light barriers – 4 Nos.
n
Plano cylindrical lenses +7D – 4 Nos.
n
Plano cylindrical lenses +10D – 2 Nos.
n
Plano cylindrical lenses +17D – 2 Nos.
n
Plano cylindrical lenses -7D – 2 Nos.
1110820
Ray Optics Kit
OPTICS KIT
Kit develops the creative mind of student and clear the theoretical
concept related to the light, creation of rainbow from sunlight,
straight line propagation, transparent and opaque materials,
reflection and refraction, images formed by lens, colours and the
spectrum. Kit consists of three wooden V shape lens holder, a white
screen, two plane mirrors, a glass sheet, a plastic beaker, two prism,
two lens/mirror supports, a flashlight, a candle, five set of color filter,
two convex lens, a concave lens and a plano convex lens.
1110830
HARTLE'S OPTICAL DISC, ROTATABLE
For exploring the various concepts of optics involving reflection and
refraction using ray tracing technique. Comprises a sheet metal disc,
about 30cm in diameter, painted white at the top with clamping
assembly at its underside for mounting it on a vertical support rod in
either of horizontal or vertical plane and is rotatable about its axis. The
upper side of disc has a circular scale along its rim graduated 90º-0-90º0-90º × 1º and divides the disc in four equal quadrants with its center
clearly marked. Shapes of various optical elements also clearly marked
on the disc to facilitate their placement while performing
experiments. The clamp at the underside has metal bar projecting
radially outside with adjustable lamp holder mounted at the other end
with an adjustable collimating lens to get divergent, convergent or
parallel beam as required. A rotatable disc attached in front of
collimating lens provides option of single, double, triple or quadruple
slits for range of experiments. Complete assembly mounted on stable
cast metal heavy base. Supplied complete with reflective components
– one each of plane glass mirror, polished semi-circular cylindrical
mirror; and set of 6 refractive components, acrylic blocks (prisms) –
one each of semi-circular, bi-convex, bi-concave, right angled prism,
equilateral prism and trapezoidal prism. All optical elements provided
with powerful magnets at their bottom for placing them securely on
the disc in either of horizontal or vertical disc position. The bottoms of
all refractive components are frosted to minimize internal reflections
and revealing the path of light as it passes through.
1110840/1 Hartle's Optical Disc, Rotatable
1110840/2 Set of 6 Optical elements, one each of semi-circular, biconvex, bi-concave, right angled prism, equilateral prism
and trapezoidal prism, packed in a case for use with
Hartle's Optical Disc
Optics Kit
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
162
Optics
BEST
SELLER
PLANCK'S CONSTANT
Seven LED's of different wavelength mounted
on a plastic moulded case (142x80x40) mm
approx. selectable through a rotary switch
surrounded by LED's. The apparatus uses a 5V
DC external voltage via. 4mm colour coded
sockets indicated with 5V and 0V
respectively. To monitor the current and
voltage across each LED 4mm sockets are
provided to connect voltmeter and current
meter indicated with 'V' and 'A' respectively.
The operating voltage for the LED's can be
adjusted with the help of potentiometer
fitted on the base. A viewing tube with an
eyepiece is also provided with the instrument
for ease in viewing the starting voltage for
the LED's.
1110845
Planck's Constant
PLANCK'S CONSTANT APPARATUS
It is a combination of Planck's constant
apparatus, Picoammeter with set of 9 colour
filters. Electrical resistance of semi
conductor materials like selenium, silicon,
Germanium, Cadmium Sulphide etc.
decreases with the increase in the intensity
of radiation falling upon the materials. A
digital voltmeter fitted inside the Planck's
constant Apparatus to measure the voltage
drop across the photo conductive cell. Inbuilt
power supply with a potentiometer to adjust
the voltage across the cell is also provided
inside the instrument. A photoconductive
cell fitted inside the Planck's constant
Apparatus with a provision to place the
different colour filters on it.
CONCEPT OF LIGHT KIT
Kit is a collection of ray box, a set of a rectangular, a right-angled, equilateral, semi circular,
two biconvex and a biconcave acrylic blocks, a plane mirror (75x100)mm, a concave mirror and a
collimating lens with a singe/ triple slits useful for studying the fundamental concepts of optics
using ray tracing technique. A Newton's colour disc for demonstrating that white light is a
resultant of seven different colours comprising a multi coloured circular disc having sectors of
various spectral colours. On rotating the disc at sufficient speed all the colours will be observed
to disappear by merging into a single white colour and a die cast ray box have a 12V / 24W bulb
provided with a two core lead terminating in a pair of 4mm plugs. Integral side rails are equipped
with slots to accommodate the 45 mm wide collimating lens and double ended single / triple slit
plates.
1110850
Concept of Light Kit
1110855/1 Planck's Constant Apparatus
1110855/2 Set of 9 colour filters
Colour
Wave Length
Green
510 – 560 nm
Orange
570 – 620 nm
Deep Blue
430 – 480 nm
Violet
380 – 450 nm
Red
620 – 670 nm
Blue
440 – 490 nm
Blue Green
470 – 520 nm
Yellow Green 530 – 570 nm
Orange
575 – 610 nm
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Optics
163
2
1
COLOUR FILTERS, MOUNTED
1
Coloured, gelatine film, 50mm square, card
mounted. Useful for experiments in primary
and secondary colours optics experiments,
colour mixing investigations etc, in light box.
1110860/1
1110860/2
1110860/3
1110860/4
1110860/5
1110860/6
1110860/7
1110860/8
1110860/9
1110860/10
1110860/11
Red
Green
Deep Blue
Compound Yellow
Magenta
Peacock Blue
Deep Red
Orange Red
Yellow Green
Pure Green
Blue Green
The colour filters are also available with plastic slide mount
on specific request.
COLOUR FILTER SET
2
Unmounted acetate sheets, size 75 × 50mm.
Set of 6, comprising three primary and three
secondary colours.
1110880
Colour Filter Set
OPTICAL BENCH
ERGY ARRAY
A
PHOTON ENERGY
Seven LED's of different wavelength mounted
on an acrylic base bended at their edge to
stand it. LED's are selectable through a rotary
switch surrounded by LED's. The apparatus
uses a 5V DC external voltage via. 4mm
colour coded sockets indicated with 5V and
0V respectively. To monitor the current and
voltage across each LED 4mm sockets are
provided to connect voltmeter and current
meter indicated with 'V' and 'A' respectively.
The operating voltage for the LED's can be
adjusted with the help of potentiometer
fitted on the base. Students can measure the
threshold voltage for each LED and can plot a
V/I characteristics for each LED.
1110870
Photon Energy Array
An optical bench made of well-painted square cross sectional aluminium pipe with closed ends,
fitted on two moulded supports with leveling screws. A scale graduated in millimeter fitted on
the top of the optical bench. There are specially designed, easy sliding tilt proof riders with
index mark for mounting various accessories, height of accessories adjustable with the help of
knobs fitted in the riders. We can perform the experiments related to the fundamental of optics,
such as image formation, reflection/refraction through the optical elements.
1110910/1 Optical Bench With Complete Accessories
1110910/2 Two Needle and Two Lens Holder With Four Stand
Experiments using optical bench:
1. Focal length of different mirrors
2. Focal length of a thin lens
3. Focal length of a combination of lenses
4. Cardinal points of a lens system
5. To construct a telescope and to determine the magnification
6. To construct a microscope and to determine the magnification
7. To verify inverse square law
8. Fresnel biprism experiment
9. Wavelength of He-Ne Laser
10. Thickness of a thin paper
11. Diameter of Lycopodium powder particle using Corona rings
12. Comparison of luminous intensities of two sources of light
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
164
Optics
BEST
SELLER
OPTICAL BENCH, ALUMINIUM EXTRUSION
Made from specially designed rugged aluminium extrusion and also
permits the use of standard Light Box and Optical set for ray optics
investigations. The accompanied prism table provides for the
experiments in diffraction of light through prisms. The Light Box can
itself be used as light source and the lens and blocks (prisms) in the
optical set on the prism table. The extruded optical bench length has a
0-150cm × 1mm scale and has tilt-proof, easy sliding moulded plastic
riders with index mark for mounting of various uprights and
accessories. The optical Bench comes complete with following
components.
n
1.5m long straight anodized aluminium extrusion optical bench
with scale – 1 No.
n
Special mounting platform with metal upright to support Light Box
– 1 No.
n
Convex lenses, 50mm diameter (of different focal lengths) – 8 Nos.
n
Concave lenses, 50mm diameter (of different focal lengths) – 4
Nos.
n
Object / Image screen
n
Lens holders, plastic – 3 Nos.
n
Rotary prism table – 1 No.
1110920
OPTICAL BENCH, WOODEN
Comprising a long wooden baseboard about 14cm wide, with a scale
graduated in millimeters. Also included are six riders mounted on free
sliding bases, with index marks on one side of the base, for mounting
accessories, with heights of the accessories adjustable. Supplied
complete with following accessories.
n
Lamp house with a 240V, 15W lamp – 1 No.
n
Object screen of 75mm diameter with wire gauze at the center – 1
No.
n
Holder for lenses 38mm diameter – 1 No.
n
White metal receiving screen 100×75mm with a slot for square
cardboard screen on the reverse – 1 No.
n
Object needle – 1 No.
n
Plane mirror mounted in a frame 100×75mm – 1 No
Sizes available are
1) With 0-100cm scale
2) With 0-150cm scale
Optical Bench, Aluminium Extrusion
Other optional accessories from Cat Nos. 1111060 to 1111400 also available.
1110960
1110970
With all accessories mounted on metal upright for fixing on
top of the riders.
With all accessories on wooden stand
OPTICAL BENCH
BENCH, METER RULE
A simple and economical set of components for setting up a complete
optical bench with the help of a wooden meter rule. All components
made of plated sheet metal. The standard set includes following
components
n
Meter Rule – thick, graduated 0-100cm × 1mm, with permanently
engraved scale.
n
Pair of Metal Supports – inverted W-shaped, for securely supporting
the wooden meter rule as a base of the optical bench.
n
Lens/Mirror Support, 50mm diameter – 2 Nos.
n
Screen Support, for vertically supporting cardboard or light metal
screens – 1 No.
n
Candle Holder, Single Candle – 1 No.
n
Object Marker, for use as an image in lens and mirrors experiments
– 1 No.
n
Screen, rectangular white cardboard, with a millimeter screen
along one edge – 1 No.
For exploring the fundamentals of optics, such as image formations,
reflection / refraction through optical elements. Comprises a
lightweight alloy extrusion having angular profile, about 1m long, with
a scale on one side graduated in millimeters. Complete kit includes – 1
Light source, 3.5V with parabolic reflector; 5 multipurpose holders –
40mm diameter diaphragm holder, screen holder; 4 convex lenses,
diameter 40mm and focal lengths 25, 12.5, 10 and 5cm; 1 concave lens,
diameter 40mm and focal length 10cm; 5 metal clips for mounting
lenses in the multipurpose holders; 1 diaphragm with 3 holes of
diameters 3, 5 and 8mm; and one object letter. Specially designed
multipurpose holders of light-weight, moulded plastic have bottom to
sit exactly on top of the optical bench with free sliding motion and
index mark for reading the position.
1110980
1111020
Optical Bench, Meter Rule
OPTICAL BENCH, ANGLE PROFILE
Optical Bench, Angle Profile
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Optics
165
LASER LIGHT SOURCE
RADIOACTIVITY BENCH
A square section steel tube 25x25x430mm for carrying out experiment in level gauging, basic
scattering, absorption and particle deflection in magnetic field etc.There is a raise 40cm scale
graduate in millimeters along the front of the bench. There are also three magnetic moulded
plastic bench mounts with a 3mm slide slot to hold a range of absorbers or source holder. Two
aluminium source holders are also provided, the large of which has a three collinear 4mm holes
to accept mounting pegs of standard sources. Complete with a full circular paper protractor and
two bulldog clips.
1111025
Compact in size, inexpensive, lightweight
with low power consumption diode laser is
housed in a plastic moulded case (90x90x42)
mm approx., qualitatively used for ray optics
demonstration and simple diffraction work as
well as to indicate the points on overhead
images and charts. It required three button
cells to project visible red spot with a sharply
focused beam of wavelength (630-680) nm
with only 1mw power consumption.
1111030
Laser light source
Radioactivity Bench
RADIO ACTIVE DECAY ANALOGUE
REFRACTION DISC
A metallic circular disc graduated (0-90)º in four quadrants and subdivided into 1º. A transparent
acrylic semi circular tank is fitted on the metallic disc to find out the refractive index of different
liquids e.g. water, kerosene, oil etc. All this assembly is fitted on a metallic base which is
graduated from 1-7 to place the light box at any desired level.
1111050
Refraction Disc
A set of 500 cubes each of dimensions 1 cm 3
packed in a plastic box to avoid any change of
misplacement. One face of each cube is black
coloured. On throwing the cubes, it will
represent atomic nuclei, to see how many
decay during each throw. Decayed nuclei are
removed prior to the next throw. Satisfactory
result are obtained for an exponential decay
curve without the hazards of radioactive
material.
1111035
Radio Active Decay Analogue
SEMICONDUCTOR DIODE LASER
A solid state laser enclosed in a sheet metal case, produces a laser light beam of
bandwidth 630 to 680nm. Provided with clips on the output window for mounting of
optical accessories, as needed. Maximum output is rated at <1mW. With 3-core mains
lead and ON/OFF switch and fused input.
1111040
Semiconductor Diode Laser
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
166
Optics
ACCESSORIES FOR OPTICAL
BENCHES
The following accessories are available
optionally for use with optical benches as per
Cat Nos. 1110900,1110920, 1110940 and
1110960, and are provided with metal
support rods for their vertical mounting in
the riders. The sizes of the components and
lengths of the respective mounting rods have
been designed to provide a common optical
center.
SINGLE POINT NEEDLE
A needle is mounted on a cylindrical base for
use as image in lens and mirror experiments
and we can also used it as a candle holder.
1111125
Single Point Needle
JOLLY'S
Y'S PHOTOMETER
PHOTOM
T MET
ETER
A thin aluminium foil is sandwiched in
between two equal sized rectangular acrylic
blocks fitted inside a plastic moulded block.
Two eyepieces fitted on opposite sides of the
block to differentiate between the light
intensity of two light sources.
1111145
Jolly's Photometer
O D R
LENS HOLDER
A lens holder suitable for holding the lens of
diameter 50cm. Lens can be easily changed
as per requirement of the experiments.
1111085
CANDLE HOLDER
Lens Holder
MULTIPLE OBJECT NEEDLE
Four needles are mounted on a plastic block
in a straight line.
1111130
ICylindrical metal holder cup shaped holder
for supporting candles.
1111160
Candle Holder
Multiple Object Needle
PRISM TABLE
For Supporting Prisms, Glass Blocks etc. A
Brass Disc about 82mm Diameter, painted
matte black.
1111100
Prism Table
OBJECT NEEDLE, MOUNTED
A steel needle point mounted in a rod, for use
as image in lens/mirror experiments.
1111120
Object Needle Mounted
PINHOLE SCREEN
CANDLE HOLDER DOUBLE
Circular black metal screen about 75mm in
diameter, with a central hole 0.6mm
diameter approx. or rectangular 100x75mm.
ITwo cylindrical cup shaped holders for
supporting the two candles.
1111140
1111165
Pinhole Screen
Candle Holder Double
100% SATISFACTION GUARANTEED!
All our products carry unconditional guarantee for a period of 12
months. If for any reason, any of our product is not up to your
satisfaction, we will send you a replacement as per your needs OR a refund
or credit for the same.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Optics
167
S WIRES
CROSS
A circular
ular black metal
screen about 75mm
diameter
ter has a 10mm
diameter
ter aperture with cross
wires.
1111180
Cross Wires
DIAPHRAGM
A circular plastic moulded disc with six
different size apertures is fitted on a
rectangular sheet with a step rotation so that
the aperture of circular disc coincides with
the aperture of rectangular sheet at every
step. The assembly is used to find out a point
source from a light source.
1111205
PLANE GLASS
Plane Glass
Rectangular screen, mounted in metal frame
100×75mm
1111260
Ground Glass Screen
Diaphragm
ATING HOLDER
GRATING
A circular plane glass is
fitted in a metal frame
frame..
1111185
LASS
GROUND GLASS
SCREEN
A centered circular aperture square sheet
fitted with two clips to hold the different
sized gratings.
CREEN
OBJECT SCREEN
ack metal screen
A circular Black
ter,
r with a 10mm
75mm diameter,
ture covered with
central aperture
1.5mm wire mesh gauze.
1111220
1111270
Grating Holder
Object Screen
RAGM
IRIS DIAPHRAGM
A circular black
ck metal screen
about 75mm diameter,
r with an
adjustable iris diaphragm,
maximum aperture
erture 6mm.
1111200
RECEIVING SCREEN
Iris Diaphragm
LE SLIT
ADJUSTABLE
TS WITH ARROWHEAD
D
CROSS SLITS
Four arrow head slits intersecting at a
common point to project the arrow head
images.
1111245
al screen 75mm
Circular metal
diameter, with a 12.5mm
erture. A screwcentral aperture.
controlled, spring-loaded
precision slit is mounted on one side of the
disc. Maximum slit opening 4mm approx.
with a useful length of 10 to 12mm.
1111240
Adjustable Slit
Cross Slits with Arrowhead
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
A white rectangular acrylic sheet is fitted
with a plastic moulded frame. A graduation of
60 mm is printed on the acrylic sheet in
vertical direction with two lines
perpendicular to each other.
1111275
Receiving Screen
We specialize in
product
development as per
customized requirements and
designs meeting international
quality standards with shortest
delivery periods.
168
Optics
RROR
PLANE MIRROR
Rectangular shaped
haped silver-backed
mirror, mounted in metal frame 100×75mm.
1111280
Plane Mirror
STAND FOR OPTICAL BENCH
ACCESSORIES
Comprising a metal pillar with hole for
mounting uprights of accessories and lockscrew for securing them, mounted on a
plastic moulded base 100×50mm. An index
line is engraved on one side of the base.
Overall height 63mm.
1111360
Stand for
Accessories
Optical
Bench
MICROMETER
TER SLIT
As per Cat. No. 1111240 but
er screw thread of
with a heavier
pitch 0.5mm, carrying a drum,
which is divided into 50 divisions giving a
least count of 0.01mm. An index is provided
with a 5mm scale graduated 0.5mm divisions.
1111300
COMBINED OBJECT AND
RECEIVING SCREEN
Comprising a rectangular black metal frame
150×100mm, with an aperture and a
removable white card screen. The card has
an aperture with an index point for use as an
object, or the card may be inverted and used
as a receiving screen. Mounted on a base.
1111400
Combined Object and Receiving
Screen
Micrometer Slit
LENS HOLDER METAL
Comprising a stout metal pillar. The top slides
between two parallel rods and has a groove
for taking lenses/mirrors with clamping
screw for securing its position.
RCE
LIGHT SOURCE
1111380
Made of heat
eat resistant
material fitted
d with 12V /24W
bulb. Supplied
ed with a flexible
lead plugged with two 4 mm plugs.
1111325
Light
ight Source
PHOTOMETER, GREASE SPOT
For comparison of light intensity. Comprises a
waxed paper screen with a wax-free central
spot 16mm diameter mounted in a metal
frame with central aperture of about 50mm.
1111340
Photometer,
r
Grease Spot
Lens Holder Metal
RECEIVING SCREEN
A white rectangular acrylic sheet is fitted
with a plastic moulded frame. A graduation of
60 mm is printed on the acrylic sheet in
vertical direction with two lines
perpendicular to each other.
1111405
Receiving Screen
We keep the stock of
all the fast moving
items (a range of
more than 2000 items) in bulk
quantities to reduce the lead time
to minimum.
Most of our electrical products
operate on AC Mains voltage are
as per stringent CE norms.
LUX METER
Compact, battery operated, light-weight and
portable meter useful for measuring
intensity of light. Designed and fabricated
keeping in mind convenient operation and
long life of reliable use. Incorporates 3½ digit
LCD display with auto zero adjust facility and
low battery indicator. Separate light sensor
permits measurements quickly and
conveniently at the desired location. Main
features include
Display :
18mm, 3½ digit LCD
display
Ranges :
0-50,000 LUX in 3
ranges (2000, 20,000
and 50,000)
Accuracy :
± (5% + 2d) in all
ranges (at 23±5ºC)
Over Input :
Indication of “1”
Sampling Time :
0.4 second
Operating Conditions : 0-50ºC / 0-80%RH
Power :
006P DC 9V battery
(consumption appro
x 2mA)
1111410
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Lux Meter
Optics
TELESCOPE
Comprising a plano-convex lens of about
38mm diameter × 150mm FL, mounted in a
tube about 400×50mm (length × diameter),
and a double convex lens of 50mm diameter
500mm FL, mounted in a tube 400 × 55mm
diameter. The small tube is located in the
large tube by means of foam plastic rings,
which provide an effective sliding. Equipped
with rod for stand mounting. Useful for
terrestrial as well as astronomical viewing.
Supplied without stand.
1111420
GRATING SPECTROSCOPE
A diffraction grating spectroscope for
viewing visible lines and absorption spectra.
The spectrum is visible, superimposed on a
scale, which gives the approximate
wavelengths. The high resolution diffraction
grating replica used, produces extremely
bright spectrum. Complete body of
unbreakable moulded plastic and can easily
be held in the hand. The construction
eliminates internal reflections to provide the
sharpest, clearest spectrum possible.
169
DIRECT VISION SPECTROSCOPE IN
PLASTIC TRAY
Similar to cat no. 1111460 but supplied in
plastic tray with cover
1111465
Direct Vision Spectroscope
Telescope
1111450
Grating Spectroscope
SPECTROMETER, KIRCHHOFFBUNSEN TYPE
MODEL OF OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS
Demonstrates the working and optical
arrangement of simple optical instruments.
Complete with lenses, mounted vertically on
the board with ray diagram printed to give an
idea of their working. Different models
available are
1111440/1 Galilean Telescope
1111440/2 Astronomical Telescope
1111440/3 Terrestrial Telescope
1111440/4 Compound Microscope
DIRECT VISION SPECTROSCOPE IN
WOODEN BOX
A simple device for the rapid qualitative
examination of composition of emission and
absorption spectra. It has the principle
components – collimator, prism and
telescope, all arranged along the same
straight tube. Comprises a plated brass pipe
with adjustable slit at one end for adjusting
the inside amount of light entering inside,
and a drawtube at the other end having
eyepiece. The drawtube can be slid along its
length for sharp focusing of the spectrum and
is fitted with a multi-element prism causing
appreciable dispersion of light without
deviation. Supplied complete in velvet lined
wooden case.
1111460
Direct Vision Spectroscope
DIFFRACTION GRATING
Useful for studying the spectrum. Mounted in
50×50mm slide frame. Available in
resolutions
1111620/1
1111620/2
1111620/3
1111620/4
80 lines/mm
100 lines/mm
300 lines/mm
600 lines/mm
GRATING HOLDER
A centered circular aperture square sheet
fitted with two clips to hold the different
sized gratings.
1111625
Grating Holder
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
For qualitative observation and
measurement of emission and absorption
spectra. Table unit has fixed optical flint
prism with removable cover. Includes
swiveling observation telescope with
movable ocular, scale tube with reference
subdivision, slit tube with adjustable slit.
Complete assembly supported on vertical
pillar mounted on circular cast metal base.
1111480
Spectrometer, Kirchhoff-Bunsen
Type
DIFFRACTION GRATING SLIDE
Demonstrates the basic principle of the
diffraction grating and for exploring the
dependence of its properties on its resolution
(lines per unit length). Comprises a set of 3
gratings -100, 300 and 600 lines/mm,
mounted on a single slide card mount with
three apertures of 16×9mm, one for each
resolution, which is clearly marked below
each aperture. With protective coating.
1111640
Diffraction Grating Slide
170
Optics
BEST
SELLER
STANDARD SPECTROMETER
INTERMEDIATE SPECTROMETER
An economically priced instrument, which is nevertheless capable of
much useful quantitative work. The main structural parts, including
the collimator and telescope bodies are heavy castings, other metal
parts being bright plated.
This is a robust instrument designed specifically for student use, which
nevertheless is capable of very high performance. The main structure
is of heavy cast metal, with bright plated fittings. The complete
instrument is supplied with wooden case.
Scale: 170mm diameter, divided 0 to 360° × 1°, independently
rotatable with locking screw. A spring-loaded vernier scale attached to
the telescope mount provides readings to 0.1° (6 minutes of arc).
Scale: The 150mm diameter circle with protective plastic shield is
fixed to the telescope movement and the table is attached to the
double ended vernier, which reads to 1 minute of arc. Both telescope
and table rotation fine adjustment screws, and release of a clamping
screw enables adjustment of both movements to be made by hand.
Collimator: Mounted on fixed pillar with axis adjustment. Objective
lens has 150mm FL, an aperture of 21mm and is carried in spiral
focusing system. Unilaterally adjustable slit 6mm long.
Telescope: Mounted on moveable pillar with adjustment, locking
screw and axis adjustment. Objective lens has 170mm FL, 21mm
aperture and is carried in a spiral focusing system. Ramsden eyepiece
with cross wires and locking ring focus adjustment.
Prism Table: The table is provided with three leveling screws and has
lined marked to assist placement of prism.
Standard Accessories Supplied: 1 prism clamp for prisms up to 40mm
high, 1 diffraction grating holder, aperture 25 × 25mm, 1 small
screwdriver, 1 tommy bar for axis adjustment.
1111500
Standard Spectrometer
ADDITIONAL ACCESSORIES FOR ADVANCED
SPECTROMETER, AVAILABLE OPTIONALLY
Collimator: Mounted on fixed and fitted with 178mm focus achromatic
objectives, 25mm clear aperture. Also fitted is a unilaterally
adjustable slit 7mm long.
Telescope: Mounted on moveable pillar and fitted with 178mm Focus
achromatic objective, 25mm clear aperture. Also fitted is a 8×
Ramsden eyepiece and a glass cross line graticule. Both the telescope
and collimator have rack and pinion focusing. Means are provided for
leveling the axis of both optical units and for squaring them to axis of
rotation.
Prism Table: The table is marked with lines to assist placing the prism
with respect to the table leveling screws.
Standard Accessories Supplied: 1 Prism clamp, 1 diffraction grating
holder, 1 magnifier, 1 tommy bar for adjusting optical axis, 1 wooden
case.
1111520
Intermediated Spectrometer
1111580/1 Crown Glass Prism: 32mm aperture at minimum deviation.
1111580/2 Extra Dense Flint Glass Prism: Face dimensions 32×32mm.
1111580/3 Diffraction Grating Replica: Approx. 600 lines per mm, for
use in the holder in the spectrometer table.
1111580/4 Double Sided Mirror: In metal mount so that it can be used
in the diffraction grating holder.
1111580/5 Polaroid Polarizer / Analyzer: 25mm aperture, mounted to
flit on the objective mount of either telescope or
collimator of spectrometers.
1111580/6 Polarizer / Analyzer: As above but having a rotary
movement with fine adjustment and a divided circle 89mm
diameter with vernier reading to 1/10º.
1111580/7 Quarter Wave Plate: 20mm clear aperture in graduated
rotary mount reading to 5º on a metal stage. Suitable for
mounting in the diffraction grating holder of the
spectrometer.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Optics
171
BEST
SELLER
ADVANCED SPECTROMETER
SPECTROMETER, ADVANCED, WITH DOUBLE VERNIER
A precise instrument for measuring the composition of light,
determination of refractive index of solids or liquids and exploring
other related optical concepts. Allows students to perform prism and
grating spectrometry. High quality optics ensures sharp spectral
images while precision machining and fitting allows for precise
rotation and accurate measurement. The turntable is mounted on
heavy bearings and can be rotated about vertical axis. Streamlined
body to avoid crevices around fittings. Holding pillars for both,
telescope and collimator, of solid metal block to provide ruggedness
and durability.
Has a heavy, sturdy, stable cast metal base, with scratch resistant
epoxy-coating. The general finish of the apparatus is similar to that of
the intermediate model. The instrument is mounted on a baseboard,
which fits into a polished hardwood case.
177mm diameter circle, Allows readings to 30 seconds of arc. This
instrument whilst robust enough for individual student use is also
intended for more advanced work. The general finish of the apparatus
is similar to that of the intermediate model. The instrument is
mounted on a baseboard, which fits into a polished hardwood case.
Scale: The 177mm diameter circle is fixed, and the table and telescope
movements are completely independent of each other. Both
movements can be read to 30 seconds of arc by means of double ended
vernier. Both rotations have fine adjustment screws, and release of a
clamping screw enables coarse adjustment to be made by hand.
Collimator: Mounted on fixed pillar and fitted with 178mm focus
achromatic objective, 32mm clear aperture. A unilaterally adjustable
slit, 6mm long is also fitted.
Scale: Main scale about 150mm in diameter is fixed on the turntable
that also holds telescope. Scale is precision engraved 0-360º × ½º,
which is further complimented a precision engraved, double ended
verniers provides convenient reading with a least count of 30”.
Rotations of both the scales, main as well as vernier, have fine
adjustment screws, and release of a clamping screw enables coarse
adjustment to be made by hand.
Telescope: Mounted on moveable pillar and fitted with 178mm focus
achromatic objective, 32mm clear aperture. Also fitted is a 15×
Ramsden eyepiece and a cross-line graticule. Both the telescope and
collimator have rack and pinion focusing. Means are provided for
leveling the axes of both optical units and for squaring them to the axis
of rotation.
Collimator: Mounted on fixed pillar and fitted with 178mm focus
achromatic objective, 32mm clear aperture. A unilaterally adjustable
slit, 6mm long is also fitted.
Prism Table: The table is marked with lines to assist placing the prism
with respect to the table leveling screws, and has interchangeable
clamping units for the prism and a diffraction grating.
Telescope: Mounted on moveable pillar and fitted with 178mm focus
achromatic objective. Also fitted is a 15× Ramsden eyepiece and a
cross-line graticule. Both the telescope and collimator provided with
rack and pinion type focusing mechanism for ease in operation and
precise focusing. Means are provided for aligning the axes of both the
optical units and for squaring them to the axis of rotation.
Standard Accessories Supplied: 1 Dense Flint Glass prism, 1 Prism
clamp, 1 Diffraction grating holder, 1 Watchmaker's eyeglass , 1 Tommy
bar / L Key for adjusting optical axis of tubes, 1 Polished hardwood
case.
1111560
Spectrometer, Advanced, with Double Vernier
Prism Table: The table is marked with grooved lines to assist placing
the prism with respect to the table leveling screws, and has
interchangeable clamping units for the prism and a diffraction grating.
Standard Accessories Supplied: 1 Dense Flint Glass prism, 1 Prism
clamp, 1 Diffraction grating
holder, 1 Watchmaker's eyeglass,
1 Tommy bar / L Key for adjusting
optical axis of tubes, 1 Polished
hardwood case
1111540
Advanced
Spectrometer
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
172
Optics
SODIUM VAPOUR LAMP
SPECTROMETER PRISM
Optically worked for Spectrometer,
equilateral prism with two faces polished.
Available in several glass types having
different refractive indices (μ) and sizes (side
× length).
Size - 25×25mm
Crown Glass Prism, μ = 1.51
Dense Flint Glass Prism, μ =
1.62
Extra Dense Flint Glass
Prism, μ = 1.65
Double Extra Dense Flint
Glass Prism, μ = 1.71-1.74
1111600/1
1111600/2
1111600/3
1111600/4
Size - 32×32mm
Crown Glass Prism, μ = 1.51
Dense Flint Glass Prism, μ =
1.62
Extra Dense Flint Glass
Prism, μ = 1.65
Double Extra Dense Flint
Glass Prism, μ = 1.71-1.74
1111600/5
1111600/6
1111600/7
1111600/8
1111600/9
1111600/10
1111600/11
1111600/12
Size - 38×38mm
Crown Glass Prism, μ = 1.51
Dense Flint Glass Prism, μ =
1.62
Extra Dense Flint Glass
Prism, μ = 1.65
Double Extra Dense Flint
Glass Prism, μ = 1.71-1.74
POLARIMETER, LAURENT'S HALF
SHADE
For measurement of optical rotation of plane
polarized light by solutions of optically active
substances. Comprises of two polaroids –
fixed polarizer with Laurent's Half Shade
device and rotatable analyzer, mounted at
the opposite ends of a tube along the same
horizontal axis. The analyzer has a circular
scale graduated 0-360º × 1º, along with a
vernier reading to 1/10º mounted alongside
for measuring the degree of rotation of
analyzer with respect to the polarizer, which
makes both analyzer and vernier to rotate
simultaneously. Provided with locking screw
to lock their motion and fine adjustment
knob. The tube has a long window at the
center along its length with a shutter, for
placing sample tubes aligned along the axis
of polarizer/analyzer with inside painted
black to minimize internal reflections.
Complete assembly mounted on a heavy cast
metal stand with adjustable height. Includes
a sample tube about 200mm long.
1111660
Suitable for spectroscopy, polarimetry,
refractometry and interferometry. Complete
with vacuum jacket, rated 35 watts. For
producing highly intense monochromatic
light. Each lamp has a glass envelope with an
inner discharge tube containing the gas or
vapour and two electrodes. The envelope is
mounted on an E.S. cap, providing an arc
centre height of about 110mm. Each lamp is
fully interchangeable, without any
adjustment.
1111680
MERCURY VAPOUR LAMP
Rated 80watts, operates on 220-240Volts,
50/60Hz.
1111740
Polarimeter, Laurent's Half
Shade
POLARIMETER
A monochromatic yellow LED light source
fitted inside a cylindrical housing operated
on 10V DC. The simplified construction makes
it easy to study the topic in any laboratory. A
10cm long specimen tube is used for
observing the concentration and the angle of
rotation of different solutions. The outer
edge of the lid has a pointer, which coincides
with the scale printed on the outer surface of
the cylindrical body. On rotating the lid,
containing second polarizer the position for
extinction can be found for different solution
concentration on the lid of the apparatus.
1111670
Polarimeter
TRANSFORMER, SODIUM VAPOUR LAMP
Grid leak type, for operating Sodium Vapour Lamps rated at 35watts. Operates on AC Mains, 220240V, 50/60Hz.
1111700
Sodium Vapour Lamp
Transformer, Sodium Vapour Lamp
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Mercury Vapour Lamp
BEST
SELLER
Optics
173
BEST
SELLER
LIGHT ENERGY KIT
Help your students to understand the properties of light energy with
this kit. 18 activities, including light transmission, light theory and
color, light sources, reflection, refraction and diffraction of light.
Teacher’s Guide included.
3981
Light Energy Kit
LAMP HOUSE & TRANSFORMER
Specially designed lamp house and transformer for operating different
types of spectral lamps that ensures almost immediate striking of the
spectral lamps no sooner they are switched ON and provides a steady
light output of high intensity. Transformer encased in a two part
aluminium extrusion with insulated plastics side supports for safety
having overall dimension of about 230×165×115mm (L×W×H). Plastic
side supports have holes for proper inside ventilation. Provision for
mounting a support rod, about 50cm in length, from the top of the
transformer casing for holding lamp house makes the apparatus a
convenient self-contained assembly. Rod projects more than 40cm
above the casing and provides convenient vertical adjustment in the
lamp house position. Lamp house comprises a cylindrical sheet metal
enclosure closed at one end with a circular aperture for lamp output.
ES Cap type porcelain lamp holder located on inner side of the closed
end is used for mounting lamps and provides adequate insulation and
safety to the user. It is connected to the transformer through a threecore lead. One side open lamp house is located on top while use to
permit uninhibited ventilation to the lamp. It has auto leak
transformer operating on AC mains input of 230±10% volts, 50/60Hz,
with fused input protection and power rating of 90W. The transformer
has an excessively high leakage reactance to achieve highly drooping
current-voltage characteristics, making the secondary output
automatically drop from about 470V at no load, regulating the current
to 0.9A at the desired voltage to obtain full luminous output from the
spectral lamps.
1111720
Lamp House & Transformer
TRANSFORMER, MERCURY VAPOUR LAMP
Suitable for Mercury Vapour Lamp, 80 watts. Operates on AC Mains,
220-240V, 50/60Hz.
1111760
Transformer, Mercury Vapour Lamp
REFLECTION, DIFFRACTION, REFRACTION KIT
These hands-on experiments reveal the mystery of how light travels.
This kit includes instructions for reflecting and refracting light, and
includes light theories. A variety of translucent opaque objects and a
Teacher’s Guide are also included.
4003
Reflection, Diffraction, Refraction Kit
SPECTROSCOPE
KIT
Students will get to see
and appreciate the
prismatic qualities of
sunlight by using this 1”
in diameter diffraction
grating spectroscope.
3091
3093
Spectroscope Kit
Spectroscope Kit
Set/15
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
174
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
STRING VIBRATION
A sturdy metal frame with a DC motor and an eccentric shaft for
creating the vibrations. One end of thread is connected at the pointed
strip and another via weight and pulley. Vibration can either be
adjusted by varying the applied voltage or the weight.
1120050
String Vibration
WAVE
W
WA
AVE APPARA
APPARATUS
P ATUS
BEST
SELLER
For demonstrating both longitudinal as well as transverse motion
simultaneously. Construction similar to Cat No. 1120060, but of the
total rods supported on eccentric discs, about 2/3rd rods straight and
1/3rd rods bent in L-shape, with the L-shaped rods sliding into a
vertical guide and depicts longitudinal wave motion.
1120080
Wave Apparatus
BEST
SELLER
WAVE MACHINE, POWELL'S
For demonstrating the movement of progressive transverse waves.
Comprises a number of circular discs mounted equidistant from each
others on a horizontal shaft in gradually varying degrees of
eccentricity, with each disc having a vertical rod of same length
supported on top and sliding up and down into a pair of guides.
Complete assembly mounted on a wooden base.
1120060
Wave Machine, Powell's
Any wave can be described as having height, length and
frequency. Waves have shape and form. As waves interact with
matter, the waves change in shape, size and form.
Experiments
1. Demonstration for the movement of progressive transverse
and longitudinal waves
2. Determination of wave speed
WAVE APPARATUS, PLASTIC
Completely made of plastic with basic design and functionality similar
to Cat No. 1120080. The plastic highlighted tips provide easy
observation of wave motion. The rotating handle is fitted with a
circular scale marked in degrees to indicate the rotation.
1120100
Wave Apparatus, Plastic
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
WAVE FORM HELIX, LONG
WAVE DEMONSTRATION
Steel wire close-wound helix of about 19mm
diameter and closed length of about 3m
extending to approx. 9m. With looped ends.
Useful for demonstrating wave motion.
Acrylic sheet of length approx. 1.5m printed
with a sinusoidal wave to demonstrate a
group of students.
1120020
1120105
Wave Form Helix, Long
175
Wave Demonstration
BELL IN VACUUM
ULTRASONIC SYSTEM
WAVE FORM, HELIX, SLINKY
For demonstrating wave motion. Helical coil
of flat section, tempered steel wire.
1120040/1 Coil diameter 7.5cm, closed
length 10cm
1120040/2 Coil diameter 5cm, closed length
7.5cm
Ultrasonic transmitter and receiver
operating in 40 KHz region enclosed in
separate plastic enclosures (142x80x43) mm
approximately, which contain the electronic
circuit and 9V, DC batteries. 2 KHz
modulating frequency is transmitted by
ultrasonic transmitter and detected by
receiver, which amplifies the signal and
drives a internal loudspeaker. Output signal
can also be visualized on a CRO for more
quantitative measurements via. 4mm colour
coded sockets fitted on the receiver.
Transmitter is supplied with two ultrasonic
transducer, both can be switch ON
simultaneously when required to produce
two coherent sources. Interference pattern
can be dramatically demonstrate and
simplifying the Young's Slits experiment by
using waves rather than light on moving the
receiver along a line parallel to the sources.
The system uses the sound waves above the
hearing threshold and demonstrating the
reflection properties linked with 'SONAR' etc.
1120110
Ultrasonic System
PLASTIC SPRINGY
This large multi-coloured plastic coil is an
excellent fiddle toy and can successfully
perform that most essential of function; it
really can walk down stairs! The rainbow of
colours along its length make it extremely
pretty, whilst its generous size and great play
value insure a board appeal. The individual
Plastic Springies are wrapped with an easily
remove able label to discourage any tangles
before purchase. 10.5cm
1120045
RESONANCE JAR
Made of glass, mounted on circular base. Size
approx 30×7.5cm (height × diameter).
1120160
Resonance Jar
Demonstrates that sound waves need
material medium for propagation and cannot
travel through vacuum. For use on pump
plates with diameter at least 15cm. it
consists of an electric Bell operating on 4-6
volts AC/DC, suspended inside bell jar
through a pair of thick metal wires from a
rubber bung that seals the jar from the top.
The wires terminating in 4mm socket
terminals on the upper side of rubber bung
for electrical connection to the bell. Sizes
(height × diameter) of bell jars available are
1120120/1 Bell Jar, 9”×6”
1120120/2 Bell Jar, 8”×4”
RESONANCE APPARATUS
Useful for determining wavelength and
velocity of sound in air by exploring the
resonance of air column. Comprises of a pair
of telescopically mounted metal tubes, one
sliding inside other for varying the air
column. Length of resonating air column
helps in computing the velocity of sound.
Mounted on stable base.
1120140/1 R e s o n a n c e A p p a r a t u s ,
Aluminium Tubes
1120140/2 Resonance Apparatus, Brass
Tubes
Plastic Springy
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
176
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
3
SONOMETER MINI
Compact in size with overall 50c.m scale to
maintain a gap between two bridges. A
pulley is fitted at the extreme end of the
sonometer to hang the weight set on the
sample wire.
1120225
Sonometer Mini
2
RESONANCE SYSTEM
1
RESONANCE APPARATUS, ON
STAND
For determination of wavelength and
velocity of sound in air through the study of
resonating air columns. Comprises a
graduated glass tube, mounted on retort
stand with suitable clamp and boss, and is
connected to a water reservoir through
flexible rubber tubing. Reservoir also
mounted on the support rod through retort
clamp and allows the adjustment of water
level in the glass tube. Complete apparatus
mounted on a base.
1120180/1 Resonance Apparatus, on Stand,
Deluxe Model, bigger tube of
clear acrylic mounted on tripod
base, connected to cylindrical
metal reservoir through flexible,
transparent, plastic tubing 1
1120180/2 Resonance Apparatus, on Stand,
Economical Model, smaller glass
tube supported vertically on
retort stand through rubber
clamp and connected to glass
bulb reservoir through flexible
rubber tubing 2
3
A flexible metallic strip fitted on a plastic
moulded base (90x90x43) mm approx. and
loaded at the top with a detachable brass
weight, which vibrates in various modes on
applying a signal generator to the
electromagnetic coil via. 4mm colour coded
sockets. The amplitude of vibration can be
directly monitored on a CRO with the help of
Piezo electric transducer, bonded on the
metallic strip and output comes out on 4mm
colour coded sockets marked as output to
CRO. A thin alluminium vane produces
mechanical damping when it is moving in a
small vessel containing water and the
amount of damping is controlled by the depth
of water used for studying the effect of
damping on resonance.
1120190
SONOMETER, SIMPLE PATTERN,
IMPROVED
In basic constructional features and
functionality, but has simple thumb screw
geared mechanism in place of wrest-pins,
that provides more reliable, robust, fail-safe
arrangement for adjusting wire tension, and
provides for easy changing of wires.
1120240
Sonometer, Simple Pattern,
Improved
Resonance System
GLASS TUBE
Spare for Resonance Apparatus, Cat No.
1120180/2, about 84cm long and 2.5cm
diameter.
1120200
Glass Tube
SINGING PIPE
It is used to demonstrate the
conversion of thermal energy into
sound energy. On hanging it over a
Bunsen burner the heated air when
passed out from the gauze fitted
inside the pipe will generate sound of
“Ships foghorn”. Overall length of
tube is 450mm approx.
1120210
Singing Pipe
SONOMETER, BOX TYPE
Comprising a hollow wooden resonance box
about 114cm length, 12.5cm width and 10cm
height, with two meter rules graduated in
millimeter, mounted on top on either side
along the length. One each of brass and steel
wires of different diameter attached to fixed
bridge on one end of the box and tensioned
by wrest pins at the other end. A pulley
mounted at the end supports third wire over
it with masses suspended to the wire end.
Includes two short and two long bridges for
adjusting length of vibrating strings, and
additional wires one each of steel and brass
of 22SWG, length about 1.5m.
1120260
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Sonometer, Box Type
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
177
BEST
SELLER
SONOMETER PICK UP
1
2
The frequency and amplitude of a sonometer
string can be directly displayed on the CRO
with the help of this compact device known
as magnetic pick up. On connecting it to a
CRO via. 4mm sockets and placing it under a
sonometer string. The height is so adjusted
that we can place it under the sonometer
string easily.
1120295
SONOMETER, THREE WIRE PATTERN, GEARED
A hollow wooden sounding box, about 1160×120×115mm (length × width × height) provided with
0-100cm scale at its top, with two wires stretched over fixed bridges, one at each end of the box.
One wire passes over a horizontally mounted pulley and has a spring balance for directly reading
the tension applied. The second wire is fixed at one end and attached to wrest pin for tension
control and provides complete length of vibration. The third wire passes over a vertically pulley
and for suspending masses through it for tensioning the wire. The wires supplied are of steel and
are carefully selected to possess the exact determined density and radius uniformly throughout
the length to avoid the need of repeated measurements. The wire tension mechanism is based on
robust and mechanically sound thumb screw & gear system, which is accurate, more reliable and
makes changing wires quick and easy. Complete with three moveable bridges, wrest-pin key and
a set of four wires, length 1m, diameters 0.70, 0.40 and 0.40mm. Supplied without masses.
1120280/1 Sonometer, Three Wire Pattern, with 0-100cm scale 1
1120280/2 Sonometer, Three Wire Pattern, similar to Cat No 1120280/1, but smaller in size and
with 0-60cm scale 2
Sonometer Pick Up
SONOMETER WIRES SET
Set of six wires, 3 each of brass and steel of
length 1.5m, and cross-section 22, 24 and
26SWG, with looped ends, ready for use.
1120300
Sonometer Wires Set
SLOTTED MASSES SET
For use with sonometers, cast iron, finished
in synthetic hammer tone.
1120320/1 Set of 5 including hanger, each of
500g, Total 2.5kg
1120320/2 Set of 5 including hanger, each of
1kg, Total 5kg
SONOMETER, GRADUATED MONOCHORD
For investigating pitch of vibrating strings as a function of their tension, length and thickness.
Comprises a hollow resonance box with three adjustable strings – two strings by means of wrest
pin while third one at the center with loads or a spring balance. A 60cm scale fixed on one side
between two fixed bridges has multi-coloured segments for easy reading, with each smallest
block of 1cm. provided with two movable bridges to facilitate changing effective string length.
1120290
CHLANDNI PLATES
A thin layer of stand is spread over the plate.
Which are either square of round, then
resonance patterns can be observed. The
plates resonances are audible.
Sonometer, Graduated Monochord
1120330/1 Square Plate
1120330/2 Circular Plate
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
178
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
1
SIGNAL GENERATOR
STEEL STRIPS
Various lengths of steel strips. Frequencies at
11, 15, 21, 36, at 50Hz at can be observed.
Standing waves can be heard up to 900Hz and
seen up to 300Hz.
1120335
Steel Strips
BEST
SELLER
Capable to generate the (sine/triangular)
wave signals with in range (100 Hz to 3 kHz) at
3W output maximum. An internal speaker
fitted inside the plastic moulded case and we
can also use an external speaker via. 4 mm
blue sockets. Two colour-coded sockets are
used for CRO connections marked as output
signal. Operating voltage for the instrument
is 9V DC and applied by a battery which can
easily remove out from the battery
compartment. The frequency and amplitude
can be adjusted at any desired range by just
rotating the knobs fitted on the base.
1120350
Signal Generator
Made of aluminium, anodized, best quality,
set of 8 tuning forks with frequencies same as
in Cat No. 1120360
VIBRATION GENERATOR
Vibration Generator
TUNING FORKS, SET OF 8,
ALUMINIUM
1120400/1 In polished wooden case
1120400/4 Bigger size, in moulded plastic
case 1
1120400/5 In plastic tray with cover 2
Provides mechanical oscillations when given
input signals from oscillator or AF oscillator. A
specially designed coil system enables the
unit to be operated at its maximum rating for
a prolonged period without any damage due
to overheating. The frequency response
encompasses the whole of the audio
spectrum and beyond. Electrical input via a
pair of 4mm shielded sockets and oscillating
mechanical output is available through a
shaft at the top. A locking arrangement
provides safety to the apparatus during
storage or transportation by blocking the
motion of shaft.
1120340
2
TUNING FORKS, STEEL
Plain shanks, best quality, chrome plated /
blued steel. Available in frequencies
1120380/1
1120380/2
1120380/3
1120380/4
1120380/5
1120380/6
1120380/7
1120380/8
Frequency (Hz)
256
288
320
341.3
384
426.6
480
512
Note
C¹
D
E
F
G
A
B
C²
TUNING FORKS, SET OF 8, STEEL
Best quality, plain shanks, with frequency
clearly marked. Set consisting one each of
diatonic scale frequencies (Hz) C1-(256), D(288), E-(320), F-(341.3), G-(384), A-(426.6),
B-(480), C2-(512). Complete set of 8 tuning
forks, supplied in a case.
1120360/1 In Moulded Styrofoam case
1120360/2 Set of 8 Tuning Forks, with
frequency not marked
TUNNING FORK ON RESONANCE
BOX
For demonstrating the formation of basic
major cord. Comprises four tuning forks
mounted on a single wooden box in a line at
the top and having frequencies (Hz) of
C1(256), E(320), G(384), C2(512). Supplied
with hammer.
1120440/1 Tuning Forks of Aluminum
1120440/2 Tuning Forks of Iron
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
BEST
SELLER
179
TUNING FORK, ELECTRICALLY
MAINTAINED
For producing vibrations in the stretched
strings. Comprises a thick sturdy steel tuning
fork with its stem held securely in cast metal
clamp, which in turn is mounted on a sturdy,
streamlined, heavy cast metal base with
provision for horizontal or vertical use. An
electromagnet operating on 6V is positioned
between both the prongs and can slide along
the prong's length for adjusting the
amplitude of vibration of prongs. End of both
the prongs have a stylus for frequency
measurement and threaded arrangement for
Melde's experiment.
1120500
Tu n i n g F o r k
Maintained
Electrically
TUNING FORK, SET OF 13
Best quality plain shanks, with chromatic scale frequencies from C1(256Hz) to C2(512Hz).
Complete set of THIRTEEN Tuning Forks supplied in a polished wooden case.
1120420/1 Nickel plated or blued steel, with frequencies clearly marked
1120420/2 Nickel plated or blued steel, with frequencies not marked. Printed frequency card
included
1120420/3 Anodized aluminium, with frequencies clearly marked
1120420/4 In plastic tray with cover
DOPPLER BALL
Plastic moulded lightweight ball suitable for
Doppler effect fitted with a 9V battery
powered tone generator and a speaker
inside. The ball can be whirled around on the
attached cord to the demonstrate the change
in pitch on a moving source.
1120510
Doppler Ball
PAIR OF TUNING FORKS ON RESONANCE BOXES
For exploring the concept of resonance through sympathetic and forced
vibrations, and phenomenon of beats. Comprises two matched nickel plated
tuning forks of frequency A(426.6), each mounted on top of hollow wooden box
open at one end. One fork is provided with a sliding mass on one prong by means of
which its frequency can be varied from the nominal 426.6Hz. When both forks are
sounded a clearly audible 'beat' is produced, its rate depending upon the
difference in frequency between the forks.
1120460/1 Pair of Tuning Forks on Resonance Boxes
1120460/2 Rubber Mounted Hammer for Tuning Forks, Disc Shaped
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
180
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
RESONANCE TUBE
A high power sound wave generator unit plugged into one and of a transparent approx. 1 meter long tube. A standard laboratory signal generator is
used to drive sound wave generator and as the frequency is adjusted the various resonance modes are detected by increased loudness of the node.
The distance between the transmitter and receiver can be changed by just inserting the rod inside the tube. On placing the cork or polystyrene dust
is distributed throughout the tube and at resonance the power gather at the nodes and wavelength can be measured.
1120515
Resonance Tube
FORCED OSCILLATION
DEMONSTRATOR
MELDE'S APPARATUS
For showing the effects of vibrations in a stretched cord and
investigate the relationship between frequency, tension and density. In
addition, the provision of electrical contacts, opened and closed by
the vibrating armature, allow the apparatus to be used as high-speed
changeover switch in. Comprises a thin steel rod armature mounted in
a clamp formed by a pair of 4mm socket terminals, so that its free
length may be adjusted as desired. An AC energizing coil surrounds the
armature and a permanent magnet provides the necessary magnetic
polarization. The free end of the armature equipped with a small boss
and clamping screw for attachment of the cord and also serves as the
moving contact when the apparatus is operating as a changeover
switch. The complete apparatus is carried upon a box type base.
1120520
For the study of resultant vibratory
motion (forced) produced on account
of oscillations of two coupled springs.
Two springs, each having different
spring constants (hence different
natural frequencies of vibration), are
attached vertically to each other
through a cylindrical mass and the
assembly is supported at the top on an
adjustable support. The lower spring
also has a weight attached to its lower
end, which is guided inside another
adjustable support. The release
mechanism on the base, when
releases the lower mass, both the
stretched springs show their
independent oscillations, influencing
the motion of one another. Complete
assembly mounted on a stable base.
1120530
Melde's Apparatus
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Forced Oscillation
Demonstrator
181
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
ORGAN PIPE, WITH GLASS FRONT
Similar to Cat No. 1120560, but with
varnished wood pipe, having glass front and
membrane suspended on cord for loading
with sand to show positions of nodes and
antinodes. Overall length about 760mm.
1120580
1120535
Siren Wheel
2
ORGAN PIPE, WITH PISTON
SIREN WHEEL
A toothed wheel with a driven handle fitted
on a metallic base engaged with a plastic
strip. Rotation of the wheel gives a loud
rattle sound. The frequency of sound
generated by this instrument can be easily
calculated by just multiplying No. of teeth on
the wheel with the No. of rotation in one sec.
Organ Pipe, with Glass Front
Stoppered, varnished wood with movable
piston marked with the chromatic scale from
C (512) to (1024). Overall length when fully
extended is about 840mm. Can also be used
for investigating the phenomenon of beats in
conjunction with a second pipe of the same
type.
1
3
2
ORGAN PIPE, SIMPLE
For demonstrating the relationship between
length of air column and frequency of sound
produced. A square pipe of polished wood,
open, tuned to C1(256), overall length about
760mm.
1120560
Organ Pipe, Simple
1120600
Organ Pipe, with Piston
3
1
SAVART'S TOOTHED WHEEL
STETHOSCOPE
Good quality, with rubber tubing. Highly
sensitive. Useful for observing faint sounds
and vibrations after due amplification.
1120540
Four toothed wheel each of diameter 7.5cm
and spaced 6mm apart on a shaft with
projecting spindle with slight taper at its
end. For use with whirling table Cat. No.
1120640.
1120620
Savart's Toothed Wheel
4
Stethoscope
4
5
WHIRLING TABLE
For demonstrating the various effects
associated with the rotation of accessories
mounted on it. Cast metal body, stands
overall height about 43cm and can be used in
both vertical as well as horizontal position. A
cast metal adjustable driving wheel fitted
towards the lower end of the stand drives a
small pulley near the top through a belt. The
driven pulley carries a spindle with socket for
taking various accessories. Suitable for use
with Savart's Toothed wheel and disc and an
adapter to accommodate colour discs.
SPEED OF SOUND
Two crystal mikes one is used to start the timing and another one is used to stop the timing when
a sound frequency is generated by a hammer and a metallic plate. A 3*1/2 digit display with
microsecond and millisecond provision to measure the time. Operating voltage for the
instrument is 9V DC. Whole assembly is fitted inside a high grade metallic sheet with ABS side
cover. Two crystal mikes with a set of hammer and plate is supplied with the instrument.
1120570
Speed of Sound
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
1120640
Whirling Table 5
182
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
BEST
SELLER
SOUND WAVE DEMONSTRATOR
Kit is specially designed for investigations into reflection and
refraction interference pattern in air, detection and measurement of
phase differences in a signal received by two receivers, measurement
of wavelength using the phase difference between transmitter and
receiver etc. Units are housed in boxes 130x85x45mm and the set
comprises three transducers and one control box as follows.
Transducers may be used as either transmitters or receivers, Electrical
connection are made via. 2m screened lead with 4mm plugs. Control
box having 1M of screened input lead with 4mm plugs & two pairs of
4mm output sockets. Switch permits phase reversal between the two
outputs.
1120575
Sound Wave Demonstrator
1
RIPPLE TANK APPARATUS
CHANGING SOUNDS
Activities those can be performed with this kit.
1. Vibrations demonstration.
2. Sound level.
3. Measuring vibration.
4. Sound can be travel from which material.
5. Which material is best used for muffling sound?
6. What is pitch?
7. Investigating pitch1.
8. Investigating pitch 2.
1120610
Changing Sounds
Sound is produced when something vibrates. The vibrating body
causes the medium around it to vibrate. Vibrations in air are called
traveling longitudinal waves, which we can hear. Our bodies also
resonate or vibrate in response to and in concert with sound waves
that we are exposed to. In fact, there is some fascinating research
that's been done that even shows the relationships of this
resonance to the planets of our solar system. Our DNA and RNA
molecules, i.e., the building blocks of our very chromosomes
resonate to an octave tone, a musical relationship, of the earth's
rotation pattern. Is it any wonder that with our DNA vibrating in
concert to the energies we are exposed to, that when we listen to
certain kinds of music we could be damaging our own bodies and
those of future generations through our chromosomes?
A specially designed versatile apparatus for the investigation of the
wave properties, such as wave propagation, reflection, refraction,
diffraction and interference. Permits demonstration with an overhead
projector or use as a free standing bench model, allowing
investigations to be carried out directly. Comprises a rectangular
plastic tank with clear bottom and sloped sides incorporating beach
effect to eliminate unwanted reflections. The tank has four
detachable legs mounted at its underside at the corners with a hole in
the clear tray for water drainage. One end of the tank has clamps for
supporting lamp holder with a pair of clamps on each side for mounting
rippler support rods. Rippler assembly comprises of a rectangular
plastic rod with series of holes suitable for mounting spherical dippers
and a low voltage DC motor having eccentric cam attached to its shaft
to produce oscillatory motion. Supplied complete with following
accessories.
n
Illuminant Assembly
n
Set of 4 barriers – a pair of bigger L-shaped (75×25mm) and a pair of
smaller L-shaped barrier (25×25mm)
n
1 Curved Barrier, 2.5cm high, with uniform radius of curvature
n
1 Hand Stroboscope
n
1 Convex Lens
n
1 Concave Lens
n
1 Rectangular Block
n
2 Spherical Dippers
n
Spare Elastic Cords for suspending rippler assembly
1120660 Ripple Tank Apparatus
1120660/1 Ripple Tank Controller, Ordinary
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
1
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
RIPPLE T
TANK
ANK WITH DIGIT
DIGITAL
TAL
SCOPE
STROBOSCOPE
ACCESSORIES FOR RIPPLE TANK
T
These accessories available optionally,
y
permits more advanced activities with the
ripple tank.
As the water
er waves have the advantage of
le and can be move at a rate that
being visible
enables us to see what is happening, which
helps in studying the properties of the
electromagnetic
gnetic waves, sound waves or
waves in other contexts they all act and
spread as waves in the surface of the water.
r
When wavess produce on the water tank, then
the images are projected on the front screen.
A digital stroboscope
roboscope on fitting the top of the
tank and on adjusting the frequency the
waves seems
ms to be stationary on the screen.
Apparatus consists of:
1) Digital stroboscope
2) Holder for stroboscope
3) Lever arm
rm for stroboscope
4) Vibrator
or
5) Lever arm
rm
6) Holder for lever arm
7) Fixing pivot
8) Height adjustment
9) Accessories
ories kit
10) Connecting
cting cables
11) Mirror
12) Screen
13) Detachable
able legs
14) Transverseerse- front legs
15) Angles for screen
16) Water tank
ank
17) Glass units
nits
1120650
R i p p l e Ta n k
Stroboscope
T
apezoidal shaped disc: for
1120680/1 Tr
Trapezoidal
showing refraction of waves.
1120680/2 Cylindrical Rod Dipper: for
producing straight waves
R
1120680/3 Elliptical Reflector: Rectangular
shaped disc having elliptical cutr
out at the center.
1120680/4 Model Crystal: Comprises of a
rectangular matrix of 28 nuts and
bolts (7×4) fixed in regular
pattern on a rectangular disc,
representing 4 rows of layers of a
solid crystal. By adjusting motor
speed and position of crystals,
experiments on Bragg's
reflection can be performed.
The disc provided with 3 leveling
screws for adjusting its level.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
2
1
1
with
183
Digital
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
184
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
STROBOSCOPE
FEATURES
Compact & Portable Design
2 Digit Digital Readouts
Slow motion/Synchronize
360° Position Mounting Stands
Comply all International safety standards
DIGITAL STROBOSCOPE
A fully microcontroller based digital stroboscope is widely used visualize the vibrating strings,
moving gear system, speed of motor, speed of fan, waves in a ripple tank etc. A rotating or
moving item seems to be stationary when the frequency of stroboscope matches with the
rotating rates of item. There are 4 digit display for visualize the frequency.
SPECIFICATION
1) Tube Used
2) Operating Voltage
3) Samp0ling rate
4) Range Selector
5) Operating Condition
6) Power Consumption
1120710
Xenon Lamp
110V/220V ±10% 50/60Hz selectable via. slider switch
1 Sec.
High / Low range
Low range approx. 100.0 – 1200RPM
High range approx. 1000 – 10000 RPM
0-55ºC, 95% Rh
Less than 50 Watt
Digital Stroboscope
HAND STROBOSCOPE
Simple model, hand driven to show the
student stroboscope effects. A circular black
disc having radial slots extending to the edge
of the disc. Ball bearing mount at the center
minimizes friction. With handle for rotation.
1120700
ACCESSORIES FOR RIPPLE TANK
A set of three easily detachable dippers with
two L shape strips made of anodized
aluminium, to produce the straight, single
point and double point waves with the
interference and diffraction patterns.
Hand Stroboscope
1120715
Accessories for Ripple Tank
DESCRIPTION
Stroboscope, is an instrument that provides
intermittent illumination for a rotating or
vibrating object in order to study the motion
of the object or to determine its rotary speed
or vibrating frequency.
For example, a machine part, may be made
to appear to slow down or stop; the effect is
achieved by producing illumination in very
short, brilliant bursts that always occur when
the moving part is in the same phase of its
motion. It also can used to make a cyclically
moving object appear to be slow-moving or
stationary, measuring the speed of moving
gears, fans, centrifuges, pumps, motors,
ripple tanks and ideal for students in
laboratories for the study of rotation,
reciprocation, oscillation and vibration of
objects.
Stroboscope model SS-2994 works by making
interruption to the vision through a spinning
disc and the object to be viewed at regular
intervals of light as slow or steady. It operates
from 12volt DC, build by a crystal-controlled
digital circuitry which eliminates drift and
allows steady readings accurate to 0.1 rpm.
Frequency is displayed by 2 digit seven
segment display and built-in fan helps more
efficiency and accuracy for continuous
operation for hours together. Models are
available for 230VAC/110VAC mains
operation.
1120710/1 Stroboscope
If you have a
suggestion regarding
modification of an
existing product or a proposal for a
new product, don't hesitate to
contact us.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Sound, Wave & Oscillations
185
RIPPLE TANK CONTROLLER
This unit provides two fully independent,
continuously variable DC outputs, 0 to 5V
each through a pair of color-coded 4mm
sockets, for the ripple tank motor and
stroboscope motor respectively, along with a
fixed AC output through a pair of 4mm
sockets, rated at 12V, 21W to operate the
illuminant. The motor outputs are short
circuit protected and the input to complete
unit is fuse protected. Supplied with a
detachable 1.5m mains lead.
1120720
BEST
SELLER
R i p p l e Ta n k C o n t r o l l e r,
improved, with better quality
RIPPLE TANK, SHEET METAL
LOUDSPEAKER
Comprises a speaker, about 75mm in size,
rated at 5W with 8? impedance, is mounted
in a rectangular plastic case and provided
with a pair of 4mm shrouded sockets for
input. The high flux ceramic magnet of the
speaker makes the unit produce high quality
sound over the complete audio frequency
range. A square boss-head mounted on its one
side allows it to support on a suitable retort
stand.
1120820
Loudspeaker
The purpose of this unit is to demonstrate wave formation transmission, reflection and
interference by projecting water waves on to the front glass screen. A vibrator with dippers and
an illuminant with inbuilt motor driven
stroboscope to produce a stable wave formation
provided with the ripple tank. The water tank portion of the unit consists of a stainless steel
basin with a sealed and transparent glass. This removable basin can be lifted out in order to add
of drain the water. The front casing of the unit has a large piece of frosted glass (260x230) mm
installed vertically and serves as the projection screen. The light source and vibration source are
mounted on a long square cross sectional pole erected at the back of the unit by using knobs
provided with the apparatus; the slots on the pole allow the height of the vibration source to be
easily adjusted. The vibration frequency can be adjusted by just rotating the potentiometer
fitted in the side of the vibration source. The vibration source box consists of an electromagnet,
a potentiometer, a vibrating pole, a vibrator. Within the internal frame, there is a large mirror at
a 45º angle, which reflects the images of the waves produced in the water tank on the front glass
screen. A set of accessories single point dipper, double point dipper, straight wave dipper and
two L shape obstacles are provided with the apparatus for producing single waves, double waves
and straight waves. The operating voltage for the instrument is 220 V /50 Hz.
1120760
Ripple Tank, Sheet Metal
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
186
Sound, Wave & Oscillations / Modern Physics
X-RAY TUBE, ROENTGEN
For use with electronic machine or induction
coil, with vacuum regulating device.
Comprises a glass sphere with a concave disc
electrode generating cathode rays and
focusing it on a tungsten target, placed at an
angle of 45° at the inner end of arm exactly
opposite. These tubes produced soft X-Rays
and care must be taken from over exposure.
Available in tube sizes (diameter)
1130020/1 80mm
1130020/3 110mm
1130020/2 90mm
FLUORESCENT X-RAY SCREEN
SOUND ENERGY KIT
Students investigate the physics behind sound energy in this kit. These activities include sound
wave theory, reflection of sound, force of sound waves and transmission, and many more.
3983
Sound Energy Kit
Rectangular screen having special coating,
emits fluorescent glow at the point where Xray falls. Duly framed and covered by thick
protecting glass. Available in sizes
1130040/1
1130040/2
1130040/3
1130040/4
10×10mm
10×15mm
12×10mm
15×25mm
X-RAY TUBE, COMPLETE
Combined unit with built in X-Ray screen
holder, induction coil working on 12V DC, 6A,
with X-Ray tube and fluorescent Screen.
1130060
X-Ray Tube, Complete
SPECTRUM TUBE HOLDER
It comprises of a rectangular panel with two
spring clips to hold the spectrum tubes. Two
insulated fittings mounted with 4mm sockets
are provided for E.H.T connection to allow
for variation in the tube length. The panel
has a rod for holding it in a retort stand base.
1130070
Spectrum Tube Holder
We constantly try to
expand and improve
quality of our
products.
SOUND SPECTRUM CHART
Did you know that a vibrating guitar string
moves the air and produces sound? This
unique chart presents ingredients of sound
including pitch, tone, pressure and vibration.
An activity guide provides ideas for
experimentation, particularly suitable for
middle grades.
4101
Sound Spectrum Chart
Our aim is to develop user friendly
and affordable products to allow
and facilitate the search for
knowledge.
Our R&D team develops new
products as per the requirement of
market that fully satisfy our
customer's need and budget
requirements.
SPECTRUM TUBES
Evacuated glass tubes, about 20cm long,
straight form, filled with different types of
gases or vapours to study their respective
discharge. The glass tubes has metal cap
electrodes at both the ends for connecting to
high voltage supply and about 50mm long fine
capillary in the middle for showing the
concentrated effect of discharge. Different
gases or vapours available in discharge tubes
are
1130080/1
1130080/2
1130080/3
1130080/4
1130080/5
1130080/6
1130080/7
1130080/8
1130080/9
1130080/10
1130080/11
1130080/12
1130080/13
1130080/14
1130080/15
Oxygen
Helium
Nitrogen
Ammonia Vapours
Carbon di oxide
Iodine Vapours
Water Vapours
Mercury vapours
Neon
Air
Argon
Alcohol Vapours
Hydrogen
Sulphur Vapours
Chlorine
Other Spectrum Tubes also available on specific request.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
187
Modern Physics
5
6
MAGNETIC EFFECT DEFLECTION
TUBE 5
To show that the cathode rays get deflected
by magnetic fields. Running cathode rays are
visible to naked eye by the glowing path on
fluorescent screen. When a magnet is
brought near, the deflecting path cathode
rays are vividly visible. Supplied without
magnet.
BEST
SELLER
2
1
RECTILINEAR PROPAGATION TUBE
V Shaped tube. To show cathode rays travel
along a straight line path irrespective of the
position of anode points.
1130100
Rectilinear Propagation, Tube 1
1130180
HEATING EFFECT TUBE, WAX
COATED 6
When cathode rays are focused on wax
coated on the outside of the upper round
head of cathode ray tube, the wax melts
quickly showing heat generated by cathode
rays.
1130200
SPECTRUM TUBE POWER SUPPLY
A specially designed high quality spectrum
tube power supply, designed keeping in view
user's safety in mind. Complete assembly is
housed in a sturdy and durable, pillar type
sheet metal casing with indicator type
ON/OFF switch and captive mains cable. All
the connecting sockets are fully shielded to
prevent electric shock. A pair of highly
insulating, moulded plastic sockets are fitted
– one near the top and other near the bottom
to hold spectrum tubes firmly, while
preventing the user from touching the
electrodes. The bottom socket is spring
loaded to enable quick and easy changing of
spectrum tubes. Black metal panel behind
the mounted tube eliminated distracting
ambient light and protects tube from
breakage. Operates on 220-240V AC, 50Hz.
1130090
Spectrum Tube Power Supply
REPULSION TUBE, GOLD STEIN'S
2
Vertical tube with two parallel wire cathode
at two ends of tubes with third electrode to
serve as anode. On base.
1130120
3
Magnetic Effect Deflection Tube
Heating Effect Tube, Wax Coated
4
SHADOW EFFECT TUBE,
ELECTROMAGNET 3
7
Demonstrates that cathode rays travel in
straight line and cast shadows. An object
obstructing cathode rays casts its shadow on
the fluorescent wall facing it, and if the
running cathode rays are subjected to
magnetic effects, per an electromagnet, the
shadow is affected by its slight rotation
change. Complete with electromagnet.
A star shaped object obstructing the path of
cathode rays casts its shadow on the
fluorescent painted wall facing cathode rays.
1130140
1130220
Shadow Effect
Electromagnet.
MECHANICAL EFFECT TUBE
Tu b e ,
4
To show the particle nature of cathode rays.
Cathode Rays exert a pushing effect on
object it falls on, is shown by the rotating of
vanes caused by the impact of cathode rays
striking the vanes.
SHADOW EFFECT MALTESE CROSS
TUBE OR CROSS & SHADOW TUBE
Mechanical Effect Tube
Repulsion Tube, Gold Stein's
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Shadow Effect Maltese Cross
Tube Or Cross & Shadow Tube 7
HEATING EFFECT PLATINUM FOIL
To show that cathode rays produce heat when
they fall on matter. Upon focusing the rays at
a point, cathode rays generate intense heat
shown by the red heating of platinum foil.
1130240
1130160
8
Heating Effect Platinum Foil
8
188
Modern Physics
ULTRASONIC WAVES EXPERIMENTS SYSTEM OF
REFLEXTION
Objects : Demonstrating the principle of an echo sounder. Determining
the velocity of sound in air from the transit time of a sound pulse and
the distance to the reflecting object.
Determining distance by measuring the transit time of the sound pulse.
TESLAMETER
n
n
n
n
n
Switching measures of BX and BZ
Biaxial probe removable and graduation provided
Double sensors protection
2 ranges of measure: 20mT or 100mT
Analog output
SPECIFICATIONS
Range:
20mT
200mT
Display:
2000digits LCD
Resolution:
10 μ T
Accuracy:
2%Rdg± 3digits (20mT)
2% Rdg ± 1digit (100mT)
Analog:
Senstivity:
10mV/mT(20mT)
1mV/mT (100mT)
Impendence: 4.7 kΩ
Connection:
safety socket Φ4mm
Power supply: 220-240V, 50-60Hz
Dimensions:
230(W)X85(H)X240(D)mm
Weight:
1kg
1130270
Teslameter
Principles : Ultrasonic waves are reflected at the boundary surfaces
between media with differing resistances to sound waves. An echo
sounder (or sonar) device emits pulsed ultrasonic signals and measures
the time in which a signal receiver. To simplify the configuration, the
transmitter and receiver are in the same location.
The time between transmission and reception can be used to
determine the distance to the reflecting object (if the velocity of
sound is known), or to determine the velocity of sound over a known
distance. This method is commonly used e.g. to determine water
depths at sea.
In the experiment, the echo-sounder principle is used to determine the
velocity of sound in air, and to determine distances.
Two ultrasonic transducers serve as the transmitter and receiver,
depending on their connection.
A piezoelectric body converts electrical to mechanical energy. When
the AC voltage is applied to the piezoelectric body, the transducer
configured as transmitter supplies sufficiently high sound amplitude at
a resonance frequencies (approx. 40 kHz). Conversely, sound waves
generate mechanical oscillations in the transducer when configured as
a receiver. The amplitude of the resulting piezoelectric AC voltage is
proportional to the sonic amplitude.
System composition : 2 pcs Ultrasonic transducers 40 kHz; 1 pcs AC
amplifier; 1 pcs Generator 40 kHz; 1 pcs Digital storage oscilloscope; 2
pcs Test leads; 2 pcs Stand base, V-shape; 1 pcs Metal scale, 1m; 1 pcs
Reflection plate
1130280/1 Ultrasonic Waves Experiments System Of Reflextion
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Modern Physics / Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar-System
ALPHA SCATTERING APPARATUS
NERAT
ATOR 40 kHz
GENERATOR
FEATURES
With continuance and spacing square wave
generator for operating source, for
ultrasonic transducer 40 kHz (P4 16000) as an
emitter. Inner and external frequency
counter.
TECHNICAL DATA
Frequency range: 40 kHz, can be set from 35
kHz to 50 kHz
Pulse operation:
Pulse duration approx. 0.2ms
Pulse spacing approx. 80ms
Transducer output voltage: >18Vpp
Trigger output voltage: >9Vpp
Counter frequency range: 1 kHz~50MHz
Senstivity: 100mV
Max. input voltage: 20V
Connection sockets: 4mm dia
Dimensions: 19cmX13.5cmX7cm
Weight: 0.5kg
1130280/2
189
ULTRASONIC TRANSDUCER 40 KHZ
FEATURES
Piezoelectric air ultrasonic transducer for
experiments in the areas of geometric and
wave-mechanical acoustics. The transducer
is used as transmitter and receiver. In
housing, on stand rod, with coax. Connection
cable.
TECHNICAL DATA
Resonance frequency: 40 kHz
Bandwidth: approx. 6 kHz
Capacitance: 2000 pF
Connection: 1 m coax, cable with 4mm
sockets
Housing: 48mmX27mm dia.
Stand rod: 20cmX10mm dia.
1130280/4
A low cost apparatus for the demonstration
of the Rutherford scattering by means of a
gravitational analog of inverse square law
repulsion. Comprises a wooden launching
lamp about 300×50×105mm (L×W×H) with a
guiding groove running down its curved front
face along its length and index marks at 40,
60, 80 and 100mm height above the base that
provides 4 pre-determined launching
heights. Also included is a spun aluminium
hill about 280mm diameter and 60mm height
along with a 19mm steel ball. The shape of
aluminium hill has been carefully
determined by varying its height above the
base line by an amount arrived on the basis of
the reciprocal of the radius.
1130260
Alpha Scattering Apparatus
Ultrasonic Transducer 40 KHz
Generator 40 kHz
FORTIN'S BAROMETER
AC - AMPLIFIER
FEATURES
Sensitive amplifier with microphone input for
verifying ultrasonic waves in conjunction
with an ultrasonic transducer (P416000) as a
receiver, and sound amplification.
TECHNICAL DATA
Gain: 10X to 1000X continuously adjustable
Frequency range: 10 kHz (100 Hz microphone
input) to 50 kHz
Outputs: signal, trigger and level, shortcircuit proof
Trigger output: TTL compatible
Max. DC level output: 4V
Connection sockets: 4mm dia
Dimensions: 19cmX13.5cmX7cm
Weight: 0.5kg
1130280/3
SPARK DISCHARGE APPARATUS
Demonstrates the ionizing effect of the
radioactive emissions. A long narrow metal
strip is mounted on edge parallel to and
underneath a wire mesh, together form two
long conductors with a narrow air gap
insulation between them and are provided
with a 4mm socket terminals for power input.
On applying high voltage across the
terminals, a continuous spark along the
length of the wire mesh is produced. The
radioactive material source is located on the
wire mesh while use. Complete assembly
housed in a insulated moulded plastic box
(240x130x40) mm approx. Operating voltage
for the instrument is 5 to 6 kv.
A glass tube of about 6mm bore is encased in
an enameled and lacquered brass tube,
mounted on a polished wooden board with
provision for wall mounting. With chemically
engraved, silvered scales, graduated in both
mm and 1/10” accompanied with a Vernier
having a least count of 0.1mm or 1/200 inch
of mercury that moves with rack and pinion
arrangement and is mounted between the
two scales, complete arrangement enclosed
in a glass cylinder. A white reflecting surface
behind the scales facilitates its easier
reading. A glass cylinder towards the lower
end of the barometer has an ivory pointer
with adjustment screw that provides fiducial
setting point to which the level of the
mercury in the cistern is adjusted before
noting the reading. A ring support and three
locking screws at base of instrument provide
a mean of securing the barometer in vertical
position. Fitted with a thermometer to read
ambient temperature. Supplied without
mercury. Includes instructions for filling the
Barometer.
1140020
1130300
Spark Discharge Apparatus
AC - Amplifier
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Fortin's Barometer
190
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar-System
CASE FOR FORTIN'S BAROMETER
A well finished, polished, hardwood case with
transparent front and side panels. Back of
the case has provision for securely hanging
the Fortin's Barometer.
1140040
CARE AND MAINTENANCE OF
THERMOMETERS
Immersion Depth: For proper and
accurate reading, the bulb of
thermometers should be completely
immersed in the medium under
observation. Partial immersion of the
bulb may give incorrect reading.
Case for Fortin's Barometer
BAROMETER, ANEROID,
DEMONSTRATION TYPE
3
1
2
BAROMETER TUBE
A straight tube of clear glass, about 90cm
long and 3 to 4mm bore, having one end
open.
1140060/1 Made of Borosilicate Glass 1
1140060/2 Made of Neutral Glass
1140060/3 A tube 90cm long and with bulb
on the shorter limb. Made of
Borosilicate Glass 2
1140060/4 Same as Cat No. 1140060/3, but
of Neutral Glass
BAROMETER FUNNEL
Instrument similar to Cat No. 1140100 in
construction, but completely enclosed in a
transparent plastic case with movements
clearly visible for the demonstration of its
working. With resettable index pointer.
Actual effect of increasing or decreasing
pressure can be observed as air pressure is
changed by squeezing and releasing the
attached pressure air bulb
1140120
B a r o m e t e r, A n e r o i d ,
Demonstration Type
For filling mercury in barometer tubes.
1140080/1 Made of borosilicate glass
1140080/2 Made of neutral glass
THERMOMETER, WALL, DUAL
SCALE
A red spirit filled thermometer made of
specially designed capillary facilitates the
reading by magnifying the inside column
against well contrasted engraving or printing
of markings and figures in bold. Range: -20 to
50 × 1°C, -10 to 122 × 2°F. With provision for
wall mounting. Available in different variants
as below.
BAROMETER, ANEROID
1140100
Barometer, Aneroid
Gas Trapped in Bulb: Gently tap the
bulb of the thermometer to bring the
bubbles of gas near the top of the
bulb and then cool the bulb in a
suitable cold medium with the bulb
completely immersed inside the cold
medium. The contraction of the
mercury should force the trapped gas
above the mercury.
Broken Thread: The broken thread
of mercury or spirit inside the
thermometer capillary may be
rejoined by adequate cooling.
3
Barometer having sensitive and accurate
movement with 100mm circular dial
graduated 28 to 31 inch of mercury and 960 to
1060 × 1hPa. The scale designed for
maximum clarity and ease of reading.
Protected by transparent cover in a plated
bezel. Includes resettable index pointer and
provision for wall mounting.
Fa u l t s D u r i n g Tra n s i t : T h e
thermometers may develop certain
faults during transit, they being
subjected to continuous jerks and
vibrations. Otherwise also, when
subjected to excessive vibrations or
sudden jerks, these faults may creep
in. Most of these faults are easily
correctable and do not render the
thermometer useless, quite unlike
many of the users think.
1140140/1 Mounted on wooden frame
1140140/2 On plastic scale made of all
plastic
1140140/3 Mounted on acrylic sheet
1140140/4 Mounted on yellow plastic sheet
export quality
1140140/5 Mounted on milky white plastic
sheet
Detached Mercury at the Top of
Contraction Chamber: Sufficiently
cool the thermometer bulb until the
mercury comes down into the
contraction chamber. Subsequently,
gently tap the side of the stem until
the detached mercury forms a
globule on the wall of the
contraction chamber. Gentle heating
of the bulb afterwards causes this
mercury to rejoin the main column.
Detached Mercury in the Expansion
Chamber: Gently tap the top of the
stem until the detached mercury
collects at the top of the capillary.
Heat the thermometer very carefully
and gently. As the expanding mercury
forces gas into the expansion
chamber, continue to tap the stem in
order to keep the detached mercury
on top of the capillary.
Maximum / Minimum
Thermometers: For joining the
broken threads of mercury, hold it at
the top and give a sharp, sudden
downward shake or jerk.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar-System
191
THERMOMETER, MAXIMUM AND
MINIMUM, SIX'S, WITHOUT SHADE
THERMOMETER, WALL, BIG
Similar to Cat No. 1140140, but in bigger size.
Overall dimensions about 500×90mm (Height
× Width)
1140160/1 Mounted on polished wooden
base
1140160/2 Mounted on milky white plastic
base
THERMOMETER, MAXIMUM AND
MINIMUM, SIX'S, WITH SHADE
Similar to Cat No. 1140180 in functioning, but
mounted on plane baseboard without shade.
Double scale, graduated -20 to 50 × 1°C and 0
to 120 × 2°F, spirit and mercury filled with
steel index pins. Includes magnet for
resetting and provision for wall mounting.
1140200/1 Mounted on polished wooden
base with plastic scale, white
background
1140200/2 Mounted on polished wooden
base with plastic scale, black
background
1140200/3 Complete Plastic Construction
Spirit and mercury filled, dual scale
thermometer, reading in both Celsius and
Fahrenheit. Comprises U-shaped specially
designed capillary for easy reading of
mercury level or steel index pins in the
column. Scale, graduated -20 to 50 × 1°C and
0 to 120 × 2°F. Movement of mercury in the Ubend, as a result of expansion or contraction
of spirit in both the limbs, forces the
respective steel indices to move up along the
column. Readings are taken at lower end of
indices, whose position can be reset by
magnet supplied. Complete weather-proof
construction with shade at the top.
1140180
Similar to Cat No. 1140240, but of superior
quality plastic scale.
1140260/1 With Shade
1140260/2 Without Shade
Customer feedback is
very valuable for us
as it helps us to
continuously improve and innovate
our products.
The liquid in the glass tube becomes less
dense and bulbs sink one by one and when
temperature falls the bulbs slowly rise one by
one. The lowest floating bulb indicate the
actual temperature.
1140225
Thermometer, Maximum and
Minimum, Six's, with Shade
HYGROMETER, WET & DRY BULB
GALILEO THERMOMETER
Galileo Thermometer
HYGROMETER, WET & DRY BULB,
MASON'S
THERMOMETER WALL
Spirit filled thermometer with bulb guard
and clear black markings. Double scale,
graduated -20 to 50 × 1°C and 0° to 120 × 2°F,
length approx. 380mm.
1140220/1 Mounted on polished wooden
base.
1140220/2 Mounted on milky white plastic
sheet.
1140220/3 Mounted on Acrylic sheet.
1140220/4 Complete plastic construction,
length about 225mm
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Comprising two thermometers tubes with
double scale graduation, mounted on a
weather-proof case with shade. Scales
graduated -10 to 50 × 1°C and 20 to 120 × 2°F.
One thermometer kept dry and other has
bulb covered with muslin or wick, dipped into
a water reservoir, which keeps it wet during
long periods of non-use. Comparing the
reading of wet and dry thermometer from the
humidity and temperature conversion chart
included, relative humidity can be worked
out.
1140240/1 Mounted on Wooden Base.
1140240/2 Mounted on Plastic Base.
192
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar-System
RAIN GAUGE SYMON'S, COPPER
Same as Cat. No. 1140360 but all sheet metal
components made of copper, instead of GI
sheet, duly polished.
1140380/1 With Glass Measure
1140380/2 With Graduated Plastic Jar
Measure
WHIRLING HYGROMETER
The ventilated type of hygrometer gives
greater accuracy for humidity
demonstrations and is particularly useful for
measuring local differences in humidity.
There are two thermometers mounted inside
a case, fully enclosed to prevent breakage,
one dry and other having a wick dipping into a
water reservoir at the end of the frame to
keep it wet during long periods of non-use.
The thermometers are stem engraved with
lens fronts for easy reading, range -5 to 50 ×
0.5°C. Includes humidity and temperature
conversion chart.
1140280
Whirling Hygrometer
RAIN GAUGE, BRITISH
ASSOCIATION PATTERN
It consists of a sheet metal funnel about
250×125mm (overall length × diameter), with
an inner receiving cylinder 200×70mm
(height × diameter), a cylindrical outer body
300×125mm (height × diameter).and a
measuring jar.
1140320/1 With glass measuring cylinder
graduated 0 to 10mm × 0.1mm
(100 divisions).
1140320/2 With graduated plastic jar.
RAIN GAUGE, SYMON'S, GI
It consists of a cylinder made from galvanized
iron sheet with a funnel made from metal
sheet with brass collar, which fits and drains
into an inner cylinder. When the inner
cylinder fills, the vessel collects the
overflow.
HAIR HYGROMETER
Circular dial type hygrometer with scale 0 to
100 × 1% RH (Relative Humidity). In metal
case.
1140300
1140360/1 With Glass Measure
1140360/2 With Graduated Plastic Jar
Measure
Hair Hygrometer
1140400/1 Normal Quality
1140400/2 Superior Quality with very good
finish
BEST
SELLER
RAIN GAUGE, BRITISH
ASSOCIATION PATTERN, COPPER
WIND VANE, ECONOMICAL
Similar to Cat No. 1140400, but simpler and
economical version mounted on stand.
1140420
WIND VANE, BALANCED
A simple device for determining the direction
of flow of wind. Comprises a large arrow
mounted on a metal rod with bearing and
mounted on top of steel pivot that aligns
itself along the wind. Complete assembly
mounted on a metal pillar that carries four
arms terminating in the compass cardinal
point symbols marked NEWS.
Wind Vane, Economical
All sheet metal construction of copper
provided added durability to the apparatus.
Similar to Cat No. 1140320 comprises a
125mm funnel, an inner receiving vessel and
outer body, all of copper, along with a glass
measuring cylinder graduated 0-10mm ×
0.1mm (100 divisions).
1140340
SUNDIAL
A circular disc of approx. dia. 152mm with an
inclined needle is used to measure the time
in sun light as the sun rise and set, time is
indicated on disc via shadow of needle.
Whole disc is divided into four parts. It will
not work in the absence of sun light.
1140410
Rain Gauge, British Association
Pattern, Copper
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Sundial
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
193
2
1
ANEMOMETER, HAND HELD
A portable, hand held, cup anemometer
which gives direct readings of wind speed in
either km/hr, Beaufort scale, m/s or knots.
The vertical spindle carries three plastic
hemispherical cups, which rotate on ball
bearing and cause the deflection of two
pointers across the paired scales. The
anemometer has a handle and two coned feet
to prevent damage to cup when it is laid
down. With scale 0 to 120 km/hr, 0 to 12
Beaufort, 0 to 35m/s and 0 to 60 knots
Activities those can be performed with this kit.
1. Characteristics of different rocks.
2. Are all rocks hard?
3. Can water pass through rocks?
4. Is acid rain affects the rock?
5. What is soil?
6. Types of soils.
1140440
1140495
Anemometer, Hand Held
1
ROCKS AND SOILS
Rocks and Soils
ROCKS COLLECTION SET
A comprehensive collection of a range of
igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary
rocks. Each specimen properly named and
numbered.
ANEMOMETER, ROBINSON CUP
TYPE
Useful for determination of wind speeds.
Comprises three light-weight hemispherical
plastic cups attached to a central hub
through lightweight spokes. Speed of
rotation of these cups calibrated on an
analog moving coil meter directly to give the
wind speed.
1140460
4
Anemometer, Robinson Cup Type
ANEMOMETER, SIMPLE
Useful for determination of low wind speeds.
This Robinson's cup anemometer comprises 4
lightweight, plastic, hemispherical cups
mounted at the end of lightweight metal
spokes and attached to a central hub. The
hub pivoted on metal shaft on top of a
vertical support rod on a stable base and is
capable of rotating freely about vertical axis.
Three cups are black and one red to facilitate
counting of rotations per unit time.
1140480
Anemometer, Simple
2
3
1140500/1 Set of 50 specimens, in Wooden
Tray: Set of 50 specimens
properly labeled in a partitioned
wooden tray with a glass front.
1140500/2 Set of 10 Specimens, in Wooden
Case: Set of 20 specimens, in a
wooden tray with glass front,
properly labeled.
1140500/3 Set of 20 Specimens, in Wooden
Showcase: Set of 20 specimens,
packed in transparent plastic
envelops and contained in a
partitioned wooden showcase
with lid. Specimens may be
taken out for close physical
examination. 3
1140500/4 Set of 20 Specimens, in Wooden
Tray: Set of 20 specimens
mounted in a wooden tray with
glass front. All specimens
labeled. 4
This catalogue is a hub for all science equipments which are in most
demand at the labs.
You can search our products in catalogue either by Catalogue Number
or by the Name of the products.
If you are unable to find any product in this catalogue, kindly contact.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
194
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
FOSSILS COLLECTION SET
ROCKS AND MINERAL COLLECTION
SET
A quality collection of various rocks and
mineral, nicely packed. Each specimen
properly labeled and numbered.
A collection of fossils and fossil casts selected
for schools students. Each specimen properly
labeled and numbered. Supplied in a
partitioned wooden case. The set contains
A. Plantae, Pteridosperm, Carboniferous
B. Mollusca, Lamellibranch, Recent
C. Mollusca, Gastropod, Tertiary
D. Mollusca, Ammonite, Jurassic
E. Mollusca, Belemnite, Jurassic
F. Brachipoda,Brachiopod, Jurassic
G. Coelenterata, Coral, Carboniferous
H. Coelenterata, Graptolite, Ordovician
I. Echinodermata, Crinoid, Carboniferous
J. Echinodermata, Echinoid, Jurassic
K. Arthropoda, Trilobite, Silurian
L. Vertebrata, Shark's Tooth, Miocene
1140540
Metals Collection Set
Physical / political Globe
Fossils Collection Set
BEST
SELLER
BEST
SELLER
SOLAR SYSTEM MODEL, SIMPLE
PHYSICAL RELIEF GLOBE
METALS COLLECTION SET
The physical details of the world are clearly
visible, but on switching ON the light, the
political details become visible. The bulb is
easily replaceable. Mounted on pivots in halfmeridian frame on a stable base.
1140680
1140560
1140520/1 Set of 50 Specimens, in Wooden
Showcase: Set of 50 specimens,
packed in transparent plastic
envelops and contained in a
partitioned wooden showcase
with lid. Specimens may be
taken out for close physical
examination.
1140520/2 Set of 50 specimens, in Wooden
Tray: Set of 50 specimens
properly labeled in a partitioned
wooden tray with a glass front.
A collection of 12 different types of metals
mounted in a tray with glass front. All
specimens properly labeled and numbered.
PHYSICAL / POLITICAL GLOBE
A twelve inches raised relief globe combined
with political features, makes it useful for
showing the effects vis-à-vis natural
geographical boundaries. Contains realistic
portrayal of the Earth's surface with
colouring depicting natural vegetation,
including areas, where the natural
environment has given way to man's
cultivation and urbanization. The physical
relief details are clearly printed. Mounted on
pivots in half-meridian frame on a stable
base.
1140660
A simple and economical model for
demonstrating the overall solar system, and
the movement of the planets. Similar to Cat
No. 1140580, but smaller in size and mounted
on wooden base. The central globe depicting
sun has a small bulb inside with wires coming
out from the base and terminating in a cellholder to power the bulb. The apparatus has
all the nine planets of Solar System from
Mercury to Pluto on revolving arms made of
metal wire, with the biggest sphere
representing sun positioned at the center.
The planets are relative to their position as
they appear in the solar system, but their
sizes not to scale.
1140720
Physical Relief Globe
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Solar System Model, Simple
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
BEST
SELLER
SOLAR
OLAR SYSTEM MODEL (THE ORBIT ORRERY)
R
For
or demonstrating the overall shape of solar system, and the main movements of the
planets.
anets. The apparatus has all the nine planets of Solar System from Mercury to Pluto on
revolving
evolving arms with the biggest sphere representing sun positioned at the center.
r The
planets
anets are relative to their size as they appear in the solar system, but not to scale.
1140580
140580
Solar System Model (The Orbit Orrery)
ELEMENTARY
MENTAR
T RY PLANETARIUM
T
A durable,
urable, economical, simplified, hand-operated model that
onstrates the orbital relationship of movement of Sun, Earth and
demonstrates
r lunar and annular eclipses,
Moon throughout the year and shows solar,
moon phases, and seasons etc. The sun sphere is lighted with the beam
ys pointed towards the Earth to show moon shadow and display
always
twilight
ght zones on the earth sphere. A chain drive keeps the North-pole
ed towards the Polaris.
pointed
620
1140620
Elementary Planetarium
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
195
196
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
TELLURIUM
A high quality tellurium designed to demonstrate on a large scale the relative movements of the Sun, Earth and Moon, so as to understand the causes
of a number pf phenomena such as day and night, changing length and direction of shadows, seasons of the year, phases of the Moon, eclipses of the
Sun and Moon. Hand operated with belt drive.
1140640
Tellurium
EARTH SUN AND MOON
Activities those can be performed with this kit.
1. Relative sizes of earth, sun and moon.
3. Day and night.
5. Changing of seasons.
1140700
2. What is the position of sun in universe?
4. Sunrise and sunset.
6. Different phases of the moon.
Earth, Sun and Moon
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
PHYSICS CLEVER CATCH
Physics is the branch of science that deals
with matter, energy, motion, and force and
the relation between them. This 24” Clever
Catch ball will help students in grades 6-8
discuss topics in these often misunderstood
areas of Science.
SR-1435
Physics Clever Catch
FAMOUS LANDMARKS CLEVER
CATCH
Popular places around the world are depicted
on this exciting Clever Catch. Quiz your
students with 71 questions pertaining to
famous man-made structures around the
world! The longest bridge? The tallest
building? Mobile national landmarks? India’s
most famous monument? Perfect for Grades
4-8 Geography classes. Latex free and
includes a teacher’s guide with all questions
and answers.
SR-1392
Famous Landmarks Clever Catch
197
MINERALS VIDEO LAB
SAnalyze
such physical properties as
hardness, luster, cleavage and fracture, then
use this knowledge to identify several sets of
unknown minerals. A full week’s worth of
activities. Includes the video or DVD
Minerals: Building Block of the Earth,
Teacher’s Guide, and enough materials for 12
lab stations.
8515
8515-DVD
SR-8510
SR-8510-DVD
Video lab with Video tape
Video lab with DVD
Minerals VHS only
Minerals DVD only
GREEN EARTH CLEVER CATCH
Energy Conservation, Recycling and Global
Warming! These topics and more are included
on this 24” Green Earth Clever Catch.
Environmental issues are popular topics
today, both in the news and in the science
world. Students in grades 6-8 toss the Clever
Catch around he classroom and where ever
their left thumb lands, is the question they
answer. 107 questions. A teacher’s guide with
answers is provided.
SR- 1391
Green Earth Clever Catch
SOLAR
SYSTEM
SIMULATOR
See the solar
system in action!
The Solar System
Simulator is a three-dimensional model of
our sun and the nine planets. The calendar at
the base allows the positioning of planets
according to the date and shows the relative
position between individual planets and the
sun.
200
Solar System Simulator
200-G Solar System Simulator (German)
INTRODUCTION TO EARTH
SCIENCE VIDEO LAB
PLANETS: NEW DISCOVERIES
VIDEO LAB
Students will do activities as a variety of
stations concerning topics in geology,
oceanography, meteorology, astronomy, and
environmental issues. More than a dozen lab
stations include materials for multiple
classes and a full week of activities. The kit
includes video or DVD and a complete
Teacher’s Guide and all materials to perform
the labs!
These hands-on activities plus a video
provides a multi-learning approach to
science. Create a scale model of the solar
system, analyze the processes that formed
the planets, understand planetary motion
and synthesize a comet. Includes the video or
DVD Planets: New Discoveries, Teacher’s
Guide and enough materials for 10 lab
stations.
8615
8615-DVD
SR-8610
8525
8525-DVD
SR-8520
Video lab with Video tape
Video lab with DVD
Introducing Earth Science
VHS only
SR-8610-DVD Introducing Earth Science
DVD only
Video lab with Video tape
Video lab with DVD
Planets: New Discoveries
VHS only
SR-8520-DVD Planets: New Discoveries
DVD only
We specialize in product development as per customized
requirements and designs meeting international quality standards
with shortest delivery periods.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
198
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
OUR STAR AND OUTER SPACE
VIDEO LAB
EARTH SCIENCE VIDEO LAB
RECYCLING
Students explore our universe by
investigating the use of spectroscopes, an
astrolabe, scale models, astrophotography
and other astronomer’s tools. This kit also
features two videos or DVDs: Beyond the
Solar System and The Sun, Our Closest Star,
plus a Teacher’s Guide, answer sheets and
evaluations. This Video lab is designed to
complement the Planets Video lab.
Students will view the “Recycling:
Conserving Natural Resources” video or DVD
and perform ten hands-on activities that
focus on our renewable and non-renewable
resources. These increasingly important
concepts are highlighted in a week long unit
which is easy for any teacher to use. The
Teacher’s Guide contains complete teacher
instructions, learning outcomes, individual
station direction, student answer sheets, pre
and post tests and correlations to the
National Standards.
8665
8665-DVD
SR-8670
Video lab with Video tape
Video lab with DVD
Beyond the Solar System VHS
only
SR-8670-DVD Beyond the Solar System DVD
only
SR-8660
The Sun: Our Closest Star
VHS only
SR-8660-DVD The Sun: Our Closest Star
DVD only
8585
8585-DVD
SR-8580
SR-8580-DVD
ASTRONOMY CLEVER CATCH
A creative way for children to learn
astronomy concepts. Players toss the 24” ball
to each other and call out the answer to the
astronomy question found under their left
thumb. Many variations of play! Includes a
list of game suggestions, directions and
answers.
SR-1414
Astronomy Clever Catch
Recycling Video lab with VHS
Recycling Video lab with DVD
Recycling VHS only
Recycling DVD only
EXPLORING THE SOLAR SYSTEM
Twenty complete lessons include hands-on
activities that combine our best selling
products, the Solar System Simulator, the
Micro slide Viewer and lessons sets, to
further the investigation of our solar system.
203
195
ESS Lab and Teacher’s Guide
ESS Teacher’s Guide
ORRERY
Internally gear-driven motor revolves planets
around the sun in their relative orbits. Users
can manually adjust planets according to the
planet position table with the 360° scale on
the base. Model is exceptionally quiet and
includes a lesson plan to help explain orbit
and speed. Also available in a 220 volt
version.
201
202
Orrery and Teacher’s Guide
Orrery 220V
WALL SIZE STAR CHART
Compare night skies from the northern and
southern hemispheres with this large 44” x
44” royal blue star chart. Constructed of
strong, plasticized material, this chart
highlights constellations, stars, nebulae and
the Milky Way. Chart can be rotated to reflect
any date of observation.
400
424
We keep the stock of
all the fast moving
items (a range of more
than 2000 items) in bulk quantities to
reduce the lead time to minimum.
Wall Size Star Chart
Note Pad Size, 50/pad
EXPLORING THE EARTH MOON
SYSTEM
This kit includes our Orbiter, Micro slide
Viewer and lesson sets. A 44-page Teacher’s
Guide with activities using the above two
products as well as many other hands-on
experiments and extension activities.
155
196
EEMS Lab and Teacher’s Guide
EEMS Teacher’s Guide
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
199
PROJECT PLANETARIUM SET
ORBITER
How many days does it take the Earth to
revolve around the Sun? The answer to this
question and more are answered when using
this gear-driven model representing the Sun,
Moon and Earth and their relationships.
Daylight, night, seasons, and phases of the
Moon are all effectively demonstrated. Arm
is 15” long; Sun is 6” in diameter; Earth is 4”
in diameter; moon is 1” in diameter. Includes
study guide.
101
101-S
101-G
151
151-S
152
Bring the mysteries of the solar system into
the classroom with a project Planetarium
Set. For individual or small group use, our set
lets students plot eclipses, moon phases and
planet positions. Includes a study guide, solar
system chart and mini Sun-Moon-Earth
model.
160
162
Project Planetarium
Project Planetarium Set/10
Orbiter
Orbiter (Spanish)
Orbiter (German)
Illuminated Orbiter
Illuminated Orbiter (Spanish)
Illuminated Orbiter (European)
THE TEACHING TORNADO MODEL
Every classroom needs a Teaching Tornado!
Finally, Weather related phenomenon that
comes right into the classroom. Your students
will love this demonstration model that
teaches the principles of how tornadoes
form. Students will learn about how a strong
updraft is important, about convergence and
rotation, funnel speed and how it is related
to funnel width, and many more exciting
tornado facts! Dry ice is not necessary to
complete this experiment. Assembly time is
10 minutes.
648
The Teaching Tornado Model
KINESTHETIC ASTRONOMY
Celestial Star Globe
Study the stars with your own planetarium!
This unique 12” diameter globe clearly and
simply demonstrates the apparent
relationship between Earth and the stars,
planets, galaxies and other celestial objects
in the universe. Globe can be set to reflect
constellation position according to time and
place to show the actual positions of the
stars. Globe has been printed on the inside so
that a crayon may be used to mark positions
of the planets or the moon. Includes a
detailed study guide.
300
310
This Kinesthetic Astronomy kit for grades 6
through adult emphasizes astronomical
concepts and phenomenon that people
encounter in their everyday lives-concepts
such as time, seasons and sky motions of the
Sun, Moon and Stars. The students engage in
choreographed body movement and positions
that explain and reinforce their
understanding of astronomy in a fun and
effective way. The 20 minute introductory
DVD video for teacher orientation, a detailed
lesson plan to guide the teacher through the
activities, and more than 30 assessments
worksheets, activities, and handouts make
for an exciting classroom experiment.
205
Kinesthetic Astronomy
EVAPORATION KIT
Used to examine the process of evaporation
and measure humidity, this kit includes a
beam balance with wire hangers and a
sponge that is cut into two equal pieces.
3151
3150
Evaporation Kit
Evaporation Kit, Set/15
SLING PSYCHROMETER KIT
Measure relative humidity with this simple
sling psychrometer. Consists of wet and dry
bulbs and Celsius thermometers that rotate
on a plastic handle. Correlate with other
instruments in weather investigations.
Celestial Star Globe (left)
Basic Transparent Celestial Globe
(right)
3106
3105
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Sling Psychrometer Kit
Sling Psychromter Kit, Set/15
200
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
EARTH SCIENCE VIDEO LAB:
STORMS
Two video or DVD’s “Thunderstorms: Nature’s
Fury” and “Hurricanes: Earth’s Greatest
Storms” are included in this comprehensive
Video lab. There are ten hands-on activities
that will help students understand the basic
weather conditions and concepts that
produce our most common storms! Also,
included are an extensive Teacher’s Guide,
instructions for twelve complete stations,
student answer sheets, teaching tips,
learning outcomes, pre and post tests, and an
inventory of National Standards
accomplished.
8485
8485-DVD
SR-8470
SR-8470-DVD
SR-8480
SR-8480-DVD
Storms Video lab with VHS
Storms Video lab with DVD
Hurricanes VHS only
Hurricanes DVD only
Thunderstorms VHS only
Thunderstorms DVD only
EARTH SCIENCE VIDEO LAB:
WEATHER FORECASTING
Hands-on activities will help students
understand basic weather concepts about
processes in our atmosphere. Students learn
how to use weather instruments together
data for their own classroom weather
station. This kit offers a week’s worth of
activities including two videos or DVDs:
Weather at 5:00 and The Hydrologic Cycle,
materials for 12 lab stations, and a complete
Teacher’s Guide.
CORIOLIS EFFECT KIT
As the steel spheres track a pattern on the
kit’s turntable, students simulate the effect
of the Earth’s rotation on winds, ocean
currents and material objects.
3226
3225
Coriolis Effect Kit
Coriolis Effect Kit, Set/10
8655
Weather Forecasting Video
lab w/VHS
8655-DVD
Weather Forecasting Video
lab w/DVD
SR-8650
Weather at 5:00 VHS only
SR-8650-DVD Weather at 5:00 DVD only
WEATHER KIT
This weather kit features experiments to
encourage your students’ exploration of
predicting weather changes. This reusable
kit includes background information,
technical guidance, supplemental
reinforcement, enrichment activities,
detailed illustrations, equipment and
Teacher’s Guide.
CLOUD MODELACTIVITY SET
This 3-D model promotes basic understanding
of cloud types in the classroom or outdoors,
in addition to science and math skills.
Removable labels let students identify cloud
structures and altitudes on 24” x 18” model.
Includes 3-ring binder with glossary, key,
black line master and a full-color overhead
transparency.
2691
Cloud Model Activity Set
AIR MASS GENERATOR KIT
Investigate how air mass is formed and how
temperature relates to different types of air
masses. Two add-ons at different heights
inside a tube show how temperature varies
with altitude. The set includes one 2-1/2” x
18” transparent and mark able tube with
integral thermometers on a track, two-piece
convection chamber, tubing, funnel, smoke
generator and Teacher’s Guide.
3216
3215
Air Mass Generator Kit
Air Mass Generator Kit, Set/10
4005
Weather Kit
100% SATISFACTION
GUARANTEED!
All our products carry
unconditional guarantee for a period
of 12 months. If for any reason, any
of our product is not up to your
satisfaction, we will send you a
replacement as per your needs OR a
refund or credit for the same.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
201
WATER CYCLE MODELACTIVITY SET
BAROMETER
This classroom Aneroid Barometer is used to
teach the principals of measuring
atmospheric pressure. When atmospheric
pressure changes, students can forecast
short term changes in the weather. Includes
an insert on Barometric Pressure.
R-099 Barometer
Make it rain in your classroom! Students can duplicate the individual processes of the water cycle
(evaporation, condensation and precipitation) with this ingenious model. Accompanying set of
ten 81/2” x 11” full color study cards and transparencies will aid students understanding of the
water cycle and enhance awareness of the various states of water. Grades 4-12. Requires a heat
lamp not included.
8882
8884
8882-S
8884-S
Water Cycle Model Activity Set
Water Cycle Model Only
Water Cycle Model Activity Set (Spanish)
Water Cycle Model Only (Spanish)
ALPINE GLACIER MODEL
These models will give students the
opportunity to observe the effects of glacial
movement without having to endure glacial
time. First model depicts a glacier in its
active stage, while the second model shows
post-glacial conditions. Using the second
model, students can create their own glacier
using ice and sand to observe glacial melting
and deposition of glacial till. Each model is
18” x 24”, formed in high impact plastic.
Teacher’s Guide Included.
505
Alpine Glacier Model, Set/2
ECONOMY STREAM TABLE KIT
Basic and smaller version of the HydroGeology Stream Table, this kit includes a
plastic tray, drain trough, tray support and
siphon tube. This economical stream table
will give your students the chance to create
their own landforms and follow the changes
in the stream as it ages. Includes Teacher’s
Guide. Great for use in the classroom or as an
outdoor activity. Also is used with the ESCP
program.
3071
3072
Economy Stream Table Kit
Economy Stream Table Kits, Set/4
Most of our electrical
products operate on
AC Mains voltage are
as per stringent CE norms.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
PLASTIC COLUMN KIT
How does porosity and permeability affect
the distribution of aquifers? Help students
study these concepts and integrate math,
measurement and percentage skills. Kit
includes: tube, drainage fixture, screen,
Teacher’s Guide. Bead Set is optional.
3181
3182
3180
3206
3275
3276
3277
Plastic Column Kit w/out Beads
Plastic Column Kit, with Bead Set
Plastic Column Kit, Set/15
Drain Assembly, Pkg/10
4mm Beads-Plastic, 500 ml
7mm Beads-Plastic, 500 ml
12mm Beads-Plastic, 500 ml
202
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
MINERALS TEST KIT
This kit supplies students with the tools
necessary for rock, mineral, and fossil
identification. The test kit includes streak
plate, glass plate, hand lens, dropper bottle,
magnet, nail, penny, and hardness scale.
Comes in a zip-lock pouch.
6450
6451
Minerals Test Kit
Minerals Test Kit w/ Minerals
SEISMOGRAPH MODEL
Our newly revised Seismograph model gives
students a better understanding of how
earthquakes are measured and calculated to
intensity. This small table top unit will
captivate your students as they try to top the
Richter scale. Simulate your own
earthquakes and the seismograph will
accurately record their intensity. The kit
comes complete with a detailed Teacher’s
Guide.
541
Seismograph Model
THE ROCK CYCLE MODEL
ACTIVITY SET
This 3-D model, 24” W x 18” H, depicts the
substructures of all types of rock formations
and incorporates hands-on activities as
students match the rock specimens to the
substructure. The graphic representation of
the rock beds together with real rock samples
make a great visual learning tool. Includes
Teacher’s Guide which contains lab
activities, color overhead transparency,
black line reproduction master and 20 rock
and sediment specimens. Transparent model
cover and marking pen also included.
5-12
The Rock Cycle Model Activity Set
STORAGE BOXES: ROCK / MINERAL
SPECIMENS
These collection boxes to store rock and
mineral specimens are rugged polystyrene,
and leather-finished cardboard. Four sizes
are available.
9201
9202
9203
9204
9-Cell Box, Cell Size: 1 x 1.5
15-Cell Box, Cell Size 1.5 x 1.5
40-Cell Box, Cell Size 1.5 x 2
80-Cell Box, Cell Size 1.5 x 1.75
STEREOGRAMS
ATLAS BOOK
Contains different
views of US
landforms. When
viewed through the
Stereo Glasses, the
landforms appear
in 3-D. Includes
instructions on how
to use the Stereo Glasses. 50 pages.
591
3042
592
3041
Stereo Atlas Book
Stereo Atlas Book with Glasses
Stereo Atlas Book, Set/10
Stereo Atlas Book w/ Glasses, Set/10
THE EARTH IN 3-D STUDENT BOOK
This book is an effective visual introduction
to geology. Aerial photographs of geologically
significant locations have been digitally
transformed into fascinating 3-D views.
There are sixteen aerial images included in
this 3-D book vividly illustrating dozens of
landforms typically covered by earth science
textbooks such as mesas, landslides, faults,
dunes, and volcanoes. A description of the
location and a series of study questions
accompany each photograph. Two pairs of 3D glasses are included with each book.
Students in grades 6-8 will say “Rocks Rock!”
See their excitement, when students review
the earth material facts surrounding “rocks”.
There are 96 fascinating facts on this 24”
inflatable, vinyl ball, covering Igneous,
Metamorphic and Sedimentary rock types.
Tossing the ball around the classroom,
bounching it on the playground or spinning it
around at home makes for a fun and easy way
to learn or review rocks.
570
SR-1429
Springs
ROCKS CLEVER CATCH
Rocks Clever Catch
As a manufacturer, Arihant Industries is always pleased to receive
comments, suggestions and criticisms about its range of products. By
listening to our customers, we can ensure that our products and
services meet their and market requirements.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
203
INTRODUCTORY EARTH SCIENCE
COLLECTION
Basic unit of 75 rocks and minerals
demonstrates major rock-forming minerals,
the scale of hardness and recognized physical
properties. Unit includes 75 specimens, each
size 1-1/4” x 3/4", a streak plate, magnet
magnifier and compartmented container.
Teacher Edition specimens are 3” x 3”.
2175
2180
Introductory Earth Science
Collection
Teacher’s Edition Collection
IGNEOUS ROCK COLLECTION (A)
MINERAL STUDY PRINTS
Expand students’ knowledge of gem
minerals, mineral properties, crystal
systems; identifying minerals and gem
cutting with this set of 12, 9” x 12” laminated
study prints. Great for bulletin boards!
Contains 15 representative specimens of
intrusive and extrusive igneous rocks, each
approximately 1-1 /2” x 1-1 / 2”.
2221
Igneous Rock Collection (A)
Grade 5-12 Mineral Study Prints
CANADIAN COLLECTION OF ROCKS
AND MINERALS
This collection contains 40 representative
rock and mineral specimens which focus on
the economical resources from Canada.
These large specimens (1 ½" x 2”) are number
coded in a compartmented tray & box.
Grade 5-12 Canadian Collection of Rocks and
Minerals
ROCKS AND MINERALS MOUNTED
COLLECTIONS
Excellent reference collections and a
valuable aid in identifying and comparing
common and rare rocks and minerals. These
mounted collections display common
minerals and igneous, sedimentary and
metamorphic rocks. Specimens are 1/2-1”.
Rock and Minerals Study Guide included.
2100
2050
2035-S
2024
2015
100 Specimen Collection
50 Specimen Collection
35 Specimen Collection
24 Specimen Collection
15 Specimen Collection
EARTH MATERIALS KIT
NORTH AMERICAN ROCK
COLLECTION
This collection with rock types and
associations with the North American
continent contains 50 specimens with each
group represented: Igneous, Metamorphic
a n d S e d i m e n t a r y. S p e c i m e n s a r e
approximately 1” x 1”, number –coded in
compartmented container.
Grade 5-12 North American Rock Collection
The Kit affords an almost endless variety of
investigations. Three basic investigations are
included, which will serve as a starting point
for future investigations. Kit includes 15
pieces each of 24 rock types, and 100 cc’s of
crushed granite, 30 pieces of halite, 5 pounds
of limestone chips, 1# each of soil horizon A
and soil horizon C, storage containers and
Teacher’s insert. Enough materials for an
classroom of 30 students working in pairs.
2100
Earth Materials Kit
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
THE ROCK BOX
The Rock Box is a great collection of nine
specimens all enclosed in a special plastic
case and all with identifying labels and
information. Perfect for that young budding
geologist!
7960
7961
7962
7964
7965
7966
The Rock Box- Igneous
The Rock Box- Metamorphic
The Rock Box- Sedimentary
The Rock Box- Minerals
The Rock Box- Fossils
The Rock Box- Geological Oddities
204
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
PREMIUM COLLECTION ACTIVITIES:
INVESTIGATING GEOLOGY TOPICS
CLASSROOM COLLECTION OF
ROCKS AND MINERALS
Students will learn important geology
concepts while investigating superb
specimens carefully selected to illustrate
ideas about their formation. Each collection
comes in a high quality box that contains
twelve large (2”x3”) specimens nestled in an
attractive and durable display tray. The
Teacher’s Guide, reproducible student
activity “field notebook”, and reference
cards for each specimen will ensure the
successful use of these products. Also
included are four quality hand lenses and a
color identification chart designed to provide
clues and answers for the student user.
Designed for general classroom use, kit
includes specimens in the following groups:
igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic
rocks, ores, gemstones and minerals in the
scale of hardness. 50 specimens
approximately 1”x 1”. Includes the Rocks and
Minerals Study Guide.
2810
2820
2830-S
2840-S
2860
2870
2880
Rock Premium Collection
Mineral Premium Collection
Fossil Premium Collection
G e o l o g i c O d d i t i e s Pr e m i u m
Collection
Igneous Premium Collection
Sedimentary Premium Collection
Metamorphic Premium Collection
2130
2124
Rock and Rock-Forming Mineral
Collection
2331
Colorful Minerals Collection
STREAK & COLOR COLLECTION
SUPERIOR ROCK AND MINERAL
COLLECTION
2135
24 specimens, 1-1/4”, including six each of
the following: rock-forming minerals,
igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic
rocks. Also includes a Study Guide.
Minerals are not just black & white. Pink,
yellow, green, & blue minerals in this
collection show the many varieties of
colorful minerals found in this world.
Specimen sizes are approximately 1” x 1½”.
Classroom Collection of Rocks and
Minerals
50 specimens approximately 1-1/2”.
Includes industrial minerals, gem-type
minerals, rock-forming minerals and
igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic
rocks plus Study Guide.
ROCK AND ROCK-FORMING
MINERAL COLLECTION
COLORFUL MINERALS COLLECTION
Compare and contrast physical properties of
streak and color in this 8 specimen mineral
collection. Numbered specimens are
approximately 1 x 1½”. Streak plate and key
sheet included.
2362
Streak & Color Collection
Superior Rock and Mineral Collection
MINERALS IN OUR FOOD
COLLECTION
From calcium to zinc, explore some of the
many types of minerals that are used in
common foods, vitamins, food processing &
preserving. Six numbered specimens
approximately 1 ½” x 1 ½” show the
importance of our use of minerals for daily
nutrition.
2135
Minerals in our Food Collection
If you have a suggestion regarding modification of an existing product or a proposal for a new product, don't
hesitate to contact us.
We constantly try to expand and improve quality of our products.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
ADVANCED EARTH SCIENCE
COLLECTION
COMPREHENSIVE MINERALS
COLLECTION
105 specimens packaged in 9 separate units
to correspond with the following subjects:
cleavage and fracture; streak; color and
luster; rock-forming minerals; basic igneous,
sedimentary and metamorphic rocks; and
selected fossils. Also includes 9 specimens of
the scale of hardness, streak plate, magnet,
magnifier, geologic time chart and the Rocks
and Minerals Study Guide.
Demonstrate the 1dm3 /3 1000cm3/ 1L Using
easily inter-connectable 10 flat plates of
dimensions (10x10x1) Cm3
arranged in a
tower shape in respect of volume
relationship. 10 strip of dimensions
(10x10x1) Cm3 to show how a single flat
plate is developed. The smallest block to
decimeter cube is (1x1x1) Cm3 . Durable
plastic set will stand up to repeated student
use.
2185
205
CLASSIFICATION OF MINERALS
Set of six cylinders, comprising one each of
brass, lead, iron, copper, aluminum and zinc.
Supplied in wooden block with recessed holes
for storing the cylinders. Sizes available
(Height × Diameter)
2253
Classification of Minerals
Advanced Earth Science Collection
2340
Comprehensive Minerals Collection
STREAM TABLE KIT
MINERAL ID STARTER SET
Contains 30 different minerals (5 of each
sample) to be used with the taxonomic key
contained in the lab manual. Students test
for hardness, specific gravity, color, streak,
and cleavage. Includes a Mineral Testing Kit
which consists of a streak plate, glass plate,
hand lens, magnet, acid bottle, nail, penny,
and hardness scale.
2770
Mineral ID Starter Set
FLUORESCENT MINERALS
COLLECTION (K)
Short and long wave (right picture shown
under shortwave light). This expanded
collection allows a study in detail of the
response of these minerals of the range of
ultraviolet rays. 15 specimens approximately
1-1/2” x 1-1/2”.
2375
2380
2384
Fluorescent Minerals Collection
Fluorescent Minerals (short)
Fluorescent Minerals (long)
O
R S OF
RES
F COMMON
CO
C
OM
MM
MO
ON
N METALS
ME
M
ETA
AL
LS
ORES
ORES OF COMMON METALS
The term “ore” is used in connection with a
rock or mineral mass when it contains enough
of an element or compound to make it
economically feasible to mine. 15 specimens
of the more important ores are included.
2251
Th
The
T
he
h
e term
ter
tte
er
erm “ore”
“o
“o
orre
e”
” is
is used
use
us
u
sse
ed in
in connection
cco
con
on
o
nn
ne
ecttiio
ion with
wit
w
wi
it
itth
ha
rrock
roc
ro
occk or
o
or mineral
miin
min
m
ine
errra
era
al mass
ma
mas
m
as
ass when
wh
whe
w
he
hen it
it contains
cco
o
on
nta
ttai
a
aiins enough
eno
e
en
n
no
ou
ugh
ug
g
gh
h
o
an e
ele
le
lem
me
men
en
ent or
or compound
com
cco
o
om
mp
mpo
po
pou
o
ou
und
nd to
to make
ma
mak
m
ak
ake it
it
off an
element
ec
e
cco
on
nom
no
o
om
miic
ica
cca
all
llly
llyy feasible
fea
ffe
eassib
ea
siib
iblle
e to
to mine.
miin
min
m
ine.
e. 15
15 specimens
sspe
pe
p
ecci
cim
im
imen
ens
nss
n
economically
off tthe
o
th
he
h
e more
mor
mo
m
o
orre important
imp
iim
mp
m
po
orrt
ort
rt a
ant
an
n
ntt ores
orrre
o
es are
arrre
a
e included.
inc
iin
nc
ncllu
lud
ud
ude
ed.
ed
d
d.
10
101
10
02
22
2
20
1010220
O
Or
rre
es of
of C
Com
o
om
mm
mon
mo
o
on
nM
Met
Me
et a
et
als
al
llss
Ores
Common
Metals
Ores of Common Metals
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
Reveal to students how water flows and why
with this kit that includes actual experiments
that examine and measure depth, flow and
volume. Includes: Pump, Plotting Grid, Wave
maker, Sand, and a lesson plan. Great for use
in the classroom or as an outdoor activity.
3073
Stream Table Kit
INVESTIGATING THE ROCK CYCLE
A graphic representation of how the major
families of rocks from the dynamic process
called the rock cycle. Igneous, sedimentary,
and metamorphic rock specimens are
mounted on this 18” x 24” color chart that
comes complete with a wood frame.
2721
2721B
2521
6521
2521 TR
ITRC Classroom Project
ITRC 10 Additional Rocks &
Charts
Rock Cycle Chart Only
Student Reference Sheets (15 pk)
Rock Cycle Chart Transparency
Set
206
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
WHAT ROCKS IS IT?
The step-by-step process used to identify
rocks is explored. The teacher’s reference
chart uses illustrations and actual specimens
for students to consult as they identify
unlabeled rock specimens. (18” x 24” in wood
frame).
2743
2743B
2543
2543TR
6542
What Rock Is It? Classroom
Project
What Rock Is It? 10 Additional
Rocks & Charts
What Rock Is It? Chart
W h a t Ro c k I s I t ? C h a r t
Transparency Set
Student Reference Sheets
ROCK CHARTS SET
This set of 4 Rock Charts is a perfect addition
to any Earth Science curriculum! Includes
one each of the Igneous (# 2506),
Metamorphic (# 2511), Sedimentary (# 2516)
and The Rock Cycle (# 2521) Charts. This is
the best value for all four charts!
2500
2500 TR
Rock Charts Set/4
Rock Chart Transparencies, Set/9
INVESTIGATING THE CHEMICAL
COMPOSITION OF MINERALS
The relationship of predominant elements of
the Earth’s crust to the recipes for minerals
will be explained in this project. Minerals of
the Silicate, Sulfate, Sulfide, Oxide, Halide,
Carbonate and Native element families are
mounted on this 18” x 24” chart. Wood
framed on sturdy backing.
2761
2761B
2561
6561
2561TR
ITCCM Classroom Project
ITCCM 10 Additional Rocks &
Charts
Comp. of Minerals Chart Only
Student Reference Sheets (15 pk)
Comp. of Minerals Chart
Transparency
INVESTIGATING THE MINERAL
COMPOSITION OF ROCKS
WHAT MINERAL IS IT?
Mineral identification through step-by-step
testing is explored. The teacher’s reference
chart uses graphics and mounted mineral
specimens to assist students in identifying
unlabeled mineral specimens. As each
specimen is identified, each student
progresses toward the completion of his or
her individual chart (18” x 24” in wood
frame).
2753-S
2753 B
2553
2554
6553
2553TR
What Mineral Is It? Classroom
Project
What Mineral Is It? 10 Additional
Rocks & Charts
Mineral Chart Only
Mineral Test Kit
Student Reference Sheet (15 pk)
What Mineral Is It? Chart
Transparency Set
This series of products helps students to
understand that specific minerals are the
building blocks of the common rock types in
the igneous, Sedimentary, and Metamorphic
families. This will chart is complete with a
wood frame and is 18” x 24”.
2735
2735B
2535
6535
2535TR
ITMCR Classroom Project
ITMCR 10 Additional Rocks and
Projects
Mineral Comp. of Rocks Chart
Only
Student Reference Sheets (15 pk)
Mineral Comp. of Rocks Chart
Transparency
GEM MINERALS COLLECTION
This specimen in this collection represents
minerals rare and beautiful enough to be
prized as gemstones. Included are specimens
of study grade beryl, topaz, rose quartz,
turquoise, olivine, corundum, garnet,
tourmaline and more. 15 specimens
approximately 1” x 1” in a compartmented
tray.
2310
Gem Minerals Collection
VARIATION AND EVOLUTION FOSSIL KIT
Introduce your students to intraspecific and interspecific
variation with this fossil collection. Students use calipers and
rulers to measure internal and external dimensions of 50 fossil
brachiopods imbedded in reproduction plastic rocks. Includes
Teacher’s Guide, calipers, reproduction rock formations and
rulers.
3051
Variation and Evolution Fossil Kit
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
FOSSILS: UNCOVERING CLUES TO
THE PAST VIDEO LAB
Students explore the fascinating world of
fossils with lab stations in fossil
identification, constructing a geologic
timeline, fossil environments, petrification,
molds and casts analyzing dinosaur footprints
and creating replica fossils. A full week’s
worth of activities. Includes the VHS or DVD
Fossils: Uncovering Clues to the Past,
Teacher’s Guide and enough materials for 9
lab stations.
8545
8545
SR-8540
SR-8540
Fossils Video lab w/ VHS
DVD Fossils Video lab w/ DVD
Fossils VHS Only
DVD Fossils DVD Only
207
GENERAL FOSSIL COLLECTION
FOSSIL LABORATORY
The 21 plastic fossils and detailed Laboratory
manual in this kit will let your students
become practicing paleontologists. Kit
conveys importance of fossil study to
investigations in geology, history, mapping,
and stratigraphic correlation.
568
564
A selection of 15 fossils to illustrate the major
life forms present throughout geologic
history. A descriptive key sheet and geologic
time chart introduces students to basic
fossils and match the fossil to the era.
3005
General Fossil Collection
Fossil Laboratory
Fossil Laboratory, Set/5
ADVANCED FOSSIL COLLECTION
FOSSIL KIT
INVESTIGATING GEOLOGICAL TIME
AND FOSSILS CHART
This completely revised multi-color chart
depicts the entire geologic time scale with
most current geologic dating information.
Representative fossils the corresponding
geologic periods are mounted on the chart.
New larger chart size, 18” x 24” and comes
with a wood frame.
3361
3361TR
Inv. Geological Time and Fossils
Chart
Geological Time & Fossils Chart
Transparency
Fascinate your students with the study of
fossils. Kit contains 21 plastic reproduction
fossils that students will measure, identify
and classify according to their geologic era.
Includes Fact Sheet.
3067
3069
This comprehensive collection of 30 fossils
contains demonstration specimens of animal
phyla and plants from the Paleozoic,
Mesozoic, and Cenozoic periods. The
collection comes complete with a descriptive
key sheet and geologic time chart.
3015-S Advanced Fossil Collection
Fossil Kit
Fossil Kit, Set/10
VERTEBRATE FOSSIL DIG
Let your students in grades 6-12 experience
the excitement of a realistic fossil dig. These
fossils are genuine vertebrate fossils and are
encased in sediment similar to that in its
natural location. (is it really an artificial
sediment or is it the real thing) This kit
includes a guide, brush, magnifying glass and
a digging tool.
SR-3775
Vertebrate Fossil Dig
Fossils are the most fascinating objects in nature. A fossil is a window into the history of our world, providing clues about the preserved
remains or traces of plants, animals and organisms that lived thousands or millions of years ago. The totality of fossils, both discovered and
undiscovered, and their placement in fossil-containing rock formations and sedimentary layers is known as the fossil record.
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
208
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System
FOSSIL HUNT KIT
Students learn to identify different fossils
after digging them out of a gravel mixture.
Kit contains 1 lb. bag of gravel mixture with
12 real fossils (2 each of 6 different) and
corresponding large identified specimens,
magnifier, forceps, and Teachers Guide in
storage box.
3785
Fossil Hunt Kit
PHYSIOGRAPHIC RELIEF GLOBE
A detailed study guide in combination with
seven raised relief maps allows students to
take a geological tour of the U.S. right in the
classroom. Each 21” x 32” raised relief map
displays a distinct geographic formation that
effectively associates topography with
underlying geology.
Study Earth’s anatomy inside and out with
this unusual globe. Special two piece
construction gives students a cross-sectional
view of the Earth’s interior, depicting, crust,
mantle, inner and outer cores. Detailed
notations specify temperatures, air
densities, distances and atmospheric layers.
Globe surface shows all major landforms in
raised relief. Mark able globe includes
comprehensive Teacher’s Guide.
410
610
LANDFORM RELIEF MAPS
Landform Relief Maps
Physiographic Relief Globe
GEOLOGY HISTORY KIT
Students can recreate geologic processes by
preparing stratified layers with 4 packs of
Pleistocene clay, 1 roller, 1 cutting tool, and
plastic sheets. Includes Teacher’s Guide.
3057
Geology History Kit
LAND AND OCEAN GLOBE
24” INFLATABLE GLOBE
This inflatable World Globe is an inexpensive
way to get a globe into the hands of each
student. Country capitals important cities,
time zones and geographic features are just a
few of the attributes of this 24” easy to
inflate, World Globe. Great for school and
home use.
617
24” Inflatable Globe
Students discover the intricate patterns of
land and water covering the Earth with this
12” diameter globe. Details of land masses
and bodies of water are depicted in 3-D
raised relief. Ocean sections are covered by
clear plastic representing the ocean surface.
Names of oceans, seas, currents, deep-sea
ridges and basins are visible through the
plastic covering. A Teacher’s Guide is
included.
600
Land and Ocean Globe
MINIATURE LANDFORM MODELS
SET
Small unpainted 3-D models (4 3/4” x 4 3/4”)
make great classroom projects. Set of four
includes a raised relief model of the
following landforms: volcanoes, glaciers,
faulting and folding. Includes lesson plan and
10 sets of 4 models.
515
Miniature Landform Models Set
Customer feedback is
very valuable for us
as it helps us to
continuously improve
and innovate our products.
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Meteorology, Earth Science & Solar System / Primary Education
209
RENEWABLE ENERGY KIT
For use indoor or outdoor, this wind, solar and water demonstrator has
modular format with 4 interchangeable monitors to show differing
‘outputs’. An ideal resource for the discussion of environmental power
issues. Base Unit 27cm x 20cm and a maximum height of 38cm.
STRATIGRAPHIC COLLECTIONS
These collections contain speciments from the paleozoic, Mesozoic
and Cenezoic eras. Collection are organized by periods from Combrian
to Tertiary and all of the major phylla are represented
3105-S
3110-S
3115-S
3120-S
117059
Renewable Energy Kit
Stratigraphic Collection, 45 specimens
Paleozoic Collection, 15 specioens
Mesozoic Collection, 15 specimens
Cenozoic collection , 15 specimens
JUNIOR MICROSCOPE KIT
An ideal ‘first’ microscope to introduce younger children to the
concept of magnification. Magnifies 15x. Tough yet lightweight of
outdoor use. Large controls, illumination lamp and a set of 6 made-up
viewing slides. Batteries not included. Size: 25cm high
116059
Junior Microscope Kit
GLOBE KIT
Developed as part of the earth science Curriculam Project, the globe
kit enebles student of participate directly in Earth measurements,
solving astronomy problem and understanding saismology. Kit contains
an 8" diameter earth globe, transparent hemispheres, internal earth
cone disk, flexible kilometerscale and 8" protractor. Teacher's Guides
takes you through several activites.
3010
3012
624
3009
3260
3284
Globe Kit
Globe kit
Transparent Hemispheres
Globe External Protractore
8" Norht & South Hemispheres
Rod & Suction Cup, 10cm
SENIOR MICROSCOPE KIT
100x, 200x, and 300x magnification and 2 illumination options. Also
included are a set of 6 made-up viewing slides. Metal base for added
stability. Batteries not included. Size: 30cm high
116159
Senior Microscope Kit
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
210
Primary Education
1
2
HAND HELD MAGNIFIER
DIGITAL CAMERA MICROSCOPE
The digital Camera Microscope 15x, 30x, and 60x magnification,
computer software, 6 made-up slides, full operating instruction,
assorted tools and storage carrying case. Compatible with Window
2000, SP4, XP, Vista, Window 7.0 and MacOS 10.4.8.Unit measure 27cm
high x 17cm wide
116259
Digital Camera Microscope
1
A lightweight, 100mm diameter, 2x magnifier with a high quality
plastic lens. Inset with 20mm diameter 3x and 4x magnifiers. Large
rubber non-slip handle provides a good grip for children and adults.
Size: 19.5cm x 10.8cm x 30mm (glass size: 10cm dia’)
081059
Hand Held Magnifier
LARGE MAGNIFYING SET
2
The Large Magnifying Set is ideal for inspecting specimens from nature
trips. The millimeter grid on the base of the pot means that the actual
size of the specimen is easily recorded. The stands (supplied) also
make an excellent free-standing desk-top magnifier. (Lens
magnification: x 2.3). Complete with product guide. Size: 10cm x 11cm
081159
Large Magnifying Set
( 0)
BUG POTS (X10)
Children will find the bug pots a useful addition to their study of
nature. The individual transparent pots with measurement grids of
5mm squares and magnifying lids (2.5x magnification) can be used to
observe their findings. Size: 15.5cm x 12.8cm x 4cm
040159
Bug Pots (x10)
UNDERGROUND EXPLORER
The narrow cavity allows the observation of germination of plants as
well as the activities of small creatures e.g. ants and worms. A
ventilator enables control over the air in the container and, if
creatures are inside, a removable filter can be placed so as to prevent
their escape. Complete with products guide. Size: 23cm x 15cm.
050700
T RALIST
TU
YOUNG NATURALIST
Underground Explorer
UPRIGHT WEATHER STATION
Children will find the young Naturalist a useful addition to their study
of nature. The large clear tray and the individual transparent pots with
magnifying lids and measurement grids of 5mm square can be useful to
observe their findings. Complete with product guide. Size: 17cm x
12cm.
An inexpensive and complete Weather Station, with
all components attached to one central pole. Wind
Speed, Wind Direction, Rainfall and Temperature are
all featured, as well as the time of day observed on the sun Dial. Size:
116cm high. Pack Size: 32cm x 32cm x 9cm
174059
082659
Young Naturalist
Upright Weather Station
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Primary Education
211
2
1
WEATHER VANE
1
A simple, robust and practical Weather Vane which can be hand-held or
fixed permanently. Includes the letters O and Z. Complete with
product guide. Size: 32cm x 22cm.
087559
Weather Vane
WEATHER STATION
All 5 weather instrument locate into a specially designed housing. The
dry-wipe surface allows previous recording to be displayed. All of the
instrument have a permanent, easy-to-read scale.
The Barometer, Compass and Hygrometer have an additional less
complex scale with the reverse blank to allow children to design their
own scales.
Both the Max/Min thermometer and the Standard Thermometer are
exceptionally easy to use and completely safe. A weather booklet and a
set of instrument name labels in several European languages are
included. Size: 30cm x 38cm.
080259
RAIN GAUGE
2
An inexpensive and accurate Rain Gauge, graduated in millimeters.
Can be used free-standing or with the spike provided. The lid prevents
spillage in the gauge is carried. Size: 16cm x 8cm.
084059
Rain Gauge
Weather Station
3
4
ENGLISH WEATHER BOARD
5
3
The seven-day Weather Board has eight aspect to record weather
conditions, including cloud formations, wind direction and wind
strength. An excellent way to encourage children to learn about the
weather and the environment. The board is made in hard-wearing
material for indoor and outdoor use. Complete with product guide.
Size: 40.5cm x 39cm
151659
ANEMOMETER
This unique design gives a direct reading of mind speed, without the
need to count revolution. The low and high calibrations register ms-l
and the Beaufort scale. It can be hand-held or fixed permanently.
Complete with product guide. Size: 28cm x 19cm.
088059
Anemometer
English Weather Board
MANUAL BIG CLOCK
4
This large clearly-defined Clock is perfect for classroom
demonstrations. The 2 hands move independently so that the time
before and after the hour can be shown without the hour hand moving.
The clock is lightweight yet made of strong, durable plastic with raised
numbers and markings. Size: 40cm x 40cm.
164859
Manual Big Clock
SLIDE ABACUS
A traditional Abacus with
beads in 5 colours and number
grids horizontally and
vertically. Complete with
product guide. Size: 23cm x
15cm
132059
Slide Abacus
GEARED BIG CLOCK
5
This new geared clock demonstration the relationship of movement
between the hour and the minute hand. The hands cannot be moved
independently of each other. The clock is large, yet lightweight and the
clearly defined marking make it perfect for classroom demonstrations.
Size: 40cm x 40cm
164959
Geared Big Clock
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
212
Primary Education
GIANT SAND TIMERS ¬ 6 AVAILABLE
has added 3 more Giant Sand Timers to make a total range of 6.
30 seconds - I minute - 3 minutes - 5 minutes - 10 minutes and I S
minutes. Designed with a square base and top to prevent rolling. Each
Sand Timer has the time embossed on the top.
Size (each): 14.5em x 8cm.
FRACTION CUBES & SPHERES
090259
090459
089859
090359
089959
090159
081559
081659
081759
30 seconds
1 minute
3 minute
5 minute
10 minute
15 minute
Set of 3 (30 secs, 1 min, 5 min)
Set No. 3 (1 min, 3 min, 5 min)
Set of 6 (30 secs, 1, 3, 10 and 15 mins)
This 3-dimensional set not only reinforces the concept of the relation
of fractions but adds the elements of decimals and percentages. Each
"complete" shape has a modular dimension of 8 cms., the same as the
Large Shapes (Cat. No 091859). The individual segments are clearly
marked with the appropriate fraction, decimal and percentage value
and special containers are provided to hold the spheres. Complete with
product guide. Pack size: 29.Scm x 14cm x 10cm
051759
Fraction Cubes & Spheres
FRACTION CIRCLES
ADJUSTABLE SAND TIMER
This Sand Timer is adjustable between 5 seconds and 3 minutes.
Different types of sand and materials can be used for investigation.
Designed for the many activities that require general or comparative
timings to be taken. The Sand Timer is made from tough and durable
plastics and is complete with a bag of silver sand. Complete with
product guide. Size: 14cm x 8cm.
094059
Seeing fractions as segments of a whole circle helps children to
understand this important concept. The set includes the equivalent of
8 circles – ½, ⅓ , ¼ , ⅕ , ⅙ , ⅛ , 1/10 and a whole circle. The brightly
coloured pieces fit into the plastics storage box in which the whole
circles can be constructed. Size: 10cm diameter.
176059
Fraction Circles
Adjustable Sand Timer
FRACTION SQUARES
WATER TIMERS (X3)
One of the oldest known methods of measuring time is illustrated with
these brightly coloured Water Timers. Each lid is engraved with the
approximate time that the pot takes to empty (30 see, I min, 2 mins).
Excellent for reinforcing the concept of time and demonstrating that
time can be measured by many means. Complete with product guide.
Size (each): 7.5em x 9cm
081459
Children often have difficulty visualizing fraction concepts. However,
this set helps to show that fractions are pieces that make up a whole.
There are the equivalent of eight complete squares in fractions of ½,
⅓, ⅙ (2 combinations), ¼ (3 combinations) plus one whole. The plastics
storage box can also be used as a work tray. Size: 10cm.
175059
Fraction Squares
Water Timers (x3)
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Primary Education
213
1
2
BINOSTAT ONLY
BASE
B
ASE 10 GROUP SET
Base 10 equipment will bring to life the relationships between units,
tens, hundreds and thousands.
Each piece is marked in centimetre squares to highlight how each unit
relates to the whole. The set contains 100 yellow cube units, 50 green
rods (tens) 30 blue flats (hundreds) and 4 red blocks (thousands). Pack
size: 30cm x 20cm x 15cm
163559
1
A device for the physical demonstration of binomial distribution and
Pascal's Triangle. Approximate unit size: 30cm x 30cm x 30cm.
Base 10 Group Set
BASE 10 NUMBER STRUCTURE
119959
Binostat Only
100 NUMBER BOARD
2
A large number of mathematical activities are possible using this large
Board. The set includes the sturdy plastics Board with 100 recessed and
clearly numbered squares, 100 number tiles, 25 blank tiles and an
instruction booklet. Children can explore counting and use the board
for mathematical operations. Size: 29cm x 29cm.
013359
100 Number Board
A smaller version of the Group 5et (Cat. No 163559) contains 100 yellow
cubes, 10 green rods, 10 blue flats & I red block. 30cmx11.5cmx11 cm
163659
Base 10 Number Structure
GEOMETRIC TRACER SET
BEAD FRAME ABACUS
The cleverly designed Abacus can be used in an upright position or
turned over and used on a table top at a 30 degree angle.
The Abacus encourages children to explore number concepts such as
matching, counting, number patterns and combinations, simple
addition and subtraction. Size: 18cm x 21 cm.
036659
The set contains l7 transparent shapes: octagon, hexagon, pentagon,
square, equilateral triangle, rectangle, circle, ellipse, parallelogram,
heptagon, chevron, kite, rhombus, scalene, trapezium, right hand
triangle and isosceles triangle. The shapes have angled edges for
2¬dimensional tracing or making networks to draw 3-D models. Each
shape is named, and wherever possible, they have common 5cm sides.
027859
Geometric Tracer Set
Bead Frame Abacus
ROD ABACUS (X 10)
This Practical Counting-up
Abacus helps young children
with counting and
numeration activities.
Includes 10 stands, 20 rods
and 200 cubes. For group or
individual work.
163459
IS0TILES® Classroom Pack
10 Individual plastics containers each with 20 ISOTILES®, 10 of each
shape plus I CD-ROM Workbook.
192059
IS0TILES® Classroom Pack
Rod Abacus (x 10)
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
214
Primary Education
1
2
IS0TILES® HOME USE PACK
GROUPING CIRCLES
1
2 Individual plastics containers each with 20 ISOTILES®, 10 of each
shape plus I CD-ROM Workbook.
192159
These flexible folding plastics Circles can be used in a wide range of
grouping and set activities with Attribute Blocks. The set consists of 6
circles, 2 each of red, yellow and blue. Dia: 50cm. Size: 36cm x 15cm.
IS0TILES® Home Use Pack
128659
ATTRIBUTE SET - CLASS
Grouping Circles
2
Large square size: IOOcm² : 25cm², ratio 4: I. Booklet included. Pack
5ize: 35cm x 23.5cm x 5cm
110759
Attribute Set - Class
3
ATTRIBUTE SET GROUP
4
3
75cm² : 25cm², ratio 3: I. Booklet included. Size: 31 cm x 23.5cm x 5cm
138159
MINI MATHS SHAPES
A comprehensive range of 3-dimensional geometric shapes suitable for
Key Stage I. Each cube, prism, cylinder and cone is supplied in 4
different sizes and colours. Size: Cubes 3cm, 2.5cm. 2cm and 1.5cm.
154059
Mini Maths Shapes
Attribute Set Group
ATTRIBUTE SET - DESK
4
30cm² : I0cm², ratio 3: I. Booklet included. Size: 20cmx15.5cmx3.5cm
127759
Attribute Set - Desk
LARGE SHAPES (X 12)
A collection of I 2 large, bright, 3 -dimensional plastics geometrical
shapes. The set comprises 3 shapes of each colour (red. yellow, blue).
The shapes have a common 8cm dimension allowing exploration of the
relationships between area, volume, shape, form, size, pattern as well
as sorting and shape recognition. Contains: sphere, square cylinder,
round cylinder, cone, cube. rectangular prism. hexagonal prism.
Triangular prism, square pyramid, a semisphere, octagonal prism and
pentagonal prism . A storage box and product guide are included. Size:
32 cm x 30.5cm x 8cm
091859
ATTRIBUTE SET - POCKET
Large Shapes (x 12)
9cm² : 3cm², ratio 3: I. Booklet included. Pack Size: 11.5cm x 9cm x
2.5cm
127859
Attribute Set - Pocket
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Primary Education
215
PEG BOARDS (X5)
5 square Pegboards each with 100 holes. Supplied without pegs.
011459
Peg Boards (x5)
3
4
MONTESSORI SHAPES
A universally acclaimed product which contains 10 Shapes with
moulded lifters and 10 matching templates. Children have the option
of using the Shapes as stencils for tracing or for shape recognition and
matching. The Shapes are made of tough, washable plastics and are
ideal for nursery and infant classes. Template size: 14cm x 14cm.
158659
Montessori Shapes
1,000 ASSORTED PEGS
072159
072659
100 x 10 colours in storage box 3
200 x 5 colours without storage box.
MULTI-COLOURED PINBOARDS (X8)
Make learning more fun with this pack of 8 brightly coloured 11x11 Pin
boards which are Isometric on one side and have 2cm squares on the
reverse. These Pin boards can be used for demonstrating geometric
concepts, introducing the names of shapes, working out areas,
symmetry work & fractions. Elastic bands included. Size: 23cmx23cm
151059
4
Multi-coloured Pinboards
(x8)
GEO STRIPS
What better way for children to learn about shapes than to make them?
The set consists of 68 Strips of various sizes, a box of connectors, a
protractor and a set of 11 carefully graded work cards. Size: 32cmx2cm
014159
Geo Strips
11 X 11 PINBOARD
2cm squares on one side & isometric on the reverse. Size: 23cmx23cm.
151259
NUMBER JUGGLER
11 X 11 Pinboard
2
1
1
This clever balance adds an element of fun to learning equivalence,
greater and less than, and simple addition and subtraction. The set
includes 20 number weights and 2 bucket weights which enable
children to play game of simple logic and deduction. Complete with
product guide. Size: 17cm x 22cm.
178159
Number Juggler
PEGBOARDS & PEGS
2
The set includes 5 square Pegboards each with 100 holes, 1,000
assorted coloured mushroom Pegs and a leaflet containing creative
ideas. Ideal for pattern, symmetry, sorting and sequencing work. Size
of each board: 16cm x 16cm.
147759
6 X 6 PINBOARD
A 3cm grid on one side and a circle board on the reverse. Size: 18cm x
18cm
151159
6 X 6 Pinboard
Pegboards & Pegs
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
216
Primary Education
ROCKER SCALES - 0.5 LITRE CAPACITY
5 X 5 PINBOARD
A 5 x 5 (3cm x 3cm) grid on one side and a 6 x 6 (3cm x 3cm) grid on the
reverse. Size: 21cm x 21 cm
151459
5 X 5 Pinboard
Transparent tubs marked with 100ml graduations. Made in a tough
washable material. Sensitive enough for I g to register a positive
movement. Tubs are designed to give accurate readings even when
objects are placed off-centre. Contents of tubs not included.
Complete with product guide. Size: 12.5cm x 39cm.
152259
Rocker Scales - 0.5 Litre Capacity
2
1
CENTIMETER PIN BOARD
1
A large Pin board with 700 pins which is ideal for block graphs. Size:
28cm x 28cm.
140659
ROCKER SCALES - I LITRE CAPACITY
Centimeter Pin Board
TRANSLUCENT 10X10 PIN BOARD
2
This 10x10 Translucent Pin board is made in a shatterproof material and
is especially useful for work on an overhead projector or lightbox. Size:
20cm x 20cm
091559
Transparent tubs marked with 100ml graduations. Made in a tough
washable material. Sensitive enough for I g to register a positive
movement. Tubs are designed to give accurate readings even when
objects are placed off-centre. Contents of tubs not included.
Complete with product guide. Size: 17cm x 42cm.
090559
Rocker Scales - I Litre Capacity
Translucent 10x10 Pin Board
4
SIMPLE SCALES
MATHS BALANCE
3
3
Children easily perform all four mathematical functions (+ - x ? ) with
immediate visual and physical verification of their results. The reverse
of the number strip may be printed/written on if required. The Balance
can be completely dismantled for storage. Includes 20 x 10g weights,
which are 10cm long and 3cm wide. Complete with product guide.
Assembled size: 34cm x 6Scm
These Simple Scales are sturdy and easy to use. The large pans hold 1
litre of fluid. Indicators show when the balance is level/not level. The
Balance can be completely dismantled for storage. Includes 5 x 5g
weights and 5 x 10g weights. Complete with product guide. Coloured
counters not included. Assembled. Size: 34cm x 47cm. Packed size:
50cm x 30cm
050359
050259
Maths Balance
Simple Scales
STACKABLE WEIGHTS
EXTRA WEIGHTS (X40)
4
A set of 40 extra 10g Weights which can be
used with the Maths Balance® (Cat. No
050359) and other balances.
A set of 80 clearly marked Stackable Weights (20 each of 1g, 2g, 5g and
10g.) for use with all of Scales, Including the Bucket Balance, Simple
Scales and Rocker Scales.
010159
150759
Extra Weights (x40)
Stackable Weights
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Primary Education
217
CLINOMETER - Mk 1
A traditional lightweight angle-measuring instrument to calculate
heights. Complete with European product guide. Size: 13cm diameter.
025059
BUCKET BALANCE
Clinometer - Mk 1
A variety of relatively heavy items can be weighed in the 2.5 litre
capacity buckets. The robust Balance can be completely dismantled
for storage. Assembled size: 34cm x 47cm. Complete with product
guide. Contents of buckets not included. Packed size: 51cm x 52cm.
050459
Bucket Balance
CLINOMETER - Mk 2
2
1
TRUNDLE WHEEL
Designed for durability with a rubber tyre to maintain accuracy. The
pointer on the wheel helps children to measure intermediate
distances. Ideal for calculating distances, shapes, areas, and angles.
Incorporates a clicker that can be adjusted from OFF to every 10cm and
to every meter. Overall assembled length: 83cm. Size: 37cm x 45cm.
050059
A compact Clinometer with no external moving parts and a combined
'sighting' angle-reading eyepiece. A viewing window on the side of the
Clinometer allows a second person to check a reading. All angles in
degrees followed by a plus or minus to indicate an upward or downward
slope. Complete with product guide. Size: 14cm diameter.
050659
Clinometer - Mk 2
1
Trundle Wheel
TRUNDLE WHEEL COUNTER
Accurately counts to 9999 meters, or it can be set to register every
10cm to a maximum of 999.9 meters. This robust counter presents the
opportunity to extend the activities of the Trundle Wheel. Designed to
fit in place of the standard clicker.
050159
Trundle Wheel Counter
2
ACETATE AREA MEASURING GRIDS - 2 IN PACK
Marked in centimeter squares, these flexible washable Grids are ideal
for calculating areas of regular or irregular shapes, quadrant and
nature study work. Can be used with an overhead projector. Size: 25cm
x 25cm
108659
Acetate Area Measuring Grids - 2 In Pack
THEODOLITE
METRILOG
A mini 'Trundle Wheel' which has a variety of uses in measuring the
circumference, perimeter or dimensions of virtually any regular or
irregular object. It will measure up to 99cm within a 5% tolerance. With
a ridged wheel, easy-to-grip handle and a clear viewing window.
Excellent for map work. Complete with European product guide. Size:
11 .5cm x 8.5cm
Manufactured in robust materials to withstand
outdoor use. Strong adjustable legs are telescopic for
easy storage. The level indicator ensures accurate
set-up. Both the horizontal and vertical scales move
and measure to an accuracy of 0.5°. Complete with
product guide. Packed size: 64cm x 33cm x 8cm.
Maximum assembled height: 83cm.
129259
146459
Theodolite
Metrilog
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
218
Primary Education
1
2
METRE STICK
This measuring stick is clearly marked with 1, 5 and 10cm graduations
and is made with rounded edges for safety. With blue numbers on a
white background. A special Braille version for the blind/partially
sighted is available through The Royal National Institute for the Blind
(RNIB).
FOOT, HAND, AND OBJECT MEASURE
This measure includes metric and imperial values and international
sizes. Approved and endorsed by The Child Growth Foundation.
Teachers and children can use this product to measure, record and
then calculate areas and volumes on a whole range of objects. Size:
40cm x 22cm
052259
124259
Metre Stick
Foot, Hand, And Object Measure
1
TAPE MEASURE (X 1 0)
A tough, nylon-reinforced plastics Tape Measure, 1m long x 3cm wide.
Chunky and easy to hold, with bold I cm markings and 10cm
increments. This handy tape is made in a flexible, non-stretch and
washable material. Complete with product guide.
124259
Tape Measure (x 1 0)
2
HEIGHT MEASURE - PORTABLE
METRIC CALLIPER
Measures most shapes from 1mm to 30cm by simply reading
measurements through a single viewing window. Designed for
calculating areas and volumes. Size: 42cm x 19.5cm.
139759
Stored size: 62cm x 36cm. Complete with carrying handle.
Measurement scales are clearly graduated in both metric and imperial
values. A project guide is included. Developed with a leading UK
paediatrician and approved and endorsed by The Child Growth
Foundation. Children can monitor and record their own heights and
then have fun drawing graphs and calculating Body Mass Index.
Measures to 2m (6ft 6in)
0956
Height Measure - Portable
Metric Calliper
CAPACITY MEASUREMENT – 4 CONTAINERS
This set of 4 Measures holds 125cm3, 250cm3 and 1 liter of fluid
respectively. Fill containers to the specially designed cut-out fill line
and excess liquid will spill out ensuring the correct capacity is
measured. Strong lifting tabs enable the containers to be carried
anywhere without spillage. Made from tough, resilient material to
withstand heavy materials such as stand. Size: 13.5cm x 12.5cm.
034359
Capacity Measurement – 4 Containers
SPACE LINES
A three-dimensional naughts and crosses game designed to stimulate
logical thought. Children pit their wits in making and blocking threedimensional lines of counters. Introduces the diagonal, horizontal and
vertical and is fun to play! Assembled Size: 24cm x 15cm.
302959
Space Lines
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Primary Education
219
1
2
PAINT PALETTE (X I 0)
1
A set of 6-well Palettes that are durable yet inexpensive. They have
convenient finger holes for ease of carrying and a raised rib to ensure
that even the messiest artists can carry the palettes without getting
paint on their hands. Paint not included. Size: 23cm x 15.5cm.
MASTERMIND
081259
This world renowned classic game of logic will exercise children's
minds. They can use their powers of cunning and logic to set "codes" of
varying degrees of difficulty and their opponents then use their powers
of deduction to break the "codes" in as few moves as possible. Adults,
too, can test their skills against each other, or against the children.
MASTERMIND® knows no cultural or linguistic boundaries, and can
provide entertaining and stimulating exercises in almost every
environment imaginable. Box Size: 31 cm x 15.5cm.
300259
PAINT TRAY
2
A tough, washable Tray with 6 removable pots. Spills are minimal as the
specially designed tray reduces the danger of knocking over the pots.
Holds standard size I (44mm x 16mm) paint blocks. Paint and brush not
included. Size: 17cm x 12cm x 4cm.
040059
Mastermind
Paint Palette (x I 0)
Paint Tray
PAINT STAMPERS (X I 0)
CUBERTY
A three dimensional Word Game without a board. Contains 75 plastics
lettered cubes. Players build words vertically as well as horizontally.
An additional feature of the game includes twisting the cubes to create
multiple words for extra points. The game is boxed in a high quality
robust cardboard cube. Cuberty is a prize winner with the Game
Designer Association. For ages 9 & upwards and 2-4 Players. Size:
12.Scm x 12.5cm x 11.5cm
117159
A set of 10 hard-wearing, washable, plastics Stampers with a sponge
base. Each stamper has a large handle providing an easy grip for small
hands. Size: square shape 10cm
190059
Paint Stampers (x I 0)
Cuberty
3
4
GIANT PAINT SCRAPERS (X4)
3
Set of 4 extra-large Paint Scrapers, designed for making patterns on
wall and floor paintings. The scrapers can be used during sand play to
create interesting effects. Size: 30cm x 7cm.
186059
SU DOKU
The Times Su Doku plastics board puzzle is an ideal slimline, portable
game for travel. The set includes numbered plastics tablets that locate
into the board. A complete games and rules booklet is included. It
contains 100 puzzles in four degrees of difficulty - easy, mild, difficult
and fiendish, and all the solutions. A beautifully presented game. For
ages 5 & upwards and I Player. Size: 20cm x 2Scm x 3cm
193959
Su Doku
Giant Paint Scrapers (x4)
PAINT SCRAPERS (X4)
4
Set of 4 easy-to-hold, durable Paint Scrapers each having a different
patterned edge. Excellent for creating patterns using ready ¬mixed
paint. Size: 15cm x 7cm.
185059
Paint Scrapers (x4)
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
220
Primary Education
LARGE PLAY BATH (COMPLETE WITH COVER & STAND)
NON-SPILL POT (X I 0)
An economical Pot to eliminate spillage problems. It has rounded
corners for easy cleaning, a larger capacity than conventional pots and
its square design offers greater stability. Ideal for paint or water use. A
Stopper (not included) can be used to seal the Pot. Complete with
coloured lids. Size: 8cm square.
080659
This robust Play Bath has a large central pool and four satellite pools,
allowing plenty of space for a group of children. The Play Bath includes
a paddle wheel, lockgate, plug and textured and smooth surfaces,
making it suitable for both sand and water play. A strong, heavy-duty
stand gives the Play Bath excellent stability. A semi-rigid cover is also
included, making a useful play surface. Sand, vessels, containers and
colour paddles not included. Assembled size: 64cm x 70cm.
090800
Large Play Bath (complete With Cover & Stand)
Non-spill Pot (x I 0)
3
4
2
COUNTERS - 5 COLOURS
1
POT STOPPER (X 10)
1
Stoppers to be used in conjunction with Non¬ Spill Pot (Cat. No
080659).
080759
Pot Stopper (x 10)
COLOUR PADDLES
COTTON REELS (X50) - 5 COLOURS
3
4
2
012659
Cotton Reels (x50) - 5 Colours
Colour Paddles
STORAGE TUBS (X 10)
Small inexpensive Tubs for
storing and sorting
counters, pegs or beads.
Contents not included.
Size: 7cm square
5
6
STORAGE BOX
5
The clear plastic container can be used to store pegs, counters, beads
etc. Contents not included. Size: 18cm x 11 cm x 6cm.
014059
098159
22mm Counters (x500) - 5 colours
16mm Counters (x1000) - 5 colours
A classic product that is still a firm favourite. Perfect for sorting,
threading and co-ordination exercises. Single Size: 3cm x 3cm dia.
The set comprises 15 Paddles in the 3 primary colours, red, blue and
yellow. Overlapping the transparent Paddles will produce the 3
secondary colours: violet, green and orange. They can also be used
with sand & modeling materials. Sand not included. Size: 14.5cmx5cm
035359
011059
075059
Storage Box
Storage Tubs (x
10)
PLAYSHAPES
6
These brightly coloured plastics shapes encourage children to create
designs and pictures whilst learning basic maths concepts. Contains 6
shapes in 3 bright colours and a total of 186 pieces. Large wall chart
included. Size: 32cm x 26cm.
167359
Playshapes
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
Primary Education
EXPERIMENT
OBJECTIVE
To determine specific rotation of the sugar solution using a
Laurent's half shade polarimeter.
APPARATUS
HIGHLIGHTED TEXTURE AND SHAPE DOMINOES
Specially developed as a game for children and adults of all abilities.
The raised textures enable people with visual Impairment to play on
equal terms against fully-sighted opponents. The other sides of the
pieces encourage matching and recognition of familiar geometric
shapes. The 32 chunky Dominoes are packed In a transparent storage
box. Complete with product guide. Available with raised detail
highlighted in blue as featured in BTHA / RNIB Toy Catalogue. Box Size:
18.5cm x 11cm x 6cm
Laurent's half shade, sodium lamp arrangement, sugar,
weighing balance, graduated cylinder, two beakers, funnel, a
pipette and a glass rod.
PROCEDURE:
1. Preparation of 20% solution: Take a clean dry beaker. Add
about 20g of sugar and calculate the volume of solution to
have a 20% strength as
Volume = (m x 100/20)cc
052059
Highlighted Texture And Shape Dominoes
m = mass of sugar
Add nearly half of the volume of water in the beaker and
stir well till whole of the sugar is dissolved. Add more
water if necessary taking care that volume of solution is
less than the calculated value of the volume. Transfer the
solution to the graduated cylinder. Rinse the beaker with
small quantity of water and add to the cylinder. Complete
the volume by adding water in little amount by using
pipette. Filter the solution in a clean beaker and cover it.
2. Setting: Find the vernier constant of the circular scale.
Place the polarimeter so that its aperture is in front of
sodium lamp. Look through the telescope and adjust the
position of the eye piece so that two halves of half shade
device are equally dark and are clearly focused.
LACE YOUR SHOES
These novel threading shoes are an ideal product to help children learn
to tie their laces. These shoes will help to develop finger dexterity and
hand-to-eye co-ordination, whilst reinforcing number and alphabet
skills. The numbers 1-10 are printed next to the lace eyelet on the
'Shoe', with the letters of the alphabet around the outside. The 2
brightly-coloured shoe shapes may be threaded or used as templates
for pictures or measuring. Size: 19.5cm x 9cm
178059
4. Taking Observation: Place the tube in position in the
polarimeter and cover it. Rotate the analyzing prism by
rotating the circular scale till halves of the shades are
equally dark. Note the reading on the scale. Turn the
analyzer through 180o again for equally dark position and
note the reading on the circular scale. These are the
measurements for 0% sugar solution and rotation caused by
a sugar solution is measured taking this reading as
reference.
Lace Your Shoes
BIG PEGBOARD
Perfect for young children, the large board and 25 coloured pegs help
children quickly learn to create or follow designs and patterns. The
colourful plastics pegs fit easily into the 1cm holes on the Pegboard.
Small children and those with motor difficulties will find that the size
and shape of the pegs makes them easy to manipulate. Each peg has a
hole for threading activities and they can be stacked for block graph,
sequencing and 1 to 5 abacus work. Size: 27cm x 27cm.
157159
3. Remove the brass caps of the polarimeter tube. Clean the
tube as well as glass windows. Now replace one of the caps
in position taking that no strain is exerted on the glass
window. Hold the tube in a vertical position and fill it with
water. Slip the second glass window gently on the tube
taking care that no air bubbles are left underneath. Screw
the cap gently so that no strain is exerted on the glass
window.
5. Now fill the tube with 20% sugar solution. Place it in
position and note the scale readings when two halves are
equally dark. Repeat by turning through 180o. The rotation
of the plane of polarization is measured by subtracting the
corresponding readings of pure water.
6. Take 30cc of 20% sugar solution and add same amount of
water to reduce its strength of solution to 10%. Repeat the
same procedure as in (e).
7. Similarly repeat for 5% and 2.5% solutions.
8. Draw graph between θ and C and calculate the slope of
graph.
Big Pegboard
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
221
222
Index
100 Number Board
11 X 11 Pinboards
24" Innflatable Globe
5 X 5 Pinboard
6 X 6 Pinboard
213
215
208
216
215
A
Abacus
AC Current Meter
AC Generator
AC Voltmeter
AC Amplifier
AC/DC Dynamo
Accelerated Motion Kit
Ammeter, Multirange, AC/DC
Accessories
Optical Benches
Ripple Tank
Ticker Tape Timer
Van De Graaff Generator
Motor Set for Dissectible Transformer
Optical Blocks
Accumulators
Acetate Area Measuring Grids
Adaptor Data Socket
Acrylic
Block
Models
Semicircular Tank
Transparent Engine
Bucket and Cylinder
Prisms
Pyramid
4,5
125
111
125
189
110
(iv)
123
166
183-184
51
102-103
107
154-155
107
217
134
154
6
155
64
6
154
4
Adjustable
Gap Magnet
81
Sand Timer
212
Slit
167
Advanced
Earth Science Collection
205
Fossil Collection
207
Spectrometer
170-171
Aepinus Condenser
96
Air
Blower, Deluxe
46
Compression Fire Generator
14
Cored Inductance
107
Mass Generator Kit
200
Pressure Cups
21
Thermometer, Constant Volume
18
Alnico Bar Magnets
81
Alnico Cylindrical Magnets
81
Alpha Scattering Apparatus
189
Alpine Glacier Model
201
Aluminium Calorimeter
76-77
Aluminium Displacement Vessel,
8
Aluminium Extrusion, Electroscope, Gold Leaf
98
Alternative
Energies Video Lab
130
Energy Clever Catch
68
Analogue to Digital Converter
132
Anemometer
193-211
Aneroid,Barometer
190
Apparatus to Show Force on a Conductor in Magnetic Field 94
Archimedes' Principle Kit
7
Arco Electricity Kit
120
Arco Electronics Kit
120
Astronomy Clever Catch
Atomic Energy Overhead Transparencies
Apparatus
Ballistic Pendulum
Bar Breaking
Bernoulli's Tube
Boyle's Law/Charle's Law
Boyle's Law
Capillary Tube
Centripetal Force
Charging and Discharging
Charle's Law
Coulomb's Law
Expansion
Falling Bodies (Projectile )
'G' By Free Fall
Guinea and Feather
Hooke's Law
Hope's
Induced Current
Inertia
Laplace's
Lee's Thermal
Linear Air Track
Linear Expansion Gunther
Linear Expansion
Liquid Level
Lever
Melde's
Melting Point
Moments of Force
Newton's Rings
Newton's Second Law of Motion
Oersted's Law
Ohm's Law
Parallelogram of Forces
Pascal's Law
Planck's Constant
Reflection & Refraction
Resonance
Ripple Tank
Spark Discharge
Thermal Conductivity
Torsion
Torsion Vertical
Trajectory
Ventilation
Wave
Young's Modulus
Attribute Set
Glass
Group
Desk
Pocket
Atwood Machine
Audio Signal Generator
Amplifier Function Generator
Attraction Magnetic
Accelerator Magnetic Force
Assembly Set Pulley Block
Assembly Bicycle Dynamo
Advanced Pulley Demonstration Set
Activity Set Specific Gravity
Atlas Stereograms Book
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
198
67
(i)-36
70
10
17
15-16
11
(i)
135
18
99
70
36
39-40
20
55
74
92
29
92
(i)
46-47
71
72
9
30
180
76
31
155
37
91
112
31
10
162
(V)
175-176
182-183-185
189
73
(i)
59
37
79
174
54-56-57
214
214
214
214
37-38
143
141
83
96
25
111
27
6
202
Index
Bridge Rectifier
Bromine Diffusion Kit
Bucket and Cylinder
Bucket Balance
Bug Pots (X 10)
Bulbs Wired in Parallel/Series
Butterfly Net, Faraday
Buzzer
Blower, Air
Balanced, Wind Vane
Bench Meters Digital
Ball Doppler
Bird Drinking
Bell Electric
Brake Hydraulic Model
Bramah Hydraulic Press,
Bulb Jolly's Air
Bulb and Gauge Jolly's
Brass Magdeburg Hemispheres
Bulb Mounted
Buzzer Mounted
Pulley, Bench, Clamp Fitting
Bottle Specific Gravity
B
Balance
Bucket
Current
Force on a Conductor
Inertia
Mathes
Surface Tension
Bulb Base
Ballistic Pendulum
Ballistics Car
Bar and Gauge
Bar Breaking Apparatus
Bar Magnets
Barlow's Wheel
Barometer
Aneroid
Barometer
Case
Fortin’s
Funnel
Tube
Siphon Barometer
Base
Group Set/Structure
Low Voltage Bulb
Series and Parallel Connections
Basic
Electricity Kit
Solar Kit
Board
Electronic Bread
Pulley
Resistance
Translucent 10 X 10 Pin
Water Circuit
Worcester Cirecuit
Block
Friction & Surfaces
Glass
Material
Calorimeter Metal
Wooden Mirror Support
Optical
Specific Gravity Set
Bead Frame Abacus
Beam Splitter
Bell Demonstration Model
Bell in Vacuum
Bench Signal Generator
Bernoulli's Tube Apparatus
Bicycle Dynamo
Big Pegboard
Bil Coil
Binostat Only
Biot's Conductor
Bipolar Inverter Switch
Blllistic Galvanometers
Body of Irregular Shape
Bourdon Gauge
Boxes for Bar Magnet
Boyle's Law
Charle's Law Apparatus, Combined
Boyle's Law
Burette
Glass Tubes
Breaking Car
217
91
91
53
216
14
145
(i)-36
48
70
70
81
94-95
190
201
190
189
190
190
11-12
10
213
134
133
45
154
2
76
153
154-155
6
213
(iii)
123
19-20-175
143
10
111
221
90
213
97
105
127
31
17
82
17
14-15-16
15
15
49
131
22
6-7
217
210
133
97
145
46
192
126
179
75
108
13
12
15
17
21
133
134
25
8-9
Box
Calorimeter Joule's, in Wooden
Capacitance
Colour Mixing Box
Decade L C R
Resistance
Storage
Storage Rock/Mineral Specimens
Resonance Boxes
Rock
121
144
136
25
119
216
119
121
223
78
114
(iv)
115
113-114
220
202
179
203
C
Cable Pulse System
Calorimeters
Canadian Collection of Rocks and Minerals
Candle Holder
Candle Holder Double
Capacitors
Aepinus
Box, Decade
Capacitor
Characteristics
Filtering
Investigation
Parallel Plate
Simple Form
Substitution
Variable
Capacity Measurement-4 Containers
Capillary Tube Apparatus
Car for Motion Experiments
Carbon Arc Lamp
Case for Fortin's Barometer
Celestial Star Globe
Center of Gravity Apparatus
Centi Second Timer
Centimeter Pin Board
Centripetal Force Apparatus
Changing Sounds
Characteristics of Material
Charged Porous Pot, Spare
Charging and Discharging Apparatus
Charle's Law Apparatus
Chlandni Plates
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
134
76-77-78
203
166
166
96
114
145
135
131
135
97
96
116
97-114
218
11
48
119
190
199
29
41
216
(i)
182
5
108
135
18
177
224
Index
Circuits & Electromagnetism
Circuits Kit
Circular Coil
Circular Mirror
Classification of Minerals
Classroom Collection Of Rocks And Minerals
Clinometer-Mk 1/Mk 2
Cloud Model Activity Set
Coil
Bil
Circular
Coils
Dissectible Transformer
Helmholtz
High Inductance
Induction
Magnetizing and Demagnetizing
Mounted Resistance
Primary and Secondary
Rhumkorff's
Resistance Coil
Variable Magnetic Field
Tesla
Collision in Two Dimensions
Collision Kit
Colorful Minerals Collection
Colour Filter
Colour Mixing Box
Colour Paddles
Combined Object and Receiving Screen
Communicating Vessel
Commutator (M.I.P. Reversing Key)
Compass
Inclinometer
Magnetic
Components on Base
Compound Metal Strip
Comprehensive Minerals Collection
Comprehensive Solar Electricity Kit
Concept of Light Kit
Conductivity
Bars
Rods
Conductivity Apparatus
Edser
Ingen Hausz's
Conductors, Metal
Connecting Star
Conservation of Energy Track
Contact Key
Convection Tube
Convex/Concave Mirror
Coriolis Effect Kit
Cotton Reels
Coulomb's Law Apparatus
Counters
Crocodile Clip
Cross Slits with Arrowhead
Cross Wires
Cubes
Decimeter
Metal
Metal, With Hooks
Non Metal
Set
Wooden
Cuberty
Current Balance Kit
129
129
(iii)
152
205
204
217
200
90
(iii)
105
106
(iii)
107
112
91
116
93
112
116
(ii)
111
31
(i)
204
163
(iv)-158
220
168
9
104-105
89
88
135
72
205
151
162
73
74
72
75
97
73
34
104
75
153
200
220
99
220
145
167
167
3
2
2
2
2
3
219
91
Cylinders
Metal
Set, Metal
Specific Heat
Spouting Cylinder
Wood & Metal Cylinder
Magnets
Lens
Mirror
Clever Catch
Car Ballistics
Chrome Steel Bar Magnets
Conductor Biot's
Car Impact
Classroom Pack Isotiles
Cube Leslie's
Conductor Lightening
Compass, Large
Calorimeter Metal Block
Colour Disc
Camera Pin Hole
Crooke's, Radiometer
4
4
79
9
72
81
159
152-153
198
48
81
97
47
213
79
104
88
76
157
157
58
D
Daniel Cell
Data Socket Adaptor
DC
Current Meter
Motor
Voltmeter
Decade
Capacitance
Inductance
LCR
Resistance
Decimeter Cube
Deflection Magnetometer
Demonstration
Bell
Dynamo
Engine Models
Compass
Magnetic Field Plate
Meters
Motor
Relay
Transformer
Components
Density Kit
Density Sphere
Diaphragm
Dice
Diesel Engine
Diffraction Grating
Digital
Camera Microscope
Meters
Oscilloscope
Stroboscope
Timer
Converter
Diode
Junction
Laser
Light Emitting
Photo
Valve
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
107
134
124
145
125
114
113
115
112
3
88
123
110
61
88
85-86-87
126
109
90
105
145
23
9
167
3
62-63
169
210
123-126
(vii)-142
184
41
133
133
165
134
134
134-145
Index
Zener
Dip Circle
Dip Neeldle, Simple
Direct Vision Spectroscope
Direction of A Current
Disc
Radiation Absorption
Refraction
Metal
Rotatable Hartle's
Moment of Unertia with Megnet
Discharger
Discharger Electrode
Discharger Wand
Displacement Vessel
Dissectible
Transformer
Accessory
Coils
Cone
Dissolving and Changes
Doppler Ball
Double Cone and Ramp
Double Concave/Convex Lenses
Drinking Bird
Dual Meters
Dynamic
Track
Carts
Trolley
Dynamo
Motor
Solar Cell
Bicycle
133
89
88
169
134
74
165
84
161
31
96
102
103
8
93-105
107
106
4
7
179
30
152
75
125
49
45-48
45
109
109
111
E
E 10 Bulb Base
Earth
Materials Kit
Science Video Lab
Sun and Moon
Eccentricity of Center of Gravity
Economy Stream Table Kit
Elastic Materials Kit
Electric Bell
Electric Circuit
Electric Field Apparatus
Electrical Plume
Electrical Whirl
Electricity Kit
Electrode Plates
Electrolysis Kit
Electromagnet
Electromagnet on Rail
Electromagnetic Field Experiment
Electronic Breadboard
Electrophorus
Electroscope, Gold Leaf
Electroscope, Pith Ball
Electrostatic Kit
Elementary Planetarium
Emitting Diode Led's
Energy
Conversion Kit
Investigation
Transfer Kit, Malvern
145
203
198-200
196
26
201
3
108
115
105
102
99-102
118-129
108
128
89-90
136
85
136
96
98
97
99
195
132
130
45
59
Engine Models
Acrylic Transparent
Demonstration
Diesel, Four-Stroke
Diesel, Two-Stroke
Gas Turbine / Turbojet
Hero's
Petrol, Four Stroke
Petrol, Two Stroke
Steam
Steam Factory Model
Steam With Boiler
Wankel
English Weather Board
Equality of Pressure in Liquids
Eureka/Constantan Wire, Bare
Evaporation Kit
Event Timer
Ex-Nor Gate
Ex-Or Gate
Expansion Apparatus
Expansion of Liquids Apparatus
Experimental Notes
Exploring the Earth Moon/Solar System
225
64
61
62
63
64
65
62
61
61
66
63
62
211
9
119
199
39
130
130
70-74
74
121
198
F
Falling Bodies Apparatus
36
Famous Landmarks Clever Catch
197
Faraday's Electromagnetic Induction Demonstrator
92
Faraday's Law
89
Faraday's Pails
99-103
Fiber Optics Kit
140
Field Effect Transistor
132
Field Oscillation and Resonance Demonstrator
(i)
Filtering Capacitor
131
Fire Syringe
22
Fix Capacitance Box
114
Fix Resistance
132
Flexi Ramp
45
Floating Ring Magnets
83
Fluid Pressure Apparatus
12
Fluorescent Minerals Collection
205
Fluorescent X-Ray Screen
186
Fly Wheel Unit
59
Flying Ball
103
Foot Pump
19
Foot, Hand, and Object Measure
218
Force on a Conductor Balance
91
Force Pump
12
Force Table
32
Force, Motion and Dynamics Kit
33
Forced Oscillation Demonstrator
180
Fortin's Barometer
189
Fossil
Hunt Kit
207-208
Laboratory
207
Collection Set
194
Uncovering Clues to the Past Video Lab
207
Circles
212
Cubes & Spheres
212
Squares
212
French Curve
5
Friction and Force
42
Friction Blocks & Surfaces
45
Friction Rods for Electrostatics
95
Full Wave Rectifier
131
Function Generator
141-143-149-150
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
226
Index
Function Generator-Amplifier-Frequency Counter
Fundamentals of Electronics
Fuse
143
144
145
G
'G' By Free Fall Apparatus
Gaint Paint Scrapers
Galileo Thermometer
Galvanometer
Gas Turbine / Turbojet Engine
Geared Big Clock
Gem Minerals Collection
General Fossil Collection
Generator
Geo Strips
Geology History Kit
Geometric Tracer Set
Geometrical Models Set
Giant Sand Timers-6 Available
Glass Block
Glass Tube
Globe Kit
Gold Leaf Electroscope
Gold Leaves
Grating Holder
Grating Spectroscope
Green Earth Clever Catch
Ground Glass Screen
Grouping Circles
Guinea and Feather Apparatus
Gyroscope
39-40
219
191
126-127
64
211
206
207
189
215
208
213
4
212
154
176
209
98
98
167-169
169
197
167
214
20
52
H
Hair Hygrometer
192
Hall Effect Probe/Set Up
82-140
Hand Operated Vacuum Pump
19
Hand Driven Van De Graaff Generator
101
Hand Held Anemometer
193
Hand Held Magnifier
210
Hand Stroboscope
184
Hartle's Optical Disc
(vi)-161
Heat
Temperature Kit
70
Kit
69
Transfer
80-81
Head of Hair
102
Head of Water Unit
60
Heating Effect Platinum Foil
187
Heating Effect Tube,Wax Coated
187
Helmholtz Coil
(iii)
Helix (Slinky )
175
Hero's Engine (Eolipile)
65
High, Inductance Coil
107
Highlighted Texture and Shape Dominoes
221
Hight Measure-Portable
218
Hollow Cylinder
103
Hollow Optical Shapes, Glass
154
Holder
Grating
167-169
Lens
153-166-168
Spectrum Tube
(vi)-186
Hooke's Law
55
Hope's Apparatus
74
Horseshoe Magnets
82
How Heat Flows-Investigating Heat & Temperature Kit
80
Heat Source
79
Heat Cylinders
Hydraulic Brake
Hydraulic Press
Hydro Electric Power Station
Hygrometer
Hygrometer Whirling
Hypsometer, Regnault's
79
13
12-13
65
191
192
74
I
Ice Melting Kit
Igneous Rock Collection
Immersion Heater
Impact Car
Impact Sensor
Inclined Plane
Induced Current Apparatus
Inductance Box
Induction Accessory Set for Dissectible Transformer
Induction Coil
Inductor
Inertia Apparatus
Inertia Balance
Inetrference Model
Insulating Stand
Instrumentation Amplifier
Intelligent Timer
Intermediate Spectrometer
Introduction Earth Science Video Lab
Introductory Earth Science Collection
Investigating
Electricity Kit
Force Kit
Geological Time and Fossils Chart
Chemical Composition of Minerals
Mineral Composition of Rocks
Rock Cycle
Iris Diaphragm
Iron Filling
Isotiles Classroom Pack
Isotiles Home Use Pack
76
203
76
47
39
34-43-44-42
92
113
107
112
145
29
53
156
102
134
41
170
197
203
129
54
207
206
206
205
167
84
213
214
J
Jockey, Pencil
Jolly's Air Bulb
Jolly's Bulb and Gauge
Jolly's Photometer
Joule's Calorimeter
Joule & Watt Meter
Joule Meter
Junction Diode
Junior Microscope Kit
119
15
17
166
78
78
80
133
209
K
Kaleidoscope
Kinesthetic Astronomy
Kinetic Theory Model
Kit
Accelerated Motion
Air Mass Generator
Archimedes' Principle
Electricity
Electronics
Basic Solar
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
157
199
21-22
(iv)
200
7
118-120-121-129
120-121
144
Index
Bromine Diffusion
Circuits
Collision
Comprehensive Solar Electricity
Concept of Light
Coriolis Effect
Current Balance
Density
Earth Materials
Economy Stream Table
Elastic Materials
Electrolysis
Electrostatic
Energy Conversion
Energy Transfer, Malvern
Evaporation
Force, Motion and Dynamics
Fossil Hunt
Fossil
Geology History
Globe
Heat and Temperature
Heat
Horizontal Motion
Ice Melting
Investigating Electricity
Investigating Force
Junior Microscope
Lever
Light Energy
Linear Fields
Magnetic
Magnets and Springs
Material Solid
Mechanics
Microwave Optics
Minerals Test
Motor Construction
Westminster Motor Construction
Natural Energy
Oil Film
Optics
Pinhole Camera
Plastic Column
Primary Electricity
Radiation
Ray Optics
Reflection of Light
Reflection, Diffraction, Refraction
Renewable Energy
Senior Microscope
Simple Mechanics
Sling Psychrometer
Solar Energy
Sound Energy
Spectroscope
Stream Table
Sun Scale
Variation and Evolution Fossil
Weather
West Minster Electromagnetic
Wheels Mechanisms
Worcester Cirecuit Board
Knife Switch
Knife Switch on Base
22
129
(i)
151
162
200
91
23
203
201
3
128
99
130
59
199
33
208
207
208
209
70-80
69
(iv)
76
129
54
209
31
173
94
83-95
84
3
49
144
202
111
111
66
14
161
158
201
122
151
161
(v)
173
209
209
55
199
128
186
173
205
68
206
200
95
54
121
104
104
227
L
Lace Your Shoes
Lamp Holder
Lamp House & Transformer
Lamp
Mercury Vapour
Optical Bench
Sodium Vapour
Land and Ocean Globe
Landform Relief Maps
Laplace's Apparatus
Laplace's Rail
Large Magnifying Set
Large Play Bath
Large Shapes
Laser Light
Law
Boyle's
Charle's
Coulomb's
Hooke's
Newton's Second
Oersted's
Ohm's
Pascal's
Leclanche Cell
Led
Led Ray Box
Lee's Thermal Apparatus
Lens Holder
Lenses
Lenz Law
Leslie's Cube
Lever Apparatus
Lever Kit
Leyden Jar
Life On Earth-A Fossil History Model
Lift Pump
Light and Shadows
Light Box
Light Demonstration Donut
Light Dependent Resistance
Light Emitting Diode
Light Energy Kit
Light Source
Lightening Conductor
Lightening Plate
Linear Air Track
Linear Expansion
Linear Fields Kit
Liquid Level
Little Shop-Physics
Electricity
Energy
Motion
Pressure
Loop The Loop
Loudspeaker
Low Voltage Motor and Bulb Holder on Base
Logic Gate
Lux Meter
221
105
173
172
168
172
208
208
92
94
210
220
214
165
14-15-16-17
18
99
55
37
91
112
9-10
108
146
158
(i)
153-166-168
151-152
92
79
30
31
99
68
12
156
160
159
133-135
134
173
168
104
103
46-47
71-72
94
9
129
67
67
23
34
185
128
130
168
M
Magdeburg Hemisphere
Magnetic Attraction
Magnetic Board
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
21
83
146
228
Index
Magnetic Compass
Magnetic Effect Deflection Tube
Magnet
Bar
Ceramic
Cylindrical
Horseshoe
Ring
U-Shaped
Magnetic Field
Around a Straight Current Carrying Conductor
Chamber
Plate
Demonstrator
3-Dimensional
Magnetic Field Coil
Magnetic Flux Density Meter
Magnetic Force Accelerator
Magnetic Kit
Magnetic Needles
Magnetic Repulsion
Magnetising Charger
Magnetizing and Demagnetizing Coil
Magnets And Springs Kit
Magnifier Hand Held
Mangnanin Wire
Manometer
Manometer U-Tube
Manual Big Clock
Marbles
Mariner's Compass
Mastermind
Masses Set Slotted
Material Blocks
Material Kit
Mathes Balance
Maxwell Wheel
Measure The Force of Laplace
Measurement of Basic Constant
Measurement of Low Resistance
Mechanical Effect Tube
Mechanical Equivalent of Heat Tube
Mechanical Training Modules
Mechanics Kit
Melde's Apparatus
Melting Point Apparatus
Mercury Free Barlow's Wheel
Mercury Vapour Lamp
Metal
Block Calorimeter
Board
Conductors
Cubes
Cylinders
Carts
Lever
Pieces
Plates
Pulleys
Rivets /Pellets
Strips
87-88
187
81
82
81
82
82
82
85
86
86
85-87
86
(ii)
86
96
83-95
87
83
(iii)
91
84
210
119
10-11
11
211
34
88
219
177
2
3
216
29
93
(viii)
(viii)
187
71
65
49
180
76
94
172
76
39
97
2
4
48
30
84
2
23-24-25-26
78
72-83
Meter
DC Volt
Interscale
DC Ammeter
Digital
Bench
125
126
126
123
126
Current
Volt
Galvano
Edspot
Joule & Watt
Joule Meter
Multirange, AC/DC
Machine Atwood's
Machine, Powell's Wave
Metre Stick
Metric Calliper
Metrilog
Micrometer Slit
Microscope, Compact, Newton Rings
Microscope Kit
Microwave Optics Kit
Mineral ID Starter Set
Mineral Study Prints
Minerals in our Food Collection
Minerals Test Kit
Minerals Video Lab
Mini Dynamics Trolley Set
Mini Maths Shapes
Miniature Landform Models Set
M.I.P. Reversing Key Commutator
Mirror
Circular, Plane
Convex/Concave
Cylindrical Glass
Cylindrical Stainless Steel
Mirror Support Block
Plane
Plane Unmounted
Spherical
Model of Optical Instruments
Molecular Motion Demonstration Tube
Moments of Force Apparatus
Monkey and Hunter
Montessori Shapes
Morse Key
Morse Sounder
Motion, Energy and Power Transmission
Motor
Accessory Set
Construction Kit
Construction Kit, Westminster
DC
Demonstration
Driven Optical Colour Disc
Dynamo
Electric
Generator
Model
St.Louis
125
125
126
127
78
80
123
37-38
174
218
218
217
168
156
209
144
205
203
204
202
197
48
214
208
105
152
153
152-153
153
153
168
153
152
169
22
31
38
215
119
119
60
107
111
111
145
109
155
109
109
108
108-134
109
Model
Acrylic
Bell Demonstration
Geometrical
Inetrference
Kinetic Theory
Solar System Model
Thermostat
Mounted
Bulb
Buzzer
Colour Filters
Force Pump
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
6
123
4
156
21-22
194-195
72
133
134
163
12
Index
Joule Meter
Motor for Solar Cell
Pulley
Resistance Coils
Multi Function Demonstration Frame
Multiple Object Needle
Multipliers
Multi-Purpose Cart
Multirange Meter
Maximum and Minimum,Hygrometer
80
127
25
116
146
166
126
53
123
191
N
Natural Energy Kit
Neon Bulb
Needle Object
Needle Single Point
Needles Magnetic
Newtonian Demonstrator
Newton's Colour Disc
Newton's Rings Apparatus
Newton's Second Law
Nicad Characteristics
Nichrome Wire
Non-Spill Pot
Nor Gate
North American Rock Collection
N-P-N Transistor
Number Juggler
66
103
166
166
87
35
156-157
155
37
135
119
220
130
203
132
215
O
Object Needle, Mounted
Object Screen
Oersted's Law Apparatus
Ohm's Law Apparatus
Oil Film Kit
Optical Accessory Blocks, Acrylic in Plastic Tray
Optical Bench
Optical Bench Accessories
Optical Set for Light Box
Optics Kit Ray & Colour Mixing Box
Optics Kit Microwave
Optics Kit Ray
Optics Kit
Orbiter
Ores of Common Metals
Organ Pipe
Orrery
Oscillosope
Oscillation Forced Demonstrator
Out Star and Outer Space Video Lab
Overflow Can
Overhead Geoboard
Overhead Transparencies
Oven Solar
166
167
91
112
14
154-155
163-164
166
160
158
144
161
161
199
205
181
198
137-138-139-142
180
198
8
8
67
67
P
Paint
Palette
Scrapers
Stampers
Tray
Pair of Tuning Forks on Resonance Boxes
Panel Meters
Parallel Plate Capacitor
Parallelogram of Forces Apparatus
219
219
219
219
179
124
97
31
Pascal's Demonstrator
Pascal's Law Apparatus
Peg Boards
Pelton Turbine with Generator
Pencil Jockey
Pendulum
Ballistic
Bobs
Clamp
On Stand
Periscope
Petrol Engine, Four Stroke
Petrol Engine, Two Stroke
Phase Shifter
Photo
Cell
Diode
Gates
Transistor
Diode Transmitter/Receiver
Meter, Grease Spot
Meter, Jolly's
Energy Array
Sensor
Physical
Relief Globe
Political Globe
Physics
Clever Catch
Stand
Physiographic Relief Globe
Picoammeter
Pinboard
Pin Hole Camera/Kit
Pinhole Screen
Pins for Optics Experiments
Pith Ball, Spare
Planck's Constant
Plane
Glass
Mirror
Mirrors, Unmounted
Planets New Discoveries Video Lab
Plastic Column Kit
Plastic Springy
Platinum Resistance Thermometer
Playshapes
Plotting Compass
Plug Switches
Plumb Line
P-N-P Transistor
Point Discharger
Polarimeter
Porous Pot, Cylindrical
Post Office Box, Plug Type
Post Office Box, Wheatstone Bridge
Pot Stopper (X 10)
Potentiometer
Power Transistor, N-P-N
Precision Gyroscope
Premium Collection Activities
Pressure Sensor
Primary and Secondary Coils
Primary Electricity Kit
Prism Table
Prism
Acrylic, Equilateral
Acrylic, Right Angled
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
229
13
10
215
66
119
(i)-36
33
35
35
157
62
61
134
133
134
41
134
131
168
155
163
133
194
194
197
32
208
128
215-216
157-158
166
155
97-103
162
167
168
153
197
201
175
80
220
87
104
26
132
103
172
107
114
114
220
118-131-145
132
52
204
17
93
122
166
154
154
230
Index
Glass, Equilateral
Glass, Right Angled
Project Planetarium Set
Projectile Launcher
Proof Plane
Proto Lab Station
Pulley
Block Assembly Set
Blocks
Demonstration Set
Magnetic Force Board
Aluminium
Bench Clamp Fitting
Board Mounting
Differential, Double
Rod Mounting
Rod Mounting and Bench Clamp Fitting
Differential, Triple (Wheel & Axle)
Metal
Plastic
Plates Chlandni
Plastic Displacement Vessel
Plates for Simple Cells Electrode
Platinum Foil Heating Effect
Planetarium Elementary
Pan Weight
Photometer Jolly's
Pohl's, Commutator
Power Supply Spectrum Tube
Powell's Wave Machine
Probe Hall Effect
Press Hydraulic
Projection Model Kinetic Theory
Push Switch
Pyramid
153
153
199
37-38
96
136
25
24
27-28
26
26
24-25
25
24
24-25-26
24-25
24
23-24
24
177
8
108
187
195
45
166
104
187
174
82
12-13
22
130-145
4
Q
Quarter Wave Plate
170
R
Racing Ball
Radiant Heat Source
Radiation Absorption Discs
Radiation Kit
Radio Active Decay
Radio Activity Bench
Radiometer, Crooke's
Rain Gauge
Ray Box
Ray Optics and Colour Mixing Box
Ray Optics Kit
Receiving Screen
Rectifier
Rectifier Circuit Characteristics
Rectilinear Propagation Tube
Recycling Clever Catch
Reflection & Refraction
Apparatus
Power Supply
Block
Diffraction Kit
Tank
Reflection
Light Kit
Disc
Refractive Tank Semi Circular
103
79
74
151
165
165
58
192-211
(ii)-(iii)-158
158
161
167-168
146
(vi)
187
68
(v)
(v)
(v)
173
(v)
(v)
165
154
Renewable Energy Kit
Repulsion Tube, Gold Stein's
Resistance
Board
Resistance Box
Dial Type
Plug Type
Coil
Measurement
Substitution
Resistor (Rheostat)
Resonance
Apparatus
Box
Jar
System
Tube
Reversing Switch
Rhumkorff's Coil
Ring & Ball
Ring Magnets
Ripple Tank Apparatus
Ripple Tank Controller
Rock and Rock-Forming Mineral Collection
Rock Charts Set
Rocker Scale
Rocks and Mineral Collection Set
Rocks and Soils
Rocks Clever Catch
Rocks Collection Set
Rod Abacus
Roller Ball
Roman Arch
Rotary Motion Investigation
Rotational Dynamics
Rubbing Cloths
209
187
119
113-114
113
113
116
131
116
117-118-133-145
175-176
178-179
175
176
180
130
112
69
82
182-183-185
185
204
206
216
194-203
193
202
193
213
40
26
36
52
94
S
Savart's Toothed Wheel
Scales, Interchangeable
Seismograph Model
Semicircular Blocks
Semiconductor Diode Laser
Senior Microscope Kit
Set
Circles
Logic Gate
Metal Discs
Metal Pieces
Rods Thermal Conductivity
Heat Cylinders
Spheres
Springs
Shadow Effect Maltese Cross & Shadow Tube
Shadow Effect Electromagnet
Shunts
Signal Generator
Silver Snake
Simple
Cell
Cell Plates
Circuit Modules
Capacitor
Truss
Galvanoscope
Mechanics Kit
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
181
127
202
154
165
209
5
130
84
84
74
79
33
2
187
187
126
141-178
103
108
108
136
96
30
89
32-55
Index
Scale
Thermocouple
Singing Pipe
Single Knife Switch
Single Point Needle
Siphon Barometer
Siren Wheel
Slide Abacus
Sling Psychrometer Kit
Slotted Masses Set
Sodium Vapour Lamp
Solar
Cell
Cell Mounted
Energy Kit
Furnace
Motor With Fan
Oven
Sensor
System Model
System Simulator
Solids & Liquids
Sonometer Pick Up
Sonometer Wires Set
Sonometer
Sound
Energy Kit
Spectrum Chart
Wave Demonstrator
Space Lines
Space Tube
Spark Discharge Apparatus
Speaker
Specific Gravity Activity Set
Specific Gravity Blocks Set
Specific Gravity Bottle
Spectrometer Prism/Accessories
Spectrometer
Spectroscope Kit
Spectrum Tube Holder
Spectrum Tube Power Supply
Spectrum Tubes
Speed of Sound
Spherical Mirrors
Spot Reflecting Galvanometer
Spouting Cylinder
Spring Clip
Springs
Square Section Solenoid
St.Louis Motor
Stackable Weights
Stand for Optical Bench Accessory
Stands Magnetic Needles
Steam Boiler
Steam
Engine Factory Model
Engine Model with Boiler
Engine Sectional
Generator
Trap, Glass
Steel Spheres
Steel Strips
Step Down Transformer
Stereograms Atlas Book
Stethoscope
Storage Box
Storage Boxes: Rock/Mineral Specimens
216
81
176
104
166
11-12
181
211
199
177
172
132-144
132
128
66
132
67
68
194-195
197
6
177
177
176-177
186
186
182
218
20
189
145
6
6
8-9
170-172
169-170-171
173
(vi)-186
187
186
181
152
127
9
145
2
91
109
216
168
86
77
66
63
61
77
77
34
178
135-136
202
181
220
202
Storage Tubes
Strain Gauge
Stratigraphic Collections
Streak & Color Collection
Stream Table Kit
String Vibration
Strip Tester
Stroboscope
Student Oscilloscope
Sudoku
Sun
Scale Kit
Simulator
Tracker
Dial
Super Slinky Stand
Superior Rock and Mineral Collection
Surface Tension Balance, Searle's
Switch in Box
Switch on Base
231
220
56
209
204
205
174
58
157-184
147-148
219
68
144
68
192
(ii)
204
14
130
104
T
Tangent Galvanometer
Tape Measure
Telegraph Set
Telephone Transmitter & Receiver Combined
Telescope
Tellurium
Tesla Coil
Teslameter
The
Earth In 3-D Student Book
Original Clever Catch
Rock Box
Rock Cycle Model Activity Set
Teaching Tornado Model
Odlite
Thermalconductivity
Star Shaped
Bars
Metal
Expansion Bar
Thermistor
Thermistor Investigation
Thermocouple
Thermometer
Thermopile
Thermoscope Ether
Thermostat Model
Three Step Inductor
Thyristor
Ticker Tape Stand
Ticker Tape Timer with Holder
Ticker Tape Timer
Toggle Switch
Torsion Apparatus
Track for Dynamics Trolleys/Carts
Trajectory Apparatus
Transformer, Mercury Vapour Lamp
Transformer, Sodium Vapour Lamp
Transistor
Translucent Pin Board
Triode Valve on Base
Triple Range Current Meter
Triple Range Volt Meter
Trundle Wheel
Trundle Wheel Counter
a r c o @ a r i h a n t l a b . c o m | w w w. a r i h a n t l a b . c o m
92-93
218
122
122
169
196
111
188
202
7
203
202
199
217
73
73
73
70
133
135
81
190-191
81
75
72
(ii)
146
(iv)
(iv)
50-51
145
(i)-59
49
37
173
172
145
216
134
125
125
217
217
232
Index
Tuning Fork
Resonance Box
Electrically
Set Of 13
Set Of 8
Steel
Two Way Switch
178
179
179
178
178
131
U
Ultrasonic System
Ultrasonic Transducer
Ultrasonic Waves Experiments
Underground Explorer
Upright Weather Station
U-Shaped Magnet
U-Tube Manometer
175
189
188
210
210
82
11
V
Vacuum
Bell Jar
Pump Plate
Pump Syringe
Pumps
Van De Graaff Generator, Hand Driven
Valve Diode
Valve Triode
Variable
Capacitor
Inductor
Inertia Bar
Magnetic Field Coil
Resistance
Variation and Evolution Fossil Kit
Ventilation Apparatus
Venturi Tube
Vertebrate Fossil Dig
Vessel
Communicating
Displacement
Vibration Generator
Volta's Halistorm
Voltage Regulation
Voltmeter
Voltmeter, Multirange, AC/DC
19-20-175
19
18
19
101-102
134
134
97-114
(ii)-113
30
(ii)
132
206
79
(iii)-10
207
What Rocks is it
Wheatstone Bridge, Four Gaps
Wheel and Axle
Wheels Mechanisms Kit
Whirling Hygrometer
Whirling Table
Whitley Bay' Smoke Cell
Wimshurst Machine
Wind Generator
Wind Tunnel
Wind Turbine
Wind Vane
Windmill
Wire
Cross
Eureka/Constantan
Holding Metal Chucks
Mangnanin
Nichrome Wire
Sonometer
Tester
Young's Modulus Apparatus
Wood & Metal Cylinder
Worcester Circuit Board Kit
Working of a Transformer
Working of Electric Motor
9
8
178
103
131
125
123
X
198
62
119
201
212
Z
W
Wall Chart
Wankel Engine
Water Circuit Board
Water Cycle Model Activity Set
Water Timers (X3)
Water Turbine with Dynamo Model
Wave Apparatus
Wave Demonstration
Wave Form Helix
Wave Machine
Weather Kit
Weather Station
Weather Vane
Weight Pan
West Minster Electromagnetic Kit
What Mineral is it
X-Ray Tube
65
174
175
175
174
200
211
211
45
95
206
206
116-118
26
54
192
181
21
100
(ii)
66
67
192
128
167
119
54
119
119
177
58
57
72
121
(vi)
109
186
Y
Yellow Plastic Geoboard
Young Naturalist
Young's Modulus Apparatus
Zener Diode
Zinc Rod
tel.: +91 171 2698165, 2698265 | fax: +91 171 2699835-36
8
210
54-56-57
133
108
GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1 The present general terms and conditions governs all sales of products
10 Amendments to or Cancellation or orders: Sympathetic consideration will be
featured in this catalog or on its website www.arihantlab.com. The act of
given to all requests for amendments to orders, or to requests for credit
placing an order therefore implies full acceptance without reservation by
against gods returned. However, such amendments, cancellation or returns
the customer of these general terms and conditions to the exclusion of any
must be by prior agreement by us in writing and we reserve the right to make
other provision. Any condition to the contrary or not contained herein,
a handling charge if necessary.
introduced by the customer will therefore not be binding on Arihant
11 Specifications and Trade Descriptions Act: All descriptions, illustrations etc.
Industries, unless agreed otherwise in writing. Failure by Arihant Industries
are intended to covey a general descriptions of the goods offered. However,
to enforce any of the present general terms and conditions at a given time
due to our policy to continuously improve goods whenever possible,
cannot be interpreted as a waiver to enforce any one of the said terms later.
specifications are subject to alterations without notice, and we accept no
Moreover, Arihant Industries reserves the right to refuse any purchase order
responsibility for any loss caused by such alterations having been made,
from its customer, without assigning any reason.
2 All correspondence, enquiries, orders etc. should be addressed clearly to
provided the products is of comparable quality and functionality.
12 Payment: Terms of payment will be as stated in our quotations, tenders or
ARIHANT INDUSTRIES at our office, 40, Industrial Estate, Jagadhari Road,
Proforma Invoice in respect of each transactions, but our usual terms of
Ambala Cantt -133 006, INDIA.
payment is by credit negotiable with Canara Bank, Ambala Cantt or loss by TT
3 Prices: All prices, whether quoted or given in our catalogues or price lists are
or advance draft.
ex-works only and are subject to alteration without notice. We reserve the
13 Damage and/or Loss in Transit: No responsibility is, accepted for breakage or
right to invoice goods at the prevailing prices at time of dispatch. All prices
loss in transit. No claim of shortage or errors will be entertained unless we
are subject to VAT, and other duties and taxes as applicable at time of
are notified in writing within 3 days of receipt of goods.
dispatch.
14 Packing: All FOB CIF / C&F quoted prices are inclusive suitable packing for
4 Quotations and Invoices: Quotations are subject to confirmation at the time of
delivery to export destinations via surface or air or sea transport. Wherein
receipt of the order. Arihant Industries reserves the right to amend any
any special or additional packing is required, we reserve the right to charge
accidental errors / omissions on quotations or invoices unless otherwise
any additional cost as actual.
stated. We hold the prices in our quotations, tenders or Proforma Invoices
firm for a period of ninety days from its date unless otherwise stated therein.
Dispatch or delivery date is current only at the date of quotation and is
subject to confirmation at the time when purchase order is received.
5 Reservation of Title: Arihant Industries reserves title to the delivered goods
until complete payment of all amounts due to it from the customer in
relation to the delivery of those goods is settled. The possession of goods by
the customers by getting them released in his favour does not change the
present reservation by any means and itself implies acceptance of the
present reservation of the title of goods without any further formality.
6 Delivery: Every effort is made to adhere to delivery dates but no liability
whatsoever can be accepted in cases of non-delivery or delayed deliveries.
Deliveries offered ex-stock are subject to goods being unsold at the date of
the receipt of the customer's order.
7 Responsibility: No Condition is made or to be implied, nor is any warranty given
15 Modification of the General terms and conditions: Arihant Industries reserves
the right to adapt or modify the present general terms and conditions at any
time. The new general terms and conditions will only be applied, as the case
may be, to the sales made after the said modification.
16 Copyright: All the elements, brands, designs, logos, graphics etc., featuring
on the products contained in this catalog or on its website are the exclusive
property of Arihant Industries nor of its suppliers and cannot be taken over in
any event.
17 © 2006 Arihant Industries. All rights reserved. The whole of the property,
Copyright & interest, present or future, vested or contingent, in this
publication or any part of thereof (including every individual photograph and
the accompanying text) is exclusively owned by Arihant Industries. Any
violation of exclusive Copyright(s) without prior written permission of
Arihant Industries by means of copying or altering one or more photographs,
text or visual presentation in this publication or any part thereof for any
or to be implied as to the life or wear of the goods supplied, or that they will
purpose whatsoever, including commercial purpose (including inserting any
be suitable for any particular purpose or for use under any specifications.
photograph or text in your own Catalogue or for advertising or sale),
Users are advised to test and examine goods and/or to exercise special care
electronically or otherwise, can make you liable for appropriate legal action
in cases where the use and/or storage of the goods involve danger to persons
(including arrest, search, seizure and imprisonment upon conviction) as well
and/or property.
8 Specific Products: The export of chemical products and substances contained
in the list of dangerous substances is subject to specific regulations on
procurement, possession, use, packing and transport prevailing at that time.
9 Quantity Rates: Quantity prices only apply to orders for the specific quantity
or more. Pack prices apply only to single or multiple packs. All small
quantities or partial pack quantities are charged at higher rates.
as Civil action (including damages, costs, discovery, inspection &
injunction), without issuing any prior formal or written notice to you. All
disputes are subject to Ambala jurisdiction only.
18 ARCO is a registered trade mark and property of Arihant Industries, Ambala
Cantt, India.
Arihant Industries
# 40, HSIIDC Industrial Estate
Ambala Cantt. 133 001 INDIA
Tel.: +91 171 2698165, 265, 365
Fax: +91 171 2699835, 2699836
arco@arihantlab.com
ISO 9001:2008
arihantlab.com
R
are registered trademarks of Arihant Industries, India.
© 2012
1248161 Rev. A | 0312